, ..•Jf>.: V'V' 
 
 (f-U Tw^-v.'). «''' 
 
 .Vfi, ^k)<.; iy.*-»v 
 
 
 
 
 
 'V 
 
7,X.X5 
 
 3Fnim titt ffitbrar^ nf 
 
 l^qu^atlifJi bg lyim to 
 
 tl^F SItbrarg nf 
 
 J^nnrrton (Ftrrolngtral ^^mittary 
 
THE GREEK TENSES IN THE 
 NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
THE GREEK TENSES IN THE 
 NEW TESTAMENT: 
 
 THEIR BEARING ON ITS ACCURATE 
 INTERPRETATION 
 
 WITH A RENDERING OF THE GOSPELS, 
 AND NOTES. 
 
 BY 
 
 The Rev. P. THOMSON, B.D., 
 
 MINISTER OF DUNNING. 
 
 
 J. GARDNER HITT, 37 GEORGE STREET. 
 
 1895- 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 One of the best helps contributed to the accurate under- 
 standing of the N.T. is found in the English R.V. of 1881 ; 
 and nowhere is this help more conspicuous than in the 
 great attention bestowed by the eminent company of Re- 
 visers on the strict rendering of the Greek Tenses. 
 
 On this great Tense-field the present writer ventures to 
 appear as a very humble worker — believing it to be one 
 on which, notwithstanding the very great deal that has been 
 done, there will always be something more to do. 
 
 The object of the present treatise is to make a contribution 
 towards stating a fixed and reasonable principle on which 
 the rendering of the Tenses into English equivalents can 
 be made to rest, and to translate the Tenses in the N.T. 
 accordingly. The idiom of the English language is such 
 as, in many cases, to make necessary a lengthened or cir- 
 cumlocutionary mode of expression in order to bring out 
 the finer shades of the Greek original. Nevertheless, in the 
 interests of the ordinary reader, the Author has not shrunk 
 from employing such a mode — hoping that what is lost in 
 neatness and elegance of style will be more than compensated 
 for by precision and clearness in sense. 
 
 With regard to the illustrations drawn from Classical 
 Writers, (typical of many others that might have been 
 adduced), the Author has taken considerable pains in 
 personally verifying every quotation made ; and he ventures 
 to hope that a near approach to accuracy has been attained. 
 The Dramatists are quoted from the Editions of Dindorf ; 
 Plato is cited by the pages of Stephanus ; and Demosthenes 
 by the pages and lines of Reiske. 
 
6 PREFACE. 
 
 It would obviously have been undesirable to trouble the 
 English reader with too many changes. Accordingly, while 
 the Greek Text employed throughout is that of Westcott and 
 Hort (1881), the A.V. is employed as the basis of the 
 Translation here given. The words printed in the larger type 
 indicate Tense renderings substituted for those of the A.V. ; ^ 
 which substituted renderings will also be found in very 
 numerous instances to differ from those of the R.V. The 
 present volume will contain a rendering of the Gospels — 
 the Author hoping to be able, by and by, to treat the remain- 
 ing N.T. writings in a similar way. 
 
 The books that have been consulted most in the pre- 
 paration of the Work, are — Winer's " Grammar of N.T. 
 Greek" (Moulton's Translation: Edinburgh, 1882); Butt- 
 mann's " Grammar of the New Testament Greek " (Thayer's 
 Translation); Goodwin's "Greek Moods and Tenses" (1882); 
 Alford's "Greek Testament"; M'Clellan's "Translation of 
 the Four Gospels " ; Simcox's " The Language of the New 
 Testament"; " Hints for some improvements in the Author- 
 ised Version of the New Testament" (Scholefield) ; "A Fresh 
 Revision of the New Testament" (Bishop Lightfoot); Arch- 
 deacon Farrar's "Greek Syntax"; Vincent and Dickson's 
 "Modern Greek" — with Professor Jebb's Appendix on 
 "Classical and Modern Greek"; "The Old Testament in 
 Greek — according to the Septuagint," by Professor Swete 
 (Cambridge University Press, 1891). 
 
 The greater part of these pages was in MS. before the 
 author had access to a work by Professor Burton, of 
 Chicago, (University Press of Chicago, i893),2 entitled 
 "Syntax of the Moods and Tenses in New Testament 
 Greek." Notwithstanding, he has been able to avail himself 
 of its advantages while finally revising for the press, and he 
 has been gratified to find in how many instances his posi- 
 
 1 Substituted verb renderings in ordinary type are renderings demanded 
 on other grounds than those pertaining to strict Tense force. 
 
 2 British Edition. Edinburgh : T. & T. Clark, 1894. 
 
PREFACE. 7 
 
 tions as to Tense-renderings have been confirmed by this 
 scholar. 
 
 It is hoped that the Work will be found not without some 
 measure of interest and profit, not merely to scholars, but 
 also to ordinary English readers. For the convenience of 
 those acquainted with Greek, the text of Westcott and Hort 
 has been reproduced in the notes wherever occasion so 
 required ; but the general line of treatment throughout is 
 such as may, to a considerable extent, be followed by Bible 
 students without a knowledge of Greek. 
 
 Especially is it claimed that the Work ought to be re- 
 garded as aiming at something more than a marshalling of 
 mere grammatical details. The Author ventures to hope that 
 what he has written will be found a help to the better under- 
 standing of the Word of God. He is convinced that they 
 greatly err who suppose that Theology has little to gain from 
 a minute study of the Original Language of the N.T. He 
 believes in the truth of the saying of Melanchthon — " Scrip- 
 turam non posse intelligi Theologice, nisi antea sit intellecta 
 grammatice" (that Scripture cannot be understood theologi- 
 cally, unless it be first understood grammatically). 
 
GENERAL CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 I. The Origin and Characteristics of New 
 
 Testament Greek, ii 
 
 II. The Force of the Tenses, .... 17 
 
 III. A Rendering of the Gospels with special 
 reference to the Tenses — 
 
 S. Matthew, 35 
 
 S. Mark, 113 
 
 ■^'' S. Luke, 162 
 
 S. John 247 
 
I. 
 
 THE ORIGIN AND CHARACTERISTICS OF NEW 
 TESTAMENT GREEK. 
 
 Underlying a work of this kind is the question, to what 
 extent the N.T. writers were able to write good Greek. Has 
 N.T. Greek such impurities, peculiarities, and anomaUes con- 
 nected with it as to render inapplicable to it the ordinary 
 rules of Grammar ? The interval in time from the period of 
 the best Classical models ought not to prejudice the case. 
 For, as regards Modern Greek— the Greek spoken and written 
 in Athens by fairly educated men to-day — what seem its 
 striking " unclassicalisms " have their roots in constructions — 
 very similar — used by Greek writers more than two thousand 
 years before. 
 
 The controversy, as it concerns N.T. Greek, is a very old 
 one. In the fifteenth century an opponent of the notion that 
 the Greek of the N.T. is pure, appeared in the person of 
 Laurentius Valla ; while, in the early part of the next, its He- 
 braic colouring was definitely pointed out by Erasmus. On 
 the other hand, in his preface to an edition of the Greek 
 Testament in 1576, the purity of the style was defended by 
 Henry Stephens. The first out-and-out Purist, however, was 
 Sebastian Pfochen, who, in his " Diatribe de linguae Graecse 
 N.T. puritate" (1629), aimed at proving "Graecos autores 
 profanos eisdem phrasibus et verbis loqutos esse quibus 
 Scriptores N.T." (that profane writers had used the same 
 phrases and words as the writers of the N.T. have employed). 
 One of his chief opponents was M. Solanus, who cautiously 
 held that the Hebraisms in which the N.T. abounds give it 
 
12 THE ORIGIN AND CHARACTERISTICS 
 
 " a colouring not indeed barbarous, but widely removed from 
 the standard of Greek purity." ^ 
 
 The controversy was long kept up — now the one side, now 
 the other, appearing to carry conviction. At the present day, 
 however, it may be said that the view that most subscribe 
 to lies nearer to that of the Purists than to that of the 
 Hebraists. 
 
 Nor need the assertion that, on the whole, the N.T. 
 writers were able to employ correct Greek, startle one. It 
 ought not to do so when we consider the precise circum- 
 stances. It was not a case of those writers having newly 
 acquired an acquaintance with Greek as if for the express 
 purpose of conveying their thoughts in that tongue. Nor was 
 it a case of their being obliged to learn it merely through the 
 medium of the written language. The circumstances were 
 otherwise, and the ability of the N.T. authors to write fairly 
 good Greek with freedom came from another source. The 
 fact is that the events of many preceding centuries had been 
 forming a gradual preparation for it. The conquests of 
 Alexander the Great are not to be supposed to have been in 
 every sense the ruin of Greece ; on the contrary, in a very 
 important sense, they may be regarded as her triumph — for, 
 perhaps, as the direct result of them, the knowledge of Greek 
 became diffused far beyond the boundaries of Greece pro- 
 per — spreading over many states. "The Greek language, 
 which had been a group of dialects spoken, and sometimes 
 written, in the cities and districts on the two sides of the 
 -^gsean and Ionian seas, became henceforth the language of 
 at least half the civilized world — the language of government, 
 commerce, and literature throughout the Eastern half of the 
 Mediterranean basin." ^ Qf this Greek of what may be called 
 the new period there can be little question but that the basis 
 was substantially a form of the Attic dialect. It was a kind 
 of Greek that got to be very general — very common (hence 
 called zoivTj). With more or less modification, it was used by 
 ^ Winer, p. 15. " Simcox, p. 7. 
 
OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. 1 3 
 
 such later prose writers as Polybius (145 B.C.), Diodorus 
 Siculus, Strabo, Plutarch (90 a.d.), Pausanias (160 a.d.). 
 
 Now, not differing from the -/.oivt] " by any impassable gulf " 1 
 was the Greek which was used by the writers of the N.T. 
 Not, indeed, that it sprang directly from the zoiv/j — its special 
 parent being that type of colloquial Greek known as the 
 Dialect of Alexandria. Nevertheless, it was scarcely inferior 
 to the xo/vjj : it was certainly spoken by the educated : and 
 it was spoken very widely. It came to be acquired by Jews 
 — hence Greek-speaking Jews were called Hellenists — i.e. 
 those whose wont was gXX^v/^g/w The Jews, by and by, 
 following the various pursuits of Hfe, became much dispersed. 
 In nearly every city there were Jewish communities so assimi- 
 lated to the people they lived among as to be able to under- 
 stand, and speak, and write Greek. 
 
 But though N.T. or Hellenistic Greek had an origin so 
 comparatively pure, it is simply unavoidable that we should 
 discern in it certain modifications — certain peculiarities, both 
 in Phraseology and in Syntax, as compared with Greek of an 
 earlier period. According as a language travels from the 
 cradle of its home, it follows that, in the nature of things, 
 it will meet with changes. As Principal Sir Wm.Geddes^ 
 pertinently points out, there is lost in " brilliancy," what 
 is gained in "area of diffusion." 
 
 (i.) One modification observable in N.T. Greek is this — 
 Here were men writing in a language not, originally, their 
 own, and often, no doubt, thinking in their own. Accordingly, 
 it could not but be that their words, phrases, and modes 
 of expression, would often have a distinctly Semitic form and 
 colouring. 
 
 (2.) In addition to the influence of the Latin tongue upon 
 later Greek (producing ' Latinisms ') there could not but be 
 perceived, to a considerable extent, the influence of the 
 Greek Translation of the Bible by the LXX. so generally 
 
 ^ Jebb in Vincent and Dickson's " Modern Greek," p. 292. 
 ^ "Greek Grammar" (1888), Introduction, p. xi. 
 
14 THE ORIGIN AND CHARACTERISTICS 
 
 diffused, and so much in use in that day — hence very many 
 old Classical words used in a new sense : e.g. dhwarliv now 
 = Ho be impossible,' instead of retaining its Classical active 
 sense 'to be unable to': ^woro/i/i/ = ' to preserve alive,' in- 
 stead of the Classical ' to produce live offspring ' : xr/c/g = 
 ' the thing created,' instead of the Classical ' act of creat- 
 ing,' &C.1 
 
 (3.) Over and above what has been advanced, it must be 
 admitted that the N.T. writings are certain to be found 
 shorn of many features that the writings of the best period 
 of Classical Greek possessed. We need not expect here all 
 the literary refinements — the elegancies, and the niceties of 
 Thucydides, or Plato, or Xenophon. And why ? but for this 
 reason chiefly, that they were not required. The great end 
 that the N.T. writers had in view was to make themselves 
 thoroughly understood, and hence it became a necessity with 
 them not to write rhetorically and eloquently, but to write 
 simply and clearly. And yet, after all, it was, in the main, 
 tolerably correct Greek that they used. If it had fallen off, 
 the falling off reveals itself not nearly so much in misuse 
 of Classical Greek as in disuse of it. 
 
 And if what we have advanced be true of the struc- 
 ture of N.T. Greek generally, specially is it true of that 
 part of it which particularly concerns us, viz., the use 
 of the Tenses. With some exceptions — of which the 
 decreasing use of the Optative mood : certain irregu- 
 larities as to the moods with 'ha, u, hav, orav, &c. : and 
 the comparatively sparing use of compact Participial con- 
 structions, are the chief — the Moods and Tenses are used 
 with adequate — though varyingly adequate — skill by the 
 various writers. "The N.T. Grammarians and Expositors 
 have been chargeable with the grossest mistakes in regard to 
 the tenses of the verb. In general, these are used in the 
 N.T. exactly as in Greek writers" — such is the verdict of 
 
 1 See this subject ably handled in Dr Hatch's "Essays in Biblical 
 Greek" (1889). 
 
OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. 1 5 
 
 Winer.i And equally corroborative of our position is the 
 view of Buttmann (who, otherwise, is perhaps not so strong 
 a Purist as Winer) — " While as respects the Tenses the 
 language of the N.T. does not, in the main, depart from 
 the general usage of the Greeks, but, on the contrary, a few 
 minor irregularities excepted, has known to conform to it 
 perfectly, it falls manifestly far behind that usage in the 
 employment of relations of Mood. It would be very hasty, 
 however, to draw a conclusion from the inferior facility in 
 the use of the Moods respecting the N.T. use of the Tenses 
 also."^ 
 
 1 Winer, p. 330. ^ Buttmann, p. 207. 
 
II. 
 
 THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 
 
 A. — The Tenses in the Indicative. 
 
 Our position is that, even when we make all necessary 
 allowances, we may reasonably expect to find the N.T. 
 writers using the Tenses of the Greek verb with a near 
 approach to Classical skill. When they wished to narrate 
 a fact, or to convey a meaning, there is good ground for 
 holding that they employed the Tense appropriate for the 
 purpose, and that they employed it just because of such 
 appropriateness. 
 
 What, then, is the special force of the several Tenses? 
 and how near can the English language come to giving 
 accurate expression to such force? We shall endeavour to 
 answer these questions, adducing what appear to be parallel 
 examples from Classical writers and from the N.T., and, 
 bearing in mind that the all-important consideration is the 
 function that the tenses discharged at the particular period 
 with which we are dealing, we shall point out, with reference 
 to the N.T., such deviations, anomalies, and exceptions as 
 the exigencies of the case seem to demand. 
 
 In treating of the force of the Greek Tenses as indicating 
 time, it may be well to state, at the outset, that the Tenses 
 are divided into two classes : — 
 
 I. The Primary — referring to present or future time. 
 These are Present, Perfect, Future, Future Perfect. 
 
 XL The Secondary — those referring to past time — viz. 
 Imperfect, Pluperfect, Aorist. 
 
 B 
 
1 8 THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 
 
 It is essential, moreover, to distinguish between time 
 absolutely present, past, future, and time relatively so. E.g. 
 ToijTo dXyjdig s(Tr/i/= * this is true,' means that it is so with 
 reference to the time of speaking ; but sXs^sv on rovro aXyjdig 
 s6Tiv='he said that this was true' (i.e. he said 'this is true'). 
 It would be correct to use the past tense in English, because 
 the time denoted by £<jtiv is absolutely past and only present 
 relatively as regards 'iki^iv. And so with the Aorist — toZto 
 2721/570= 'this happened'; but sXs^sv on rovro iyivzro (past 
 with reference to s'Xsgsv) and therefore = ' he said that this 
 had happened.' 
 
 The Present 
 
 represents an action as going on, not yet finished. Such 
 is the force of the tense in the main. It may be called the 
 continuous force, and care should be taken to give full ex- 
 pression to it. " Whenever strictly and properly used, rurr&> 
 is not ' I strike,' but ' I am striking.' " ^ 
 
 But there are additional and special shades of meaning that 
 the Present is capable of bringing out. 
 
 {a.) It may express a customary action or a general truth, 
 maxim, or dogma. E.g. Tlxrsi roi zopoc, viBpiv, orav y.ay.u) oXjSog 
 s'rrnrai = ' satiety begets insolence, whenever prosperity follows 
 the wicked' (Theogn. 153). sx rrig Tci'/jXaiag 7rpo:pr]rrtg oh-/, 
 sysipzrai = ' out of Galilee a prophet ariseth not ' (a maxim, a 
 proverbial saying) (John vii. 52). 
 
 (<^.) It may express an attempted or contemplated action. 
 E.g. UsidovGi \j[Mag ivavria, xai roTg vo/J^oig tlcci tOj biTiaiu) 
 '^ri(piffaff^ai = 'they are trying to persuade you to vote contrary 
 both to the laws and to justice (Isae. de Cleon. § 26). Cf. 
 dia 'noTov avruv ipyov ii£i Xiddt^srs = ' for which of those works do 
 ye contemplate stoning me' (John x. 32). 
 
 (r.) The Present is used sometimes as containing the force 
 both of the Present and Perfect combined — especially with 
 ca>.a/. E.g. y/j ^r.asT --aXai = ' the land has long been sick ' 
 
 ^ Farrar, p. 123. 
 
THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 19 
 
 (Eurip.). Cf. a-T apyjiC ixir s/jlou sVrs = ' ye have been with 
 me from the beginning' (John xv. 27). 
 
 (d,) In animated narration the Present has often a dash of 
 the Future in it. £.g. fj^ivofiiv 'icng av hacroi xara cro'Xf/j 
 Xri(pdoj/j.ev; = ' shall we wait?' (Thuc. vi. 77). C/. 2u sJ 6 
 ip^ofizvog ; 75 srspov 'Trpoffdoxco/Msv •, = ^ Bit Thou He that should 
 come? or do (shall) we look for another?' (Matt. xi. 3). 
 
 (d.) In narration the Present is often used for the Aorist to 
 give a more vivid representation oi 2i past event. E.g. ^apzk-o 
 xai Uapvffdridog rraTdsg yiyvovrai dvo (Xen,, An. I. i. i). Cf. 
 zpyzrai '^pbg rovg fiah^Tag xai supiffTisi axiroijg xa^gu5ovras = ' And 
 He Cometh unto the disciples and findeth/ &c. (Matt. xxvi. 40). 
 
 The Imperfect 
 represents an action as going on in past time — e.g. sypa<pov = 
 *I was writing.' 
 
 It is, accordingly, the tense in which is inherent 
 
 (a.) The force of indicating that a particular action was 
 continued, repeated, or customary. £!.g. 'Et/ Ksxpo'Trog rj Attikyj 
 xard T6AS/5 oj'/Ssiro, y.ai ov ^uvr^scav l3ovXsv(j6,'xi)/oi, dXX ahrot sxaffroi 
 s'7rc}jTs6ovTo %ai iSovXs-jovro (Thuc. ii. 15), where the Imper- 
 fects describe the condition and customs of the country. 
 C/. rrdvTig to a-Jro ■-rvvjfxarix.ov sV/ov To^aa, gV/i-oi/ yap ix 'rrvsv- 
 fjuartxrig dzo>,o-j0ovffr,g ■Tsrpag (i Cor. x. 4), where 'i-rivov indi- 
 cates that the drinking continued all through the wilderness 
 journey. So Matt. xiii. 34 : X^P'^ 'rrapccjSoXrig oCx, iXdXei 
 — I.e. 'throughout His ministry such was His custom.' 
 
 It should be borne in mind that, if the progressive form is 
 not always given in rendering an Imperfect (or Present) of 
 this kind, it is because, sometimes, the English verb itself 
 conveys, with sufficient strength, the progressive or continuous 
 idea, e.g. sdau/^d^ov, 'they wondered,' (no need for they were 
 wondering). 
 
 (^.) Another power inherent in the Imperfect is that of 
 representing an action as attempted, contemplated, or im- 
 minent in past time. £.g. i^avzyj^pn rd i}pri/xi'^a = 'he tried 
 
20 THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 
 
 to back out of his words' (Thuc. iv. 28). Cf.bhl ^ludwng 
 disxu)Xv£)i a-jr6v=']ohn tried to prevent him' (Matt. iii. 14); 
 y.ai ra/jb' 'i&vri6-/.i ri%\i\ aTOjXXv/Mriv 6' s/w = ' and my children 
 were about to die, and I was about to perish' (Eur. Here. F. 
 538). Cf. i'/,d\ovv avTO. . . . Zay^apiav=' ihty were about 
 to call him Zacharias' (Luke i. 59). (The action was immi- 
 nent, but the mother's objection prevented it.) 
 
 (c.) It is akin to this to say, that sometimes we find the 
 Imperfect (even without av) bearing a merely potential force. 
 £.g. Kai /Ma A/a pg^vvo/xi^v /jlsvtoi, ii v-tto ■x6}.iiJ.k\) yi ovrog 
 g'g?3Tar;^^>3v = *yes, by Zeus, I were indeed ashamed ( = would 
 have been) if I had been deceived ' (Xen, An. vii. 6, 21). Cf. 
 7irx7.ov Tjv auTU) £/' o'oTt s'/svvrj&ri = 'it were {i.e. would have been) 
 well for him if he had never been born ' (Matt. xxvi. 24). 
 
 T/ie Perfect and Pluperfect. 
 
 The force of the Perfect is to represent an action as 
 already finished at the present time ; e.g. yiypa(pa = ' I have 
 written ' (my writing is now finished). 
 
 The force of the Pluperfect is to represent an action as 
 already finished at some indicated past time; e.g. iyiypd(piiv = 
 ' I had written ' (my writing was a completed thing at some 
 particular past time). 
 
 Accordingly, the Perfect is the tense employed when the 
 past is set in relation to the present — the result of the action 
 being usually, but not necessarily, conceived as enduring. 
 P.g. 'ETi/MsXujg 0} 6ioi uiv 0/ avSpurroi dsovrai xarsffxsvd'Aaffiv = ' the 
 gods have carefully provided what men need' (Xen. Mem. 
 iv. 3, 3). Cf. Luke iv. 6 : 2o/ ddoffco rrjv i^ovfflccv rauryiv a-Tacai/, 
 xa/ r^v do^av avrojv, on b/moi rrapadsdorai = ^ for it (^ i^oug/a) 
 hath been delivered unto me ' — i.e. I am now in possession 
 of it. 
 
 Such may be called the normal sense or force of the 
 Perfect — the rendering in English being with have. But 
 there are one or two exceptional usages that demand attention. 
 
 («.) In consequence of the primary meaning of certain 
 
THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 21 
 
 verbs, their Perfects require to be translated by the Presejit ; 
 e.g. x£%r>)/a,a/ means '1 possess'; olha, 'I know'; eVr'/jy.a, 'I stand.' 
 Hence ivkarriy.iv tj rifMspa rou yj>.^ (2 Thess. ii. 2) means 'the 
 day of the Lord is now present.' 
 
 Where the Pluperfects of such verbs occur, they carry the 
 force of the Imperfect. 
 
 {b.) The Perfect sometimes refers to the Future — denoting 
 the certainty that an action will immediately take place ; e.g. 
 oXcfj7M=^l shall perish at once.' Cf. £/' Ttakaia&ug 'TtrojiMot. 
 da.vd6i[Mov TTsffsT, Tsdvrjxa ? /w (Eurip. El. 686), and 6 diazpivofMvog, 
 iav (pdyp, Tiara'/s-Kpirai (Rom. xiv. 23), (he shall lie under 
 condemnation). 
 
 {c.) Does the Perfect ever stand for the Aorist? 
 
 That there is the possibility of its doing so may be pre- 
 sumed from the fact that, as already stated, the Present, in 
 certain instances, carries Aoristic force ; and this presumption 
 may be somewhat strengthened by taking into account the 
 influence of the Latin Perfect.^ It must be owned that in 
 later writers we do see traces of the convertibility of 
 the Greek Perfect into Aorist.^ Nevertheless it cannot 
 be denied that, except in a very few instances, the N.T. 
 examples of such usage that Grammarians present to us 
 admit of being reasonably and intelligibly interpreted without 
 our giving an aoristic rendering at all. The right position to 
 take up, then, would clearly seem to be — 
 
 (i.) Wherever we find Perfects and Aorists occurring in the 
 same sentence, we are to assume that the writer uses each 
 in its own special and distinctive sense ; and we have no 
 
 ^ See Buttmann, p. 196. 
 
 - Jebb's theory that it was this — namely, the circumstance of the old 
 line between Perfect and iVorist having in later Greek become "insensibly 
 obscured" — that created a "practical need" for the modern Greek 
 Perfect with e'xw and Aorist infinitive, maybe correct enough. At the same 
 time, as he himself points out, we have a like periphrastic Perfect even 
 in Classical Greek, where e'xw is sometimes little more than a mere 
 auxiliary to the Aorist Participle ; e.g. rbv \6yov 5^ <xov wdXai 6avfia<ras ex(^ 
 { = T€daijfji.aKa) (Plat. Phaedr. 257. C.). 
 
22 THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 
 
 right to assume anything else. Thus '7r£]^sGTspoug tscio/tjxs Ttai 
 'TToXXovg -Aivdvvovg v<7ro/xsv6iv rivdyxocffs = ' it has made us poorer (and 
 we still are so) and it forced us to undergo many dangers.' 
 With which compare Luke iv. i8 : s'xP'^^ /^^ roayyikUaQ&ai, 
 aTsoTaX-jii /xe zrjpv^ai = ' he anointed me (an event occurring 
 once) and /las sent me ' (I am here — the result of the action 
 still continuing). 
 
 (2.) There are not more than three or four instances in 
 which the Perfect can admit only of a Preterite rendering — 
 viz. Rev. V. 7; vii. 14; viii. 5; and (perhaps) 2 Cor. ii. 13. 
 A few more, i Cor. xv. 4; 2 Cor. xi. 25 ; Heb. xi. 17 ; James 
 i. 24, are supposed to come under the same category — but 
 erroneously so— an impartial examination showing that in 
 these cases a perfect rendering would be quite in place. 
 When, for example, we take the first of these (i Cor. xv. 4), 
 or/ B7u(pri, 7iui oTt lyriyipTOLi, it is not correct to translate, as 
 does M'Clellan,^ the latter verb "rose." It is true there is a 
 reference to a past event, but the apostle makes it in such a 
 way as to bring prominently out the present effects of this 
 event. These effects continue in the new risen life of Jesus. 
 
 On this important question of Perfect for Aorist the views 
 of Burton deserve attention. " While there is clear evidence 
 that the Perfect tense was in the N.T. sometimes an Aorist in 
 force, yet it is to be observed that the N.T. writers had per- 
 fect command of the distinction between the Aorist and the 
 Perfect. The instances of the Perfect in the sense of the 
 Aorist are confined almost entirely to a few forms, 'icyri'/.a^ 
 iiX7i(pa, iUjpaTta^ iipTiKu, and ys/oi/a, and the use of each of 
 these forms in the sense of an Aorist mainly to one or more 
 writers whose use of it is, apparently, almost a personal 
 idiosyncrasy." ^ 
 
 The Aorist. 
 The primary force of the Aorist Tense is that of simply 
 indicating that a certain thing happened, or occurred, once 
 
 ^ P. 625. ^ Burton's "Syntax," p. 44. 
 
THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 23 
 
 for all, in past time. E.g. yiXdcag sIts = ' he burst out laughing, 
 and said ' ; zai svdvg avil3Xs-^sv = * and immediately he regained 
 his sight ' (Mark x. 52). 
 
 (a.) The Aorist and Imperfect. — The Aorist is the Tense 
 used in narration, in contradistinction to the Imperfect, 
 which is the Tense used in description. The underlying 
 idea of the former is that of momentary occurrence : of the 
 latter, that of continuance, or duration. We have no right to 
 assume that such special distinctive force is not intended to 
 be brought out by these two tenses respectively; and our 
 first duty, in translating, is to endeavour to determine whether 
 there is any barrier, of an idiomatic or other sort, against 
 giving effect to it. May it be permitted to doubt whether 
 this duty, as regards translating the N.T. into English, has 
 been attended to, to the extent it reasonably might have been ? 
 To say the least, the picturesque difference between the two 
 has many a time been in danger of being lost, from a dis- 
 inclination to use an additional word or two in English to 
 give clear expression to it. In every case care ought to be 
 taken to give the strict rendering. E.g. in Classical Greek 
 — avwAoXi^Js '/.ai '/.aTf,h = ' she raised her voice and began to 
 sing' (Iph. Taur. 1306); £(3adl^o/Msv xal -/.arsXa^o/Mv rov 
 'Avri(puv7a = ' we were walking and overtook Antipho ' (Plat. 
 Parmen. 127); and in N.T. Greek — x.aTs(3n Xa/^Xa-v]^ . . . zai 
 <fvvs'7rXTipouvTo = ' there came down a gust of wind and they 
 BEGAN to be (not 'were') filled' (Luke viii. 23); s^r,}Jov . . . 
 xai Ix^av/a^oi'^ ' went out, and /^i?// crying ' (John xii. 13). 
 
 (d.) The Aorist and the Perfect. — Though not interchange- 
 able with the Imperfect, is the Aorist ever used for the 
 Perfect ? 
 
 The position of most Grammarians is that it is seldom so 
 used — that is, the rule is to give to the Aorist its specially 
 distinctive force of momentary occurrence, and not to trans- 
 late by ' have.' This holds in ordinary Classical Greek, and 
 is fully maintained in the N.T. — Winer's ^ view being that 
 
 1 Winer, p. 344. 
 
24 THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 
 
 " there is no passage in which it can be certainly proved 
 that the Aorist stands for the perfect." It may be that, 
 in N.T. and later Greek, there are traces more or less faintly 
 discernible of the distinction between the two tenses having 
 begun to be somewhat obliterated. But, to what extent has 
 the supposed obliteration gone? Has it gone any further 
 than this — "the avoiding of the use of either tense when 
 the form of it, in a particular verb, was rare, doubtful, or 
 cacophonous ? " ^ 
 
 We repeat, therefore, .that the rule is to give to the Aorist 
 its strictly accurate rendering, and not to take for granted 
 that any other is intended. In translating both Classical and 
 N.T. Greek, however, there are important exceptions, the 
 nature of which may be thus described — Where there is no 
 strong marking of the past tense, i.e. where a past occurrence 
 is represented as in a period reaching to the present time, 
 our English idiom requires the Perfect rendering 'have' — 
 this rendering, however, as Buttmann" carefully points out, 
 residing "not indeed in the tense, but in the connection." 
 
 Examples. — Tmv oJkstojv ovdha xarsX/crsi', dXX' a-ravTct -rgV^axst; 
 = 'of the inhabitants he has left none,' &c. (^schin. Timarch, 
 § 99); ciXXa rrsvTi rakavra. b/.spbr,6a=^l have gained Other 
 five talents ' (and they are still mine) (Matt. xxv. 20). 
 
 Special cases of Aorist for Perfect are (i) 'iypa-^cc 
 (Epistolary Aorist), which is usually, not always, rendered 
 "have written" or " I write," the habit being, by courtesy, to 
 look upon the action, or occurrence, from the point of view 
 of the reader. 
 
 (2) The Aorists of a few verbs used in the N.T. to denote 
 a present state resulting from a past act, e.g. d'-rrsdavov (Mark v. 
 35; Luke viii. 49); s^sgttjv (Mark iii. 21 ; 2 Cor. v. 13). Of 
 course these verbs are also found with strict Aoristic sense. 
 
 N'.B. — After particles of time like s'Trh, s-Trsidyj, &c., it is 
 correct to translate the Aorist by the Pluperfect 'had.' 
 
 (c.) The Aorist and the Present. — The Aorist is sometimes 
 1 Smicox, p. 106. " P. 198. 
 
THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 25 
 
 used to express a general truth. A certain thing has been done 
 so frequently before that experience warrants one in holding 
 that it now forms a precedent, and may be cited as a pre- 
 sently established fact. This is called the Gnomic Aorist, 
 and is usually to be rendered in English by the Present. E.g. 
 "Hv ds rig toutuv ti 'rrapaSaivfi, Zi^fiiav a-jToTg icrg^gca!/ = ' they 
 impose a penalty upon every one who transgresses ' (Xen., 
 Cyr. i. 2, 2). 
 
 Cf. dvsreiXsv yap 6 '^/.log guv ru> -/.auffcijvi xat i^rjpavzv rov 
 yoprov 7iai to avdog avrov s^sTrsffiv xai i] sv'Trps-rsia rov rrpoffu)-7ro'j 
 avTou d-TTujXiTo. = ' for the sun ariseth with the scorching wind, 
 and withereth the grass ; and the flower thereof falleth, and 
 the grace of the fashion of it perisheth ' (James i. 11). In both 
 passages, inductions made from observation and experience of 
 past acts convert what is predicated into present established 
 truths. It is an interesting fact that a like use of the Aorist 
 exists in Latin, as " Hinc apicem rapax Fortuna cum stridore 
 acuto Siistulit" (Hor. Od. i. 34) = solet tollere. 
 
 Under this head may be included what has been called 
 " the Dramatic Aorist " — used of a state of mind that has 
 just been reached, or of an act that expresses it ; e.g. \yvm rl 
 'Toiyjffoj, I know (lit. I knew, or I perceived what I shall do), 
 Luke xvi. 4. In Classical Greek this usage is chiefly poetical, 
 and found in dialogue, e.g. 'E'^ttji/sc' spyou x.ai rrp6\/oiav — I 
 approve your act, &c. (Soph. Aj. 536). 
 
 (d.) The Aorist and the Future. — Like the Present, the Aorist 
 sometimes refers vividly to the Future, and may be so translated. 
 E.g. d'TTuXoiMTiv s/'.as Xs/\|/g/c='I shall perish if you leave me* 
 (Eur. Ale. 386). Cf. iirav /xsXXt] ffaXT/'^^siv, xcci sTsXsc^rj to 
 /xvffTYipiov (Rev. x. 7) which, in the mouth of the angel referring 
 to the future, means "Then sha// he completed the mystery." 
 Another example sometimes cited is sav /xjj ng [Mivr\ iv i/xo/j 
 i(B\ri6ri 'i^uj ug to xXri/jLu (John xv. 5). But it seems better to 
 hold with Burton 1 that sSXyj^yj is a Gnomic Aorist = is cast out. 
 Winer "^ (who, however, reads [j^iUr) gives strict Aoristic force 
 ^ Syntax, p. 21. - Grammar, p. 345. 
 
26 THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 
 
 thus — Supposing it to have occurred that one does not abide 
 in me, he was [thereby directly] cast out as a branch and 
 withered. 
 
 The Future 
 
 signifies that an action will happen in time to come ; e.g. 
 yf^d'^M = ' I shall write,' or ' shall be writing.' 
 
 (a.) In addition to the above (which is its normal sense) 
 the Future in the 2nd person may express a concession, per- 
 mission, or obligation, and wields, therefore, almost the force 
 of an Imperative. -E-g- 'Trdvrug ds rovro opdffsig = ^b\it by all 
 means do this' (Arist. Nub. 1352). Cf. "Egiffk oh v/xiTg rsXsioi = 
 ' therefore be ye perfect ' (lit. ye shall be) (Matt. v. 48). Latin 
 also affords parallels. Cf. Valebis et salvebis = Vale et salve. 
 
 (d.) There exists a h'nd of Periphrastic Future with /xsXaw, 
 or ^g'Xw followed by the infinitive (generally present or future). 
 £.g. Asyjas rov roiovrou rivog as/ iTiffrdrov, £/' fxsXXsi 7] 'xol^niia 
 G'JjZiG&ai = 'if the constitution is to be preserved ' (Plat. Rep. iii. 
 412. A.); s(rri/Mon],fv did tov rrviv/Ma-og }jfJ.ov fxsydXi^v /msX}.siv 
 sa£Gdut = ^he signified by the spirit that there should be great 
 famine ' (Acts xi. 28). And so with ^i'/.uj, — oJ yap i&i\u to 
 rrpaTTOiisvov rrjv rov TpdrrovTog 6'^o'kriV crg/p//x£i'2/v= 'the action will 
 not await the leisure of the agent' (Plat. Rep. ii. 370 B.); 
 fxri xai -j/jusTg diXin -jTaysiv y = ^wi\\ [would] ye also go away?' 
 (John vi. 67). 
 
 It would, however, be wrong to say that there is never 
 anything more in such constructions than a simple periphrasis 
 for the Future. Of that, our last example (from the N.T.) 
 is a clear proof. They differ, as a rule, from the simple 
 Future, by emphasising the intention or desire to do a 
 thing. Nevertheless, in these tendencies towards what has 
 been called " Analytic precision " — appearing even in the 
 Classical language — we find a preparation for what in the case 
 of &iAu has developed into a regular Future Tense Form in 
 modern Greek ; e.g. SsXu Xvsi [Xusi = present infinitive) = ' I will 
 loose ; ' diXiig X'jii = ' thou,' &c. 
 
THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 27 
 
 {c.) The Future Perfect denotes that an action will be 
 already completed at some future time. It is a luxury of 
 language, and consequently occurs but once in the N.T. 
 (Luke xix. 40 : xs/t^agoi/ro/). The best MSS., however, have 
 
 B. — The Te?tses in the Subjitnctive^ Optative, Imperative^ and 
 Infinitive. 
 
 I The Subjunctive and Optative. 
 
 Though the Optative is sometimes regarded as only a Past 
 Subjunctive it is really more than that. Between the two 
 Moods there is an essential difference. From the nature of 
 the case, both refer to what is merely possible. With the 
 Subjunctive, however, the realisation of the possible is con- 
 tingent on d?z^/7e'(7r^ circumstances ; whereas, with the Optative, 
 the realisation of the possible scarcely goes beyond the stage 
 of being simply conceived in the Mind. 
 
 (i.) The Subjunctive and Optative in Independent Sen- 
 tences. 
 
 {a.) The Subjunctive is often used to convey the force of an 
 exhortation, a challenge, or a resolution. E.g. Or/.ah -rep 
 6-j'j vi^-oci ^su)fM£&u, rovds 6' iiD/xsv='let US sail homeward with 
 our ships, and leave him' (II. ii. 236). sysipsoh, uyc>j,'xsv I'^rsZhv 
 = 'arise let us go hence ' (John xiv. 31). 
 
 (b.) The Subjunctive is often used in questions of delibera- 
 tion, doubt, uncertainty. £.g. /xsd-jovra a'^bpa . . . os^iak 
 Gv/MTOTTiv, ri acr/w/x£i/ ; = ' will you receive him, or shall we go 
 away?' (Plat. Symp. 212 E.) ; d^/j.sv ; ri /myi ^w,a£v= 'shall 
 (should) we give, or shall (should) we not give?' (Markxii. 14). 
 
 The Optative in Independent sentences is used simply to 
 express a wish — hence the name (opto, I wish). In this case 
 the correct rendering in English is by may : 
 
 £.g. u Ta^ 7/1/0/0 Turpb: s-j-u^sdrspog, ru 6' dXX' o/xo/oc = ' boy, 
 mayest thou (lit. mightest) be more fortunate than thy father, 
 but like him in all else ' (Soph. Aj. 550). 
 
2 8 THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 
 
 TO apybpiov <tol» 6uv 6oi uri ug a-rc«j>.£/ai/= ' may thy money go 
 to destruction with thee ' (Acts viii. 20). 
 
 (2.) The Subjunctive and the Optative in pure Final 
 Clauses. 
 
 In such clauses as express a purpose with ha, o'tojc, wg, 
 the rule in Classical Greek is that — 
 
 (a.) Where the leading Tenses are the Primary Tenses, the 
 Subjunctive is used : 
 
 £.g, Aoxs? fxoi '/.araza,v(yrxi rag d/xd^ag, ha /xn rd L,i'oyr\ ^[J^uv 
 ffTparyiyfi, dXXd 'xopsvu)fisda o^p civ rfj crparia ffvfx(pspp = ' it seems 
 good to me to burn the wagons, that our beasts of burden 
 may not be our generals, and that we may go on whithersoever 
 it may be best for the army' (Xen. An. iii. 2. 27); 'rroiouffiv 
 . . . o-rciog do^aff^ujffiv b-rro tojv dvdpJj'Trciijv =^ do . . . that they 
 may have glory of men ' (Matt. vi. 2). 
 
 The rule, further, is that — 
 
 (/;.) Where the leading Tenses are the Secondary Tenses, 
 the purpose particles are followed by the Optative. In the 
 N.T., however, this rule is not observed — the place of the 
 Optative being taken occasionally by the Indicative, but far 
 more frequently by the Subjunctive. Sometimes, even in 
 Classical Greek — especially in Thucydides — we find the 
 Subjunctive following a Secondary Tense, and, perhaps as 
 often, we have both Subjunctive and Optative combined. 
 When such is the case, we may be sure that there are some 
 deUcate shades of meaning to be brought out. 
 
 E.g. IlapavT(y^ov ds (ppuzrovg, O'rrc^g d(ia(p'y\ rd (ST.f-Lua ro7g 'TroXiiMtoig 
 fi %ai n.y\ l3oyjdoTsv = ^ they raised fire signals at the same time, in 
 order that the enemy's signals might (as the immediate result) 
 be unintelligible to them, and that they (the enemy) might not 
 (as a remote consequence) bring aid' (Thuc. iii. 22). 
 
 By means of their extensive Tense and Mood system the 
 Greeks were able to express the finest niceties of thought of 
 which the mind is capable. But, as has been already in- 
 dicated, the aim of the N.T. writers, ^^;^^r^//j^, being a //a/>? 
 and practical one, to them the need for using all the various 
 
THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 29 
 
 refinements of the language did not forcibly present itself. 
 This to a great extent may account for the comparatively 
 rare appearance of the Optative in their works. Although, as 
 we shall see, the Optative is to be found in the N.T. — 
 especially in St Luke's writings, — perhaps the scholarly view 
 is that of examples of the Optative with /Va, &c., after a 
 Past Tense there are none. ^ 
 
 (3.) The Subjunctive in clauses after verbs of exhorting, 
 advising, commanding, beseeching. Here we find a con- 
 siderable deviation from Classical usages — the Subjunctive 
 with a particle usurping chiefly the place of the Classical Infini- 
 tive, e.g. rjpdora aurov ha ro 5a//x6i//oi/ f?c/3aX?](Mark vii. 26). "A 
 classical writer could express * I exhort you to remain,' by 
 'Trapcc-'isXsvo/JLai ffoi (i) fji^svsiv, or (2) orroog /xsi/g/g (fut. indie), or (3) 
 oTwc (av) /xsvrig : the last means strictly, ' in order that you may 
 remain.' The substitution of /Va for oTug in (3) was the origin 
 of the modern usage " (viz., the subjunctive with vd in Modern 
 Greek. (See Jebb in Vincent and Dickson, pp. 319, 320). 
 
 II. T/ie Ittiperative a?id the Infifiitive. 
 
 To a great extent in the Subjunctive and in the Optative, 
 and almost completely in the Imperative and in the Infinitive, 
 the distinction between the Present and the Aorist is not that 
 of time present or past — it is that of a continued or repeated 
 action and of a single or momentary occurrence. E.g. ri rroici ; 
 = ' what shall I do ? ' ( = ' what shall be my general course of 
 action ? ') T/ Totricu ; = ' what shall I do ?' (in a particular case). 
 And so with the Optative : TahoiiMi = ' O that I may be check- 
 ing'; 'Kd'oGOLiiJ.i^ 'O that I might (once) check.' ^ 
 
 As just stated, however, it is in the Imperative and in 
 the Infinitive where the distinction referred to becomes 
 most marked. E.g. {a.) Imperative, Xa/Ss rug [Maprupiag Ttdt 
 dvcx,yiyvoj(iyti, = ' take the depositions (a single instantaneous 
 act) and read them (a continued action).' Cf. 'jrspilSaXou to 
 
 ^ See Winer, p. 360 (note 2). - See Geddes' Greek Grammar, p. 90. 
 
30 THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 
 
 i[Mariov 6(j'j xai dx,o}.o-jhi ,'j.oi = ' cast thy garment (immediately) 
 and follow (continue to follow) me ' (Acts xii. 8). 
 
 It may be added that the Perfect Imperative is used when 
 an action, finished and complete in itself, is to endure as to 
 its effects : Mo'vov cO rifuv cr/ora hZ)v ■rsro/^jo'o %clI ds^iav doc = ' only 
 make us (so that they may be permanent) solemn pledges, 
 and give the right hand' (Xen., Cyr. iv. 2, 7) ; 'Tg^//xw(yo = 'be 
 (and continue) still' (Mark iv. 39). 
 
 (3.) The Infinitive : t/ rh -/.mXvov 'ir avrov 'iarat [Sadli^siv o-rroi 
 ;3o-j?v£ra/; = ' what will there be to prevent him from going 
 (at any time and often) whither he pleases? ' (Dem. 01. i. 12, 
 22); sdv Tig ^sXri rh dsXrjfMix avroij cro/i/v =' if any man desire to 
 (continue to) do his will' (John vii. 17). 
 
 Iis[M,<zo\j6iv sc TYiV KspK'jpav ■rpsff^Ssig, deofMvoi . . . ^vvaXXd^ai 
 . . . Ttai rhv . . . 'ttoXs/j^ov xaraXvffai . . . = ' asking them to 
 bring about (at once) a reconciliation . . . and to put an 
 (immediate) end to the war' (Thuc. i. 24). 
 
 r,vdy"/.a,(js rovg iMaQ^rdc. sfMjSrjvai sJg to -ttXoTov %ai ■rrpodysii' avTOv = 
 'he compelled the disciples to enter (an action almost in- 
 stantaneous) into the boat and to go (an action continued) 
 before him' (Matt. xiv. 22). 
 
 It will be seen that what has just been advanced refers only 
 to Direct Discourse. In Discourses Indirect the distinction 
 between the Present and the Aorist Infinitive appears as in 
 the Indicative, the time being present or past relatively to the 
 leading verb. 
 
 III. T/ie Participles. 
 
 The Greek language is singularly rich in Participles ; 
 and on the whole, the N.T. writers fully avail themselves 
 of such riches. On account of the natural tendency of col- 
 loquial and popular language towards simply joining clause 
 to clause — a tendency which the bent of Hebraic expres- 
 sion strengthens rather than otherwise — it is the case that 
 Participles are used somewhat less in the N.T. than in earlier 
 
THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 31 
 
 Greek, but it is also the case that where used, their use is 
 determined on the same principles. 
 
 The Future Participle is not much used : the Present, the 
 Aorist, and the Perfect occur very frequently — each retaining 
 its own proper force as to describing an action. 
 
 {a.) The Present Participle refers to a continuing or re- 
 peated action whose time is that of the leading verb. E.g. 
 •/Ml roiaZra 'TTparruiv ri s-roki ; = ' and in doing such things what 
 was he doing?' (Dem. Phil. iii. 114, 20). ava[3ahcijv Jx rou 
 Zdarog sJdiv ff^it^o/Mivoug. . . . = ' and coming up out of the 
 water he saw,' &c. (Mark i. i o). 
 
 (d.) The Aorist Participle refers to a single or momentary 
 occurrence whose time is antecedent to the time of the 
 leading verb. JS.g. -rapaXafSovrs; rovg Boiurovg iffrf^drsuffav s<7rt 
 ^dpcaXov=^i\\Qy took the Boeotians with them, and sailed 
 against Pharsalus ' (Thuc. i. iii). TpoffsX&ojv TJysipiv auT7iv = 
 'he came to her, and raised her up' (Mark i. 31). 
 
 The construction just described is the normal one, and 
 is common to both Classical and N.T. Greek. It ought 
 to be added, however, that an Aorist Participle combined 
 with a finite verb often expresses two quite contemporary 
 actions. £.g. su y irrotriffag dvafxvr,(rag /x6 = 'you did well in 
 reminding me ' (Plat. Phaed. 60, C.). eavrbv ixsvuffsv /Mop(p7iv 
 dovXov Xa[3u)v (Philippians ii. 7), — the assuming of the servant's 
 form did not precede the -/JvMffi; — it was what it consisted 
 in. A very frequent example of this usage in the N.T. is 
 drro'Apidhg u-in^j — where both participle and verb denote the 
 same action. 
 
 Does the Aorist Participle in the N.T. ever describe an 
 action that took place after the time of the leading verb ? 
 A very probable example seems to be Acts xxv. 13. 
 ^A^ypi-Trrrccg 6 iSaffiXsvg /.at Bspv/zri xa,r7ivrr,(fav sig Katffapjav 
 aGcraad/xsvoi rov ^r,(irov — the saluting of Festus could come 
 only after arrival in Caesarea.^ 
 
 ^ On the rendering of the Participle here, and on the rendering of that 
 in Acts xvi. 6 {AiijXdov 5e ttjv ^pvyiav kul Ta\aTiKr]v X'^P^-^t KcoKvOevres 
 
32 THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 
 
 (c.) The Perfect Participle refers to an action as already 
 finished (at the time of the leading verb) and implies con- 
 tinuance of the state induced by such action. £.g. 'Ecrs^s/ga 
 cvdiv dXridsg d'TrTjyysXKora^' 1 showed (^schines) as having 
 announced nothing that was true' (Dem. F. L. 396, 30). Evpt 
 TO 'Traidiov /Ss/SX'/j^asvoi' It/ tyi-^i xXivriV xa/ to dai/xovtov s^s'A7}Xv6og = 
 ' she found the child lying ' (lit. having bee fi placed ox cast), &c. 
 (Mark vii. 30). It thus appears that the temporal distinc- 
 tion between the Aorist and the Perfect Participle is fully 
 maintained in the N.T. 'roiyjmg and ■Trs'roirix.uig ought not 
 both to be rendered by having made. The distinct sense 
 ought to be indicated even at the cost of a little periphrasis. 
 Accordingly, such is the method adopted in the accompany- 
 ing translation — the Aorist Participle, for the sake of strict 
 accuracy, being frequently resolved into a relative clause or 
 into a final verb with a conjunction. 
 
 It may be useful to refer to a usage found both in classical 
 and in N.T. Greek, where with Xai^^avw, 'to escape,' the 
 Aorist Participle contains the leading idea of the expression ; 
 e.g. OJ5' apa KipTiTjv sX&ovng £AJ5%x£v= 'nor did we come 
 unawares to Circe' (Od. xii. 17) ; sXa6ov ring gsi^/cavrsc^ 'some 
 entertained unawares ' (Heb. xiii. 2).^ 
 
 i/TTo Tov ayiov TrveiifMaros XaXijaai rhv \6yov iv rrj 'Acrta), some would make 
 depend the seUlement of the question, so ably handled by Professor 
 Ramsay, of Aberdeen, — What did Galatia mean to S. Luke? The 
 point is whether KuAvdevres denotes siibseqtient or antecedent action, i.e.^ 
 whether S. Paul and his companions went through the region of Phrygia 
 and Galatia and then were forbidden to preach the Gospel in Asia, or 
 whether they went through said region after they had been forbidden 
 to preach in Asia. Professor Ramsay's own opinion is that " the action 
 in KwXvdivres is contemporary with one stage of that in dirfKdov, but yet 
 subsequent to it looked at in a broad view." See a most interesting 
 discussion in the Expositor (Dec. 1893; Jan., Feb., Apr., May, July 
 1894) and in Expository Times (August 1894). 
 
 1 Burton correctly remarks that this construction with Xavdavia occurs 
 but once in the N.T. (viz., in above passage) : but he is hardly correct 
 when he adds, " the similar construction with <pddvu and rvyxdvu, not at 
 all." In Matt. xvii. 25, we find irpoicpdacrev ainhv Xiyo^v. 
 
THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. ;^^ 
 
 C. — T/ie Tenses and the Moods in Conditional Sentences. 
 
 With regard to these the construction is fourfold. 
 
 (i.) Where a condition is stated which amounts to no 
 more than a bare assumption, and regarding the fulfilment 
 of which there is nothing indicated, the verb is one of the 
 Present or Past tenses of the indicative after s/. E.g. E/' ^' 
 J^sXs/gToXs/A/^g/i', "AXXoug /xsf xddiffov= ' if you want me to fight, 
 make the rest sit down' (II. iii. 67). s/ ds dsXng slg ttiv ^uriv 
 siffsXhTv rrjpsi rag siroXa? = ' if thou wishest (I assume the case) 
 to enter into life, Keep the commandments' (Matt. xix. 17). 
 
 (2.) Where the condition stated is one of objective pos- 
 sibility, the fulfilment of which, though probable, falls to be 
 decided by experience, we have lav with the conjunctive. E.g. 
 "Ai/ ds Tig dvdiffr^rai, gvv v/im/v Tsipccao/xsda, ^sipovadai = ' [( any 
 one stand opposed to us (i.e. should circumstances produce 
 that result) we will try to overcome him' (Xen. An. vii. 3, 11). 
 Ka/ sai/ dxovffdfj touto sri rov rjysfj^ovog, ^fJ^sTg rrsiffo/MSv xai '{J^dg 
 d^spi/tjLvovg 'zoir]ffo,'MS), = ^ a.nd if this come to the governor's ears, 
 we will persuade him and rid you of care ' (Matt, xxviii. 14). 
 
 (3.) Where the condition stated is a supposition of sub- 
 jective possibility — i.e. a condition merely conceived in the 
 mind, or a condition of indefinite frequency — we have u with 
 the Optative. E.g. s/ (i>ri%ir' dvocrsXXoi (fsXrjvrj /Mrjda/jjov ovx av 
 drodoiTiv rovg r67covg= 'if the moon should no longer be rising 
 (such is the supposition kept before the mind) I should not 
 pay the interest on my debts ' (Ar. Nub. 749). si xa/ 'xdayoirz 
 did dixaiogvvrjv, [j^aKdpiot = ' if ye should suffer for righteousness 
 sake (it is not said you shall, but you may, and that at any 
 time) blessed are ye ' (i Peter iii. 14). 
 
 (4.) Where there is a condition stated, the NON-fulfilment 
 of which is clearly implied, we have s/ with the secondary 
 tenses of the Indicative — the Apodosis also taking the In- 
 dicative with av. E.g. TToXv av QauiJ^adronpov t^v, si irz/Awi/ro = ' it 
 would be much more wonderful, if they were honoured' 
 (which they are not), si yap 'ItjcoD; xars'xauasv, ohx av 'mpi 
 
 c 
 
34 THE FORCE OF THE TENSES. 
 
 dlXrig sXdXsi=^ii Joshua had given them rest (which he did 
 not) he would not be speaking,' &c. (Heb. iv. 8). 
 
 It thus appears how complex is the structure of conditional 
 sentences. If the Protases are varied — even more so are the 
 Apodoses — the same Protases taking different Apodoses ac- 
 cording to the required meaning. In Apodoses sometimes 
 we may have the Conjunctive (in exhortations) or the Optative 
 (in wishes), but, as our examples indicate, the commonest 
 forms are the Imperative : some tense of Indicative : the 
 Optative with civ : a past Indicative Tense with civ. 
 
 It follows, as a matter of course, that the Tenses and Moods 
 in Conditional Sentences wield many subtle powers — expres- 
 sive of a rich variety of nice distinctions as to meaning ; and 
 no English translation that aims at any approach to accuracy 
 can afford to omit taking careful note of such distinctions, so 
 that the general reader may approach as near as possible to 
 what it was in the mind of a particular writer to convey. 
 Both with Protases and Apodoses ought the greatest care to 
 be taken. There is a great difference, indeed, between (i) £/ ri 
 'iyii^ lil(ji(Si = ' if he has anything, he gives it'; and (2) lav n s^yj, 
 du)ffii= ' if he /lave anything, he will give it' ; and (3) s7 rt e^oi, 
 hoiri av = * if he should be having anything now, he would give 
 it'; and (4) e/ r/ iix^v^ sdldov ccv (French, 'S'il avait, il donnerait') 
 = ' if he were having anything, he would be giving it.' 
 
 In the various constructions that we have just considered, 
 the N.T. writers follow, in the main, classical rules. There 
 are one or two anomalies or deviations here and there. 
 For one thing, although, as we have seen, we have in- 
 stances of 8/ with the Optative, it may fairly be questioned 
 whether we have one such case fully developed — i.e. in the 
 Protasis s) with the Optative : in the Apodosis the Optative 
 with av.*^For another thing, we find «/' with the Conjunctive, 
 and sav with the Indicative. Of some of these latter devia- 
 tions, however, even "good" Greek bears a certain trace: 
 while others may he reasonably accounted for from their 
 occurring in inferior MSS. of the Sacred Text.^ 
 
 ^ See Winer, p. 368, and p. 369 (note 2), also note on Luke ix. 13. 
 
III. 
 
 A RENDERING OF THE GOSPELS WITH SPECIAL 
 REFERENCE TO THE TENSES. 
 
 S. MATTHEW. 
 
 I. I The book of the generation of Jesus Christ, the 
 
 2 son of David, the son of Abraham. Abraham begat 
 Isaac; and Isaac begat Jacob; and Jacob begat Judas 
 
 3 and his brethren ; And Judas begat Phares and Zara of 
 Thamar ; and Phares begat Esrom ; and Esrom begat 
 
 4 Aram ; And Aram begat Aminadab ; and Aminadab 
 
 5 begat Naasson ; and Naasson begat Salmon ; And Salmon 
 begat Booz of Rachab ; and Booz begat Obed of Ruth ; 
 
 6 and Obed begat Jesse ; And Jesse begat David the king ; 
 and David the king begat Solomon of her that had been 
 
 7 the wife of Urias ; And Solomon begat Roboam ; and 
 
 8 Roboam begat Abia; and Abia begat Asa; And Asa 
 begat Josaphat ; and Josaphat begat Joram ; and Joram 
 
 9 begat Ozias ; And Ozias begat Joatham ; and Joatham 
 
 10 begat Achaz; and Achaz begat Ezekias; And Ezekias 
 begat Manasses ; and Manasses begat Amon ; and Amon 
 
 1 1 begat Josias; And Josias begat Jechonias and his brethren, 
 
 1 2 about the time they were carried away to Babylon : And 
 after they were brought to Babylon, Jechonias begat Sala- 
 
 13 thiel; and Salathiel begat Zorobabel; And Zorobabel 
 begat Abiud; and Abiud begat Eliakim; and Eliakim 
 
 14 begat Azor; And Azor begat Sadoc; and Sadoc begat 
 
 1 5 Achim ; and Achim begat Eliud ; And Eliud begat 
 Eleazar ; and Eleazar begat Matthan ; and Matthan 
 
 16 begat Jacob; And Jacob begat Joseph the husband of 
 Mary, of whom was born Jesus, who is called Christ. 
 
36 S. MATTHEW. I. 17 
 
 17 So all the generations from Abraham to David ai-e four- 
 teen generations ) and from David until the carrying away 
 into Babylon are fourteen generations ; and from the 
 carrying away into Babylon unto Christ are fourteen 
 generations. 
 
 18 Now the birth of Jesus Christ was on this wise : When 
 as his mother Mary was espoused to Joseph, before they 
 came together, she was found with child of the Holy 
 
 19 Ghost. Then Joseph her husband, being a just man, 
 and not willing to make her a public example, was 
 
 20 minded to put her away privily. But while he thought 
 on these things, behold, the angel of the Lord appeared 
 unto him in a dream, saying, Joseph, thou son of David, 
 fear not to take unto thee Mary thy wife ; for that which 
 
 2 1 is conceived in her is of the Holy Ghost. And she shall 
 bring forth a son, and thou shalt call his name JESUS ; 
 
 22 for he shall save his people from their sins. (Now all this 
 is come to pass,^ that it might be fulfilled which was 
 
 23 spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying. Behold, the 
 virgin shall be with child, and shall bring forth a son, 
 and they shall call his name Emmanuel, which, being in- 
 
 24 terpreted, is, God with us.) And Joseph arose ^ from 
 sleep, and did as the angel of the Lord had bidden him, 
 
 25 and took unto him his wife ; And knew her not till she 
 had brought forth a son : and he called his name JESUS. 
 
 II. I. Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea, 
 
 in the days of Herod the king, behold, there came wise 
 
 2 men from the east to Jerusalem, Saying, Where is he that 
 
 ^ "Ye-yovev (Perfect), which may be translated either by " is " or by "has." 
 Perhaps the fact of this tense being here employed indicates that S. 
 Matthew is writing his Gospel at a time comparatively near to that at 
 which the events recorded happened. So Lightfoot. The Perfect tenses 
 "preserve the freshness of the earliest catechetical narrative of the 
 Gospel history, when the narrator was not so far removed from the 
 fact that it was unnatural for him to say, * This is come to pass ' '* 
 (Fresh Revision, p. loi). 
 
 - e-ycpGcCs (Aor.). For Construction v. p. 32. 
 
II. 13 S. MATTHEW. 37 
 
 is born King of the Jews? for we saw^ his star in the 
 
 3 east, and are come to worship him. When Herod the king 
 heard these thitigs, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem 
 
 4 with him. And gathering together ^ all the chief priests 
 and scribes of the people together, he sought to learn of 
 
 5 them by enquiry ^ where the Christ should be born. And 
 they said unto him. In Bethlehem of Judea : for thus it 
 
 6 is written by the prophet. And thou, Bethlehem, in the 
 land of Juda, art not the least among the princes of Juda : 
 for out of thee shall come a Governor, that shall rule my 
 
 7 people Israel. Then Herod, when he had privily called 
 the wise men, ascertained of them exactly what time the 
 
 8 star appeared. And he sent them to Bethlehem, and 
 said, Go and search diligently for the young child ; and 
 when ye have found hini^ bring me word again, that I 
 
 9 may come and worship him also. When they heard * the 
 king, they departed j and, lo, the star, which they saw in the 
 east, went before them, till it came and stood over where 
 
 10 the young child was. When they saw the star, they 
 rejoiced with exceeding great joy. 
 
 1 1 And they came ^ into the house, and saw the young 
 child with Mary his mother, and fell down and worshipped 
 him : and they opened ^ their treasures, and presented 
 unto him gifts ; gold, and frankincense, and myrrh. 
 
 1 2 And being warned of God in a dream that they should not 
 return to Herod, they departed into their own country 
 another way. 
 
 13 And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the 
 Lord appeareth to Joseph in a dream, saying. Arise, and 
 take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, 
 and be thou there until I bring thee word : for Herod will 
 
 ^ €tSo|JL£v, Aorist. " o-vva^a-ywv, Pres. Participle. 
 
 ^ lirvvBdvcTo, Impfl. 
 
 ^ aKovo-avTcs, Aor. Similarly rendered, is, d/coucras in verse 4. 
 ^ c\66vT€S . . . dvo£|avT€S— both Aor. Participles, and resolved as above 
 for the sake of precise accuracy. 
 
^S S. MATTHEW. II. 14 
 
 14 seek the young child to destroy him. And he arose, 
 and took the young child and his mother by night, 
 
 15 and departed into Egypt; And was there until the death 
 of Herod, that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of 
 the Lord by the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt did I call ^ 
 my son. 
 
 16 Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the 
 wise men, was exceeding wroth, and sent forth, and slew 
 all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the 
 coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according 
 to the time which he had exactly ascertained of the wise 
 
 17 men. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy 
 
 18 the prophet, saying, In Rama was there a voice heard, 
 weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping /or her 
 children, and would not be comforted, because they are 
 not. 
 
 19 But when Herod was dead, behold, an angel of the 
 
 20 Lord appeareth in a dream to Joseph in Egypt, Saying, 
 Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and 
 go into the land of Israel : for they are dead which 
 
 21 sought the young child's life. And he arose, and took 
 the young child and his mother, and came into the 
 
 22 land of Israel. But when he heard that Archelaus was 
 reigning ^ in Judea in the room of his father Herod, 
 he was afraid to go thither : notwithstanding, being 
 warned of God in a dream, he turned aside into the 
 
 23 parts of Galilee : And he came and dwelt in a city 
 called Nazareth : that it might be fulfilled which was 
 spoken by the prophets. He shall be called a Nazarene. 
 
 III. I In those days cometh ^ John the Baptist, preaching 
 
 2 in the wilderness of Judea, And saying, Repent ye : for 
 
 3 the kingdom of heaven is at hand. For this is he that 
 
 ^€Ka\€(ra (Aor.), referring to a past historic fact (Hos. xi. i). 
 - Pao-iXevei. There is no reason why the continuous force of the tense 
 should not be brought out. 
 ^ irapa-yCverai (Pres. ). 
 
III. 13 S. MATTHEW. 39 
 
 was spoken of by the prophet Esaias, saying, The voice 
 of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of 
 
 4 the Lord, proceed to make^ his paths straight. And 
 the same John had his raiment of camel's hair, and 
 a leathern girdle about his loins ; and his meat w»s 
 locusts and wild honey. 
 
 5 Then went out to him Jerusalem, and all Judea, and 
 
 6 all the region round about Jordan, And were [as they 
 came] baptized ^ of him in Jordan, confessing their sins. 
 
 7 But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees 
 coming to his baptism, he said unto them, O generation 
 of vipers, who hath warned you to flee from the wrath 
 
 8 to come ? Bring forth [once for all] ^ therefore fruits 
 
 9 meet for repentance : And think not to say within your- 
 selves, We have Abraham to oiw father : for I say unto 
 you, that God is able of these stones to raise up children 
 
 10 unto Abraham. And now also the ax is laid unto the 
 root of the trees : therefore every tree which bringeth 
 not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the 
 
 1 1 fire. I indeed baptize you with water unto repentance : 
 but he that cometh after me is mightier than I, whose 
 shoes I am not worthy to bear : he shall baptize you 
 
 12 with the Holy Ghost, and with fire : Whose fan is in 
 his hand, and he will throughly purge his floor, and 
 gather his wheat into the garner ; but he will burn up 
 the chaff with unquenchable fire. 
 
 13 Then cometh Jesus from Galilee to Jordan unto John, 
 
 ^ iroieire (Pres. Imperative). Calling to a work that would take some 
 time to finish {cf. Is, xl. 34) : in noteworthy contrast with the preceding 
 Aorist erot/ido-aTe. Prepare ye ! a call to immediate action as regards 
 such work. The R.V.'s ' make ready . . . make straight ' does not 
 bring out this distinction. 
 
 2 Thus, perhaps, is the force of the Impft. e^a^Ti^ovro best ex- 
 pressed. 
 
 ^ iroiTJo-aTe (Aor. Imper.), the precise meaning being almost equivalent 
 to Bring forth and have done with it (see Farrar's " Syntax," p. 128). 
 
40 S. MATTHEW. III. 14 
 
 14 to be baptized of him. But John was for preventing^ 
 him, saying, I have need to be baptized of thee, and 
 
 15 comest thou to me? And Jesus answering said unto him, 
 Suffer // to be so now : for thus it becometh us to fulfil all 
 
 ] 6 righteousness. Then he suffered him. And Jesus, when 
 he was baptized, went up straightway out of the water; 
 and, lo, the heavens were opened unto him, and he saw 
 the Spirit of God descending like a dove, and lighting 
 
 17 upon him: And lo a voice from heaven, saying. This is 
 my beloved Son, on whom fell my delight. ^ 
 IV. I Then was Jesus led up of the Spirit into the 
 
 2 wilderness to be tempted of the devil. And when he had 
 fasted forty days and forty nights, he was afterward an 
 
 3 hungered. And the tempter came to him and said. If 
 thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be 
 made bread. But he answered and said, It stands 
 written,^ Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every 
 
 5 word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. Then 
 the devil taketh him up into the holy city, and set* him on 
 
 6 the pinnacle of the temple. And saith unto him. If thou 
 
 1 SicKwXvev (Imperfect), the meaning being that the Baptist regarded 
 it as iinseemly that he should baptize his superior, and that he laboured 
 for a time to avoid doing so. 
 
 ^ €V w €v8oKif]a-a. There seems no good reason for holding this to be a 
 Gnomic or Usitative Aorist with the force of the Present. This particular 
 tense is here used to indicate the distant past evdoKia of the Father in the 
 Son. * He chose us in him (e^ eX^^aro -rjfxdi, iv avT(2) before the foundation 
 of the world, Eph. i. 4. A.V. and R.V. =1 am well pleased.' 
 Burton (p. 29) calls evb6Ky}(Ta an ' Inceptive Aorist equal to an English 
 Perfect,' and would render it ' I have become well pleased.' He says, 
 *' The Aorist afifirms the becoming pleased, and leaves the present 
 pleasure to be suggested." But, inasmuch as he also admits that the 
 Aorist of this verb has not ' ' acquired the power of expressing an existing 
 result," may it not be suggested that the rendering ought rather to be as 
 in the text, or / became %vell pleased — i.e. at some past time ? 
 
 •■^ •YC-ypairrai (Pft.) = the German stehet geschrieben, and indicating the 
 permanence of God's word. 
 
 ^ ^o-TTjo-cv (Aor.). 
 
IV. 21 S. MATTHEW. 4 1 
 
 art 1 the Son of God, cast thyself down : for it stands 
 written, He shall give his angels charge concerning thee ; 
 and in their hands they shall bear thee up, lest at any 
 
 7 time thou dash thy foot against a stone. Jesus said unto 
 him, It stands written again. Thou shalt not tempt the 
 
 8 Lord thy God. Again, the devil taketh him up into an 
 exceeding high mountain, and showeth him all the 
 
 9 kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them ; And saith 
 unto him, All these things will I give thee, if thou wilt 
 
 10 fall down and worship me. Then saith Jesus unto him, 
 Get thee hence, Satan : for it stands written, Thou shalt 
 worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve. 
 
 1 1 Then the devil leaveth him ; and, behold, angels came 
 and continued ministering - unto him. 
 
 12 Now when Jesus had heard that John was cast into 
 
 13 prison, he departed into Galilee; And leaving Nazareth, 
 he came and dwelt in Capernaum, which is upon the sea 
 
 14 coast, in the borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim : That 
 it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the 
 
 15 prophet, saying. The land of Zabulon, and the land of 
 Nephthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee 
 
 16 of the Gentiles; The people which sat in darkness saw 
 great light; and to them which sat in the region and 
 
 17 shadow of death did light spring up.^ From that time 
 Jesus began to preach, and to say, Repent : for the 
 kingdom of heaven is at hand. 
 
 18 And Jesus, walking by the sea of Galilee, saw two 
 brethren, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother, 
 
 19 casting a net into the sea : for they were fishers. And he 
 saith unto them. Follow me, and I will make you fishers 
 
 20 of men. And they straightway left their nets, and followed 
 
 21 him. And going on from thence, he saw other two 
 
 ^ €t (Pres. Yvi^xc.')^ as Sliming that thou art the Son of God ( Vide p. 33). 
 2 SfqKovovv (Impft.), to be translated as above wherever found. R.V, 
 = ' ministered,' simply. 
 ^ dvcTciXcv (Aor.). 
 
42 S. MATTHEW. IV. 22 
 
 brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, 
 in a ship with Zebedee their father, mending their nets ; 
 2 2 and he called them. And they immediately left the ship 
 and their father, and followed him. 
 
 23 And Jesus went about ^ all GaHlee, teaching in their 
 synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, 
 and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of 
 
 24 disease among the people. And his fame went through- 
 out all Syria : and they brought unto him all sick people 
 that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and 
 those which were possessed with devils, and those which 
 were lunatics, and those that had the palsy ; and he 
 
 25 healed them. And there followed him great multitudes 
 of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and froi7i 
 Jerusalem, 2ir\difrom Judea, and/r^;;^ beyond Jordan. 
 
 V. I And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain : 
 and when he had sat down,^ his disciples came unto him : 
 
 2 And he opened his mouth, and proceeded to teach^ them, 
 
 3 saying. Blessed are the poor in spirit : for theirs is the 
 
 4 kingdom of heaven. Blessed are they that mourn : for 
 
 5 they shall be comforted. Blessed are the meek : for they 
 
 6 shall inherit the earth. Blessed are they which do hunger 
 and thirst after righteousness : for they shall be filled. 
 
 7 Blessed are the merciful : for they shall obtain mercy. 
 
 8 Blessed are the pure in heart : for they shall see God. 
 
 9 Blessed are the peacemakers : for they shall be called the 
 TO children of God. Blessed are they which have been per- 
 secuted ^ for righteousness' sake : for theirs is the kingdom 
 
 1 1 of heaven. Blessed are ye when juen shall revile you, and 
 
 ^ irepiflYcv {Im^pexiecV) = contiimed to go about. But, as the English verb 
 itself conveys with sufficient strength the contmttous idea, the rendering of 
 the text is all that is necessary. 
 
 " KaOio-avTos (Aor.), indicating past time relatively to the leading verb 
 (vpoa-rjXdav), and therefore rendered with 'had.' 
 
 "* c8£8a(rK€v (Impft.), not 'taught': the instruction formed gttite a 
 co7{rse. "^ SeSicD-yixevoi (Pft.). 
 
V. 21 S. MATTHEW. 43 
 
 persecute you, and shall say all manner of evil against you 
 
 12 falsely, for my sake. Rejoice, and be exceeding glad ; for 
 great is your reward in heaven : for so persecuted they the 
 prophets which were before you. 
 
 13 Ye are the salt of the earth : but if the salt have lost his 
 savour, wherewith shall it be salted ? it is thenceforth good 
 for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under 
 
 14 foot of men. Ye are the light of the world. A city that 
 
 15 is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men Hght a 
 candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick ; 
 
 16 and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let 
 your light so shine before men, that they may see your 
 good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven. 
 
 17 Think not that I came^ to destroy the Law, or the 
 
 18 Prophets: I came ^ not to destroy, but to fulfil. For 
 verily I say unto you. Till heaven and earth pass, one 
 jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till 
 
 19 all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of 
 these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he 
 shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven : but 
 whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be 
 
 20 called great in the kingdom of heaven. For I say unto 
 you. That except your righteousness shall exceed the 
 righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no 
 case enter into the kingdom of heaven, 
 
 2 1 Ye [have] heard - that it was said by them of old time, 
 Thou shalt not kill:^ and whosoever shall kill shall be 
 
 1 '^\9ov (Aor.), predicating the historical fact of His actual appearance 
 in the world to fulfil the predictions as to the true ipxofi^vos. 
 
 " HKov<raTc. Though our English idiom almost requires have heard — 
 yet the distinctive Aoristic force must not be overlooked either — the 
 allusion being to the precise means whereby they — as viatter-of-fact 
 — found their information, namely, "the reading of the law in the 
 synagogues, and the expositions of the scribes " (Alford in loc). 
 
 ^ ov <|>ov6v<r€ts — from Exodus xx. 15, a quasi Imperative. This con- 
 struction is very much a Hebraism. The correct form /xtJ with Conj. occurs 
 in Mark x, 19. 
 
44 S. MATTHEW. V. 22 
 
 2 2 in danger of the judgment : But I say unto you, That who- 
 soever is angry with his brother shall be in danger of the 
 judgment : and whosoever shall say to his brother, Raca, 
 shall be in danger of the council : but whosoever shall 
 
 23 say, Thou fool, shall be in danger of hell fire. Therefore 
 if thou be bringing ^ thy gift to the altar, and there re- 
 
 24 member that thy brother hath ought against thee ; Leave 
 there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way ; first be 
 reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy 
 
 25 gift. Agree with thine adversary quickly, whiles thou art 
 in the way with him : lest at any time the adversary deliver 
 thee to the judge, and the judge deliver thee to the officer, 
 
 26 and thou be cast into prison. Verily I say unto thee. 
 Thou shalt by no means come out thence, till thou have 
 paid - the uttermost farthing. 
 
 27 Ye [have] heard that it was said, Thou shalt not commit 
 
 28 adultery : But I say unto you. That whosoever looketh on 
 a woman to lust after her hath committed adultery with 
 
 29 her already in his heart. And if thy right eye offend 
 thee, pluck it out, and cast // from thee : for it is profitable 
 for thee that one of thy members should perish, and not 
 
 30 that thy whole body should be cast into hell. And if thy 
 right hand offend thee, cut it off, and cast // from thee : 
 for it is profitable for thee that one of thy members should 
 perish, and not that thy whole body should be cast into 
 hell. 
 
 31 It was said. Whosoever shall put away his wife, let him 
 
 32 give her a writing of divorcement : But 1 say unto you. 
 That whosoever shall put away his wife, saving for the 
 cause of fornication, causeth adultery to be committed on 
 her : and whosoever shall marry her when divorced^ com- 
 mitteth adultery. 
 
 1 'rrpo(r<j)€pT|S (Pres. Conjunctive). ^ diroBws (Aor. Conjunctive). 
 
 ^ The rendering "one that is put away" (M^Clellan), or "a divorced 
 woman " (Wordsworth) seems erroneous. Although diroXeXvfjievTjv appears 
 with neither article nor pronoun, the translation ought to be as in the text 
 
V. 48 S. MATTHEW. 45 
 
 33 Again, ye [have] heard that it was said by them of old 
 time, Thou shalt not forswear thyself, but shalt perform 
 
 34 unto the Lord thine oaths : But I say unto you, Swear 
 not at all : neither by heaven ; for it is God's throne : 
 
 35 Nor by the earth ; for it is his footstool : neither by 
 
 36 Jerusalem ; for it is the city of the great King. Neither 
 shalt thou swear by thy head, because thou canst not 
 
 37 make one hair white or black. But let your communica- 
 tion be, Yea, yea ; Nay, nay : for whatsoever is more than 
 these cometh of evil. 
 
 38 Ye [have] heard that it was said, An eye for an eye, 
 
 39 and a tooth for a tooth : But I say unto you, That ye 
 resist not evil ; but whosoever smiteth ^ thee on thy right 
 
 40 cheek turn to him the other also. And if any man would 
 sue thee at the law, and take away thy coat, let him have 
 
 41 thy cloak also. And whosoever shall compel thee to go a 
 
 42 mile, go with him twain. Give to him that asketh thee, 
 and from him that would borrow of thee turn not thou 
 away. 
 
 43 Ye [have] heard that it was said. Thou shalt love thy 
 
 44 neighbour, and hate thine enemy ; But I say unto you, 
 Love your enemies, and pray for them which despitefuUy use 
 
 45 you, and persecute you ; That ye may be the children of 
 your Father which is in heaven : for he maketh his sun to 
 rise on the evil and on the good, and sendeth rain on the 
 
 46 just and on the unjust. For if ye love them which love 
 you, what reward have ye ? do not even the publicans the 
 
 47 same ? And if ye salute your brethren only, what do ye 
 
 48 more than others ? do not even the heathen so ? Ye there- 
 
 — •' her when divorced" : avTr]v that precedes still supplying the subject, 
 and airokeKvixivTjv being a secondary predicate of the same. On the whole 
 question, therefore, of the marriage of divorced persons, this passage was 
 not intended to throw conclusive light. The particular case referred to 
 all along, is simply that of a woman unlawftilly divorced. 
 1 pair£t€t(Pres.). 
 
46 S. MATTHEW. VI. 1 
 
 fore shall be^ perfect, even as your Father which is in 
 heaven is perfect. 
 VI. I Take heed that ye do not your righteousness before 
 men, to be seen of them ; otherwise ye have no reward of 
 
 2 your Father which is in heaven. Therefore, when thou 
 doest thine alms, do not sound a trumpet before thee, as 
 the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, 
 that they may have glory of men. Verily I say unto 
 
 3 you. They have received ^ their reward. But when 
 thou doest alms, let not thy left hand know what thy 
 
 4 right hand doeth ; That thine alms may be in secret : 
 and thy Father which seeth in secret himself shall reward 
 thee. 
 
 5 And when ye pray, ye shall not be as the hypocrites are : 
 for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and in 
 the corners of the streets, that they may be seen of men. 
 
 6 Verily I say unto you, They have their reward. But thou, 
 when thou prayest, enter into thy closet, and when thou 
 hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father which is in secret ; 
 and thy Father which seeth in secret shall reward thee. 
 
 7 But in praying, use not vain repetitions, as the heathen do: 
 for they think that they shall be heard for their much 
 
 8 speaking. Be not ye therefore like unto them : for 
 your Father knoweth what things ye have need of before 
 
 9 ye ask him. After this manner therefore pray ye : Our 
 lo Father which art in heaven, Hallowed be thy name. Thy 
 
 kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as // t's in 
 II, 12 heaven, Give us this day our daily bread. And for- 
 
 1 ?<r€<r9€ (Fut. Indie), with almost the force of the Imperative ; to be 
 perfect ought to be your aim. As has already been pointed out, this 
 usage though found often in Sept. is also Classical. ( Vide p. 26). 
 
 2 airc'xouoriv, a Piesent with the force of a Perfect. In addition to this 
 verb drrexw (in its signitication receive in full) such verbs as tjko}, olxo/xai, 
 oiKovu} have a similar Perfect force. The usage is Classical : e.£. Oixerai 
 CIS a\a STav, he is [has] gone to the divine sea. II. xv. 223. 
 
VI. 25 S. MATTHEW. 47 
 
 13 give us our debts, as we also forgave ^ our debtors. And 
 bring us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil : 
 For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, 
 
 14 for ever. Amen. For if ye forgive men their trespasses, 
 
 15 your heavenly Father will also forgive you : But if ye for- 
 give not men their trespasses, neither will your Father for- 
 give your trespasses. 
 
 16 Moreover, when ye fast, be not, as the hypocrites, of a 
 sad countenance : for they disfigure their faces, that they 
 may be seen ^ of men to fast. Verily I say unto you, 
 
 17 They have their reward. But thou, when thou fastest, 
 
 18 anoint thine head, and wash thy face ; That thou be not 
 seen of men to fast, but unto thy Father which is in secret: 
 and thy Father, which seeth in secret, shall reward thee 
 openly. 
 
 19 Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where 
 moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break 
 
 20 through and steal: But lay up for yourselves treasures in 
 heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and 
 
 2 1 where thieves do not break through nor steal : For where 
 
 22 your treasure is, there will your heart be also. The light of 
 the body is the eye : if therefore thine eye be single, thy 
 
 23 whole body shall be full of light. But if thine eye be evil, 
 thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If therefore the 
 light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that dark- 
 
 24 ness ! No man can serve two masters : for either he will 
 hate the one, and love the other ; or else he will hold to 
 the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God 
 
 25 and mammon. Therefore, I say unto you, Be not anxious ^ 
 for your life, what ye are to eat, or what ye are to drink, 
 
 ^ »S . . . d(J>T|Ka(Ji€vs ■• MS has almost the force of quippe, inasmuch as: and 
 the verb is Aorist. Consequently what our Lord teaches is that our plea for 
 forgiveness is to lie in this— viz., our forgiveness of others having as matter- 
 of-fact been completed before we go to the throne of grace. This exactly 
 accords with the teaching of vv. 23, 24. R.V. =as we have forgiven. 
 A.V. =as we forgive (following a Present Tense dtpiofxev). 
 
 2 Aavwo-iv. ^ |jt€pijivaT€. 
 
48 S. MATTHEW. VI. 26 
 
 nor yet for your body, what ye are to put on.^ Is not the 
 
 26 life more than meat, and the body than raiment ? Behold 
 the fowls of the air : for they sow not, neither do they 
 reap, nor gather into barns ; yet your heavenly Father 
 
 27 feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they ? Which 
 of you, by being anxious can add one cubit unto his 
 
 28 stature? And why for raiment? Consider the lilies of 
 the field, how they grow : they toil not, neither do they 
 
 29 spin : And yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all 
 
 30 his glory was not arrayed like one of these. Wherefore, if 
 God so clothe the grass of the field, which to-day is, and 
 to-morrow will be cast - into the oven, shall he not much 
 
 31 more clothe you, O ye of little faith? Therefore be not 
 anxious, saying. What shall we eat? or, What shall we 
 
 32 drink? or Wherewithal shall we be clothed? (For after 
 all these things do the Gentiles seek ;) for your heavenly 
 
 33 Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. But 
 seek ye first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness ; 
 
 34 and all these things shall be added unto you. Be not 
 therefore anxious for the morrow : for the morrow shall be 
 anxious for the things of itself. Sufficient unto the day is 
 the evil thereof. 
 
 VII. I, 2 Judge not,^ that ye be not judged.^ For with 
 
 what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged : and with 
 
 what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. 
 
 3 And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother's 
 
 1 Ti iJMX'Y'nTC . . . Ti Tr\.r\T(. . . . Tt €v8v<ni<r0€ — Deliberative Conj. (see 
 p. 27). 
 
 2 a^piov €ls KXiPavov paXXd|j.evov. The casting will not take place un- 
 til to-morrow, so that ^aWofMevov is a Present with sense approximating 
 to the Future ( P^ide Buttmann, p. 206 ; and cp. aijpLov dirodvrjaKoixev, 
 I Cor. XV. 32), 
 
 ^ Kpiv6T€ : the tense would almost require the rendering ' Be not in 
 the way of judging' — the Pres. Imper. with [xrj condemning more the 
 practice of judging others than the act of judging in any given case. 
 It follows that iVa ^y\ Kpidyre (that ye be not judged) strictly means that 
 ye be not once judged. 
 
VII. 17 S. MATTHEW. 49 
 
 eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye ? 
 
 4 Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pulP out the 
 mote out of thine eye ; and, behold, a beam is in thine 
 
 5 own eye ? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of 
 thine own eye ', and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out 
 the mote out of thy brother's eye. 
 
 6 Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast 
 ye your pearls before swine, lest they trample them under 
 their feet, and turn again and rend you. 
 
 7 Ask, and it shall be given you ; seek, and ye shall find ; 
 
 8 knock, and it shall be opened unto you : For every one 
 that asketh receiveth ; and he that seeketh findeth ; and 
 
 9 to him that knocketh it shall be opened. Or what man 
 is there of you, whom if his son shall ask '^ bread, surely 
 
 10 he will not give him a stone? Or if he shall ask^ a fish, 
 
 11 surely he will not give him a serpent? If ye then, being 
 evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how 
 much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good 
 
 12 things to them that ask him ! Therefore all things what- 
 soever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even 
 so to them : for this is the Law and the Prophets. 
 
 13 Enter ye in at the strait gate : for wide is the gate, and 
 broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many 
 
 14 there be which go in thereat : Because strait is the gate, 
 and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto hfe, and few 
 there be that find it. 
 
 15 Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep's 
 
 16 clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. Ye shall 
 know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of 
 
 17 thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree 
 
 ^ &<j)€S cKpdXft) TO Kdp<{>os. This joint construction of d0es with con- 
 junctive = an imperative, deserves notice. It is the early precursor of 
 the Modern Greek ^s which, with the conjunctive, regularly expresses 
 the 1st and 3rd persons of the imperative : e.g., hs ypdrj/cj/xev, let us 
 write ; hs \6(Tioai, let them loose. Similar phrases with ^ovXei., 64\eis, 
 dye, (pepe, &c. , occur in Classical Greek. 
 
 ^ The verb is ahijaet.. 
 
 D 
 
50 S. MATTHEW. VII. 18 
 
 bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth 
 
 1 8 forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, 
 
 19 neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every 
 tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and 
 
 20 cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know 
 them. 
 
 21 Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall 
 enter into the kingdom of heaven ; but he that doeth the 
 
 22 will of my Father which is in heaven. Many will say to 
 me in that day, Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy ^ in thy 
 name ? and in thy name cast ^ out devils ? and in thy name 
 
 23 do^ many wonderful works? And then will I profess unto 
 them, I never knew you : depart from me, ye that work 
 iniquity. 
 
 24 Therefore, whosoever heareth these sayings of mine, 
 and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which 
 
 25 built his house upon a rock : And the rain descended,^ 
 and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon 
 that house; and it fell not: for it had been founded^ 
 
 26 upon a rock. And every one that heareth these sayings 
 of mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a 
 
 27 foolish man, which built his house upon the sand : And 
 the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds 
 blew, and beat upon that house ; and it fell : and great 
 was the fall of it. 
 
 28 And it came to pass, when Jesus ended ^ these sayings, 
 
 ^ The three tenses are Aorists, iirpQ<f>r}Tev<xafjiev, e^e^aXofxev, eTroLT^aafxev. 
 
 - Most noteworthy is the quick succession of Aorists here — Kare^rj, ^Xdov, 
 €Trvev(Tav, Trpoaeirecroy, ^ireae, descended, came, blew, beat, fell, indicating 
 with clear circumstantiality what overtook the house. It is admitted 
 (see p. 31) that, in refined Literary Greek, Participles are somewhat 
 more common than in plain N.T. Greek. The descriptions of Homer, 
 however, are plain, containing often finite verbs tacked together ; and 
 Participles combined with a finite verb or two would not have been so 
 effective in the passage before us as this series of simple conjunctional 
 clauses. 
 
 ^ reOcjicXicDTo (Plpft.), emphasising the. facts already stated. 
 
 ^ €T€X€o-€v (Aor.). 
 
VIII. 11 S. MATTHEW. 5 1 
 
 29 the people began to be astonished at his doctrine : For 
 His way was to teach ^ them as one having authority, and 
 not as the scribes. 
 VIII. I When he was come down from the mountain, 
 
 2 great multitudes followed him. And, behold, there came 
 a leper, and he went on worshipping - him, saying. Lord, if 
 
 3 thou wilt, thou canst make me clean. And Jesus put 
 forth his hand, and touched him, saying, I will ; be thou 
 made clean.^ And immediately his leprosy was cleansed. 
 
 4 And Jesus saith unto him, See thou tell no man ; but go 
 thy way, show thyself to the priest, and offer the gift that 
 Moses commanded, for a testimony unto them. 
 
 5 And when Jesus was entered into Capernaum, there 
 
 6 came unto him a centurion, beseeching him. And saying. 
 Lord, my servant lieth at home sick of the palsy, 
 
 7 grievously tormented. And He saith unto him, I will 
 
 8 come and heal him. The centurion answered and said. 
 Lord, I am not worthy that thou shouldest come under 
 my roof : but speak the word only, and my servant shall 
 
 9 be healed. For I am a man put under ^ authority, having 
 soldiers under me : and I say to this man Go, and he 
 goeth ; and to another. Come, and he cometh ; and to my 
 
 10 servant, Do this, and he doeth //. When Jesus heard //, 
 he marvelled, and said to them that followed. Verily I say 
 unto you, I have not found so great faith, no, not in Israel. 
 
 11 And I say unto you, That many shall come from the east 
 and west, and shall sit down with Abraham, and Isaac, 
 
 1 \v 8i8d<rK«v (periphrastic impft.) — a construction common in LXX., 
 though seldom suggested by the Hebrew. Ordinary Greek writers 
 sometimes employ it : e.g. fjv 17 <xTpaT7]yia . ovbh dXXo 8vua/j.€vr], Xen. 
 Anab. II. 2, 13. It is meant, as a rule, to express something more than 
 the bare impft. is capable of — for the most part bearing the force of the 
 lasting, the continuing. We have translated as above in order to bring 
 out the meaning that seems intended — viz., that Christ was teaching with 
 authority at this particular time, and that the same continued throughout 
 His whole ministry. 
 
 2irpo<r€Kvv€i (Impft.). ^ ^o^ec^p^o-Q^Tt. ^ Ta<ro-o|Jt6vos. 
 
52 S. MATTHEW. VIII. 12 
 
 1 2 and Jacob, in the kingdom of heaven : But the children of 
 the kingdom shall be cast out into outer darkness : there 
 
 13 shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. iVnd Jesus said 
 unto the centurion, Go thy way ; and as thou didst believe,^ 
 so be it done unto thee. And his servant was healed in 
 the selfsame hour. 
 
 14 And when Jesus was come into Peter's house, he saw 
 
 1 5 his wife's mother laid, and sick of a fever. And he touched 
 her hand, and the fever left her : and she arose and con- 
 tinued to minister ^ unto him. 
 
 16 When the even was come, they brought unto him many 
 that were possessed with devils : and he cast out the spirits 
 
 1 7 with his word, and healed all that were sick : That it might 
 be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, 
 Himself took our infirmities, and bare our sicknesses. 
 
 18 Now when Jesus saw a multitude about him, he gave 
 
 19 commandm.ent to depart unto the other side. And a cer- 
 tain scribe came, and said unto him, Master, I will follow 
 
 20 thee whithersoever thou goest. And Jesus saith unto him. 
 The foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests ; 
 
 2 1 but the Son of man hath not where to lay his head. And 
 another of his disciples said unto him. Lord, suffer me 
 
 22 first to go and bury my father. But Jesus said unto him, 
 follow me ; and let the dead bury their dead. 
 
 23 And when he was entered into a ship, his disciples 
 
 24 followed him. And, behold, there arose a great tempest 
 in the sea, insomuch that the ship was being covered -^ 
 
 25 with the waves : but he was asleep. And his disciples 
 came to him^ and awoke him, saying, Lord, save : we 
 
 26 perish. And he saith unto them, Why are ye fearful, O ye 
 of little faith ? Then he arose, and rebuked the winds 
 
 ^ €Tri<rT€\«ras (Aor.). Is it absolutely necessary to translate with " hast 
 believed " ? The reference clearly is to the man's expression of confidence 
 stated explicitly, and as matter-of-fact, in verse 8 — "speak the word 
 only, and my servant shall be healed." A.V. and R. V. = " hast believed." 
 
 ^ 8iT]Kov£i (Impft.). ^ KaXvirTCtrSai. 
 
IX. 5 S. MATTHEW. 53 
 
 27 and the sea; and there was a great cahn. But the men 
 marvelled, saying, What manner of man is this, that even 
 the winds and the sea obey him ! 
 
 28 And when he was come to the other side, into the country 
 of the Gergesenes, there met him two possessed with 
 devils, coming out of the tombs, exceeding fierce, so that 
 
 29 no man might pass by that way. And, behold, they cried 
 out, saying, What have we to do with thee, Jesus thou Son 
 of God ? didst Thou come ^ hither to torment us before the 
 
 30 time ? And there was a good way off from them an herd of 
 
 3 1 many swine feeding. So the devils began to beseech ^ him, 
 saying, If thou cast us out, send us away into the herd of 
 
 32 swine. And he said unto them, [you may] go.^ And they 
 came out and went into the herd of swine : and, behold, the 
 whole herd of swine ran violently down a steep place into the 
 
 33 sea, and perished in the waters. And they that kept them 
 fled, and went their ways into the city, and told everything, 
 
 34 and what was befallen to the possessed of the devils. And, 
 behold, the whole city came out to meet Jesus : and when 
 they saw him, they besought him that he would depart out 
 of their coasts. 
 
 IX. I And he entered into a ship, and passed over, and 
 
 2 came into his own city. And, behold, they were bringing ^ 
 to him a man sick of the palsy, lying on a bed : and Jesus, 
 when He saw their faith, said unto the sick of the palsy, 
 
 3 Son, be of good cheer ; thy sins be forgiven thee. And, 
 behold, certain of the scribes said within themselves. This 
 
 4 man blasphemeth. And Jesus, knowing their thoughts, 
 
 5 said. Wherefore think ye evil in your hearts ? For whether 
 is easier to say. Thy sins be forgiven thee; or to say, 
 
 1 ^XOes. ^ irapcKolXovv. 
 
 ^ 'Yird-ycTc. The suggested translation may be better : it is certainly 
 more in accordance with S. Luke's statement koX iir€Tpe\pev avTo?s, and He 
 stifered them (Luke viii. 32). 
 
 * •irpoo-€<}>€pov. Descriptive Impft. —the gi-aphic touch of which should 
 not be lost. 
 
54 S. MATTHEW. IX. 6 
 
 6 Arise, and walk ? But that ye may know that the Son 
 of man hath power on earth to forgive sins (then saith he 
 to the sick of the palsy), Arise, take up thy bed, and 
 
 7 go unto thine house. And he arose, and departed to his 
 
 8 house. But when the multitudes saw zV, they were afraid, 
 and glorified God, which had given such power unto men. 
 
 9 And as Jesus passed forth from thence, he saw a man, 
 named Matthew, sitting at the receipt of custom : and 
 he saith unto him. Follow me. And he arose, and 
 followed him. 
 
 10 And it came to pass, as He was reclining ^ at meat in 
 the house, behold, many publicans and sinners came and 
 
 1 1 sat down with him and his disciples. And when the 
 Pharisees saw //, they said unto his disciples, Why eateth 
 
 12 your Master with publicans and sinners? But when 
 Jesus heard that, he said unto them, They that be whole 
 
 13 need not a physician, but they that are sick. But go ye 
 and learn what that meaneth, I desire '^ mercy, and not 
 sacrifice : for I came ^ not to call the righteous, but 
 sinners. 
 
 14 Then come^ to him the disciples of John, saying. Why 
 do we and the Pharisees fast oft, but thy disciples fast 
 
 15 not. And Jesus said unto them. Can the children of 
 the bride-chamber mourn, as long as the bridegroom is 
 with them ? but the days will come ^ when the bridegroom 
 
 1 6 shall be taken from them, and then shall they fast. No 
 man putteth a piece of new cloth unto an old garment ; 
 
 2 OcXo). 3 ^\6ov. ^ irpoo-e'pxovTai. 
 
 ^ The days will come — eXevaovrat. hk ijfiepat. As with virdyeiv, yiveadai, 
 Topevecrdai., the very idea of ^pxecr^at is in itseU/ufure : e.g. ttoXlu ^pxS/iai 
 Kai TrapaKrjfixf/ofxaL (John xiv. 3). When, therefore, as here and in i Cor. 
 iv. 19; xvi. 12, etc., the actual Future is used, there is indicated a 
 distinct shade of meaning. By the fut. tense the commencement of the 
 future action is thrown forward to a distance : by the pres. tense, it 
 is placed more either in the actual present, or in "the imaginary present 
 of prophetic vision " (Buttmann, 204). 
 
IX. 30 S. MATTHEW. 55 
 
 for that which is put in to fill it up taketh from the 
 
 17 garment, and the rent is made worse. Neither do men 
 put new wine into old bottles ; else the bottles break, 
 and the wine runneth out, and the bottles perish : but 
 they put new wine into new bottles, and both are pre- 
 served. 
 
 18 While he was speaking these things unto them, behold, 
 there came a certain ruler, and kept worshipping him, 
 saying. My daughter this moment deceased:^ but come 
 
 19 and lay thy hand upon her, and she shall live. And 
 Jesus arose, and followed him, and so did his disciples. 
 
 20 And, behold, a woman, which was diseased with an 
 issue of blood twelve years, came behind htm, and touched 
 
 2 1 the hem of his garment. For she said within herself, If 
 
 22 I may but touch his garment, I shall be whole. But 
 Jesus turned him about; and when he saw her, he said. 
 Daughter, be of good comfort ; thy faith hath made thee 
 whole. And the woman was made whole from that hour. 
 
 23 And when Jesus came into the ruler's house, and saw 
 
 24 the minstrels and the people making a noise. He said 
 unto them. Give place ; for the maid is not dead,^ but 
 
 25 sleepeth. And they laughed him to scorn. But when 
 the people were put forth, he went in, and took her by 
 
 26 the hand, and the maid arose. And the fame hereof 
 went abroad into all that land. 
 
 27 And when Jesus departed thence, two blind men 
 followed him, crying, and saying, Thou son of David, 
 
 28 have mercy on us. And when he was come into the 
 house, the blind men came to him : and Jesus saith unto 
 them, Believe ye that I am able to do this ? They said 
 
 29 unto him. Yea, Lord. Then touched he their eyes, saying, 
 
 30 According to your faith be it unto you. And their eyes 
 opened : and Jesus straitly charged them, saying. See 
 
 ^ &pTl €TeX€VTT10-£V. 
 
 2 ov 7ap dir€0av€v. One of those Aorists used occasionally in N.T. 
 to denote a present state resulting from a past act. 
 
56 S. MATTHEW. IX. 31 
 
 31 that no man know it. But they, when they were departed, 
 spread about his fame in all that country. 
 
 32 As they went out, behold, they brought to him a dumb 
 T^l man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was 
 
 cast out, the dumb spake : and the multitudes marvelled, 
 
 34 saying, It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees 
 said. He casteth out devils through the prince of the 
 devils. 
 
 35 And Jesus went about all the cities and villages, teach- 
 ing in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the 
 kingdom, and healing every sickness and every disease 
 
 36 among the people. But when he saw the multitudes, he 
 was moved with compassion on them, because they 
 fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no 
 
 37 shepherd. Then saith he unto his disciples, The harvest 
 
 38 truly is plenteous, but the labourers are few ; Pray ye 
 therefore the Lord of the harvest, that he may send forth 
 labourers into his harvest. 
 
 X. I And when he had called unto hiin his twelve disciples, 
 he gave them power against unclean spirits, to cast them 
 out, and to heal all manner of sickness, and all manner 
 
 2 of disease. Now the names of the twelve apostles are 
 these ; The first, Simon, who is called Peter, and Andrew 
 his brother ; James the son of Zebedee, and John his 
 
 3 brother ; Philip, and Bartholomew ; Thomas, and Matthew 
 the publican ; James the son of Alpheus, and Lebbeus, 
 
 4 whose surname was Thaddeus ; Simon the Cananaean, 
 
 5 and Judas Iscariot, who also betrayed him.^ These 
 twelve Jesus sent forth, and commanded them, saying, 
 Go not into the way of the Gentiles, and into any city 
 
 6 of the Samaritans enter ye not : But go rather to the lost 
 
 7 sheep of the house of Israel. And as ye go, preach, 
 
 ^ 6 Kal irapaSovs avrdv : the participle is Aor. — the reference [cf. xxvii. 
 3) being to the betrayal as an accomplished fact. Judas viewed as having 
 not yet done the deed is called 6 TrapaStSot;?, qui traditutiis er-at (Matt. 
 xxvi. 25 ; Mark xiv. 42, etc)- 
 
X. 21 S. MATTHEW. 57 
 
 8 saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the 
 sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils : 
 
 9 freely ye received,^ freely give. Provide- neither gold, 
 
 10 nor silver, nor brass in your purses, Nor scrip for your 
 journey, neither two coats, neither shoes, nor yet staves ; 
 
 1 1 for the workman is worthy of his meat. And into what- 
 soever city or town ye shall enter, enquire who in it is 
 
 12 worthy; and there abide till ye go thence. And when 
 
 13 ye come into the house, salute it. And if the house be 
 worthy, let your peace come upon it : but if it be not 
 
 14 worthy, let your peace return to you. And whosoever 
 shall not receive you, nor hear your words, when ye 
 depart out of that house or city, shake off the dust of 
 
 15 your feet. Verily I say unto you. It shall be more 
 tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrha in the 
 day of judgment, than for that city. 
 
 16 Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of 
 wolves : be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless 
 
 17 as doves. But beware of men; for they will deliver you 
 up to the councils, and they will scourge you in their 
 
 18 synagogues: And ye shall be brought before governors 
 and kings for my sake, for a testimony against them and 
 
 19 the Gentiles. But when they [once] deliver you up,^ 
 take no thought how or what ye shall speak : for it shall 
 
 20 be given you in that same hour what ye shall speak. For 
 it is not ye that speak, but the Spirit of your Father which 
 
 21 speakethinyou. And the brother shall deliver up the brother 
 to death, and the father the child : and the children shall 
 rise up against their parents, and cause them to be put to 
 
 1 IXdpeTc. 
 
 -' KTT)<r€(r0€. The old versions erred in rendering this ' possess.' 
 KToLcrdaL ahvays = acquire or win. It takes the pft. KeKTrja-dat (not 
 found in N.T.) to bring out the sense 'to possess,' i.e. to have 
 acquired. 
 
 "^ irapaSwo-iv {Aor. conj.). For strict accuracy the above rendering is 
 required. 
 
58 S. MATTHEW. 
 
 X. 22 
 
 22 death. And ye shall continue to be hated ^ of all men for 
 my name's sake : but he that endureth to the end shall be 
 
 23 saved. But when they persecute you in this city, flee ye 
 into another : for verily I say unto you, Ye shall not have 
 gone over the cities of Israel, till the Son of man be 
 
 24 come. The disciple is not above his master, nor the 
 
 25 servant above his lord. It is enough for the disciple 
 that he be as his master, and the servant as his lord. 
 If they have called the master of the house Beelzebub, 
 how much more shall they call them of his household ? 
 
 26 Fear them not therefore : for there is nothing covered, 
 that shall not be revealed ; and hid, that shall not be 
 
 27 known. What I tell you in darkness, that speak ye in 
 light : and what ye hear in the ear, that preach ye upon 
 
 28 the house-tops. And fear not them which kill the body, 
 but are not able to kill the soul : but rather fear him 
 which is able to destroy both soul and body in hell. 
 
 29 Are not two sparrows sold for a farthing? and one of 
 them shall not fall on the ground without your Father. 
 
 30 But the very hairs of your head are all numbered. 
 
 31 Fear ye not therefore, ye are of more value than many 
 
 32 sparrows. Whosoever therefore shall confess me before 
 men, him will I confess also before my Father which is in 
 
 33 heaven. But whosoever shall deny me before men, him 
 will I also deny before my Father which is in heaven. 
 
 34 Think not that I came - to send peace on earth : I came 
 
 35 not to send peace, but a sword. For I came^ to set a 
 man at variance against his father, and the daughter 
 against her mother, and the daughter-in-law against her 
 
 36 mother-in-law. And a man's foes shall be they of his own 
 
 ^ ^o-€cr0€ p.i(rov|JL€voi. The idea of duration is intended. Inasmuch as 
 the Future *'in its simple form does not discriminate between the two 
 ideas of duration and instantaneousness " (Buttmann, p. 316) the peri- 
 phrasis is necessary. The difference between this and ixiadriaeade can be 
 readily felt. 
 
 2 TJXOov (so always). 
 
XL 5 S. MATTHEW. 59 
 
 37 household. He that loveth father or mother more than 
 me, is not worthy of me ; and he that loveth son or 
 
 38 daughter more than me, is not worthy of me. And he 
 that taketh not his cross, and followeth after me, is not 
 
 39 worthy of me. He that shall have found ^ his life shall 
 lose it : and he that shall have lost ^ his life for my sake 
 
 40 shall find it. He that receiveth you, receiveth me ; and 
 
 41 he that receiveth me, receiveth him that sent me. He 
 that receiveth a prophet in the name of a prophet shall 
 receive a prophet's reward ; and he that receiveth a 
 righteous man in the name of a righteous man shall 
 
 42 receive a righteous man's reward. And whosoever shall 
 give to drink unto one of these little ones a cup of cold 
 water only in the name of a disciple, verily I say unto 
 you, he shall in no wise lose his reward. 
 
 XL I And it came to pass, when Jesus had made an end 
 of commanding his twelve disciples, he departed thence, 
 to teach and to preach in their cities. 
 
 2 Now when John heard- in the prison the works of Christ, 
 
 3 he sent by his disciples. And said unto him. Art thou 
 he that should come, or are we to look" for another? 
 
 4 Jesus answered and said unto them, Go and show John 
 
 5 again those things which ye do hear and see : The Wind 
 receive their sight, and the lame walk, the lepers are 
 cleansed, and the deaf hear, the dead are raised up, and 
 
 ^ The above translation is almost necessary. It would be a pity to 
 acknowledge that the English language is incapable of expressing the dis- 
 tinction between these two Aorist participles, ^hp^liv and dTrwXeo-as, and 
 the succeeding pres. part. SexoMei'os = ' he that receiveth,' vv. 40,41. In 
 the case of the former, the principal verb is fut. ; therefore may these 
 participles not correspond to the Latin fiitiirtun exactam ? (see Winer, 
 p. 430). They certainly seem to be used with anticipatory or proleptic 
 force with reference to the day which shall decide what is loss and what 
 is gain. R.V. =findeth . . . loseth. Margin, found . . . lost. 
 
 ^ aKovcas. 
 
 3 The verb is TrpocrSoKupLev (pres. indie.) and affords a good example of 
 a present with the dash of a future (see p. 19). 
 
6o S. MATTHEW. XL 6 
 
 6 the poor have the gospel preached to them. And blessed 
 is he, whosoever shall not be offended in me. 
 
 7 And as they were departing ^ Jesus began to say unto 
 the multitudes concerning John, What went ye out into 
 the wilderness to see ? A reed shaken with the wind ? 
 
 8 But what went ye out for to see ? A man clothed in soft 
 raiment ? Behold, they that wear soft clothing are in 
 
 9 king's houses. But wherefore went ye out? to see a 
 prophet? yea, I say unto you, and more than a prophet. 
 
 10 For this is he, of whom it is written, Behold, I send my 
 messenger before thy face, which shall prepare thy way 
 
 1 1 before thee. Verily I say unto you, Among them that are 
 born of women there hath not risen a greater than John 
 the Baptist ; notwithstanding he that is least in the king- 
 
 1 2 dom of heaven is greater than he. And from the days of 
 John the Baptist until now the kingdom of heaven suffereth 
 
 13 violence, and the violent take it by force. For all the 
 
 14 Prophets and the Law prophesied until John. And if ye 
 
 15 receive it, this is Elias, which was for to come. He that 
 
 16 hath ears to hear, let him hear. But whereunto shall I 
 liken this generation ? It is like unto children sitting in the 
 
 17 markets, and calling unto their fellows, And saying, We 
 piped- unto you, and ye did not dance- ; we mourned - unto 
 
 t8 you, and ye did not lament.- For John came neither eat- 
 
 19 ing nor drinking, and they say, He hath a devil. The Son 
 
 of man came eating and drinking, and they say, Behold a 
 
 man gluttonous, and a wine-bibber, a friend of publicans 
 
 and sinners. But Wisdom was justified ^ by her works. 
 
 ^ TovTwv 8€ Tropevofievwv (pres. part.). 
 
 - €vXT|(rap.€V, a>px'no'ao-0€, €9pT]vi]<ra|i6v, €K6\)/a<r0€ (all Aorists). 
 
 -^ eSiKaiwOi]. — The reason for the timid policy of substituting "was" 
 for "is" justified on the margin only (as in R.V. ) is not apparent. 
 Manifestly we are carried back in thought to past time — " to the moment 
 when Wisdom's works were planned." Then, as matter of fact Wisdom 
 was justified, and not now only "when the children of God approve what 
 the children of the world cannot comprehend " (see " Words of the N.T.," 
 Milligan and Roberts, p. 158). 
 
XII. 3 S. MATTHEW. 6 1 
 
 20 Then began he to upbraid the cities wherein most of 
 his mighty works were done, because they repented not : 
 
 2 1 Woe unto thee, Chorazin 1 woe unto thee, Bethsaida ! for 
 if the mighty works which were done in you had been done 
 in Tyre and Sidon, they should [certainly] have repented ^ 
 
 22 long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say unto you. It shall 
 be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judg- 
 
 23 ment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, shalt thou be 
 exalted unto heaven ? thou shalt be brought down to hell : 
 for if the mighty works, which have been done in thee had 
 been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day. 
 
 24 But I say unto you, That it shall be more tolerable for the 
 land of Sodom in the day of judgment, than for thee. 
 
 25 At that time Jesus answered and said, I thank thee, O 
 Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because thou didst hide - 
 these things from the wise and prudent, and didst reveal - 
 
 26 them unto babes. Even so, Father; for so it seemed 
 2 7 good in thy sight. All things were delivered ■' unto me of 
 
 my Father : and no man knoweth the Son, but the Father ; 
 neither knoweth any man the Father, save the Son, and he 
 to whomsoever the Son willeth "* to reveal him. 
 
 28 Come unto me, allj'^ that labour and are heavy laden, 
 
 29 and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and 
 learn of me ; for I am meek and lowly in heart : and ye 
 
 30 shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and 
 my burden is light. 
 
 XII. J At that time Jesus went on the sabbath day through 
 the corn ; and his disciples were an hungered, and began 
 
 2 to pluck ears of corn, and to eat. But when the Pharisees 
 saw //, they said unto him, Behold, thy disciples do that 
 
 3 which is not lawful to do upon the sabbath day. But he 
 
 ^ &v . . . p.£T€vdTio-av (Aor. ). 
 
 - ^Kpvxl/as . . . dir€KdXv\|/as — the time is the remote past when the 
 Divine proposes as to hiding and concealing yftxe positively settled. 
 ^ irapeSdOi] — the time is that of dTre/cdXv^as. 
 ^ PovXi^rai diroKaXv\)/ai. 
 
62 S. MATTHEW. XII. 4 
 
 said unto them, did ye not read ^ what David did, when he 
 
 4 was an hungered, and they that were with him ; How he 
 entered into the house of God, and did eat the shewbread, 
 which was not lawful for him to eat, neither for them 
 
 5 which were with him, but only for the priests ? Or did 
 ye not read ^ in the Law, how that on the sabbath days 
 the priests in the temple profane the sabbath, and are 
 
 6 blameless ? But I say unto you, That in this place is one 
 
 7 greater than the temple. But if ye had known what this 
 meaneth, I desire mercy, and not sacrifice, ye would not 
 
 8 have condemned the guiltless. For the Son of man is 
 Lord even of the sabbath day. 
 
 9 And he departed and went into their synagogue. 
 ro And, behold, there was a man which had his hand 
 
 withered. And they asked him, saying, Is it lawful to 
 heal on the sabbath days? that they might accuse him. 
 
 1 1 And he said unto them, What man shall there be among 
 you that shall have one sheep, and if it fall into a pit on 
 the sabbath day, will he not lay hold on it, and lift // out ? 
 
 12 How much then is a man better than a sheep? Where- 
 
 13 fore it is lawful to do well on the sabbath days. Then 
 saith he to the man. Stretch forth thine hand. And he 
 stretched it forth ; and it was restored whole, like as the 
 other. 
 
 14 Then the Pharisees went out, and took counsel against 
 
 15 him, how they might destroy him. But when Jesus knew 
 /V, he withdrew himself from thence : and great multitudes 
 
 16 followed him, and he healed them all; And charged them 
 
 1 7 that they should not make him known : That it might be 
 fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, 
 
 ^ ovK dv€"yva)T€ ; (Aor.). Is it some particular lesson that is referred to? 
 Perhaps i Sam. xxi., where the occurrence is recorded, was the lesson 
 for the day. So maintains Bengel. Possibly, also, the reading for the 
 day included Numbers xxviii., where the sabbath work of the priests is 
 referred to, in which case, the Aorist is the proper tense in v. 5 as well 
 — " Did ye not read ? " i.e, were not these the lessons ? 
 
XII. 31 S. MATTHEW. 63 
 
 18 Behold my servant, whom I chose ;i my beloved, in whom 
 my soul set delight : - I will put up my Spirit upon him, 
 
 19 and he shall show judgment to the Gentiles. He shall 
 not strive, nor cry ; neither shall any man hear his voice 
 
 20 in the streets. A bruised reed shall he not break, and 
 smoking flax shall he not quench, till he send forth judg- 
 
 21 ment unto victory. And in his name shall the Gentiles 
 trust. 
 
 22 Then was brought unto him one possessed with a devil, 
 blind and dumb : and he healed him, insomuch that the 
 
 23 blind and dumb spake and saw. And all the multitudes 
 
 24 were amazed, and said. Is not this the son of David ? But 
 when the Pharisees heard //, they said. This fellow doth 
 not cast out devils, but by Beelzebub the prince of the 
 
 25 devils. And Jesus knowing their thoughts, said unto 
 them, Every kingdom divided against itself is brought 
 to desolation ; and every city or house divided against 
 
 26 itself shall not stand : And if Satan cast out Satan, he 
 is divided ^ against himself ; how shall then his kingdom 
 
 27 stand? And if I by Beelzebub cast out devils, by whom 
 do your children cast thefu out? therefore they shall be 
 
 28 your judges. But if I cast out devils by the Spirit of God, 
 
 29 then is the Kingdom of God already come"^ unto you. Or 
 else how can one enter into the strong man's house, and 
 spoil his goods, except he first bind the strong man ? and 
 
 30 then he will spoil his house. He that is not with me is 
 against me ; and he that gathereth not with me scattereth 
 
 31 abroad. Wherefore I say unto you. All manner of sin and 
 
 ^ 8v -gpeTio-a (Aor. of alpeTi^u — which is Alexandrine Greek for 
 aipeofj-ai. ) As to reasons for giving the strict Aoristic rendering here, as well 
 as in the case of ivdoKrjaev, see III. 17, note. 
 
 ^ 8v €v8dKT](r€v i] ^v\r\ [lov — Some MSS. insert els before 5v but cf. 
 oXoKavTU/xara — ovk evSoKrjaas. (Heb. x. 6.) 
 
 3 e<}>' lavTov lp.ep£o-6T) (Aor.). This seems to be a clear case of a Gnomic 
 Aorist, where is expressed a general truth — to be translated by the present. 
 See p. 25, and note example from Xen. Cyr. I. ii. 2. ^ ^0a<r€v. 
 
64 S. MATTHEW. XII. 32 
 
 blasphemy shall be forgiven unto men : but the blasphemy 
 against the Holy Ghost shall not be forgiven unto men. 
 
 32 And whosoever speaketh a word against the Son of man, 
 it shall be forgiven him : but whosoever speaketh against 
 the Holy Ghost, it shall not be forgiven him, neither in 
 
 2^1 this world, neither in the world to come. Either make 
 the tree good, and his fruit good ; or else make the tree 
 corrupt, and his fruit corrupt : for the tree is known by 
 
 34 his fruit. O generation of vipers how can ye, being evil, 
 speak good things ? for out of the abundance of the heart 
 
 35 the mouth speaketh. The good man, out of the good 
 treasure of the heart, bringeth forth good things : and the 
 evil man out of the evil treasure, bringeth forth evil things. 
 
 36 But I say unto you, That every idle word that men shall 
 speak, they shall give account thereof in the day of judg- 
 
 37 ment. For by thy words thou shalt be justified, and by 
 thy words thou shalt be condemned. 
 
 38 Then certain of the scribes and of the Pharisees 
 answered, saying, Master, we would see a sign from 
 
 39 thee. But he answered and said unto them. An evil 
 and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign; and 
 there shall no sign be given to it, but the sign of the 
 
 40 prophet Jonas : For as Jonas was three days and three 
 nights in the whale's belly, so shall the Son of man be 
 three days and three nights in the heart of the earth. 
 
 41 The men of Nineve shall rise in judgment with this 
 generation, and shall condemn it : because they repented 
 at the preaching of Jonas ; and, behold, a greater than 
 
 42 Jonas is here. The queen of the south shall rise up in 
 the judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it : 
 for she came from the uttermost parts of the earth to 
 hear the wisdom of Solomon ; and, behold, a greater than 
 
 43 Solomon is here. When the unclean spirit is gone out of 
 the man, he walketh through dry places, seeking rest, and 
 
 44 findeth none. Then he saith, I will return into my house 
 from whence I came out ; and when he is come, he findeth 
 
XIII. 9 S. MATTHEW. 65 
 
 45 // empty, swept, and garnished. Then goeth he, and taketh 
 with himself seven other spirits more wicked than himself, 
 and they enter in and dwell there : and the last state of 
 that man becometh worse than the first. Even so shall 
 it be also unto this wicked generation. 
 
 46 While he was yet talking^ to the multitudes, behold, his 
 mother and his brethren stood without, desiring to speak 
 
 47 with him. Then one said unto him. Behold, thy mother 
 and thy brethren stand without, desiring to speak with 
 
 48 thee. But he answered and said unto him that told him, 
 
 49 Who is my mother? and who are my brethren? And he 
 stretched forth his hand toward his disciples, and said, 
 
 50 Behold my mother and my brethren ! For whosoever 
 shall do the will of my Father which is in heaven, the 
 same is my brother, and sister, and mother. 
 
 XIII. I On that day went Jesus out of the house, and 
 
 2 sat by the sea-side. And great multitudes were gathered 
 together unto him, so that he went into a ship, and sat ; 
 
 3 and the whole multitude stood on the shore. And he 
 spake many things unto them in parables, saying, Behold, 
 
 4 a sower went forth to sow : And when he sowed,- some 
 seeds fell by the way-side, and the fowls came and devoured 
 
 5 them up : Some fell upon the stony places, where they 
 had not much earth ; and forthwith they sprung up, 
 
 6 because they had no deepness of earth : And when the 
 sun was up, they were scorched; and because they had 
 
 7 no root, they withered way : And some fell among the 
 
 8 thorns ; and the thorns sprung up and choked them : But 
 other fell into the good ground, and brought forth fruit, 
 some an hundredfold, some sixtyfold, some thirtyfold. 
 
 9 Who hath ears, let him hear. 
 
 ^ XaXovvTos. 
 
 ^ ev Tw o-ireipeiv. This is quite a Classical construction — kv with inf. 
 and article being used to express both time and circtwistance. Cf. 'Ej^ t^j 
 TToXtTTjf TTOLela-dai {Xapldrj/jiov), in making Charidemus a citizen (Demosth. 
 Aristocr. 683, 22). 
 
 E 
 
66 S. MATTHEW. XIII. 10 
 
 10 And the disciples came, and said unto him, Why 
 
 1 1 speakest thou unto them in parables ? He answered and 
 said unto them, Because it is given unto you to know the 
 mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but to them it is not 
 
 12 given. For whosoever hath, to him shall be given, and 
 he shall have more abundance ; but whosoever hath not, 
 
 13 from him shall be taken away even that he hath. There- 
 fore speak I to them in parables : because they seeing, 
 see not ; and hearing, they hear not ; neither do they 
 
 14 understand. And in them is being fulfilled ^ the prophecy 
 of Esaias, which saith. By hearing ye shall hear, and shall 
 in no wise understand ; and seeing ye shall see, and shall 
 
 15 in no wise perceive: For this people's heart became 
 gross,2 and their ears heard lieavily,^ and their eyes 
 they closed ; ^ lest at any time they should see with their 
 eyes, and hear with their ears, and should understand 
 with their heart, and should turn again, and I should 
 
 16 heal them. But blessed are your eyes, for they see ; and 
 
 17 your ears, for they hear. For verily I say unto you, 
 That many prophets and righteous men desired^ to see 
 those things which ye see, and did not see ^ thein ; and to 
 hear those things which ye hear, and did not hear ^ them. 
 
 18, 19 Hear ye therefore the parable of the sower. When 
 any one heareth the word of the kingdom, and under- 
 standeth it not, then cometh the wicked one, and catcheth 
 away that which hath been sown ^ in his heart. This is 
 
 20 he which received seed by the way-side. But he that 
 was sown upon^ the stony places, the same is he that 
 
 ^ avairXiipovTai. A partial fulfilment of the prophecy took place in 
 the time of Isaiah's contemporaries. Another stage of its being fulfilled 
 is now reached. 
 
 2 Like part of v. 14, this verse is a verbatim quotation from LXX. (Is. vi. 
 9). The words translated as above are eiraxuvdr), §ap4us iJKOvaav, iKoifxpLvaav 
 — all Aorists. In the original Hebrew they are Imperatives. 
 
 3 cireOvjii^orav, elSov, ^JKov<rav (all Aorists), for that prophets, &c., did 
 desiie to see those things, was z.fact. See 2 Sam. xxiii. 5. 
 
 ^ TO lo-irapp.evov. ^ o o-irapcCs in 20, 22, 23. 
 
XIII. 32 S. MATTHEW. 67 
 
 21 heareth the word, and anon with joy receiveth it. Yet 
 hath he not root in himself, but dureth for a while ; for 
 when tribulation or persecution ariseth because of the 
 
 22 word, by and by he is offended. He also that was sown 
 among the thorns is he that heareth the word ; and the 
 care of the world, and the deceitfulness of riches, choke 
 
 23 the word, and he becometh unfruitful. But he that was 
 sown upon the good ground is he that heareth the word, 
 and understandeth it ; which also beareth fruit, and 
 bringeth forth, some an hundredfold, some sixty, some 
 thirty. 
 
 24 Another parable put he forth unto them, saying. The 
 kingdom of heaven is likened ^ unto a man which sowed 
 
 25 good seed in his field : But while men slept, his enemy 
 came and over-sowed tares among the wheat, and went 
 
 26 his way. But when the blade was sprung up, and brought 
 
 27 forth fruit, then appeared the tares also. So the servants 
 of the householder came and said unto him. Sir, didst not 
 thou sow good seed in thy field ? from whence then hath 
 
 28 it tares? He said unto them. An enemy hath done ^ this. 
 The servants say unto him, Wilt thou then that we go 
 
 29 and gather them up? But he said. Nay; lest, while ye 
 gather up the tares, ye root up also the wheat with them. 
 
 30 Let both grow together until the harvest ; and in the time 
 of harvest I will say to the reapers. Gather ye together 
 first the tares, and bind them in bundles to burn them ; 
 but gather the wheat into my barn. 
 
 31 Another parable put he forth unto them, saying. The 
 kingdom of heaven is like to a grain of mustard seed, 
 
 32 which a man took, and sowed in his field : Which indeed 
 
 ^ (o|ioi(66T] — a case of Gnomic or Usitative Aorist. What follows has 
 been tested by so many past instances that it may now be regarded as a 
 present-established truth. 
 
 2 TOVTo €iro£T]o-€v (scc p. 24) rendered as above, because the present 
 effect of what the enemy did is more the leading consideration than the 
 thing originally done. Of this the unwelcome sight before the servants 
 is only too strong a proof. 
 
68 S. MATTHEW. XIII. 33 
 
 is the least of all seeds ; but when it is grown, it is the 
 greatest among herbs, and becometh a tree, so that the 
 birds of the air come and lodge in the branches thereof. 
 ^^ Another parable spake he unto them ; The kingdom of 
 heaven is like unto leaven, which a woman took and hid 
 in three measures of meal, till the whole was leavened. 
 
 34 All these things spake Jesus unto the multitude in 
 parables; and without a parable his habit was to say 
 
 35 nothing ^ unto them : That it might be fulfilled which 
 was spoken by the prophet, saying, I will open my mouth 
 in parables ; I will utter things which have been kept 
 secret from the foundation of the world. 
 
 36 Then Jesus sent the multitude away, and went into the 
 house : and his disciples came unto him saying, Declare 
 
 37 unto us the parable of the tares of the field. He answered 
 and said unto them. He that soweth the good seed is the 
 
 38 Son of man ; The field is the world ; and the good seed 
 are the children of the kingdom ; and the tares are the 
 
 39 children of the wicked one; And the enemy that sowed 
 them is the devil ; and the harvest is the end of the 
 
 40 world ; and the reapers are the angels. As therefore the 
 tares are gathered and burned in fire ; so shall it be in 
 
 41 the end of this world. The Son of man shall send forth 
 his angels, and they shall gather out of his kingdom all 
 
 42 things that offend, and them which do iniquity. And 
 shall cast them into a furnace of fire : there shall be 
 
 43 waiUng and gnashing of teeth. Then shall the righteous 
 shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. 
 Who hath ears, let him hear. 
 
 44 Again, the kingdom of heaven is like unto treasure 
 hid in a field ; which a man found and hid,^ and for joy 
 thereof, he goeth, and selleth all that he hath, and buyeth 
 that field. 
 
 45 Again, the kingdom of heaven is like unto a merchant- 
 
 46 man seeking goodly pearls : Who, when he had found 
 
 ^ ouSev eXdXci (Impft. j - 8v cvpwv fi.v9pa)Tros ^Kpv<j/€v. 
 
XIV. 2 S. MATTHEW, 69 
 
 one pearl of great price, went and sold ^ all that he had, 
 and bought it. 
 
 47 Again, the kingdom of heaven is like unto a net, thai 
 was cast into the sea, and gathered of every kind : 
 
 48 Which, when it was full, they drew to shore, and sat 
 down, and gathered the good into vessels, but cast the 
 
 49 bad away. So shall it be at the end of the world : the 
 angels shall come forth, and sever the wicked from among 
 
 50 the just, And shall cast them into the furnace of fire : 
 
 51 there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth. Jesus saith 
 unto them, Have ye understood all these things ? They 
 
 52 say unto him, Yea, Lord. Then said he unto them, 
 Therefore every scribe once instructed 2 unto the kingdom 
 of heaven, is like unto a man that is an householder, 
 which bringeth forth out of his treasure things new and old. 
 
 53 And it came to pass, that^ when Jesus had finished 
 
 54 these parables, he departed thence. And when he was 
 come into his own country, he went on teaching them 
 in their synagogue, insomuch that they were astonished, 
 and said, Whence hath this man this wisdom, and these 
 
 55 mighty works? Is not this the carpenter's son? is not 
 his mother called Mary? and his brethren, James, and 
 
 56 Joseph, and Simon, and Judas? And his sisters, are 
 they not all with us? Whence then hath this 7iian all 
 
 57 these things. And they were offended in him. But 
 Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not without honour, 
 
 58 save in his own country, and in his own house. And 
 he did not many mighty works there, because of their 
 unbelief. 
 
 XIV. I At that time Herod the tetrarch heard of the fame 
 2 of Jesus, And said unto his servants. This is John the 
 
 1 ire'irpaKcv (Perfect). Probably we have here what Burton calls "the 
 Historical Perfect in the sense of a Perfect which expresses a past com- 
 pleted action, the result of which the speaker conceives himself to be 
 witnessing " — an idiom more rhetorical than strictly grammatical ( Vide 
 Burton, p. 38). ^ [jLa0iiT€v0£Cs (Aor. Part.). 
 
70 S. MATTHEW. XIV. 3 
 
 Baptist : the very man that rose from the dead : ^ and 
 
 therefore mighty works do show forth themselves in him. 
 
 3 For Herod had laid hold on John, and bound him, and 
 put - hi?n in prison for Herodias' sake, his brother Philip's 
 
 4 wife. For John persisted in saying ^ unto him. It is not 
 
 5 lawful for thee to have her. And when he would have 
 put him to death, he feared the multitude, because they 
 
 6 counted him as a prophet. But when Herod's birthday 
 came,* the daughter of Herodias danced before them, and 
 
 7 pleased Herod. Whereupon he promised with an oath 
 
 8 to give her whatsoever she should ask. And she, being 
 brought forward^ by her mother, saith. Give me here John 
 
 9 Baptist's head in a charger. And the king was sorry : 
 nevertheless, for the oath's sake, and them which sat with 
 
 10 him at meat, he commanded it to be given her. And he 
 
 11 sent, and beheaded John in the prison. And his head 
 was brought in a charger and given to the damsel : and 
 
 12 she brought it to her mother. And his disciples came, 
 
 ^ avTos fiYcpOT]. It is important to bring out the force of avTO'i^'' it is 
 he that.' riyepdr} (Aorist) is also quite in place. There was a report (see 
 Luke ix. 7) to the effect that John did rise from the dead. Herod must 
 have heard of it : and the allusion here is to the rising dA-3, past occurrence. 
 R.V. — ' is risen.' 
 
 - KpaTTJo-as, (iSi]<riv, dir€'0€To, are all Aorists, but, on the principle of 
 their being here used to adduce supplementary matter, it is quite in order 
 to translate with * had'' — ' had laid hold,' &c. 
 
 ^ ^6-yev (Impft. ). The independence and fearlessness of the Baptist are 
 clearly brought out. Burton correctly says, " The form e\eyov is used in 
 Classical Greek without emphasis on the thought of the saying as in pro- 
 gress or repeated," and that "in the New Testament the Aorist of this 
 verb does not occur." But, is the assertion not rather sweeping that "A 
 distinction between the Imperfect iXeyou and the Aorist elirou is scarcely 
 to be drawn in the New Testament." Suppose it was known for certain 
 that S. Matthew's purpose here is to convey the meaning "persisted in 
 saying " would eXeyeu not be a correct way of doing it ? Besides, Burton's 
 rendering of this particular text goes against his own theory — " had been 
 saying," &c. (" Imperfect of repeated action." VideBuriox), pp. 14, 30). 
 
 ^ Y6vo}i€'vois. 5 7rpopipacr0€io-a. 
 
XIV. 25 S. MATTHEW. 7 1 
 
 and took up the body, and buried him, and went and told 
 Jesus. 
 T 3 When Jesus heard of it, he departed thence by ship into 
 a desert place apart : and when the people heard ^ thereof, 
 
 14 they followed him on foot out of the cities. And he went 
 forth, and saw a great multitude, and was moved with 
 compassion toward them, and he healed their sick. 
 
 15 And when it was evening, his disciples came to him, 
 saying, This is a desert place, and the time is now past ; 
 send the multitudes away, that they may go into the 
 
 16 villages, and buy themselves victuals. But Jesus said 
 unto them, They need not depart ; give ye them to eat. 
 
 17 And they say unto him. We have here but five loaves, and 
 18, 19 two fishes. He said, Bring them hither to me. And 
 
 he commanded the multitudes to sit down on the grass, 
 and took the five loaves, and the two fishes, and, looking 
 up to heaven, he blessed, and brake, and gave the loaves 
 
 20 to his disciples, and the disciples to the multitude. And 
 they did all eat, and were filled : and they took up of the 
 
 2 1 fragments that remained twelve baskets full. And they 
 that had eaten were about five thousand men, besides 
 women and children. 
 
 22 And straightway Jesus constrained his disciples to get 
 into a ship, and to continue to go - before him unto the 
 other side, till he should send ^ the multitudes away. 
 
 23 And when he had sent the multitudes away, he went up 
 into mountain apart to pray : and when the evening was 
 
 24 come, he was there alone. But the ship was now in the 
 midst of the sea, tossed with waves : for the wind was 
 
 25 contrary. And in the fourth watch of the night he came 
 
 ^ dKov(ravT€S. Note the inconsistency of the A. V, — two Aorists d/coi/o-a? 
 and d/foi/crajres occur in the same verse, yet in the one case we find ' had ' 
 and in the other *not.' 
 
 - Notice the nice distinction between the Aor. infinitive e/i/3^i'at {rapidly 
 passing) and pres. infin. Trpodyeiv (a contimiing diCiion). 
 
 ^ 'iui% oii diroXvcTT). 
 
72 S. MATTHEW. XIV. 26 
 
 26 unto them, walking on the sea. And when the disciples 
 saw him walking on the sea, they were troubled, saying, 
 
 27 It is a spirit: and they cried out for fear. But straight- 
 way Jesus spake unto them, saying. Be of good cheer : it 
 
 28 is I ; be not afraid. And Peter answered him and said, 
 Lord, if it be thou, bid me come unto thee on the water. 
 
 29 And he said. Come. And when Peter was come down 
 out of the ship, he walked on the water, to go to Jesus. 
 
 30 But when he saw the wind, he was afraid ; and, beginning 
 
 31 to sink, he cried, saying, Lord, save me! And immediately 
 Jesus stretched forth his hand, and caught him, and 
 saith unto him, O thou of little faith, wherefore didst 
 
 32 thou doubt? And when they were come into the ship, 
 
 33 the wind ceased. Then they that were in the ship 
 worshipped him, saying. Of a truth thou art the Son of 
 God. 
 
 34 And they crossed over and came^ into the land of 
 
 35 Gennesaret. And when the men of that place had know- 
 ledge of him, they sent out into all that country round 
 
 36 about, and brought unto him all that were diseased ; And 
 continued to beseech ^ him that they might only touch 
 the hem of his garment : and as many as touched were 
 made perfectly whole. 
 
 XV. I Then come ^ to Jesus scribes and Pharisees, which 
 
 2 were of Jerusalem, saying. Why do thy disciples trans- 
 gress the tradition of the elders ? for they wash not their 
 
 3 hands when they eat bread. But he answered and said 
 unto them. Why do ye also transgress the commandment 
 
 4 of God by your tradition ? For God said, Honour thy 
 father and mother : and. He that curseth father or 
 
 5 mother, let him die the death.* But ye say. Whosoever 
 
 1 Siairepdo-avTcs fjXeav. ^ irapcKaXovv (Impft.). 
 
 ^ irpocr^pXovTai. 
 
 ^ Oavdrw tcXcvtoItw — a Hebraism to some extent. In imitation of the 
 Hebrew absolute infinitive, the dative of an abstract verbal noun is 
 attached to a finite part of the kindred verb for the sake of emphasis. 
 
XV. 22 S. MATTHEW. 73 
 
 shall say to his father or his mother, That from which 
 thou mightest have been benefited by me, is an offering : 
 
 6 Such an one will certainly not honour^ his father. Thus 
 did ye make the commandment of God of none effect ^ 
 
 7 by your tradition. Ye hypocrites, well did Esaias 
 
 8 prophesy of you, saying, This people honoureth me 
 
 9 with their lips ; but their heart is far from me. But 
 in vain they do worship me, teaching for doctrines the 
 commandments of men. 
 
 10 And he called the multitude, and said unto them, 
 
 1 1 Hear, and understand : Not that which goeth into the 
 mouth defileth a man ; but that which cometh out of 
 
 12 the mouth, this defileth a man. Then came his disciples, 
 and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Pharisees 
 
 13 were offended, after they heard this saying? But he 
 answered and said. Every plant, which my heavenly 
 
 14 Father planted not ^ shall be rooted up. Let them 
 alone : they blind leaders. And if the blind lead the 
 
 15 blind, both shall fall into the ditch. Then answered 
 Peter and said unto them, Declare unto us the parable. 
 
 16 And Jesus said. Are ye also yet without understanding? 
 
 17 Do not ye yet understand, that whatsoever entereth in 
 at the mouth goeth into the belly, and is cast out into 
 
 18 the draught? But those things which proceed out of 
 the mouth come forth from the heart; and they defile 
 
 19 the man. For out of the heart proceed evil thoughts, 
 murders, adulteries, fornications, thefts, false witness, 
 
 20 blasphemies : These are the thitigs which defile a man : 
 but to eat with unwashen hands defileth not the man. 
 
 21 Then Jesus went thence, and departed into the coasts 
 
 22 of Tyre and Sidon. And, behold, a woman of Canaan 
 
 Cf. eTrtdvfxia eTredv/xTjaa ([ohn iii. 29), x^P^ Xc^'P" (Acts iv. 17). davaTcp 
 6avaToij(rd(x} is the LXX rendering (Ex. xxi. 15). The usage is also found 
 in Classical Greek : e.^. vIkt} eviKriae. Soph. El. 8. 15 ; (pevyuv (pvyrj 
 TO yrjpas, Plat. Symp. 195, B. 
 
 ^ OV |X1?| TIJJITJO-Cl. 2 TJKvpwo-aT€. ^ e<j>VT€V<r€V. 
 
74 S. MATTHEW. XV. 23 
 
 came out of those coasts, and cried unto him, saying, 
 Have mercy on me, O Lord, thou son of David; my 
 
 23 daughter is grievously vexed with a devil. But he 
 answered her not a word. And his disciples came and 
 continued to beseech ^ him, saying, Send her away ; for 
 
 24 she crieth after us. But he answered and said, I sent 
 
 25 but unto the lost sheep of the house of Israel. Then 
 came she and kept worshipping 2 him, saying, Lord, 
 
 26 help me ! But he answered and said. It is not meet to 
 
 27 take the children's bread, and to cast it to dogs. And 
 she said. Truth, Lord : for even the dogs eat of the 
 
 28 crumbs which fall from their masters' table. Then Jesus 
 answered and said unto her, O woman, great is thy 
 faith : be it unto thee even as thou wilt. And her 
 daughter was made whole from that very hour. 
 
 29 And Jesus departed from thence, and came nigh 
 unto the sea of Galilee ; and went up into the mountain, 
 
 30 and sat down there. And great multitudes came unto 
 him, having with them those that were lame, bHnd, 
 dumb, maimed, and many others, and cast them down 
 
 31 at Jesus' feet; and he healed them: Insomuch that 
 the multitude wondered, when they saw the dumb to 
 speak, the maimed to be whole, the lame to walk, and 
 the blind to see : and they glorified the God of Israel. 
 
 32 Then Jesus called his disciples unto him, and said, 
 I have compassion on the multitude, because they con- 
 tinue with me now three days, and have nothing to 
 eat : and I have no wish to send them away fasting, 
 
 33 lest they faint in the way. And his disciples say unto 
 him. Whence should we have so much bread in the 
 
 34 wilderness as to fill so great a multitude ? And Jesus 
 saith unto them, How many loaves have ye? And 
 
 ^ f|p«Tovv. Why not bring out the force of this impft. as above ? The 
 disciples were impatient, and were not content with one entreaty only. 
 
 ^ irpoorcKwei (Impft.). She was in earnest, and maintained iox some time 
 the attitude of worship. 
 
XVI. 11 S. MATTHEW. 75 
 
 35 they said, Seven, and a few little fishes. And he com- 
 
 36 manded the multitude to sit down on the ground. And 
 he took the seven loaves and the fishes, and gave thanks, 
 and brake them, and went on giving ^ to his disciples, 
 
 37 and the disciples to the multitude. And they did all 
 eat, and were filled : and they took up of the broken 
 
 38 77ieat that was left seven baskets full. And they that 
 did eat were four thousand men, besides women and 
 
 39 children. And he sent away the multitude, and took 
 ship, and came into the coasts of Magdala. 
 
 XVI. T The Pharisees also with the Sadducees came, and 
 tempting, desired him to show ^ them a sign from heaven. 
 
 2 He answered and said them. When it is evening, ye say, 
 
 3 // will be fair weather ; for the sky is red : And in the 
 morning, // will be foul weather to-day ; for the sky is red 
 and lowring. Ye can discern the face of the sky ; but 
 
 4 can ye not discern the signs of the times? A wicked 
 and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign ; and there 
 shall no sign be given unto it, but the sign of Jonas. And 
 he left them, and departed. 
 
 5 And the disciples came to the other side, and forgot^ 
 
 6 to take bread. Then Jesus said unto them, Take heed 
 and beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and of the 
 
 7 Sadducees. And they reasoned among themselves, 
 
 8 saying, // is because we took-^ no bread. Which when 
 Jesus perceived, he said unto them, O ye of little faith, 
 why reason ye among yourselves, because ye have no 
 
 9 bread? Do ye not yet understand, neither remember 
 the five loaves of the five thousand, and how many 
 
 10 baskets ye took up? Neither the seven loaves of the four 
 
 1 1 thousand, and how many baskets ye took up ? How is it 
 
 1 l6i8ov (Impft.). As indicating an action which, in consequence of the 
 multiplication that took place, would occupy some time. Perhaps ' dis- 
 tributed ' would be an adequate translation. R. V. = ' gave,' simply. 
 
 ^ €irepwTT]o-av . . . eiri8€i|ai. ^ eXGovres . . . tireXdOovro. 
 
 ^ eXdpo|j.£v. 
 
76 S. MATTHEW. XVI. 12 
 
 that ye do not understand that I spake it not to you 
 concerning bread? But beware of the leaven of the 
 
 12 Pharisees and of the Sadducees? Then understood 
 they how that he bade them not beware of the leaven of 
 bread, but of the doctrine of the Pharisees and of the 
 Sadducees. 
 
 \2i When Jesus came into the coasts of Cesarea Philippi, 
 he asked his disciples, saying, Who do men say that the 
 
 14 Son of man is? And they said, Some say that thou art 
 John the Baptist ; some, Elias ; and others, Jeremias, or 
 
 15 one of the prophets. He saith unto them, But who say 
 
 16 ye that I am ? And Simon Peter answered and said, 
 
 17 Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God. And 
 Jesus answered and said unto him, Blessed art thou, 
 Simon Bar-Jona : for flesh and blood revealed^ it not unto 
 
 18 thee, but my Father which is in heaven. And I say also 
 unto thee, That thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will 
 build my church ; and the gates of hell shall not prevail 
 
 19 against it. And I will give unto thee the keys of the 
 kingdom of heaven : and whatsoever thou shalt bind on 
 earth shall remain bound - in heaven ; and whatsoever 
 thou shalt loose on earth, shall remain loosed ^ in heaven. 
 
 20 Then charged he his disciples that they should tell no 
 man that he was the Christ. 
 
 21 From that time forth began Jesus to show unto his 
 disciples, how that he must go unto Jerusalem, and suffer 
 many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes, 
 
 22 and be killed, and be raised again the third day. Then 
 Peter took him, and began to rebuke him, saying, Be it 
 far from thee, Lord : this shall on no account be unto 
 
 ^ dircKdXvxj/ev. R.V. :=hath revealed. 
 
 ^ Corral 8e86|X£vov . . . ^(rrai XeXv}i.€vov. We have translated as above 
 on the authority of Buttmann who (p. 144) says, " The Perfect Part, with 
 eao/jLaL by no means always forms a periphrasis for \\\t futuriim exachim, 
 but, on the contrary, serves to transfer to the future as continuous the 
 qualitative idea expressed by the Participle." 
 
XVII. 7 S. MATTHEW. "J^ 
 
 23 thee. But he turned, and said unto Peter, Get thee 
 behind me, Satan : thou art an offence unto me ; for thou 
 savourest not the things that be of God, but those that be 
 
 24 of men. Then said Jesus unto his disciples, If any man 
 would 1 come after me, let him deny himself, and take up 
 
 25 his cross, and follow me. For whosoever would save his 
 life shall lose it ; and whosoever will lose his life for my 
 
 26 sake shall find it. For what shall a man be profited,- if 
 he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul ? or 
 
 27 what shall a man give in exchange for his soul.^ For the 
 Son of man is yet to come^ in the glory of his Father 
 with his angels ; and then he shall reward every man 
 
 28 according to his works. Verily I say unto you, There be 
 some standing here which shall certainly not^ taste of 
 death, till they [actually] see^ the Son of man coming in 
 his kingdom. 
 
 XVII. I And after six days Jesus taketh Peter, James, 
 and John his brother, and bringeth them up into an high 
 
 2 mountain apart. And was transfigured before them ; and 
 his face did shine as the sun, and his raiment became*^ 
 
 3 white as the light. And, behold, there appeared unto 
 
 4 them Moses and Elias talking with him. Then answered 
 Peter, and said unto Jesus, Lord, it is good for us to be 
 here ; if thou wilt, I will make " here three tabernacles ; 
 one for thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias. 
 
 5 While he was yet speaking, ^ behold, a bright cloud over- 
 shadowed them : and behold a voice out of the cloud, 
 which said, This is my beloved Son, on whom fell my 
 
 6 delight;^ hear ye him. And when the disciples heard 
 
 7 //, they fell on their face, and were sore afraid. And 
 
 1 €t Tis 0€\€i— more strictly, ' vvilleth to.' 
 ^ aKj)€XT]0i]<r€Tai. 
 
 ^ (le'XXct ?px6(r0at something more than a bare future. Does not the 
 idea of ' the appointed ' also enter in ? R. V. = ' shall come,' simply. 
 ^ ov |iT| •ycvo-wvTai. ^ ^^,5 g^^ 'i8«o-iv (Aor. conj.). 
 
 ^ €"ye'v€TO. '' iroiiiora). 
 
 8 avTov XaXovvTos. ^ Iv w €v8dKT]o-a (see iii. 17, note). 
 
78 S. MATTHEW. 
 
 XVII. 
 
 Jesus came and touched them, and said, Arise, and be not 
 
 8 afraid. And the moment they lifted ^ up their eyes, they 
 saw no man, save Jesus only. 
 
 9 And as they were coming ^ down from the mountain, 
 Jesus charged them, saying, Tell the vision to no man, 
 until the Son of man shall have been raised ^ from the 
 
 10 dead. And his disciples asked him, saying, Why then 
 
 11 say the scribes that Elias must first come? And Jesus 
 answered and said unto them, Elias truly cometh,^ and 
 
 12 shall restore all things. But I say unto you, That Elias is 
 come already, and they knew him not, but did^ unto 
 him whatsoever they listed. Likewise also the Son of 
 
 13 man is to suffer*^ of them. Then the disciples under- 
 stood that he spake unto them of John the Baptist. 
 
 14 And when they were come to the multitude, there came 
 to him a certain man, kneeling down to him, and saying, 
 
 15 Lord, have mercy on my son : for he is a lunatic, and sore 
 |j i vexed : for ofttimes he falleth into the fire, and oft into 
 
 16 the water. And I brought him to thy disciples, and they 
 
 17 could not cure him. Then Jesus answered and said, O 
 faithless and perverse generation, how long shall I be with 
 you ! how long shall I suffer you ! Bring him hither to 
 
 18 me. And Jesus rebuked the devil; and he departed out 
 of him : and the child was cured from that very hour. 
 
 19 Then came the disciples to Jesus apart, and said, Why 
 
 20 could not we cast him out? And He saith unto them, 
 Because of your unbelief : for verily I say unto you. If ye 
 have faith as a grain of mustard seed, ye shall say unto 
 this mountain. Remove hence to yonder place; and 
 it shall remove; and nothing shall be impossible unto 
 
 1 eirdpavres (Aor. Part). - KaTapaivdvTwv. 
 
 '^ ecos ov. . . . €7€p0f. A classical author would have inserted dV. 
 Still, in N.T. ^N^do find av occasionally—^.^, in xxiii. 39 ; xxiv. 34, &c. 
 * ?pX€Tai, present— yet clearly with force of future. 
 ^ ciroCiicrav. 
 <* [xcXXit irdo-xciv (see p. 26, and compare xvi. 27, note). 
 
XVIII. 6 S. MATTHEW. 79 
 
 21 you. [Howbeit this kind goeth not out but by prayer and 
 fasting.] * 
 
 22 And while they abode in Galilee, Jesus said unto them, 
 The Son of man is going to be betrayed ^ into the hands 
 
 23 of men ; And they shall kill him, and the third day he 
 shall be raised again. And they were exceeding sorry. 
 
 24 And when they were come to Capernaum, they that 
 received tribute money came to Peter, and said. Is not 
 
 25 your master wont to pay- tribute? He saith, Yes. 
 And when he was come into the house, Jesus spake first 
 unto him,^ What thinkest thou, Simon? of whom do 
 the kings of the earth take custom or tribute ? of their 
 
 26 own children, or of strangers? When he said ^ unto 
 him. Of strangers. Jesus said^ unto him, Then are the 
 
 27 children free. Notwithstanding, lest we should offend 
 them, go thou to the sea, and cast an hook, and take up 
 the fish that first cometh up; and opening his mouth, 
 thou shalt find a piece of money : that take, and give unto 
 them for me and thee. 
 
 XVIII. I At the same time came the disciples unto Jesus, 
 saying. Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven? 
 
 2 And Jesus called a little child unto him, and set him in 
 
 3 the midst of them, And said. Verily I say unto you, 
 Except ye turn, and become as little children, ye shall 
 
 4 in no wise enter ^ into the kingdom of heaven. Whoso- 
 ever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, 
 
 5 the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven. And 
 w^hoso shall receive one such little child in my name 
 
 6 receiveth me. But whoso shall offend one ot these little 
 
 * Omitted in Greek Text. 
 
 ^ Me'XXei irapaSCSocrOai (compare v. 12). 
 
 2 ov TcXei— a present with force of custom (see p. 18). 
 
 ^ 'Trpoc<|>0acr€v avrbv. . . . X^-ywv. Quite a classical usage according 
 to which the leading idea is contained in the Participle, and only the sub- 
 ordinate circumstance in the finite verb (see p. 32). The Revised 
 Version's addition of "saying" is superfluous. 
 
 ^ liTTovTos. ^ 'i^y\. ^ ov ll'^ elo-€X0T]T6. 
 
So S. MATTHEW. XVIII. 7 
 
 ones which beUeve in me, it is profitable ^ for him that 
 a millstone should be hanged - about his neck, and t/iaf 
 he should be drowned ^ in the depth of the sea. 
 
 7 Woe unto the world because of offences ! for it must 
 needs be that offences come ; but woe to that man by 
 
 8 whom the offence cometh ! Wherefore if thy hand or 
 thy foot offendeth* thee, cut them off, and cast f/iem 
 from thee : it is better for thee to enter into life halt or 
 maimed, rather than having two hands or two feet to be 
 
 9 cast into the everlasting fire. And if thine eye offendeth * 
 thee, pluck it out, and cast zV from thee : it is better for 
 thee to enter into life with one eye, rather than having 
 two eyes to be cast into the hell of fire. 
 
 10 Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones ; 
 For I say unto you. That in heaven their angels do always 
 
 11 behold the face of my Father which is in heaven. [For 
 the Son of man is come to save that which was lost.]"^ 
 
 1 2 How think ye ? If a man have an hundred sheep, and 
 one of them be gone astray, will he not leave ^ the ninety 
 and nine, and when he is come to*^ the mountains, seeketh 
 
 13 he not '' that which is gone astray? And if so be that he 
 find it, verily I say unto you, he rejoiceth more of that 
 s/ieej), than of the ninety and nine which have not gone 
 
 14 astray.^ Even so it is not the will of your Father which 
 is in heaven, that one of these little ones should perish. 
 
 15 Moreover, if thy brother trespass against thee, go and 
 tell him his fault between thee and him alone : if he hear 
 
 16 thee, [of course] thou gainest ^ thy brother. But if he 
 
 1 o-v^<|>6p€i. ^ Kpe|xa<r0Tj ^ KaTairovTwrO^. 
 
 ^ o-Kav8aXit€'" '' a<t*^°"*'" ^ iropcvOcls. 
 
 ^ t'HTet. ^ Tr€TrXavT]|JLevovs. 
 
 ^ CKEpSY^o-as — a case of Gnomic Aorist — requiring Present in English. 
 The underlying sense is this — Experience shows that such gaining 
 necessarily and ^miversally follows. The declaration is almost maxim-like 
 — being founded on practical observation (see Buttmann, p. 201, and 
 compare note on xii. 26). R.V. = 'hast gained.' 
 
 * Omitted in Text of Westcott and Hort. 
 
XVIII. 30 S. MATTHEW. 8 1 
 
 hear thee not, theft take with thee one or two more, that 
 in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may 
 
 17 be estabhshed. And if he neglect to hear them, tell // 
 unto the church : but if he neglect to hear the church, let 
 him be unto thee as an heathen man and a publican. 
 
 18 Verily I say unto you. Whatsoever ye shall bind on earth 
 shall remain bound in heaven ; and whatsoever ye shall 
 
 19 loose on earth shall remain loosed in heaven. Again I 
 say unto you, That if two of you shall agree on earth as 
 touching any thing that they shall ask, it shall be done 
 
 20 for them of my Father which is in heaven. For where 
 two or three are gathered together in my name, there am 
 1 in the midst of them. 
 
 21 Then came Peter to him, and said, Lord, how oft shall 
 my brother sin against me, and I forgive him? till seven 
 
 22 times? Jesus saith unto him, I say not unto thee, Until 
 seven times ; but, Until seventy times seven. 
 
 23 Therefore is the kingdom of heaven likened unto a 
 certain king, which would take account of his servants. 
 
 24 And when he had begun to reckon, one was brought 
 
 25 unto him, which owed him ten thousand talents : But 
 forasmuch as he had not to pay, his lord commanded 
 him to be sold, and his wife and children, and all that 
 
 26 he had, and payment to be made. The servant therefore 
 fell down, and continued worshipping 1 him, saying, 
 Lord, have patience with me, and I will pay thee all. 
 
 27 Then the lord of that servant was moved with compassion, 
 
 28 and loosed him, and forgave him the debt. But the 
 same servant went out, and found one of his fellow- 
 servants, which owed him an hundred pence; and he 
 laid hands on him, and took hifu by the throat, saying, 
 
 29 Pay me that thou owest. And his fellow-servant fell 
 down at his feet, and kept beseeching ^ him, saying, 
 
 30 Have patience with me, and I will pay thee all. And 
 he would not ; but went and cast him into prison, till 
 
 ^ irap6KdX». 
 
 F 
 
82 S. MATTHEW. XVIII. 31 
 
 31 he should pay the debt. So when his fellow-servants 
 saw what was done, they were very sorry, and came and 
 
 32 told unto their lord all that was done. Then his lord 
 called him, and saith 1 unto him, O thou wicked servant, 
 I forgave thee all that debt, because thou desiredst me : 
 
 33 Shouldest not thou also have had compassion on thy 
 
 34 fellow-servant, even as I had pity on thee? And his 
 lord was wroth, and delivered him to the tormentors, till 
 
 35 he should pay all that was due unto him. So likewise 
 shall my heavenly Father do also unto you, if ye from 
 your hearts forgive not every one his brother. 
 
 XIX. I And it came to pass, that when Jesus had finished 
 these sayings, he departed from Galilee, and came into 
 
 2 the coasts of Judea beyond Jordan ; And great multi- 
 tudes followed him ; and he healed them there. 
 
 3 And Pharisees came unto him, tempting him, and 
 saying unto him. Is it lawful for a man to put away his 
 
 4 wife for every cause ? And he answered and said unto 
 them. Did ye never read,^ that he which made them at 
 
 5 the beginning made them male and female. And said. 
 For this cause shall a man leave father and mother, and 
 shall cleave to his wife : and they twain shall be one 
 
 6 flesh } Wherefore they are no more twain, but one flesh. 
 What therefore God joined^ together, let not man put 
 
 7 asunder. They say unto him, Why did Moses then 
 command to give a writing of divorcement, and to put 
 
 8 her away? He saith unto them, Moses because of the 
 hardness of your hearts suffered you to put away your 
 
 1 irpooTKaXco-djicvos XcYei. 
 
 ^ OvK dve-yvcoTc (Aorist). There is irony in the question, which irony 
 the Aorist is best calculated to bring out. The meaning seems to be — Ye 
 that read so much — ye that spend so much time over the Scriptures — can 
 it be that ye never once met with this ? Cf. Ovk dveyvcore rl iTroLTjaev Aaveid 
 — xii. 3. In addition to the reason given in the note, perhaps an ironical 
 intention helps to explain the Aorist there also. Lit. =did ye not read? 
 
 3 8 oSv 6 Qebs <rvv£t,iv^iv (Aor.) — the union ought to be regarded as a 
 settled transaction — an established fact. 
 
XIX. 16 S. MATTHEW. 83 
 
 9 wives : but from the beginning it hath not been so.^ And 
 I say unto you, Whosoever shall put away his wife, except 
 // be for fornication, and shall marry another, committeth 
 adultery ; and whoso marrieth her when she is put away 
 doth commit adultery. 
 
 10 His disciples say unto him. If the case of the man be 
 
 11 so with his wife, it is not good to marry. But he said 
 unto them. All men have not capacity for this saying, save 
 
 12 they to whom it is given. For there are some eunuchs, 
 which were so born from their mother's womb ; and their 
 are some eunuchs, which were made eunuchs of men ; 
 and there be eunuchs, which have made themselves 
 eunuchs for the kingdom of heaven's sake. He that .is 
 able to receive //, let him receive it. 
 
 13 Then were there brought unto him little children, that 
 he should put his hands on them, and pray : and the 
 
 14 disciples rebuked them. But Jesus said. Suffer litde 
 children, and think not of forbidding them ^ to come 
 
 15 unto me ; for of such is the kingdom of heaven. And 
 he laid his hands on them, and departed thence. 
 
 16 And, behold, one came and said unto him. Master, 
 what good thing shall I do, that I may have eternal 
 
 ^ ov "ycYovcv. Burton's assertion that "the evidence seems to show 
 clearly that Matthew regularly used yeyova in the sense of an Aorist " 
 is much too sweeping. With all deference, does not the evidence point 
 the other way ? S. Matthew is not particularly fond of yeyovev — using, 
 for the most part, iyevero. When, therefore, he c/oes employ yiyouev, is 
 it not reasonable to suppose that he has some special reason for so doing 
 — that he has some particular shade of meaning to bring out by it ? 
 There is no "violence" in translating the clause now commented on 
 as above. Will Prof. Burton seriously defend his position in xxv. 6. 
 KpavyT] yeyovev — and face the rendering ' a cry was made ' ? Lightfoot 
 seems nearer the mark when he says " the startling effect of the sudden 
 surprise is expressed by the change of tense from the Aorist, ' a cry is 
 raised^' and ought not to be neglected." In i, 22 (see note); xxi. 4; 
 xxiv. 21 ; xxvi. 56, a similar rendering seems demanded. Vide Burton, 
 p. 43 ; Lightfoot, p. loi). 
 
 2 (ji-?! KwXvcTc) Pres. of intaitioii. 
 
84 S. MATTHEW. XIX. 17 
 
 1 7 life ! And he said unto him, Why asketh thou me con- 
 cerning the good ? One there is who is good : but if thou 
 wishest to enter ^ into life, keep the commandments. 
 
 18 He saith unto him, Which? Jesus said. Thou shalt do 
 no murder, Thou shalt not commit adultery, Thou shalt 
 
 19 not steal, Thou shalt not bear false witness. Honour thy 
 father and thy mother ; and, Thou shalt love thy neighbour 
 
 20 as thyself. The young man saith unto him, All these things 
 
 2 1 kept 1 : 2 what lack I yet ? Jesus said unto him. If thou 
 wishest to be perfect, go and sell that thou hast, and 
 give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven ; 
 
 22 and come arid follow me. But when the young man 
 heard the saying, he went away sorrowful : for he was 
 one having ^ great possessions. 
 
 23 Then said Jesus unto his disciples, Verily, I say unto 
 you. That a rich man shall hardly enter into the kingdom 
 
 24 of heaven. And again I say unto you, It is easier for a 
 camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich 
 
 25 man to enter into the kingdom of God. When his 
 disciples heard //, they were exceedingly amazed, saying, 
 
 26 Who then can be saved? But Jesus beheld thein^ and 
 said unto them, With men this is impossible ; but with 
 God all things are possible. 
 
 27 Then answered Peter and said unto him, Behold, we 
 forsook * all, and followed thee ; what shall we have 
 
 ^ It St OeXcis (Indie). The fact is assumed. (So in v. 21,) 
 2 €<j>vXa|a (Aor.). According to Roberts, "Companion to R.V.," 
 (p* 95) this is a case in which "a perfect . . . rendering brings out the 
 meaning better in our language. " With deference, is it so ? A sense 
 underlying the Aorist is that of doneness or factness. Its use here 
 forcibly brings out the young man's self-conceit regarding his moral 
 accomplishments. The meaning is almost this — / aju long past atid 
 done with needing to be tatight such things. 
 
 ^ d(}>T|Ka|jLev (Aor.) — the reference being to an accomplished fact. The 
 disciples — to their credit — cotdd point to a crisis in their history, when 
 they parted with the world and took a stand for Christ. 
 
XX. 13 S. MATTHEW. 85 
 
 28 therefore ? And Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto 
 you, That ye which followed 1 in the regeneration, when 
 the Son of man shall sit in the throne of his glory, ye also 
 shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of 
 
 29 Israel. And every one that forsook ^ houses, or brethren, 
 or sisters, or father, or mother, or children, or lands, for 
 my name's sake, shall receive manifold, and shall inherit 
 
 30 everlasting life. But many that are first shall be last; 
 and the last shall be first. 
 
 XX. I For the kingdom of heaven is like unto a man that 
 is an householder, which went out early in the morning 
 
 2 to hire labourers unto his vineyard. And when he had 
 agreed with the labourers for a penny a day, he sent 
 
 3 them into his vineyard. And he went out about the 
 third hour, and saw others standing idle in the market- 
 
 4 place. And said unto them, Go ye also into the vineyard, 
 and whatsoever is right I will give you. And they w^ent 
 
 5 their way. Again he went out about the sixth and ninth 
 
 6 hour, and did likewise. And about the eleventh hour 
 he went out, and found others standing, and saith unto 
 
 7 them. Why stand ye here all the day idle? They say unto 
 him. Because no man hired -^ us. He saith unto them, 
 
 8 Go ye also into the vineyard. So when even was come, 
 the lord of the vineyard saith unto his steward, Call the 
 labourers, and give them their hire, beginning from the 
 
 9 last unto the first. And when they came that were hired 
 about the eleventh hour, they received every man a 
 
 10 penny. But when the first came, they supposed that 
 they would receive ^ more ; and they likewise received 
 
 Ti every man a penny. And when they received^ //, they 
 went on murmuring '^ against the good man of the 
 
 12 house. Saying, These last have wrought but one hour, 
 and thou hast made them equal unto us, which have 
 
 13 borne the burden and heat of the day. But he answered 
 
 ^ 01 dKoXov0T]a-avT€S. - d<}>T]K€v. ^ e|xio-9w<raTo. 
 
 ^ XTJ|i\j/ovTai. ^ XapdvTcs. ^ e-yoYYvtov. 
 
86 S. MATTHEW. XX. 14 
 
 one of them, and said, Friend, I do thee no wrong : didst 
 
 14 not thou agree with me for a penny? Take that thine /i", 
 and go thy way : I please to give ^ unto this last even as 
 
 1 5 unto thee. Is it not lawful for me to do what I will with 
 
 16 mine own? Is thine eye evil, because I am good? So 
 the last shall be first, and the first last : for many be 
 called, but few chosen. 
 
 17 And Jesus being about to go up^ to Jerusalem took the 
 twelve disciples apart in the way, and said unto them, 
 
 18 Behold, we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man 
 shall be betrayed unto the chief priests and unto the 
 
 19 scribes, and they shall condemn him to death. And shall 
 deliver him to the Gentiles to mock, and to scourge, and 
 to crucify Mju : and the third day he shall be raised up.^ 
 
 20 Then came to him the mother of Zebedee's children 
 with her sons, worshipping hi7n, and desiring a certain 
 
 21 thing of him. And he said unto her, What wouldest^ 
 thou? She saith unto him, Grant that these my two sons 
 may sit, the one on thy right hand, and the other on the 
 
 22 left in thy kingdom. But Jesus answered and said, Ye 
 know not what ye ask. Are ye able to drink of the cup 
 that I am about to drink of? They say unto him, 
 
 23 We are able. And he saith unto them. Ye shall drink 
 indeed of my cup, but to sit on my right hand, and on 
 my left, is not mine to give, but it shall be given to them 
 
 24 for whom it has been prepared ^ of my Father. And 
 when the ten heard //, they were moved with indignation 
 
 25 "against the two brethren. But Jesus called them unto 
 
 hiin^ and said. Ye know that the princes of the Gentiles 
 exercise dominion over them, and they that are great 
 
 26|exercise authority upon them. But it is not so among 
 you : but whosoever would be ^ great among you, 
 
 27 shall be your minister; And whosoever would be^ 
 
 ^ 0cXa) . . . 8ovvai. ' MeXXcav Be dvaPaiveiv. 
 
 3 £"y6p0T|(r€Tai. ^ ti GeXets. 
 
 5 T| To£ |iao-Tai. ^ 8s dv OcXt). (So in 27.) 
 
XXI. 5 S. MATTHEW. 87 
 
 28 chief among you, shall be your servant: Even as 
 the Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to 
 minister, and to give his Hfe a ransom for many. 
 
 29 And as they were departing ^ from Jericho, a great 
 
 30 multitude followed him. And, behold, two blind men 
 sitting by the way-side, when they heard that Jesus passed 
 by, cried out, saying, Have mercy on us, O Lord, thou 
 
 31 son of David ! And the multitude rebuked them, because 
 they should hold their peace : but they cried the more, 
 saying. Have mercy on us, O Lord, thou son of David ! 
 
 32 And Jesus stood still, and called them, and said. What 
 
 33 will ye that I should do ^ unto you ? They say unto him, 
 
 34 Lord, that our eyes may be opened. So Jesus had com- 
 passion on them, and touched their eyes ; and immediately 
 they received sight, and they followed him. 
 
 XXI. I And when they drew nigh unto Jerusalem, and 
 came ^ to Bethphage, unto the mount of Olives, then sent 
 
 2 Jesus two disciples. Saying unto them. Go into the village 
 over against you, and straightway ye shall find an ass tied, 
 and a colt with her : loose them^ and bring thetn unto me. 
 
 3 And if any ma?t say ought unto you, ye shall say. The 
 Lord hath need of them ; and straightway he will send 
 
 4 them. (Now this is come to pass,^ that it might be 
 
 5 fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, saying. Tell ye 
 the daughter of Sion, Behold, thy king cometh unto thee, 
 
 ^ eK7rop£VOp.£V(0V. 
 
 2 ri OeXere ttoitio-w (Conjunctive) — a case of Conjunctive of Doubt, and 
 quite in order. In Classical Greek such conjunctives are often introduced 
 either by §ov\u or by ^eXeis (chiefly poetical). Cf. Hod br] jSoiXei Kadi- 
 ^6fJL€voL dvayvQfxev ; where wilt thou that we sit down and read? (Plat. 
 Phaedr. 228 E.). deXeis /jLeivoj/mev ; wilt thou that we remain? (Soph. 
 El. 81). (See vii. 4, note.) 
 
 3 ^xeov. 
 
 ^ TOVTO ^eyovev. The use of yeyovev here, as well as in i. 22 and in 
 xxvi. 56, to introduce a fulfilled prophecy, is likely to have some special 
 meaning. Lightfoot (p. loi) believes that the pft. here shows that S. 
 Matthew is writing near the time of the occurrence of the things predicted 
 (see note on i. 22). 
 
88 S. MATTHEW. XXI. 6 
 
 meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an 
 
 6 ass.) And the disciples went, and did as Jesus com- 
 
 7 manded them. And brought the ass, and the colt, and put 
 
 8 on them their clothes, and they set him thereon. And the 
 most part of the multitude spread their garments in the 
 way ; others kept cutting ^ branches from the trees, and 
 
 9 strawing ^ theju in the way. And the multitudes that went 
 before, and that followed, continued to cry,^ saying, 
 Hosanna to the son of David ! Blessed is he that cometh 
 in the name of the Lord ! Hosanna in the highest ! 
 
 10 And when he was come into Jerusalem, all the city was 
 
 11 moved, saying. Who is this? And the multitude said. 
 This is the prophet Jesus, of Nazareth of Galilee. 
 
 12 And Jesus went into the temple of God, and cast out 
 all them that were selling and buying^ in the temple, and 
 overthrew the tables of the money-changers, and the seats 
 
 13 of them that were selling doves, And saith unto them. It 
 is written, My house shall be called a house of prayer ; 
 
 14 but ye are making ^ it a den of thieves. And the blind 
 and the lame came to him in the temple ; and he healed 
 
 15 them. And when the chief priests and scribes saw the 
 wonderful things that he did, and the children crying in 
 the temple, and saying, Hosanna to the son of David; 
 
 16 they were sore displeased. And said unto him, Hearest 
 thou what these are saying? And Jesus saith unto them, 
 Yea ; did ye never read,^ Out of the mouth of babes and 
 
 1 7 sucklings thou hast perfected praise ? And he left them, 
 and went out of the city into Bethany; and he lodged 
 there. 
 
 1 €KOTrTov — loTpwvvvov — Ivi^oXfiv. Thcsc are among the examples cited 
 by Buttmann (p. 200) to show that " the established grammatical distinc- 
 tion between the Aorist as a purely narrative tense (expressing something 
 momentary), and the Imperfect as a descriptive tense (expressing some- 
 thing contemporaneous or continuous), holds in all its force in the N.T." ; 
 and yet the R.V., like the A.V., has 'cut— strawed— cried.' 
 
 - Tovs irwXoOvTas Kai aYopdtovTas. '^ Troieirc. 
 
 ^ dvc'YvwTc {cf. xii. 3 ; xix. 4). 
 
XXI. 30 
 
 S. MATTHEW. 89 
 
 f8 Now in the morning, as he returned into the city, he 
 
 19 hungered. And when he saw a fig tree in the way, he 
 came to it, and found nothing thereon, but leaves only, 
 and saith unto it, Let no fruit grow on thee henceforward 
 
 20 for ever. And presently the fig tree withered away. And 
 when the disciples saw it, they marvelled, saying, How 
 
 21 did the fig tree immediately wither 1 away ? Jesus an- 
 swered and said unto them, Verily I say unto you. If ye 
 have faith, and doubt not, ye shall not only do this which 
 is done to the fig tree, but even if ye shall say unto this 
 mountain. Be thou removed, and be thou cast into the 
 
 22 sea; it shall be done. And all things, whatsoever ye 
 shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive. 
 
 23 And when he was come into the temple, the chief priests 
 and the elders of the people came unto him as he was 
 teaching, and said. By what authority doest thou these 
 
 24 things? and who gave thee this authority? And Jesus 
 answered and said unto them, I also will ask you one 
 thing, which if ye tell me, I in like wise will tell you by 
 
 25 what authority I do these things. The baptism of John, 
 whence was it ? from heaven, or of men ? And they kept 
 reasoning - with themselves, saying. If we shall say. From 
 heaven ; he will say unto us. Why did ye not then believe 
 
 26 him? Butjf we shall say. Of men ; we fear the people : 
 
 27 for all hold John as a prophet. And they answered 
 Jesus, and said. We cannot tell. And he said unto them, 
 Neither tell I you by what authority I do these things. 
 
 28 But what think ye ? A certain man had two sons ; and 
 he came to the first, and said, Son, go work to-day in the 
 
 29 vineyard. He answered and said, I will not : but after- 
 
 30 ward he repented, and went. And he came to the second, 
 
 MgTipdveii (Aor.). The withering took place as the disciples were 
 looking on. They, therefore, wish to know how this happened, and 
 call attention to the fact of the withering, not the result. Hence ' is 
 withered' (A.V.) inadmissible. 
 
 ^ SieXoYitovTo. 
 
90 S. MATTHEW. XXI. 31 
 
 and said likewise. And he answered and said, I go, sir ; 
 
 31 and went not. Whether of them twain did the will oi his 
 father? They say unto him, The first. Jesus saith unto 
 them, Verily I say unto you, That the publicans and the 
 
 32 harlots go into the kingdom of God before you. For 
 John came unto you in the way of righteousness, and ye 
 believed him not : but the publicans and the harlots 
 believed him : and ye, when ye saw 1 //, did not even 
 repent 2 afterward, that ye might believe him. 
 
 2^2i Hear another parable : There was a certain householder, 
 which planted a vineyard, and hedged it round about, and 
 digged a wine-press in it, and built a tower, and let it out 
 
 34 to husbandmen, and went into a far country : And when 
 the time of the fruit drew near, he sent his servants to the 
 
 35 husbandmen, that they might receive the fruits of it. And 
 the husbandmen took his servants, and beat one, and 
 
 36 killed another, and stoned another. Again, he sent other 
 servants more than the first ; and they did unto them 
 
 37 likewise. But last of all he sent unto them his son, saying, 
 
 38 They will reverence my son. But when the husbandmen 
 saw the son, they said among themselves. This is the heir ; 
 come, let us kill him, and let us have his inheritance. 
 
 39 And they caught him, and cast him out of the vineyard, 
 
 40 and slew him. When the lord therefore of the vineyard 
 
 41 Cometh, what will he do unto those husbandmen? They 
 say unto him, He will miserably destroy those wicked 
 men, and will let out his vineyard unto other husbandmen, 
 
 42 which shall render him the fruits in their seasons. Jesus 
 saith unto them. Did ye never read in the scriptures, The 
 stone which the builders rejected, the same was made ^ 
 the head of the corner : this happened at the hand of the 
 
 43 Lord,^ and it is marvellous in our eyes ? Therefore say I 
 unto you. The kingdom of God shall be taken from you, 
 and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof. 
 
 ^ 18($VT6S. ^ OvSe P.€T£|JL€Xt|0T1T€. 
 
 2 cY€VTJ0Tj. ^ irapa KvpCov c^c'vcto. 
 
XXII. 15 S. MATTHEW. • 9 1 
 
 44 And whosoever shall fall on this stone shall be broken : 
 but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to 
 
 45 powder. And when the chief priests and Pharisees heard ^ 
 
 46 his parables, they perceived that he spake of them. But 
 when they sought to lay hands on him, they feared the 
 multitude, because they took him for a prophet. 
 
 XXII. I And Jesus answered and spake unto them again 
 
 2 by parables, and said. The kingdom of heaven is like unto 
 
 3 a certain king, which made a marriage for his son, And 
 sent forth his servants to call them that were bidden to 
 
 4 the wedding ; and they would not come. Again, he sent 
 forth other servants, saying. Tell them which are bidden. 
 Behold, I have prepared my dinner : my oxen and my 
 fatlings are killed, and all things are ready : come unto 
 
 5 the marriage. But they made light of it, and went their 
 
 6 ways, one to his farm, another to his merchandise : And 
 the remnant took his servants, and entreated them spite- 
 
 7 fully, and slew them. And the king was wroth : and he 
 sent forth his armies, and destroyed those murderers, and 
 
 8 burned up their city. Then saith he to his servants. The 
 wedding is ready, but they which were bidden were not 
 
 9 worthy. Go ye therefore into the highways, and as many 
 
 10 as ye shall find, bid to the marriage. So those servants 
 went out into the highways, and gathered together all 
 as many as they found, both bad and good : and the 
 
 1 1 wedding was furnished with guests. And when the king 
 came in to see the guests, he saw there a man which had 
 
 1 2 not put on^ a wedding garment : And he saith unto him, 
 Friend, how camest thou in hither not having a wedding 
 
 13 garment? And he was speechless. Then said the king 
 to the servants. Bind him hand and foot, and cast him 
 into outer darkness ; there shall be weeping and gnashing 
 
 14 of teeth. For many are called, but few are chosen. 
 
 15 Then went the Pharisees, and took counsel how they 
 
 ^ oLKovo-avTcs. " ovK cv8€8v|x^vov. R. V. = ' had not on. 
 
92 S. MATTHEW. XXII. 16 
 
 1 6 might entangle him in his talk. And they send ^ out unto 
 him their disciples with the Herodians, saying, Master, we 
 know that thou art true, and teachest the way of God in 
 truth, neither carest thou for any man ; for thou regardest 
 
 1 7 not the person of men. Tell us therefore, What thinkest 
 thou? Is it lawful to give tribute unto Cesar, or not? 
 
 1 8 But Jesus perceived their wickedness, and said. Why 
 
 19 tempt ye me, ye hypocrites? Show me the tribute 
 
 20 money. And they brought unto him a penny. And he 
 saith unto them, Whose is this image and superscription ? 
 
 21 They say unto him, Cesar's. Then saith he unto them, 
 Render therefore unto Cesar the things which are Cesar's ; 
 
 22 and unto God the things that are God's. When they had 
 heard these words ^ they marvelled, and left him, and went 
 their way. 
 
 23 The same day came to him the Sadducees, saying^ 
 
 24 that there is no resurrection, and asked him. Saying, 
 Master, Moses said. If a man die, having no children, his 
 brother shall marry his wife, and raise up seed unto his 
 
 25 brother. Now there were with us seven brethren : and 
 the first, when he had married a wife, deceased, and, 
 
 26 having no issue, left his wife unto his brother : Likewise 
 
 27 the second also, and the third, unto the seventh. And 
 
 28 last of all the woman died also. Therefore in the resur- 
 rection whose wife shall she be of the seven ? for they all 
 
 29 had her. Jesus answered and said unto them, Ye do err, 
 
 30 not knowing the scriptures, nor the power of God. For 
 in the resurrection they neither marry, nor are given in 
 
 31 marriage, but are as angels in heaven. But as touching 
 the resurrection of the dead, did ye never read that which 
 
 ^ dirocTTeXXovo-iv. 
 
 ^ X^"yovT£s. Surely the R.V. ought to have gone a step further by 
 giving us ' saying ' in the Text instead of in the Margin. Clearly v^^e 
 are not told here of "Sadducees which say" as if the object were to 
 describe their tenets. The remark is confined simply to the persons 
 introduced to zis. 
 
XXIII. 3 S. MATTHEW. 93 
 
 32 was spoken unto you by God, saying, I am the God of 
 Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob ? 
 
 ^;^ God is not the God of the dead, but of the living. And 
 when the multitude heard fh's, they were astonished at his 
 doctrine. 
 
 34 But when the Pharisees heard that he had put the 
 
 35 Sadducees to silence, they were gathered together. Then 
 one of them, wh'ck was a lawyer, asked /ii'm a question^ 
 
 36 tempting him, and saying, Master, which is the great com- 
 
 37 mandment in the law? Jesus said unto him. Thou shalt 
 love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy 
 
 38 soul, and with all thy mind. This is the great and first 
 
 39 commandment. And the second is like unto it. Thou 
 
 40 shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. On these two com- 
 mandments hang all the Law and the Prophets. 
 
 41 While the Pharisees were gathered together, Jesus asked 
 
 42 them. Saying, What think ye of Christ ? whose son is he ? 
 
 43 They say unto him. The son of David. He saith unto 
 them. How then doth David in spirit call him Lord, 
 
 44 saying, The Lord saith unto my Lord, Sit thou on my 
 right hand, till I put thine enemies underneath thy 
 
 45 feet ? If David then call him Lord, how is he his son ? 
 
 46 And no man was able to answer him a word ; neither 
 durst any mafi from that day forth ask him any more 
 questions. 
 
 XXIII. I Then spake Jesus to the multitude, and to his 
 
 2 disciples, Saying, The scribes and the Pharisees seated 
 
 3 themselves 1 in Moses' seat: All things therefore what- 
 soever they bid you, these do and continue to observe,^ 
 but do not ye after their works : for they say, and do not. 
 
 ^ cKdOio-av, not 'sit,' as in A.V. and R.V. Strict Aoristic force is to 
 be given effect to. The meaning is that, finding the seat empty, they 
 occupied it. Why does R.V. give Aoristic force — *sat down' — in 8s 
 €Kd9L(Tev iv de^ia, &c. (Heb. viii. l), and not here ? 
 
 2 irotiricraTe, Kal rr\ptlT€, Aor. =do as each occasion presents itself: 
 pres. =let this be your nmform rule of conduct. 
 
94 S- MATTHEW. XXIII. 4 
 
 4 For they bind heavy burdens and grievous to be borne, 
 and lay the77i on men's shoulders ; but they themselves will 
 
 5 not move them with one of their fingers. But all their 
 works they do for to be seen of men : for they make 
 broad their phylacteries, and enlarge the borders of their 
 
 6 garments, And love the first place at feasts, and the chief 
 
 7 seats in the synagogues. And greetings in the markets, and 
 
 8 to be called of men, Rabbi. But be not ye called Rabbi : 
 for one is your Master, even Christ ; and all ye are breth- 
 
 9 ren. And call no man your father upon the earth : for 
 
 10 one is your Father, which is in heaven. Neither be ye 
 
 1 1 called masters : for one is your Master. But he that is 
 
 12 greatest among you shall be your servant. And whoso- 
 ever shall exalt himself shall be abased ; and he that shall 
 humble himself shall be exalted. 
 
 13 But woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! 
 for ye shut up the kingdom of heaven against men : for ye 
 neither go in yourselves, neither suffer ye them to go in 
 
 14 that are trying to enter.^ Woe unto you, scribes and 
 Pharisees, hypocrites ! for ye compass sea and land to 
 make one proselyte ; and when he is become one,^ ye make 
 
 15 him twofold more the child of hell than yourselves. Woe 
 unto you, ye blind guides, which say, Whosoever shall 
 swear by the temple, it is nothing ; but whosoever shall 
 
 16 swear by the gold of the temple, he is a debtor ! Ye fools, 
 and blind ! for whether is greater, the gold, or the temple 
 
 1 7 that sanctifieth ^ the gold ? And, Whosoever shall swear 
 by the altar, it is nothing ; but whosoever sweareth by the 
 
 18 gift that is upon it, he is guilty. Ye blind! for whether 
 
 ^ ovSe Tovs cio-cpxo^ievoDS d<j)i€T€ elo-eXGeiv — the force of the Participle 
 seems that of intention or attempt ( ' de conatu '). Cf. TlavXov i^erWeTO 
 . . . ireidwv avrovs (Acts xxviii. 23) (whereupon we have 01 /xh iireidovTo, 
 oi de r]Tri<TTovv). See Buttmann, p. 297. 
 
 2 "ycvTiTai, 
 
 ^ 6 a-yudo-as. The above translation is perhaps the best whether we 
 adopt this or an alternative reading, ayid^uv. 
 
XXIII. 33 S. MATTHEW. 95 
 
 is greater, the gift, or the altar that sanctifieth the gift? 
 
 19 Whoso therefore shall swear by the altar, sweareth by it, 
 
 20 and by all things thereon. And whoso shall swear by the 
 temple, sweareth by it, and by him that dwelleth therein. 
 
 21 And he that shall swear by heaven, sweareth by the throne 
 
 22 of God, and by him that sitteth thereon. Woe unto you, 
 scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites ! for ye pay tithe of mint 
 and anise and cummin, and have omitted the weightier 
 matters of the law, judgment, mercy, and faith : these 
 ought ye to have done, and not to leave the other undone, 
 
 23 Ye blind guides, straining out the gnat and swallowing^ 
 
 24 the camel. Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypo- 
 crites ! for ye make clean the outside of the cup, and of 
 the platter, but within they are full of extortion and excess. 
 
 25 Thou blind Pharisee, cleanse first that which is within the 
 cup and platter, that the outside of them may become- also. 
 
 26 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites ! for ye 
 are like unto whited sepulchres, which indeed appear 
 beautiful outward, but are within full of dead 7fieji's bones, 
 
 27 and of all uncleanness. Even so ye also outwardly ap- 
 pear righteous unto men, but within ye are full of hypoc- 
 
 28 risy and iniquity. Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, 
 hypocrites ! because ye build the tombs of the prophets, 
 
 29 and garnish the sepulchres of the righteous. And say, If 
 we had been in the days of our fathers, we should not 
 have been^ partakers with them in the blood of the 
 
 30 prophets. Wherefore ye be witnesses unto yourselves, that 
 
 3 1 ye are the children of them which killed the prophets. Fill 
 
 32 ye up then the measure of your fathers. Ye serpents, j^ 
 generation of vipers, how can ye escape the damnation of 
 
 33 hell? Wherefore, behold, I send unto you prophets, and 
 wise men, and scribes : some of them ye shall kill and 
 crucify ; and so7Jie of them shall ye scourge in your syna- 
 
 1 8lvXlt0VT6S . . . KaTttTTlVOVTCS, - -ycvTiTat. 
 
 ' €1 {jixeBa . . . ovK &v i^iieBa — a regular example of 4th class of condi- 
 tional sentences (see p. 33), the imperfects being used to express duration. 
 
96 S. MATTHEW. XXIII. 34 
 
 34 gogues, and persecute them from city to city : That upon 
 you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth, 
 from the blood of righteous Abel unto the blood of Zach- 
 arias son of Barachias, whom ye slew between the temple 
 
 35 and the altar. Verily I say unto you, All these things 
 
 36 shall come upon this generation. O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, 
 thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are 
 sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy chil- 
 dren together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under 
 
 37 her wings, and ye would not ! Behold, your house is left 
 
 38 unto you desolate. For I say unto you, Ye shall certainly 
 not see^ me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is he 
 that Cometh in the name of the Lord. 
 
 XXIV I And Jesus went out and was going ^ from the 
 temple : and his disciples came to /z/w, for to show him 
 
 .2 the buildings of the temple. And Jesus said unto them. 
 See ye not all these things ? Verily I say unto you. There 
 shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall 
 not be thrown down. 
 
 3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples 
 came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these 
 things be ? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and 
 
 .4 of the end of the world? And Jesus answered and said 
 
 5 unto them. Take heed that no man deceive you. For 
 many shall come in my name, saying, I am the Christ ; 
 
 6 and shall deceive many. And ye shall be about to hear ^ 
 of wars and rumours of wars : see that ye be not troubled : 
 for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not 
 
 7 yet. For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom 
 against kingdom : and there shall be famines and earth- 
 
 8 quakes, in divers places. All these are the beginning of 
 
 9 sorrows. Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, 
 and shall kill you : and ye shall continue to be hated ^ of 
 
 ^ ov p,i] JJ,€ tS-qre. ^ liropevcTO. 
 
 3 ji.€X\TJ<r6T€ Be cLKoiiciv. ^ l(r€0€ [jLio-ovfJL€vot (scc X. 22, note). 
 
XXIV. 28 S. MATTHEW. 97 
 
 10 all the nations for my name's sake. And then shall many 
 be offended, and shall betray one another, and shall hate 
 
 11 one another. And many false prophets shall rise, and 
 
 12 shall deceive many. And because iniquity shall be multi- 
 
 13 plied,^ the love of the many shall wax cold. But he that 
 
 14 shall endure unto the end the same shall be saved. And 
 this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the 
 world for a witness unto all nations : and then shall the 
 
 15 end come. When ye therefore shall see the abomination 
 of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in 
 the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand,) 
 
 16 Then let them which be in Judea flee into the mountains : 
 
 1 7 Let him which is on the house top not come down to take 
 
 18 the things out of his house: Neither let him. which is in 
 
 19 the field return back to take his cloke. And woe unto 
 them that are with child, and to them that give suck, in 
 
 20 those days ! But pray ye that your flight be not in the 
 
 2 1 winter, neither on the sabbath day : For then shall be great 
 tribulation, such as hath not been ^ since the beginning of 
 
 22 the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And except 
 those days had been shortened, no flesh should have been 
 saved : ^ but for the elect's sake those days shall be short- 
 
 23 ened. Then if any man shall say unto you, I.o, here is, 
 
 24 Christ, or there ; believe it not. For there shall arise false 
 Christs, and false prophets, and shall show great signs and 
 wonders ; so as to deceive,* were it possible, the very 
 
 25, 26 elect. Behold, I have told you before. Wherefore, if 
 they shall say unto you. Behold, he is in the desert ; go 
 not forth : behold, he is in the secret chambers : believe if 
 
 27 not. For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and is 
 seen ^ even unto the west ; so shall the coming of the Son 
 
 28 of man be. Wheresoever the carcase is, there will the 
 eagles be gathered together. 
 
 ^ 8id TO TrX'i]0'uv0f]vai. 2 y€Yov€v. 
 
 ^ €l (X"?! €KoXoP«0ii<rav . . . ovk &v tcrwOr]. 
 
 * ftio-Tc irXavdo-Oai. ^ (}>a£v€Tai. 
 
98 S. MATTHEW. 
 
 XXIV. 29 
 
 29 Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the 
 sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, 
 and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the 
 
 30 heavens shall be shaken : And then shall appear the sign 
 of the Son of man in heaven : and then shall all the tribes 
 of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man 
 coming on the clouds of heaven with power and great 
 
 31 glory. And he shall send his angels with a great sound 
 of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his elect from 
 the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other. 
 
 32 Now learn the parable of the fig tree : When his branch 
 has now become ^ tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye 
 
 33 know that summer is nigh : So likewise ye, when ye shall 
 see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors. 
 
 34 Verily I say unto you. This generation shall in no wise 
 
 35 pass,2 till all these things be fulfilled. Heaven and earth 
 shall pass away, but my words shall in no wise pass ^ away. 
 
 36 But of that day and hour knoweth no ma7t, no, not the 
 angels of heaven, neither the Son, but my father only. 
 
 37 And as the days of Noe were^ so shall also the coming of 
 
 38 the Son of man be. For as in those days that were before 
 the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and 
 giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into 
 
 39 the ark. And knew not until the flood came, and took 
 them all away ; so shall also the coming of the Son of 
 
 40 man be. Then shall two be in the field ; the one shall be 
 
 41 taken, and the other left. Two womeft shall be grinding 
 at the mill ; the one is taken and the other is left.^ 
 
 42 Watch therefore ; for ye know not what day your Lord 
 
 43 doth come. But know this, that if the good-man of the 
 house had known in what watch the thief would come, he 
 would have watched, and would not have suflered his 
 
 44 house to be broken up. Therefore be ye also ready : for 
 
 1 Srav ^r\ . . . -ye'viiTai. 
 
 2 ov p.T| -rrapeXOTi. A. V. and R.V. = ' shall not ' simply. 
 
 ' ov |Ji'^ irapeXOwo-iv. * irapaXa(xpdv€Tai . . . d<|>£eTai. 
 
XXV. 10 S. MATTHEW. 99 
 
 in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh. 
 
 45 Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord 
 hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in 
 
 46 due season ? Blessed is that servant whom his lord when 
 
 47 he cometh shall find so doing. Verily I say unto you, 
 
 48 That he shall make him ruler over all his goods. But 
 and if that evil servant shall say in his heart. My lord 
 
 49 tarrieth ; And shall begin to smite his fellow-servants, and 
 
 50 shall continue to eat and drink ^ with the drunken ; The 
 lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh 
 
 51 not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, And 
 shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with 
 the hypocrites : there shall be the weeping and the gnash- 
 ing of teeth. 
 
 XXV. I Then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened 
 unto ten virgins, which took their lamps, and went forth 
 
 2 to meet the bridegroom. And five of them were foohsh, 
 
 3 and five were wise. For the fooHsh took their lamps, and 
 
 4 took no oil with them : But the wise took oil in their 
 
 5 vessels with their lamps. While the bridegroom tarried, 
 
 6 they all slumbered and continued to sleep.^ And at mid- 
 night a cry is made,^ Behold, the bridegroom ; go ye out 
 
 7 to meet him. Then all those virgins arose, and trimmed 
 
 8 their lamps. And the foolish said unto the wise. Give us 
 
 9 of your oil ; for our lamps are going out.^ But the wise 
 answered, saying. Not so ; lest there be not enough for us 
 and you : but go ye rather to them that sell, and buy for 
 
 10 yourselves. And while they were going ^ to buy, the 
 bridegroom came ; and they that were ready went in with 
 
 ^ lo-0iT| 8^ Kal irivT) (present conjunctives). 
 
 2 €vv(rTa|av . . . Kal €Kd0€v8ov. Nv<rTdt« literally means 'nod' 
 {veio}) ; and is it too fanciful to suggest that the Aorist fitly denotes the 
 instantaneous Jiod preliminary to going over to contimted sleep (eKadevdov) ? 
 
 ^ Kpav7if| yiyoviv—a. change of Tense— well expressing " the startling 
 effect of the sudden surprise" (Lightfoot, p. loi). 
 
 * o-pivvvvTat. The present tense is very significant — not WHOLLY ex- 
 tinguished are the lamps of even the/oolzsA virgins. ^ dircpxoiJL^vwv. 
 
lOO S. MATTHEW. XXV. 11 
 
 11 him to the marriage : and the door was shut. Afterward 
 come 1 also the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to 
 
 12 us. But he answered and said. Verily I say unto you, I 
 
 13 know you not. Watch therefore ; for ye know neither the 
 day nor the hour. 
 
 14 For it is as when a man travelling into a far country, 
 called his own servants, and delivered unto them his 
 
 15 goods. And unto one he gave five talents, to another 
 two, and to another one ; to every man according to his 
 
 16 several ability ; and departed. Forthwith he that received ^ 
 five talents went and traded with the same, and gained ^ 
 
 17 other five talents. And hkewise he that received two, he 
 
 18 also gained other two. But he that received the one went 
 
 19 and digged in the earth, and hid his lord's money. After 
 a long time the lord of those servants cometh, and reckon- 
 
 20 eth with them. And he that received five talents came and 
 brought other five talents, saying, Lord, thou deliveredst 
 unto me five talents : behold, I [have] gained ^ besides them 
 
 21 five talents more. His lord said unto him. Well done, 
 thou good and faithful servant : thou continuedst ^ faithful 
 over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many 
 
 22 things : enter thou into the joy of thy lord. He also that 
 received two talents came and said. Lord, thou deliveredst 
 unto me two talents : behold, I [have] gained ^ two other 
 
 23 talents besides them. His lord said unto him. Well done, 
 good and faithful servant : thou hast been faithful over a 
 few things, I will make thee ruler over many things : enter 
 
 24 thou into the joy of thy lord. Then he which had re- 
 ceived the one talent came and said, Lord, I knew thee 
 that thou art an hard man, reaping where thou didst not 
 
 ^ 6. . . . \ap«v — to be translated as above /^jj/w. 
 
 ^ €KEpST](r£V. 
 
 ^ eKep8T]o-a (Aor.) — literally 'gained': but 'have' v=> almost necessary y 
 because the thought of the result is thrown forward to the present. 
 ^ % {Impft.). Is it not worth while to reproduce its force ? 
 
XXV. 40 S. MATTHEW. Id 
 
 25 SOW, and gathering where thou didst not straw i^ And I 
 was afraid, and went and hid thy talent in the earth : lo, 
 
 26 there thou hast that is thine. His lord answered and said 
 unto him, Thoit wicked and slothful servant, thou knewest 
 that I reap where I sowed not, and gather where I strawed 
 
 27 not. Thou oughtest therefore to have put my money to 
 the exchangers, and then at my coming I should have 
 
 28 received mine own with usury. Take therefore the talent 
 from him, and give // unto him which hath ten talents. 
 
 29 For unto every one that hath shall be given, and he shall 
 have abundance : but from him that hath not shall be 
 
 30 taken away even that which he hath. And cast ye the 
 unprofitable servant into outer darkness : there shall be 
 the weeping and the gnashing of teeth. 
 
 31 When the Son of man shall come in his glory^ and all 
 the angels with him, then shall he sit upon the throne of 
 
 32 his glory : And before him shall be gathered all the 
 nations : and he shall separate them one from another, as 
 
 33 a shepherd separateth his sheep from the goats : And he 
 shall set the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on the 
 
 34 left. Then shall the King say unto them on his right hand. 
 Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom pre- 
 
 35 pared for you from the foundation of the world ; For I was 
 an hungered, and ye give me meat : I was thirsty, and 
 ye gave me drink : I was a stranger, and ye took me in : 
 
 36 Naked, and ye clothed me : I was sick, and ye visited 
 
 37 me : I was in prison, and ye came unto me. Then shall 
 the righteous answer him, saying, Lord, when saw we thee 
 an hungered, and fed thee ? or thirsty, and gave thee drink ? 
 
 38 When saw we thee a stranger, and took thee in? or naked, 
 
 39 and clothed thee ? Or when saw we thee sick, or in prison, 
 
 40 and came unto thee ? And the King shall answer and say 
 
 1 ^o-TTCipas .... Sieo-KopTTko-as — So in 26. The A.V. is strangely in- 
 consistent in 26, rendering ea-rreipa correctly enough, but giving perfect 
 force to dieaKopTTiaa. 
 
I02 S. MATTHEW. XXV. 41 
 
 unto them, Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye did it ^ 
 unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye did it^ unto 
 
 41 me. Then shall he say also unto them on the left hand, 
 Depart from me, ye cursed, into the everlasting fire, pre- 
 
 42 pared for the devil and his angels : For I was an hungered, 
 and ye gave me no meat : I was thirsty, and ye gave me no 
 
 43 drink: I was a stranger, and ye took me not in : naked, and 
 ye clothed me not : sick, and in prison, and ye visited 
 
 44 me not. Then shall they also answer him, saying. Lord, 
 when saw we thee an hungered, or athirst, or a stranger, or 
 naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not minister unto 
 
 45 thee? Then shall he answer them, saying. Verily I say 
 unto you. Inasmuch as ye did // not to one of the least of 
 
 46 these, ye did // not to me. And these shall go away into 
 everlasting punishment : but the righteous into everlast- 
 ing life. 
 
 XXVI. I And it came to pass, when Jesus had finished all 
 
 2 these sayings, he said unto his disciples. Ye know that 
 after two days cometh^ the feast of the passover, and the 
 Son of man is betrayed^ to be crucified. 
 
 3 Then assembled together the chief priests, and the 
 elders of the people, unto the palace of the high priest, 
 
 4 who was called Caiaphas, And consulted that they might 
 
 5 take Jesus by subtilty, and kill him. But they said. Not 
 on the feast day^ that an uproar might not arise^ among 
 the people. 
 
 6 Now when Jesus was in Bethany, in the house of Simon 
 
 7 the leper. There came unto him a woman having an alabaster 
 box of very precious ointment, and poured it on his head, 
 
 8 as he was reclining ^ at meat. But when the disciples saw 
 //, they had indignation, saying. To what purpose is this 
 
 9 waste ? For this ointment might have been sold for much, 
 
 1 ciroiiio-aTe in both cases. 
 
 2 '>i\.vvTo.\. — 2L preseiit denoting futurity in its strictly secular sense. 
 
 2 irapaSiSorai (present) — the betrayal was part of the eternal counsel ; 
 but though yet future it is as sure as if actual. 
 
XXVI. 24 S. MATTHEW. IO3 
 
 10 and given to the poor. When Jesus understood //, he 
 said unto them, Why trouble ye the woman? for she 
 
 1 1 wrought 1 a good work upon me. For ye have the poor 
 
 1 2 always with you ; but me ye have not always. For in that 
 she poured this ointment on my body, she did // for my 
 
 13 burial. Verily I say unto you. Wheresoever this gospel 
 shall be preached in the whole world, there shall this, that 
 this woman did ^ be told for a memorial of her. 
 
 14 Then one of the twelve, called Judas Iscariot, went 
 
 15 unto the chief priests j And said unto the?Ji, What will ye 
 give me, and I will deliver him unto you? And they 
 
 16 weighed unto him thirty pieces of silver. And from that 
 time he sought opportunity to betray him. 
 
 1 7 Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the 
 disciples came to Jesus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou 
 
 18 that we prepare for thee to eat the passover? And he 
 said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him, 
 The Master saith. My time is at hand ; I keep ^ the pass- 
 
 19 over at thy house with my disciples. And the disciples 
 did as Jesus appointed ^ them ; and they made ready 
 the passover. 
 
 20 Now when the even was come, he was sitting^ with 
 
 21 the twelve. And as they did eat, he said. Verily I say 
 
 22 unto you, That one of you shall betray me. And they 
 were exceeding sorrowful, and began every one of them 
 
 23 to say unto him. Lord, Is it I ? And he answered and 
 said, He that dipped ^ his hand with me in the dish, the 
 
 24 same shall betray me. The Son of man goeth as it stands 
 written of him : but woe unto that man by whom the 
 Son of man is betrayed ! it had been good for that man 
 
 i^pYao-ttTo. R.V. has 'hath.' But why? On the same principle 
 ^oKovaa and eirolrjtrev in ver. 12 would require renderings that the R.V. 
 has denied them — viz., hath poured, and hath done. It is better, if we 
 can, to avoid inconsistency. 
 
 2 €iroiT]<r€v. ^ TToiw. ^ o-vveTa|€V. 
 
 ^ dvcK6iTo. ^ 6 epLpdi{/as. 
 
I04 S. MATTHEW. XXVI. 25 
 
 25 if he had not been born. Then Judas, which was be- 
 traying ^ him, answered and said, Master, surely it is 
 not I ? - He said unto him. Thou hast said. 
 
 26 And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed 
 //, and brake it, and gave // to the disciples, and said, 
 
 27 Take, eat; this is my body. And he took a cup, and 
 gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying. Drink ye all 
 
 28 of it ; For this is my blood of the testament, which is 
 
 29 shed^ for many for the remission of sins. But I say 
 unto you, I will not drink henceforth of this fruit of 
 the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you 
 in my Father's kingdom. 
 
 30 And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into 
 
 31 the mount of OHves. Then saith Jesus unto them. All 
 ye shall be offended because of me this night : for it 
 stands written, I will smite the Shepherd, and the sheep 
 
 32 of the flock shall be scattered abroad. But after I am 
 2^2, raised up, ^ I will go before you into Galilee. Peter 
 
 answered and said unto him, Though all men shall be 
 offended because of thee, yet will I never be offended. 
 
 34 Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee, That this 
 night, before the cock crow, thou shalt deny me thrice. 
 
 35 Peter said unto him. Though I should die with thee, 
 yet will I on no account deny ^ thee. Likewise also 
 said all the disciples. 
 
 ^ 6 irapaSiSovs. The plan was more than hatched, and was being 
 carried out. 
 
 - (jL-qri c-yctf €l[JLt ; 
 
 •^ cKxwvdjJicvov. There seems no reason for the translation to which 
 Alford leans (see note in loco)— viz., is being shed. The Participle is 
 present with Future force. According to Buttmann (p. 206) Present 
 Participles are often so used ' ' particularly if the future action they 
 designate takes its beginning in the real or imaginary, the absolute or 
 the relative, present, — if the statement, therefore, has a validity quite 
 universal." 
 
 •* nera 8c to e-ycpOfjvai. 
 
 ^ ov |jt^ <r€ dirapvi](ro(iai. 
 
XXVI. 50 S. MATTHEW. IO5 
 
 36 Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called 
 Gethsemane, and saith unto the disciples, Sit ye here, 
 
 37 while I go and pray yonder. And he took with him 
 Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be 
 
 38 sorrowful, and very heavy. Then saith he unto them, 
 My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death : tarry 
 
 39 ye here, and watch with me. And he went a little 
 farther, and fell on his face, and prayed, saying, O my 
 Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me : 
 
 40 nevertheless not as I will, but as thou wilt. And he 
 cometh unto the disciples, and findeth them sleeping,^ 
 and saith unto Peter, What ! could ye not watch with 
 
 41 me one hour? Watch and pray, that ye enter not 
 into temptation : the spirit indeed is willing, but the 
 
 42 flesh is weak. He went away again the second time, 
 and prayed, saying, O my Father, if this may not pass 
 
 43 away, except I drink it, thy will be done. And he 
 came and found them asleep again : for their eyes were 
 
 44 heavy. And he left them, and went away again, and 
 prayed the third time, saying again the same words. 
 
 45 Then cometh he to his disciples, and saith unto them, 
 Sleep on now, and take your rest : behold, the hour is 
 at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the 
 
 46 hands of sinners. Rise, let us be going : behold, he 
 is at hand that betrayeth me. 
 
 47 And while he yet spake, lo, Judas, one of the twelve, 
 came, and with him a great multitude with swords and 
 staves, from the chief priests and elders of the people. 
 
 48 Now he that was betraying 2 him gave them a sign, 
 saying, Whomsoever I shall kiss, that same is he : hold 
 
 49 him fast. And forthwith he came to Jesus, and said, 
 
 50 Hail, Master ! and kissed him. And Jesus said unto him, 
 Friend, do that for which thou art come.^ Then came 
 
 1 KaOcvSovras. - 6 . . . irapaSiSovs. 
 
 2 €<}>* 8 irdpei — translated as above in deference to the R.V., and to 
 the opinions of Alford and M'Clellan, who point out that no single instance 
 
I06 S. MATTHEW. XXVI. 51 
 
 51 they, and laid hands on Jesus, and took him. And, 
 behold, one of them which were with Jesus stretched 
 out his hand, and drew his sword, and struck a servant 
 
 52 of the high priest, and smote off his ear. Then saith^ 
 Jesus unto him, Put up again thy sword into his place : 
 for all they that take the sword shall perish with the 
 
 53 sword. Thinkest thou that I cannot pray to my Father, 
 and he shall presently give me more than twelve legions 
 
 54 of angels ? But how then should the scriptures be ful- 
 
 55 filled,- that thus it must be ? In that same hour said 
 Jesus to the multitudes, Are ye come out as against 
 a thief with swords and staves for to take me? I sat 
 daily teaching in the temple, and ye laid no hold on me. 
 
 56 But all this is come to pass,^ that the scriptures of the 
 prophets might be fulfilled. Then all the disciples for- 
 sook him, and fled. 
 
 57 And they that laid hold on Jesus led him away to 
 Caiaphas the high priest, where the scribes and the elders 
 
 58 were assembled. But Peter followed him afar off unto 
 the high priest's palace, and went in, and sat with the 
 
 59 servants, to see the end. Now the chief priests, and all 
 the council, sought false witness against Jesus, to put him 
 
 60 to death ; But though many false witnesses came, yet 
 
 61 found they none. At the last come two. And said, 
 
 can be found of oy being used as an interrogative. On the other hand, 
 most weighty is the view of Buttmann — viz., that there is no need for 
 understanding any colloquial ellipsis = 'do.' According to him is here 
 a careless and loose sort of interrogative. (So A. V.) : and this he supports 
 by analogous uses as regards r/\t/cos and '6(^x1% (p. 253). 
 
 - irws oSv irXTjpwOwo-iv— deliberative conjunctive. 
 
 ^ Ye-yovcv — 'is come to pass' or 'is done,' because, according to 
 Scholefield, " the passage is to be considered, not as the inspired com- 
 ment of the writer, but as the conclusion of the Saviour's address " 
 (p. 10). The correctness of this view, however, is very doubtful. Certainly 
 there is no necessity for thus accounting for the use of -^^^ov^v. Else- 
 where S. Matthew uses it as, undoubtedly, his own comment ; and we 
 believe it is his own comment here (see i. 22 and xxi. 4, notes). 
 
XXVII. 2 S. MATTHEW. lO/ 
 
 This fellow said, I am able to destroy the temple of God, 
 
 62 and to build it in three days. And the high priest arose, 
 and said unto him, Answerest thou nothing? what zV if 
 
 63 ivhich these witness against thee? But Jesus held his 
 peace. And the high priest answered and said unto him, 
 I adjure thee by the living God, that thou tell us whether 
 
 64 thou be the Christ, the Son of God. Jesus saith unto 
 him. Thou hast said : nevertheless, I say unto you. Here- 
 after shall ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the right 
 hand of power, and coming on the clouds of heaven. 
 
 65 Then the high priest rent his clothes, saying, He hath 
 spoken blasphemy; what further need have we of wit- 
 nesses? behold, now ye have heard the blasphemy. 
 
 66 What think ye? They answered and said, He is guilty 
 
 67 of death. Then did they spit in his face, and buffeted 
 him ; and others smote him with the palms of their hands. 
 
 68 Saying, Prophesy unto us, thou Christ, Who is he that 
 smote thee ? 
 
 69 Now Peter sat without in the palace : and a damsel 
 came unto him, saying, Thou also wast with Jesus of 
 
 70 Galilee. But he denied before the?n all, saying, I know 
 
 71 not what thou sayest. And when he was gone out into 
 the porch, another maid saw him, and said unto them 
 that were there. This felloiv was also with Jesus of 
 
 72 Nazareth. And again he denied with an oath, I do not 
 
 73 know the man. And after a while came unto him they 
 that stood by, and said to Peter, Surely thou also art 07te 
 
 74 of them ; for thy speech bewrayeth thee. Then began 
 he to bind himself under a curse and to swear, sayi?ig 
 I know not the man. And immediately the cock crew. 
 
 75 And Peter remembered the word of Jesus, which said 
 unto him. Before the cock crow, thou shalt deny me 
 thrice. And he went out, and wept bitterly. 
 
 XXVII. I When the morning was come, all the chief 
 
 priests and elders of the people took counsel against 
 
 2 Jesus to put him to death : And when they had bound 
 
I08 S. MATTHEW. XXVII. 3 
 
 him, they led hhn away, and deUvered him to Pilate the 
 governor. 
 
 3 Then Judas, which betrayed ^ him, when he saw that 
 he was condemned, repented himself, and brought again 
 the thirty pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders, 
 
 4 Saying, I sinned in that I betrayed ^ the innocent blood. 
 And they said. What is that to us? see thou to that. 
 
 5 And he cast down the pieces of silver into the temple, and 
 
 6 departed, and went and hanged himself. And the chief 
 priest took the silver pieces, and said, It is not lawful 
 for to put them into the treasury, because it is the price 
 
 7 of blood. And they took counsel, and bought with them 
 
 8 the potter's field to bury strangers in. Wherefore that 
 
 9 field was called, The field of blood, unto this day. Then 
 was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the 
 prophet, saying, And they took the thirty pieces of silver, 
 the price of him that was valued, whom they of the 
 
 TO children of Israel did value. And gave them for the 
 potter's field, as the Lord appointed me. 
 
 1 1 And Jesus stood before the governor : and the governor 
 asked him, saying, Art thou the King of the Jews? And 
 
 12 Jesus said unto him. Thou sayest. And when he was 
 accused of the chief priests and elders, he answered 
 
 13 nothing. Then said Pilate unto him, Hearest thou not 
 
 14 how many things they witness against thee? And he 
 answered him never a word ; insomuch that the governor 
 marvelled greatly. 
 
 15 Now at a feast the governor was wont to release unto 
 
 16 the people a prisoner, whom they would. And they had 
 
 17 then a notable prisoner, called Barabbas. Therefore, 
 when they were gathered together, Pilate said unto them, 
 Whom will ye that I release unto you ? Barabbas, or 
 
 18 Jesus which is called Christ? For he knew that for envy 
 they had delivered him. 
 
 1 6 TrapaSovs. The act was completed. 
 
 - Ti[iapTov TrapaSovs. An example of the Aorist Participle of 
 *' Identical Action" (Burton, p. 64). 
 
XXVII. 32 S. MATTHEW. IO9 
 
 19 When he was sitting ^ on the judgment seat, his wife 
 sent unto him, saying, Have thou nothing to do with that 
 just man ; for I have suffered many things this day in a 
 
 20 dream because of him. But the chief priests and elders 
 persuaded the multitude that they should ask Barabbas, 
 
 21 and destroy Jesus. The governor answered and said 
 unto them, Whether of the twain will ye that I release 
 
 22 unto you? They said, Barabbas. Pilate saith unto 
 them. What shall I do then with Jesus which is called 
 Christ? They all say unto him. Let him be crucified, 
 
 23 And he said, Why, what evil did he?^ But they kept 
 crying out excessively,^ saying. Let him be crucified. 
 
 24 When Pilate saw that he was prevailing-^ nothing, but 
 that rather a tumult was being made, he took water, and 
 washed his hands before the multitude, saying, I am 
 innocent of the blood of this just person ; see ye to it. 
 
 25 Then answered all the people, and said. His blood be 
 
 26 on us, and on our children. Then released he Barabbas 
 unto them ; and when he had scourged Jesus, he deUvered 
 him to be crucified. 
 
 27 Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the 
 common hall, and gathered unto him the whole band of 
 
 28 soldiers. And they stripped him, and put on him a 
 scarlet robe. 
 
 29 And when they had platted a crown of thorns, they 
 put // upon his head, and a reed in his right hand : and 
 they bowed the knee before him, and mocked him, say- 
 
 30 ing. Hail, King of the Jews ! And they spit upon him, 
 and took the reed, and kept smiting ^ him on the head. 
 
 3 1 And after that they had mocked him, they took the robe 
 off from him, and put his own raiment on him, and led 
 
 32 him away to crucify him. And as they were coming out <^ 
 
 1 Ka0Tin€vov 8e avrov. ^ eirotTi<r€V. 
 
 3 Trepio-o-tos ^Kpatov (Impft.). * a)<()€X6i (Impft.). 
 
 5 ^TviTTov (Impft.). Notice the shocking brutality : one blow was not 
 enough. ^ E|€pxoK.€voi. 
 
no S. MATTHEW. XXVII. 33 
 
 they found a man of Cyrene, Simon by name : him they 
 
 33 compelled to bear his cross. And when they were come 
 unto a place called Golgotha, which is called place of 
 
 34 a skull, They gave him vinegar to drink mingled with 
 gall : and when he had tasted thereof^ he would not 
 
 35 drink. And they crucified him, and parted his garments, 
 
 36 casting lots : And sitting down they continued to watch ^ 
 
 37 him there; And set up over his head his accusation 
 written, THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS. 
 
 38 Then are there two thieves crucified ^ with him ; one on 
 the right hand, and another on the left. 
 
 39 And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their 
 
 40 heads, And saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and 
 buildest // in three days, save thyself. If thou art ^ the 
 
 41 Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also 
 the chief priests, mocking him, with the scribes and elders, 
 
 42 said, He saved others; himself he cannot save. He is* 
 the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, 
 
 43 and we will believe him. He trusteth ^ in God ; let him 
 deliver him now, if he will have him : for he said, I am 
 
 44 the Son of God. The thieves also, which were crucified 
 with him, cast the same in his teeth. 
 
 45 Now from the sixth hour there came ^ darkness over all 
 
 46 the earth unto the ninth hour. And about the ninth hour 
 Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli ! Eli ! lama 
 sabachthani ? that is to say. My God ! My God ! why 
 
 47 didst thou forsake " me ? Some of them that stood there, 
 when they heard that, said. This man calleth for Elias. 
 
 48 And straightway one pf them ran, and took a sponge, and 
 filled // with vinegar, and put it on a reed, and offered it to 
 
 49 him to drink.^ The rest said, Let be, let us see whether 
 Elias is coming ^ to save him. 
 
 1 CTTJpOVV. 
 
 2 o-Tavpovvrai. 
 
 3€lvtbs€t(Indic.). 
 
 ^ COTIV. 
 
 ^ ire TTO 106V. 
 
 ^ €7eV€T0. 
 
 7 €7KaT€Xiir€S. 
 
 SfiiroTitcv (Impft.). 
 
 9 ?pX€Tai. 
 
XXVII. 64 S. MATTHEW. I 1 J 
 
 50 Jesus, when he had cried again with a loud voice, 
 
 51 yielded up the ghost. And, behold, the veil of the temple 
 was rent in twain from the top to the bottom ; and the 
 
 52 earth did quake, and the rocks rent ; And the graves were 
 opened ; and many bodies of the saints which had fallen 
 
 53 asleep ^ arose. And came out of the graves after his resurrec- 
 tion, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. 
 
 54 Now when the centurion, and they that were with him 
 watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that 
 were being done,- they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was 
 
 55 the Son of God. And many women were there beholding 
 afar off, which followed Jesus from Galilee, ministering 
 
 56 unto him : Among which was Mary Magdalene, and 
 Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of 
 Zebedee's children. 
 
 57 When the even was come, there came a rich man of 
 Arimathea, named Joseph, who also himself was Jesus' 
 
 58 disciple : He went to Pilate, and begged the body of 
 
 59 Jesus. Then Pilate commanded it to be delivered. And 
 when Joseph had taken the body, he wrapped it in a clean 
 
 60 linen cloth. And laid it in his own new tomb, which 
 he had hewn out in the rock : and he rolled a great 
 
 61 stone to the door of the sepulchre, and departed. And 
 there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting 
 over against the sepulchre. 
 
 62 Now the next day, that followed the day of the prepara- 
 tion, the chief priests and Pharisees came together unto 
 
 6$ Pilate, Saying, Sir, we remember that that deceiver said, 
 while he was yet alive. After three days I will rise again. 
 
 64 Command therefore that the sepulchre be made sure 
 until the third day, lest his disciples come and steal him 
 away, and say unto the people, He arose ^ from the dead : 
 
 1 K€Koi|JLT]|iev(ov. ^ 'ytvojicva. 
 
 ^ H-yepOr]. This is one of a class of verbs used in a reflexive or 
 intransitive sense. The correct rendering is as above = surrexit (Vulg.); 
 and, most carefully to be distinguished from pft. iyifiyepTat is risen, so 
 
112 S. MATTHEW. XXVII. 65 
 
 65 SO the last error shall be worse than the first. Pilate said 
 unto them, Ye have a watch : go your way, make it as 
 
 66 sure as ye can. So they went, and made the sepulchre 
 sure, sealing the stone, and setting a watch. 
 
 XXVIII. I In the end of the sabbath, as it began to 
 dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary 
 Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulchre. 
 
 2 And, behold, there arose ^ a great earthquake: for the angel 
 of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled 
 
 3 back the stone, and sat upon it. His countenance was 
 
 4 like lightning, and his raiment white as snow : And for 
 fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead 
 
 5 meji. And the angel answered and said unto the women, 
 Fear not ye ; for I know that ye seek Jesus, which has 
 
 6 been crucified. ^ He is not here ; for he rose,^ as he said. 
 
 7 Come, see the place where the Lord lay : And go quickly, 
 and tell his disciples that he rose from the dead; and, 
 behold, he goeth before you into Galilee ; there shall ye 
 
 8 see him : lo, I have told you. And they departed quickly 
 from the sepulchre with fear and great joy, and did run to 
 bring his disciples word. 
 
 9 And, behold, Jesus met them, saying. All hail ! And 
 they came and held him by the feet, and worshipped him. 
 
 10 Then said Jesus unto them. Be not afraid : go tell my 
 brethren that they go into Galilee, and there shall they 
 see me. 
 
 1 1 Now when they were going, behold, some of the watch 
 came into the city and showed unto the chief priests all 
 
 1 2 the things that were done. And when they were assembled 
 with the elders, and had taken counsel, they gave large 
 
 13 money unto the soldiers. Saying, Say ye, His disciples 
 
 often used by S. Paul to bring out the idea that Christ having risen 
 "lives for ever, as a first' fruit or earnest of the resurrection." (See 
 Lighfoot, pp. 98, 99). R.V. = ' He is risen.' 
 
 ^ €Yev€To. ^ £(rTavpc«|iEvov. 
 
 2 nYep0T]. (See xxvii. 64, note). 
 
I. 4 S. MARK. I 13 
 
 came by night, and stole him away while we were 
 
 14 sleeping.! And if this should come^ to the governor's ears, 
 
 15 we will persuade him, and secure you. So they took the 
 money, and did as they were taught : and this saying is 
 commonly reported among the Jews until this day. 
 
 16 Then the eleven disciples went away into Galilee, into 
 
 17 a mountain where Jesus had appointed them. And when 
 they saw him, they worshipped him, but some doubted. 
 
 18 And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power 
 
 19 was given 2 unto me in heaven and on earth. Go ye 
 therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them into the 
 name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy 
 
 20 Ghost; Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I 
 commanded ^ you : and, lo, I am with you alway, even 
 unto the end of the world. 
 
 S. MARK. 
 
 I. I The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of 
 
 2 God ; As it stands written in the prophet Isaiah, Behold, 
 I send my messenger before thy face, which shall prepare 
 
 3 thy way. The voice of one crying in the wilderness. 
 Prepare ye the way of the Lord, proceed to make ^ his 
 
 4 paths straight. There arose John — one who engaged 
 himself in baptizing in the wilderness, and preaching ^ 
 
 ^ cdv dKovo-O-g. Lit. — if this should be heard. 
 
 ^ E8d9t] — 'was given' — the allusion being to His entering once for 
 all into covenant with God. Cf. kul avrc^ eSddt] ij dpxv kuI i] ti/mt] Kai 
 7} ^aaCkela. (Daniel vii, 14). 
 
 ^ lv€T€I.Xd|J.T)V. 
 
 ^ iroiciTC. See Matt. iii. 3, note. 
 ^ €Yev€To 6 Pairrt^wv. . . . KTjpvo"<ra>v. 
 
 H 
 
114 S. MARK. I. 5 
 
 the baptism of repentance for the remission of sins. 
 
 5 And there went out unto him all the land of 
 Judea, and all they of Jerusalem, and were one after 
 another baptized ^ of him in the river of Jordan, con- 
 
 6 fessing their sins. And John was clothed with camel's 
 hair, and with a girdle of a skin about his loins ; and he 
 
 7 did eat locusts and wild honey; And preached, saying, 
 There cometh one mightier than I after me, the* latchet 
 of whose shoes I am not worthy to stoop down and un- 
 
 8 loose. I indeed baptized - you with water ; but he shall 
 baptize you with the Holy Ghost. 
 
 9 And it came to pass in those days, that Jesus came from 
 Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized of John in Jordan. 
 
 10 And straightway coming up out of the water, he saw the 
 heavens opening,^ and the Spirit like a dove descending 
 
 1 1 upon him : And there came a voice from heaven, sayings 
 Thou art my beloved Son, on thee fell my delight.* 
 
 12 And immediately the Spirit driveth him into the wilder- 
 
 13 ness. And he was in the wilderness forty days, tempted 
 of Satan \ and was with the wild beasts ; and the angels 
 continued to minister ^ unto him. 
 
 14 Now after that John was put in prison, Jesus came into 
 
 15 Galilee, preaching the gospel of God, And saying. The 
 time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand : 
 repent ye, and believe the gospel. 
 
 16 And passing along by the sea of Galilee, he saw Simon, 
 and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea : for 
 
 17 they were fishers. And Jesus said unto them, Come ye 
 after me, and I will make you to become fishers of men. 
 
 18 And straightway they forsook their nets, and followed him. 
 
 19 And when he had gone a little farther, he saw James the 
 
 ^ ipaiTTitovTo. See Matt. iii. 6, note. 
 ^ ipdiTTwra. 
 
 ^ (Txitojicvous — one of the many graphic touches peculiar to S. Mark. 
 R. V. = ' rent asunder. ' 
 
 * €V o-ol €v8dKT]o-a. See Matt. iii. 17, note. ^ 8it]K6vovv. 
 
I. 34 S. MARK. I I 5 
 
 son of Zebedee, and John his brother, who also were in 
 
 20 the ship mending their nets. And straightway he called 
 them : and they left their father Zebedee in the ship with 
 
 2 1 the hired servants, and went after him. And they go ^ 
 into Capernaum ; and straightway on the sabbath day he 
 
 22 entered into the synagogue, and taught. And they began 
 to be astonished ^ at his doctrine : for his way was to 
 teach ^ them as one that had authority, and not as the 
 
 23 scribes. And straightway there was in their synagogue a 
 
 24 man with an unclean spirit; and he cried out, Saying, 
 What have we to do with thee, thou Jesus of Nazareth ? 
 didst thou come * to destroy us ? I know thee who thou 
 
 25 art, the Holy One of God. And Jesus rebuked him, 
 
 26 saying, Hold thy peace, and come out of him. And when 
 the unclean spirit had torn him, and cried with a loud 
 
 27 voice, he came out of him. And they were all amazed, 
 insomuch that they questioned among themselves, saying, 
 What thing is this ? A new doctrine ! for with authority 
 commandeth he even the unclean spirits, and they do 
 
 28 obey him. And immediately his fame spread abroad 
 throughout all the region round about Galilee. 
 
 29 And forthwith, when they were come out of the 
 synagogue, they entered into the house of Simon and 
 
 30 Andrew, with James and John. But Simon's wife's 
 mother lay sick of a fever, and anon they tell him of 
 
 31 her. And he came and took her by the hand, and 
 lifted her up ; and immediately the fever left her, and 
 she ministered unto them. 
 
 32 And at even, when the sun did set, they went on 
 bringing^ unto him all that were diseased, and them 
 
 33 that were possessed with devils. And all the city was 
 
 34 gathered together at the door. And he healed many 
 that were sick of divers diseases, and cast out many 
 
 ^ eioriropexiovTai. ^ e^cirXTjcro-ovTO. 
 
 3 ^v 8i8d<rK«v. See Matt. vii. 28, note. ^ ^X06S. 
 
 ^ ^^€pOV. 
 
Il6 S. MARK. I. 35 
 
 devils ; and suffered not the devils to speak, because 
 they knew him. 
 
 35 And in the morning, a great while before day, He rose 
 up, and went out,^ and departed into a solitary place, 
 
 36 and there continued in prayer. 2 And Simon and they 
 
 37 that were with him followed after him. And when they 
 had found him, they said unto him, All men are seeking ^ 
 
 38 thee. And he saith * unto them. Let us be going ^ into 
 the next towns, that I may preach there also : for there- 
 
 39 fore came I forth. And he preached in their synagogues 
 throughout all GaHlee, and cast out devils. 
 
 40 And there cometh^ a leper to him, beseeching him, 
 and kneeling down to him, and saying unto him. If 
 
 41 thou wilt, thou canst make me clean. And He, moved 
 with compassion, put forth his hand, and touched him, 
 
 42 and saith unto him, I will ; be thou made clean,^ and 
 immediately the leprosy departed from him, and he 
 
 43 was cleansed. And he straitly charged him, and forth- 
 
 44 with sent him away ; And saith unto him. See thou say 
 nothing to any man : but go thy way, show thyself to 
 the priest, and offer for thy cleansing those things which 
 
 45 Moses commanded, for a testimony unto them. But 
 he went out, and began to publish // much, and to 
 blaze abroad the matter, insomuch that Jesus could no 
 more openly enter into a city, but was without in desert 
 places : and they continued to come ^ to him from every 
 quarter. 
 
 II. I And again he entered into Capernaum after some days ; 
 
 2 and it was noised that he was in the house. And many 
 were gathered together, insomuch that there was no longer 
 room to receive them^ no, not so much as about the door : 
 
 3 and he was speaking ^ the word unto them. And they 
 
 ^ dvaoTrds . . . l|fj\0€v. 
 
 2 'irpo(rT]vx.€TO — the force of the Impft. must not be thrown away. 
 
 2 t-qroiio-iv <r€. ^ XcYCt. ^ "A^wjicv. 
 
 * ^pxcrai. " Ka0api(r9i]Tt. 8 ^^pj^ovTO. 
 
 ^ ^dXei. He was so occupied when what follows took place. 
 
II. 15 S. MARK. 117 
 
 come, bringing one sick of the palsy, which was borne of 
 
 4 four. And when they could not come nigh unto him for 
 the press, they uncovered the roof where he was : and 
 when they had broken it up, they let down the bed 
 
 5 wherein the sick of the palsy was lying. ^ When Jesus 
 saw their faith, he said unto the sick of the palsy, Son, thy 
 
 6 sins are forgiven - thee. But there were certain of the 
 
 7 scribes sitting there, and reasoning in their hearts, Why 
 doth this 7nan thus speak ? lie is blaspheming.^ Who can 
 
 8 forgive sins but God only? And immediately, since Jesus 
 thoroughly knew* in his spirit that they so reasoned 
 within themselves, he said unto them. Why reason ye these 
 
 9 things in your hearts ? Whether is it easier to say to the 
 sick of the palsy, Thy sins be forgiven thee ; or to say, 
 
 10 Arise, and take up thy bed, and walk ? But that ye may 
 know that the Son of man hath power on earth to forgive 
 
 11 sins, (he saith to the sick of the palsy,) I say unto thee, 
 Arise, and take up thy bed, and go thy way into thine 
 
 12 house. And he arose, and immediately took up the bed, 
 and went forth before them all ; insomuch that they were 
 all amazed, and continued glorifying ^ God, saying, We 
 never saw it on this fashion. 
 
 13 And he went forth again by the sea-side; and all the 
 multitude began to come ^ unto him, and he gave himself 
 
 14 to teaching '' them. And as he passed by, he saw Levi 
 the son of Alpheus sitting at the receipt of custom, and 
 said unto him, Follow me. And he arose and followed 
 
 15 him. And it comes to pass that Jesus is sitting ^ at meat 
 in his house, and many publicans and sinners were 
 sitting ^ also together with Jesus and his disciples : for 
 
 1 KaTeK€iTO. - d<j>CevTai. 2 p\a(r<|>t]fji€i. 
 
 * iTTi-yvoiis, the intensive force of eirl must not be lost sight of. 
 ^ 8o|dt£LV — the sudden change of tense from the Aorist preceding is 
 significant. 
 
 ^ ijPX^'^O' '^ eSCSao-Kcv. '^ -yivcTat KaraKCicrOai. 
 
 ^ <rvvav€K€ivTo. 
 
Il8 S. MARK. II. 16 
 
 1 6 there were many, and they were following ^ him. And 
 when the scribes of the Pharisees saw that lie was 
 eating- with pubHcans and sinners, they said unto his 
 disciples, How is it that he eateth and drinketh with 
 
 17 pubHcans and sinners? When Jesus heard /V, he saith 
 unto them, They that are whole have no need of the 
 physician, but they that are sick : I came not to call the 
 righteous, but sinners. 
 
 18 And the disciples of John and of the Pharisees were 
 fasting : ^ and they come and say unto him, Why do the 
 disciples of John and of the Pharisees fast, but thy dis- 
 
 19 ciples fast not? And Jesus said unto them, Can the 
 children of the bride-chamber fast, while the bridegroom 
 is with them ? as long as they have the bridegroom with 
 
 20 them, they cannot fast. But days will come, when the 
 bridegroom shall be taken away from them, and then shall 
 
 21 they fast in that day. No man also seweth a piece of 
 new cloth on an old garment ; else the new piece that 
 filled it up taketh away from the old, and the rent is made 
 
 22 worse. And no man putteth new wine into old bottles; 
 else the wine doth burst the bottles, and the wine 
 perisheth,^ and the bottles : but they put new wine into 
 new bottles. 
 
 23 And it came to pass, that he was going through^ the 
 corn fields on the sabbath day ; and his disciples began, as 
 
 24 they went, to pluck the ears of corn. And the Pharisees 
 said unto him. Behold, why do they on the sabbath day 
 
 25 that which is not lawful? And he said unto them, Did 
 ye never read ^ what David did, when he had need, and 
 
 26 was an hungered, he, and they that were with him. How 
 
 1 T|KoXov6ovv. 2 g<ri €<r6i6i. 
 
 2 ^<rav vn<rT€vovT€S. Most likely, on the very day of the feast, John's 
 disciples and the Pharisees were holding one of their weekly fasts, and 
 were shocked at others neglecting it. 
 
 ^ air<JXXvTai. 5 SiairopcvecrOai. 
 
 ^ Ov8€'iroT€ dv€"yva)T€. See Matt. xii. 5 ; xix. 4. Notes. 
 
III. 11 S. MARK. 119 
 
 he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar 
 the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not 
 lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them 
 
 27 which were with him? And he said unto them, The 
 sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sabbath ; 
 
 28 Therefore the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath. 
 III. I And he entered again into the synagogue; and 
 
 2 there was a man there which had a withered hand. And 
 they kept watching ^ him, whether he would heal him on 
 
 3 the sabbath day ; that they might accuse him. And he 
 saith unto the man which had the withered hand, Arise 
 
 4 into the midst. And he saith unto them. Is it lawful to 
 do good on the sabbath days, or to do evil ? to save life, 
 
 5 or to kill? But they remained silent.^ And when he 
 had looked round about on them with anger, being grieved 
 for the hardness of their hearts, he saith unto the man, 
 Stretch forth thine hand. And he stretched it out : and 
 
 6 his hand was restored. And the Pharisees went forth, and 
 straightway took counsel with the Herodians against him 
 how they might destroy him. 
 
 7 And Jesus withdrew himself with his disciples to the 
 sea; and a great multitude from Galilee followed him, and 
 
 8 from Judea, And from Jerusalem, and from Idumea, and 
 fro7ii beyond Jordan ; and they about Tyre and Sidon, a 
 
 great multitude, hearing what great things he did, came 
 
 9 unto him. And he spake to his disciples, that a small 
 ship should wait on him because of the multitude, lest 
 
 10 they should throng him : For he had healed"^ many ; inso- 
 much that they pressed upon him for to touch him, as 
 
 11 many as had plagues. And unclean spirits, whenever 
 they saw "^ him, were wont to fall before him, and to cry,^ 
 
 1 irapcTTJpovv. ^ €<ri«'jr«v (Impft.). 
 
 ^ I0€pdire-u(r€v— Aor. with force of plpft. 
 
 * {Jrav avTov l9€wpovv = when at any time (quando cunque) they saw 
 him. The best Classical way of putting it would probably be ore or 
 oTTOTtti' with the Optative. ^ irpoo-eirnrrov . . . Kai eKpa^ov. 
 
I20 S. MARK. III. 12 
 
 12 saying, Thou art the Son of God. And he laid many- 
 repeated charges on them ^ that they should not make him 
 known. 
 
 13 And he goeth up into the mountain, and calleth unto 
 
 14 him whom he would : and they went^ unto him. And he 
 ordained twelve, that they might be with him, and that he 
 
 15 might send them forth to preach, And to have power to 
 16, 17 cast out devils. And Simon he surnamed Peter ; And 
 
 James the son of Zebedee, and John the brother of James; 
 (and he surnamed them Boanerges, which is. Sons of 
 
 18 thunder;) And Andrew, and Phihp, and Bartholomew, and 
 Matthew, and Thomas, and James the son of Alpheus, and 
 
 19 Thadeus, and Simon the Canangean. And Judas Iscariot, 
 which also betrayed him. And he cometh^ into an house. 
 
 20 And the multitude cometh together again, so that they 
 
 21 could not so much as eat bread. And when his friends 
 heard of it, they went out to lay hold on him : for they 
 said, He is beside * himself. 
 
 22 And the scribes which came down from Jerusalem said. 
 He hath Beelzebub, and by the prince of the devils casteth 
 
 23 he out the devils. And he called them unto hi^n, and 
 said unto them in parables. How is Satan able to go on 
 
 24 casting out^ Satan? And if a kingdom be divided against 
 
 25 itself, that kingdom cannot stand. And if a house be 
 
 26 divided against itself, that house cannot stand. And if 
 Satan is [once] risen against himself, and is [once] divided ^ 
 
 27 he cannot stand, but hath an end. But no man can enter 
 into the strong man's house, and spoil his goods except 
 he should first bind ^ the strong man ; and then he will 
 
 1 iroXXa €ir€Tt}i.a avrois. 
 
 2 diri^XGov. ^ ^pxcrai. So throughout. 
 ^ 5x1 €|e<rTt] — Aor. denoting 3. present state resulting from a past act. 
 
 ^ IIms Svvarai . . . IkPoXXcvv. There seems no good reason why the 
 force of the present infinitive should be thrown away. It would have 
 been easy to use Aor. infin., but that would have denoted a single act. 
 
 ^ €1 . . . dvc'cTTT] . . . Kal c|iepi(r9T]. ^ |^y ^^ irpwrov SVjo-rj. 
 
IV. 9 S. MARK. 121 
 
 28 spoil his house. Verily I say unto you, All sins shall be 
 forgiven unto the sons of men, and blasphemies wherewith 
 
 29 soever they shall blaspheme ; But he that shall blaspheme 
 against the Holy Ghost hath never forgiveness, but is 
 
 30 gm7(y of an eternal sin. Because they said. He hath an 
 unclean spirit. 
 
 31 There come then his brethren and his mother, and, 
 
 32 standing without, sent unto him, calling him. And a 
 multitude was sitting ^ about him ; and they say unto 
 him, Behold thy mother and thy brethren without are 
 
 33 seeking ^ for thee. And he answered them, and saith. Who 
 
 34 is my mother, or my brethren ? And he looked round about 
 on them which were sitting about him, and saith. Behold 
 
 35 my mother and my brethren ! For whosoever shall do the 
 will of God, the same is my brother, and my sister, and 
 mother. 
 
 IV. T And he began again to teach by the sea-side : and 
 there is gathered unto him a very great multitude, so that 
 he entered into ship, and sat in the sea ; and the whole 
 
 2 multitude was by the sea on the land. And he went on 
 teaching 3 them many things by parables, and said unto 
 
 3 them in his doctrine, Hearken ; Behold, there went out 
 
 4 the sower to sow : And it came to pass, as he sowed, 
 some fell by the wayside, and the fowls came and de- 
 
 5 voured it up. And some fell on the stony ground, where 
 it had not much earth; and immediately it sprang up, 
 
 6 because it had no depth of earth : And when the sun 
 arose,^ it was scorched; and because it had no root, it 
 
 7 withered away. And some fell among the thorns, and the 
 thorns grew up, and choked it, and it yielded no fruit. 
 
 8 And other fell on the good ground, and yielded fruit 
 springing up and increasing ; ^ and brought forth, some 
 
 9 thirty, and some sixty, and some an hundred. And he 
 
 ^ IkoIGtjto. 2 J-qrovo-iv. 
 
 3 eSiSao-Kcv. This parabolic teaching formed quite a course. 
 
 * dvcTciXev. ^ dvaPaivovTa Kal av^avofieva. 
 
122 S. MARK. IV. 10 
 
 said unto them, He that hath ears to hear, let him 
 hear. 
 
 10 And when he was alone, they that were about him with 
 
 1 1 the twelve asked of him the parables. And he said unto 
 them, Unto you is given the mystery of the kingdom of 
 God : but unto them that are without, all these things are 
 
 12 done in parables: That seeing they may see, and not 
 perceive ; and hearing they may hear, and not understand ; 
 lest at any time they should be converted, and it should 
 
 13 be forgiven them. And he saith unto them. Know ye not 
 this parable? and how then will ye know all the parables? 
 
 14, 15 The sower soweth the word. And these are they by 
 the wayside, where the word is sown; but when they 
 have heard, Satan cometh immediately, and taketh away 
 
 16 the word that hath been sown.^ And these are they 
 likewise which are sown on the stony ground ; who, when 
 they have heard the word, immediately receive it with 
 
 17 gladness; And have no root in themselves, but endure 
 but for a time : afterward, when affliction or persecution 
 ariseth for the word's sake, immediately they are offended. 
 
 18 And others there are which are sown among the thorns; 
 
 1 9 such as have heard ^ the word, And the cares of the world, 
 and the deceitfulness of riches, and the lusts of other things 
 entering in, choke the word, and it becometh unfruitful. 
 
 20 And those are they which were sown ^ on good ground ; 
 such as hear the word, and receive //, and bring forth fruit, 
 some thirty-fold, some sixty, and some an hundred. 
 
 2 1 And he said unto them. Does the candle come [surely 
 not] * to be put under the bushel, or under the bed ? and 
 
 22 not to be set on the candlestick? For there is nothing 
 hid, which shall not be manifested ; neither was any 
 
 23 thing kept secret, but that it should come abroad. If 
 
 1 eo-irap|ilvov. ' aKovo-avres (lit. heard). 
 
 2 o-irap6VT€S— denoting 'complete or effectual action' (Maclear), and 
 to be distinguished from (nrei.p6ixevoL in vv. 16, 18. 
 
 ^ MrJTi ^pxcxai. The force of M-^rt ought to be brought out as above. 
 
IV. 43 S. MARK. 1 23 
 
 24 any man hath ^ ears to hear, let him hear. And he said 
 unto them, Take heed what ye hear : with what measure 
 ye mete, it shall be measured to you ; and unto you shall 
 
 25 more be given. For he that hath, to him shall be given; 
 and he that hath not, from him shall be taken even that 
 which he hath. 
 
 26 And he said. So is the kingdom of God, as if a man 
 
 27 should cast seed into the ground ; And should go on 
 sleeping, and rising - night and day, and the seed should 
 be [always] springing and growing up,^ he knoweth not 
 
 28 how. The earth bringeth forth fruit of herself; first the 
 , blade, then the ear, after that the full corn in the ear. 
 
 29 But when the fruit has [once] offered itself,^ immediately 
 he putteth in the sickle, because the harvest is come. 
 
 30 And he said. How shall we liken the kingdom of God ? 
 
 31 or with what comparison shall we compare it? // /y like 
 a grain of mustard seed, which, when it is sown in the 
 
 32 earth, is less than all the seeds that be in the earth : But 
 when it is sown, it groweth up, and becometh greater 
 than all herbs, and shooteth out great branches ; so that 
 the fowls of the air can* lodge under the shadow of it. 
 
 ^^ And with many such parables spake he the word unto 
 34 them, as they were able to hear //. But without a parable 
 he was not in the habit of speaking ^ unto them : but 
 privately to his own disciples his practice was to ex- 
 pound ^ all things. 
 
 - KaGevSi] Ktti ky€Cpy]rai. . . . pXao-ra Kat [niKvviiTai [a/l Presents). A 
 better example there could scarcely be of the fine expressiveness of the 
 Greek language than that which is here presented to us. Observe the 
 marked contrast. On the one hand, we have the momentary act of 
 dropping i\it seed (/SdX?;, Aor.) ; on the other, its, progressive germination 
 and growth, while the sower meantime goes on waking and sleeping. 
 
 3 irapaSoi— «^/ an Optative, but Ao7'. conjunctive (contracted from verb 
 in 0(1}). Cf. /uLiaddi], fiiffdoi, and compare xiv. 10 and 1 1 ; John xiii. 2. 
 
 * SvvacrOai. 
 
 5 eXdX€i . . . €'Tr€'Xv€v — imperfects— indicating, in both cases, our Lord's 
 habitual practice. 
 
124 S. MARK. IV. 35 
 
 35 And on that day, when the even was come, he saith 
 
 36 unto them, Let us pass over unto the other side. And 
 when they had sent away the multitude, they take ^ him 
 even as he was in the ship. And there were also with 
 
 37 him other ships. And there arose a great storm of wind, 
 and the waves kept beating ^ into the ship, so that it was 
 
 38 already beginning to be filled.- And he was in the 
 hinder part of the ship, asleep on the pillow : and they 
 awake him, and say unto him, Master, carest thou not 
 
 39 that we are perisbing.^ And he arose, and rebuked the 
 wind, and said unto the sea, Peace, be still. And the 
 
 40 wind ceased, and there was a great calm. And he said 
 unto them. Why are ye fearful? have ye not yet faith? 
 
 41 And they feared exceedingly, and said one to another, 
 What man is this, that even the wind and the sea obey 
 him ? 
 
 V. I And they came over unto the other side of the 
 
 2 sea, into the country of the Gerasenes. And when he 
 was come out of the ship, immediately there met him 
 
 3 out of the tombs a man with an unclean spirit. Who 
 had his dwelling among the tombs; and no man could 
 
 4 bind him, not even with a chain : Because that he had 
 been often bound with fetters and chains, and the chains 
 had been plucked asunder by him, and the fetters broken 
 
 5 in pieces : neither could any man tame him. And always, 
 night and day, in the. mountains, and in the tombs, he 
 
 6 was crying and cutting himself with stones. And when 
 
 7 he saw Jesus afar off, he ran and worshipped him, And 
 cried with a loud voice, and saitb, What have I to do 
 with thee, Jesus, thou Son of the most high God ? I 
 
 8 adjure thee by God, that thou torment me not. (For 
 he said unto him. Come out of the man, thou unclean 
 
 9 spirit.) And he asked him. What is thy name? And 
 he answered, saying. My name is Legion : for we are 
 
 1 TTapaXauPdvovo-iv. ~ lire'paXXev . . . Ye)j.btc(r9ai. 
 
 * diroXXvp,£0ai. 
 
V. 24 S. MARK. I 25 
 
 10 many. And he besought him much that he would not 
 
 11 send them away out of the country. Now there was 
 there, nigh unto the mountain, a great herd of swine 
 
 12 feeding. And they besought him, saying, Send us into 
 
 13 the swine, that we may enter into them. And He gave 
 them leave. And the unclean spirits went out, and 
 entered into the swine : and the herd ran violently down 
 a steep place into the sea, (they were about two thousand,) 
 
 14 and were choked in the sea. And they that fed the 
 swine fled, and told it in the city, and in the country. 
 And they went out to see what it was that had come 
 
 15 to pass.i And they come to Jesus, and see him that 
 was possessed with the devil, and had the legiqn, sitting, 
 and clothed, and in his right mind : and they were afraid, 
 
 16 And they that saw it told them how it befell to him 
 that was possessed with the devil, and also concerning 
 
 17 the swine. And they began to pray him to depart out 
 
 18 of their coasts. And as he was coming ^ into the ship, 
 he that had been possessed with the devil prayed him 
 
 19 that he might be with him. And He suffered him not, 
 but saith unto him, Go home to thy friends, and tell 
 them how great things the Lord had done for thee, 
 
 20 and how he had compassion ^ on thee. And he departed^ 
 and began to publish in Decapoiis how great things 
 Jesus had done for him ; and all men did marvel. 
 
 21 And when Jesus had passed over^ again by ship unto 
 the other side, much people gathered unto him : and he 
 
 22 was nigh unto the sea. And, there cometh one of the 
 rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name ; and when he 
 
 23 saw him, he falleth ^ at his feet. And beseecheth ^^ him 
 greatly, saying. My little daughter lieth at the point of 
 death : I pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that 
 
 24 she may be healed, and live.'^ hxi& Jesus went with him ; 
 
 2 "^XcTja-ev. 
 
 1 TO ^eyovos. 
 
 2 cjiPaivovTos. 
 
 * 8iaTr€pdo-avTOS. 
 
 5 irilTTCU 
 
 ^ irapaKa\€u 
 
 'W^' 
 
126 S. MARK. V. 25 
 
 and a great multitude was following him, and they were 
 thronging ^ him. 
 
 25 And a certain woman, which had an issue of blood 
 
 26 twelve years. And had suffered many things of many physi- 
 cians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing 
 
 27 bettered, but rather grew worse. Immediately she heard - 
 the things concerning Jesus, came in the press behind, and 
 
 28 touched his garment. For she kept saying,^ If I once 
 
 29 touch 4 but his clothes, I shall be made whole.^ And 
 straightway the fountain of her blood was dried up ; and 
 she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague. 
 
 30 And Jesus, immediately knowing in himself that the virtue 
 proceeding from him had gone out, turned him about in 
 
 31 the press, and said. Who touched my clothes? And his 
 disciples said unto him. Thou seest the multitude throng- 
 
 32 ing thee, and sayest thou, Who touched me? And he 
 kept looking round about himself^ to see her that had 
 
 33 done this thing. But the woman, fearing and trembling, 
 knowing what was done in her, came and fell down before 
 
 34 him, and told him all the truth. And he said unto her. 
 Daughter, thy faith hath made thee whole ; go in peace, 
 and be whole of thy plague. 
 
 35 While he was yet speaking," there came from the ruler 
 of the synagogue's house certain which said, Thy daughter 
 
 36 is dead : why troublest thou the Master any further ? But 
 Jesus, the moment He overheard ^ the word that was being 
 spoken, saith unto the ruler of the synagogue. Be not 
 
 37 afraid, only believe. And he suffered no man to follow 
 him, save Peter, and James, and John the brother of 
 
 1 i^KoXovOci . . . <rvv6'0\iPov. * dKot)<ra<ra. 
 
 3 ^Xc-ycv. The impft. is to be kept in view — she kept saying over and 
 over again to herself. 
 
 ^ Idv d\]/(>)|xai. ^ o'a)6i](ro|Uii. 
 
 6 TrcpicpXeircTo (middle voice). ^ XoXovvtos. 
 
 ^ irapaKovcras — the very instant the message came the Lord hastened 
 to give the ruler a word of encouragement. R. V. = * not heeding.' 
 
VI. 7 S. MARK. 127 
 
 38 James. And he cometh to the house of the ruler 
 of the synagogue, and seeth the tumult, and them that 
 
 39 were weeping and wailing 1 greatly. And when he was 
 come in, he saith unto them, Why make ye this ado, and 
 
 40 weep, the damsel is not dead, but sleepeth. And they 
 were laughing him to scorn. 2 But when he had put 
 them all out, he taketh the father and the mother of the 
 damsel, and them that were with him, and entereth in 
 
 41 where the damsel was. And he took the damsel by the 
 hand, and said unto her, Talitha cumi, which is, being inter- 
 
 42 preted. Damsel, I say unto thee, arise. And straightway 
 the damsel arose, and walked ; for she was of the age of 
 twelve years. And they were astonished with a great 
 
 43 astonishment. And he charged them straitly that no man 
 should know it ; and commanded that something should 
 be given her to eat. 
 
 VI. I And he went out from thence, and cometh into his 
 
 2 own country, and his disciples follow him. And when the 
 sabbath day was come, he began to teach in the synagogue : 
 and the many hearing him were astonished, saying. From 
 whence hath this man these things ? and what wisdom is 
 this which is given unto him, and what mean such mighty 
 
 3 works as are being wrought ^ by his hands ? Is not this 
 the carpenter, the son of Mary, the brother of James, and 
 Joses, and of Juda, and Simon ? and are not his sisters 
 
 4 here with us ? and they were offended at him. And Jesus 
 said unto [them, A prophet is not without honour, but in 
 his own country, and among his own kin, and in his own 
 
 5 house. And he could there do no mighty work, save that 
 he laid his hands upon a few sick folk, and healed thejn. 
 
 6 And he marvelled because of their unbelief. And he 
 continued to go round about the villages, teaching. 
 
 7 And he called unfo him the twelve, and began to send 
 them forth by two and two ; and gave them power over 
 
 1 KXaiovTtts Kttl dXaXdtovras.. 2 KaTeycXwy (Impft.). 
 
 ^ -yivotievai. 
 
128 S. MARK. VI. 8 
 
 8 unclean spirits ; And commanded them that they should 
 take nothing for their journey, save a staff only ; no scrip, 
 
 9 no bread, no money in their purse : But be shod with sandals ; 
 
 10 and not put on two coats. And he said unto them, In 
 what place soever ye enter into an house, there abide till 
 
 11 ye depart from that place. And whatsoever place shall 
 not receive you, nor they hear you, when ye depart thence, 
 shake oflf at once ^ the dust under your feet for a testi- 
 
 12 mony against them. And they went out and preached that 
 
 13 men should repent. And they were in the way of cast- 
 ing out 2 many devils, and anointing ^ with oil many that 
 were sick, and healing ^ theni. 
 
 14 And king Herod heard of him ; (for his name was 
 spread abroad ;) and he said, That John the Baptist is 
 risen ^ from the dead, and therefore do these powers work 
 
 15 in him. Others said, That it is Elias. And others said, 
 
 16 That it is a prophet, as one of the prophets. But when 
 Herod heard thereof, he said. This is the man that rose.* 
 
 17 It is John, whom I beheaded. For Herod himself had 
 sent forth and laid hold upon John, and bound him in 
 prison for Herodias' sake, his brother Philip's wife; for 
 
 18 he had married her. For John persisted in saying ^ unto 
 Herod, It is not lawful for thee to have thy brother's wife. 
 
 19 Therefore Herodias had a quarrel against him, and de- 
 
 20 sired to kill*^ him; and she could not: For Herod feared 
 John, knowing that he was a just man and an holy, and 
 kept him safe, and when he heard him, he began to be 
 
 21 much perplexed, and always heard ^ him gladly. And 
 
 1 €KTivd|€T6. There was to be no hesitation — the thing was to be done 
 without more ado. S. Paul at Antioch in Pisidia (Acts xiii. 51), and at 
 Corinth (Acts xviii. 6) carried out the command to the letter. 
 
 - llePaXXov . . . •i^X€i4)ov . . . leepdircvov. ^ l-yTJ-yepTai. 
 
 ^ oStos T|'Y€p0T]. See Matt. xiv. 2, and note. 
 
 5 2X€"y€V. See note on Matt. xiv. 4. The Baptist was not afraid to 
 say so again and again. 
 
 ^ i^OcXev avTO vdiroKTctvai — the impft. denoting a settled wish, 
 
 5^ ^iropet . . . <^K0V€V. 
 
VI. 35 S. MARK. 1 29 
 
 when a convenient day was come, that Herod, on his 
 birthday, made a supper to his lords, high captains, and 
 
 22 the chief men of Gahlee ; And when the daughter of 
 Herodias herself came in, and danced, and pleased Herod 
 and them that were sitting ^ with him, the king said unto 
 the damsel, Ask of me whatsoever thou wilt, and I will 
 
 2^ give // thee. And he sware unto her, Whatsoever thou 
 shalt ask of me, I will give it thee, unto the half of my 
 
 24 kingdom. And she went forth, and said unto her mother. 
 What shall I ask ? And she said. The head of John the 
 
 25 Baptist. And she came in straightway with haste unto the 
 king, and asked, saying, I will that thou give me by and 
 
 26 by in a charger the head of John the Baptist. And the 
 king was exceeding sorry ; yet for his oath's sake, and for 
 their sakes which were sitting with him, he would not 
 
 27 reject her. And immediately the king sent one of his 
 guards, and commanded to bring " his head : and he went 
 
 28 and beheaded him in the prison. And brought his head 
 in a charger, and gave it to the damsel : and the damsel 
 
 29 gave it to her mother. And when his disciples heard of it, 
 they came and took up his corpse, and laid it in a tomb. 
 
 30 And the apostles gather ^ themselves together unto Jesus, 
 and told him all things, both what they had done, and 
 
 31 what they had taught. And he saith unto them. Come 
 ye yourselves apart into a desert place and rest a while : 
 for there were many coming and going, and they had 
 
 32 no leisure so much as to eat. And they departed into a 
 2f2, desert place by the ship privately. And the people saw 
 
 them departing, and many knew him, and ran afoot 
 
 34 thither out of all cities, and outwent them. And He came 
 out and saw much people, and was moved with compassion 
 toward them, because they were as sheep not having a 
 shepherd : and he began to teach them many things. 
 
 35 And when the day was now far spent, his disciples came 
 
 ^ o-vvavaKei|jL£vois. " Eve-yKai. 
 
 ^ o-vvd-yovxai — a case of graphic present. 
 
130 S. MARK. VI. 36 
 
 unto him, and said, This is a desert place, and now the 
 
 36 time is far passed : Send them away, that they may go 
 into the country round about, and into the villages, and 
 
 37 buy themselves what they may eat. He answered and 
 said unto them. Give ye them to eat. And they say unto 
 him, Shall we go and buy two hundred pennyworth of 
 
 38 bread, and give them to eat? He saith unto them, How 
 many loaves have ye ? go and see. And when they knew, 
 
 39 they say. Five, and two fishes. And he commanded that 
 all should be made to sit down ^ by companies upon the 
 
 40 green grass. And they sat down in ranks, by hundreds, 
 
 41 and by fifties. And He took the five loaves and the 
 two fishes, and looked up to heaven, and blessed, and 
 brake the loaves, and went on giving ^ the7?i to his dis- 
 ciples to set before them ; and the two fishes divided he 
 
 42 among them all. And they did all eat, and were filled. 
 
 43 And they took up twelve baskets full of the fragments, 
 
 44 and of the fishes. And they that did eat of the loaves 
 were five thousand men. 
 
 45 And straightway he constrained his disciples to get into 
 the ship, and to go to the other side before unto Beth- 
 
 46 saida, while he sends away^ the people. And when he 
 
 47 had, he departed into the mountain to pray. And when 
 even was come, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and 
 
 48 he alone on the land. And when He saw them toiling in 
 rowing ; for the wind was contrary unto them, about the 
 fourth watch of the night he cometh unto them, walking 
 
 49 upon the sea, and He was wishing to pass them.* But 
 
 ^ dvaKXiOt^vai. 
 
 - l8£8ou — clearly a continuous act (whereas the preceding KareKXaaev 
 denotes something instantaneous). "The multiplication of the loaves 
 and fishes had a beginning, and went on in the hands of Christ between 
 the acts of breaking and distributing the bread " (Maclear — Cambridge 
 Greek Test. 102). A.V. and R.V. = 'gave' (simply). 
 
 ^ diroXvci. 
 
 ^ •J^OeXe irap€X0£tv. Not quite exact enough is 'he would have passed 
 
VII. 5 S. MARK. 131 
 
 when they saw him walking upon the sea, they supposed 
 
 50 it was a spirit, and cried out : For they all saw him, 
 and were troubled. And immediately he talked with 
 them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer : it is I ; 
 
 51 be not afraid. And he went up unto them into the 
 ship ; and the wind ceased : and they were sore amazed 
 
 52 in themselves. For they considered not the miracle of 
 
 53 the loaves : but their heart was hardened. And when 
 they had passed over, they came into the land of 
 
 54 Gennesaret, and drew to the shore. And when they 
 were come out of the ship, straightway they knew him, 
 
 55 And ran through that whole region [from time to time], 
 and began to carry about in beds those that were sick, 
 
 56 where they heard ^ he was. And wheresoever he entered, 
 into villages, or cities, or country, they laid the sick in 
 the streets, and persevered in beseeching - him that they 
 might touch if it were but the border of his garment : 
 and as many as touched him were [invariably] made 
 whole. 3 
 
 VII. I And there are gathered together^ unto him the 
 Pharisees, and certain of the scribes, which had come ^ 
 
 2 from Jerusalem. And had seen ^ some of his disciples eat 
 bread with defiled, that is to say, with unwashen hands. 
 
 3 For the Pharisees, and all the Jews, except they wash 
 their hands oft, eat not, holding the tradition of the 
 
 4 elders. And whe^i they come from the market, except 
 they wash, they are not in the habit of eating.^ And 
 many other things there be which they have received 
 to hold, as the washing of cups, and pots, and brasen 
 
 5 vessels. Then the Pharisees and scribes ask^ him, 
 
 by them' (A.V. and R.V.). Appearances were such as to show that, 
 
 nearing the vessel, He wished to lead the way before them, to the 
 western shore. 
 
 ^ TJKovov. ^ irapcKoiXovv. 
 
 "^ eo-w^ovTO. ^ o-vvd-yovTai. 
 
 •^ eX0ovT€S (Aor.), but our idiom requires 'had.' ^ 186vt€S. 
 
 '' eo-OCovtriv. ^ eircpwroio-tv. 
 
132 S. MARK. VII. 6 
 
 Why walk not thy disciples according to the tradition 
 
 6 of the elders, but eat bread with defiled hands? And 
 He said unto them, Well did Esaias prophecy ^ of you 
 hypocrites, as it is written. This people honoureth me 
 
 7 with their lips, but their heart is far from me. Howbeit 
 in vain do they worship me, teaching for doctrines the 
 
 8 commandments of men. Ye lay aside the command- 
 
 9 ment of God, and hold the tradition of men. And he 
 said unto them. Full well ye reject the commandment 
 of God, that ye may [for certain] keep - your own 
 
 10 tradition. For Moses said. Honour thy father and thy 
 mother ; and, Whoso curseth father or mother, let him 
 
 11 die the death: But ye say, If a man shall say to his 
 father or mother, that wherewith thou mightest have 
 been profited by me is Corban, that is to say an offering ; 
 
 12 Ye suffer him no more to do ought for his father or 
 
 13 his mother: Making the word of God of none effect 
 through your tradition, which ye have delivered : and 
 many such like things do ye. 
 
 14 And He called to Himself ^ again all the people, 
 and said unto them, Hearken unto me every one of you, 
 
 15 and understand: There is nothing from without a man, 
 that entering into him can defile him : but the things 
 which come out of him, those are they that defile the man. 
 
 16 And when he was entered into the house from the 
 people, his disciples asked him concerning the parable. 
 
 1 7 And he saith unto them, Are ye so without understand- 
 ing also ? Do ye not perceive, that whatsoever thing 
 from without entereth into the man, it cannot defile 
 
 18 him ; Because it entereth not into his heart, but into 
 the belly, and goeth out into the draught ? — purging all 
 
 19 meats.'* And he said, That which cometh out of the 
 
 ^ €'Trpo<|>'<Tr€\><r€v. - tt]pt|o-tit€ (Aor. conjunctive). 
 
 ^ 7rpo<rKaXc(rd|Jicvos (Aor. middle). 
 
 * In the text we have adopted, the sentence ends with the word 
 rendered 'draught.' The masc. particip. Kadapi^wv will then have as 
 its antecedent the subject of the entire period — Christ— the speaker. 
 
VII. 35 S. MARK. 133 
 
 20 man, that defileth the man. For from within out of 
 the heart of men, proceed evil thoughts, fornications, 
 
 21 thefts, murders, covetings, wickedness, deceit, lascivious- 
 
 22 ness, an evil eye, blasphemy, pride, foolishness : All these 
 evil things come from within, and defile the man. 
 
 23 And from thence he arose, and went into the borders 
 of Tyre and Sidon, and entered into an house, and 
 would have no man know //.* but he could not be hid. 
 
 24 But a certain woman, whose young daughter had an un- 
 clean spirit, the moment she heard ^ of him, came and fell 
 
 25 at his feet : The woman was a Greek, a Syrophenician by 
 nation ; and she continued to beseech - him that he would 
 
 26 cast forth the devil out of her daughter. And He said 
 unto her. Let the children first be filled : for it is not 
 meet to take the children's bread, and to cast // unto the 
 
 27 dogs. And she answered and saith unto him. Yes, Lord ; 
 even the dogs under the table eat of the children's 
 
 28 crumbs. And he said unto her, For this saying go thy 
 
 29 way ; the devil is gone out of thy daughter. And she 
 came to her house, and found her daughter [newly] 
 laid^ upon the bed, and the devil [just] gone out.^ 
 
 30 And again He departed from the coasts of Tyre, and 
 came through Sidon unto the sea of Galilee, through 
 
 31 the midst of the coasts of Decapolis. And they bring 
 unto him one that was deaf, and had an impediment 
 in his speech ; and they beseech him to put his hand 
 
 32 upon him. And he took him aside from the multitude, 
 and put his fingers into his ears, and he spit, and touched 
 
 33 his tongue ; And, looking up to heaven, he sighed, and 
 
 34 saith unto him, Ephphatha, that is, Be opened. And 
 straightway his ears were opened, and the string of his 
 
 35 tongue was loosed; and he began to speak '^ plain. And 
 he charged them that they should tell no man : but the 
 
 ^ 6v6vs oiKovio-aora. * Tjpwra. 
 
 ■■ p£pXT](j.£vov . . . 6^€Xi]Xv06s (both pft. participles). See p. 32. 
 ^ eXdXei. 
 
134 S. MARK. VII. 36 
 
 more he went on charging ^ them, so much the more a 
 36 great deal they persisted in publishing ^ it ; And were 
 beyond measure astonished, saying, He hath done all 
 things well : he maketh both the deaf to hear, and the 
 dumb to speak. 
 VIII. I In those days when there was again a great multi- 
 tude, and they had nothing to eat, Jesus called unto Him- 
 
 2 self ^ his disciples, and saith unto them, I have compassion 
 on the multitude, because they have now been with me 
 
 3 three days, and have nothing to eat : And if I send them 
 away fasting to their own houses, they will faint by the 
 
 4 way : and divers of them are ^ from afar. x\nd his 
 disciples answered him, From whence shall one be able * 
 
 5 to satisfy these 77ie?i with bread here in wilderness ? And 
 he asked them. How many loaves have ye ? And they 
 
 6 said. Seven. And he commandeth ^ the people to sit 
 down on the ground : and he took the seven loaves, and 
 gave thanks, and brake, and went on giving ^ to his 
 disciples to set before them ; and they did set them before 
 
 7 the people. And they had a few small fishes : and 
 he blessed, and commanded to set them also before 
 
 8 them. And they did eat, and were filled : and they took 
 
 9 up of the broken meat that was left seven baskets. And 
 they were about four thousand : and he sent them 
 away. 
 
 10 And straightway he entered into a ship with his dis- 
 
 11 ciples, and came into the parts of Dalmanutha. And 
 the Pharisees came forth, and began to question with 
 him, seeking of him a sign from heaven, tempting him. 
 
 12 And he sighed deeply in his spirit, and saith. Why doth 
 this generation seek after a sign ? Verily I say unto you, 
 
 13 There shall no sign be given unto this generation. And 
 
 ^ 8t€<rTc'XXcTo . . . lKi^p\j<ro-ov. 
 
 ^ irpoo-KaXccraiievos — participle resolved. ^ eUriv. 
 
 "* Svvfio-tTai. ^ Trapa'Y'YeXXci. ^ eSCSov. See vi. 41. 
 
VIII. 28 S. MARK. 135 
 
 he left them, and entered ^ into the ship again, and de- 
 parted to the other side. 
 
 14 And they forgot 2 to take bread, neither had they in 
 
 1 5 the ship with them more than one loaf. And he began 
 to charge ^ them, saying. Take heed, beware of the leaven 
 
 16 of the Pharisees, and of the leaven of Herod. And they 
 reasoned among themselves, because they had no bread.^ 
 
 1 7 And when He knew //, he saith unto them, Why reason 
 ye because ye have no bread ? perceive ye not yet, neither 
 
 1 8 understand ? have ye your heart hardened ? Having eyes, 
 see ye not ? and having ears, hear ye not ? and do ye not 
 
 19 remember? When I brake the five loaves among five 
 thousand, how many baskets full of fragments took ye up ? 
 
 20 They say unto him. Twelve. And when the seven among 
 four thousand, how many baskets full of fragments took 
 
 21 ye up? and they say. Seven. And he said unto them. Do 
 ye not yet understand ? 
 
 22 And they come^ to Bethsaida ; and they bring a blind 
 
 23 man unto him, and beseech ^ him to touch him. And he 
 took the blind man by the hand, and led him out of the 
 town ; and when he had spit on his eyes, and put his 
 
 24 hands upon him, asked him if he saw ought. And he 
 looked up, and said, I see men, for I behold them as trees 
 
 25 walking. After that he put his hands again upon his eyes, 
 and made him look up : and he was restored, and began 
 
 26 to see ^ every man clearly. And he sent him away to his 
 house, saying. Do not even go into the town. 
 
 27 And Jesus went out, and his disciples, into the towns of 
 Cesarea Philippi : and by the way he asked his disciples, 
 
 28 saying unto them. Who do men say that I am? And 
 they told Him, saying,^ John the Baptist : but some say 
 
 ^ c)j.pds — participle resolved. '" lireXdOovro. 
 
 2 8i«rT€XX€T0. ^ i>Tt dprovs OVK ?xo^o"''V' 
 
 5 goYovrai. " iropaKoXovo-iv. 
 
 ^ cvc'pXeircv. ^ ctirav avrw Xe'-yovrcs. 
 
136 S. MARK. VIII. 29 
 
 29 Elias ; and others, One of the prophets. And he saith 
 unto them, But who say ye that I am ? And Peter 
 
 30 answereth and saith unto him, Thou art the Christ. And 
 he strictly charged ^ them that they should tell no man of 
 him. 
 
 31 And he began to teach them, that the Son of man must 
 suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders, and oj 
 the chief priests, and scribes, and be killed, and after 
 
 32 three days rise again. And he spake that saying openly. 
 
 33 And Peter took him, and began to rebuke him. But He 
 turned about and looked ^ on his disciples, and rebuked 
 Peter, saying, Get thee behind me, Satan : for thou 
 savourest not the things that be of God, but the things 
 that be of men. 
 
 34 And He called unto Himself ^ the people, with his 
 disciples also, and said unto them. Whosoever will come 
 after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and 
 
 35 follow me. For whosoever would save* his life shall 
 lose it ; but whosoever shall lose his life for my sake, 
 
 36 and the gospel's, the same shall save it. For what 
 doth it profit^ a man, if he shall gain the whole world, 
 
 37 and lose his own soul ? For what should a man give ^ in 
 
 38 exchange for his soul? For whosoever shall be ashamed 
 of me and of my words in this adulterous and sinful 
 generation, of him also shall the Son of man be ashamed, 
 when he cometh in the glory of his Father with the holy 
 angels. 
 
 IX. I And he said unto them, Verily I say unto you, 
 That there be some of them that stand here, which shall 
 in no wise taste " of death, till they see ^ the kingdom of 
 God come with power. 
 
 ^ €Tr€Tl(X'qO-6V. 
 
 - e'!ri(rTpa<})6ls Kat i8«v — Aor. participles resolved. 
 
 ' irpoo-KaXccrdiievos. (Middle.) * GcXtj o-«(rai. ^ «<}>€X€i. 
 
 ^ Ti Yap 801 — probably conjunctive. See iv. 29. Another reading is 
 
 " ov (nfj 'y€V(r(ovTai. ^ %»% &v i^Soxriv. 
 
IX. 15 S. MARK. 137 
 
 2 And after six days Jesus taketh with him Peter, and 
 James, and John, and leadeth them up into an high 
 mountain apart by themselves : and he was transfigured 
 
 3 before them. And his raiment became shining, exceeding 
 
 4 white; so as no fuller on earth can white them. And 
 there appeared unto them EHas with Moses : and they 
 
 5 were talking with Jesus. And Peter answered and said 
 to Jesus, Master, it is good for us to be here : and let 
 us make three tabernacles ; one for thee, and one for 
 
 6 Moses, and one for Elias. For he wist not what to 
 
 7 answer ; for they became ^ sore afraid. And there was a 
 cloud that overshadowed them : and a voice came out of 
 
 8 the cloud, saying, This is my beloved Son : hear him. 
 And suddenly they looked ronnd about,- and they saw no 
 
 9 man any more, save Jesus only with themselves. And as 
 they were coming down ^ from the mountain, he charged 
 them that they should tell no man what things they had 
 seen, save when the Son of man should have risen * from 
 
 10 the dead. And they kept that saying with themselves, 
 questioning one with another what the rising from the 
 dead should mean. 
 
 11 And they asked him, saying. Why say the scribes that 
 
 12 Ehas must first come? And he said unto them, Elias 
 verily cometh first, and restoreth all things ; and how is 
 it written of the Son of man, that he should suffer ^ many 
 
 IT, things, and be set at nought? But I say unto you, That 
 Elias is come, and they did ^ unto him whatsoever they 
 hsted, as it is written of him. 
 
 14 And when he came to his disciples, he saw a great 
 multitude about them, and the scribes questioning with 
 
 15 them. And straightway all the people, when they beheld 
 
 1 l"ye'vovTo. - ircpipXeil/dixevot — Aor. participle (resolved). 
 
 ^ KaraPaivovTwy. ^ €1 ^■^ Srav . . . avatrrrj. 
 
 ^ ird0T). 
 
 « lirotTio-av— not 'have done.' The treatment of John the Baptist was 
 already matter of fact. 
 
138 S. MARK. IX. 16 
 
 him, were greatly amazed, and running to him saluted 
 
 16 him. And he asked them, What question ye with them? 
 
 17 And one of the multitude answered, Master, I brought ^ 
 
 18 unto thee my son, which hath a dumb spirit: And where- 
 soever he taketh him, he teareth him ; and he foameth, 
 and gnasheth with his teeth, and pineth away : and I 
 spake to thy disciples that they should cast him out; and 
 
 19 they could not. He answereth them, and saith, O faithless 
 generation, how long shall I be with you ? how long shall 
 
 20 I suffer you ? Bring him unto me. And they brought 
 him unto him : and when he saw him, straightway the 
 spirit tare Mm grievously ; - and he fell on the ground, 
 
 21 and wallowed foaming. And he asked his father. How 
 long is it ago since this hath come^ unto him ? And he 
 
 22 said. Of a child. And ofttimes it hath cast him into the 
 waters, to destroy him : but if thou canst do anything, 
 
 23 have compassion on us, and help us, Jesus said unto 
 him, If thou canst ! ^ all things are possible to him that 
 
 24 believeth. And straightway the father of the child cried 
 
 25 out, and said I believe ; help thou mine unbelief. When 
 Jesus saw that a multitude was running together,^ he 
 rebuked the foul spirit, saying unto him. Thou dumb and 
 deaf spirit, I charge thee, come out of him, and enter no 
 
 26 more into him. And the spirit cried, and rent him sore, 
 and came out of him : and he became ^ as one dead ; in- 
 
 27 somuch that most said, He is dead. But Jesus took 
 
 28 him by the hand, and lifted him up ; and he arose. And 
 when he was come into the house, his disciples asked him 
 
 1 i^vc-yKa — not * have brought.' The man was giving a narrative of how 
 he had fared at the hands of the disciples. 
 
 2 o-vvco-iTdpa|cv — the intensifying force of the preposition must not be 
 overlooked. 
 
 ^ •ye'-yovev. 
 
 * T<J El 8vvT|— lit., 'As to If thou canst ! ' The article (as when em- 
 ployed with the name of a person previously mentioned) refers us back to 
 the preceding context. 
 
 ^ e"y€V€To. 
 
IX. 39 S. MARK. 1 39 
 
 29 privately, Why could we not cast him out ? And he said 
 unto them, This kind can come forth by nothing but by 
 prayer. 
 
 30 And they departed thence, and were passing through ^ 
 Galilee ; and he would not that any man should know //. 
 
 3 1 For he was repeatedly teaching - his disciples, and saying - 
 unto them. The Son of man is going to be delivered ^ into 
 the hands of men, and they shall kill him ; and after that 
 
 32 he is killed, he shall rise. But they remained ignorant* of 
 that saying, and afraid * to ask him. 
 
 7,7, And they came to Capernaum : and, when he was in 
 the house, he asked them. What was it that ye were 
 
 34 disputing ^ by the way ? But they remained silent : '^ for 
 by the way they had disputed among themselves, who was 
 
 35 the greater. And he sat down, and called the twelve, and 
 saith unto them, If any man desireth'' to be first, f/ie 
 
 36 same shall be last of all, and servant of all. And he 
 took a child, and set him in the midst of them : and he 
 
 37 took^ him in his arms, and said unto them, Whosoever 
 shall receive one of such children in my name, receiveth 
 me : and whosoever shall receive me, receiveth not me, 
 but him that sent me. 
 
 38 And John said unto him, Master, we saw one casting 
 out devils in thy name, and we were for forbidding^ him, 
 
 39 because he followeth not us. But Jesus said. Seek not 
 to forbid : ^^ for there is no man which shall do a miracle 
 
 ^ l7rop€uovTo 8id. 
 
 - €8{SacrK€v . . . Kttl ^Xc-ytvs — both impfts. P'or, it was by reiterated 
 teaching that our Lord sought to enforce the lesson he had already begun. 
 
 ^ TrapaSCSorai. '^ 'fjYVOovv . . . Kal I({>oPovvto. 
 
 ^ SicXo'yktecrde. ^ Icriwirtuv. "^ Qikn. 
 
 * €va-yKaXi(rd|i6vos — Aor. participle (resolved). 
 
 ^ €Ka)Xvo|Jkev — the tense is significant. It is not implied that they 
 sticceeded in stopping the man — but that they simply tried it. 
 
 ^^ Mi^i KwXvcTc — pres. imperative — with meaning in keeping with that in 
 the preceding verse. The R.V. fails to bring out the precise phase of 
 meaning, giving simply 'forbade' and 'forbid.' 
 
140 S. MARK. IX. 40 
 
 in my name, and shall be able to speak evil of me. 
 
 40, 41 For he that is not against us is on our part. For 
 
 whosoever shall give you a cup of water to drink in my 
 
 name, because ye belong to Christ, verily 1 say unto you, 
 
 42 he shall not lose his reward. And whosoever shall offend 
 one of these little ones that believe in me, it is well for him 
 rather if a millstone has been placed around his neck, 
 
 43 and he has been cast ^ into the sea. And if thy hand 
 offend thee, cut it off: it is better for thee to enter into 
 life maimed, than having two hands to go into hell, into 
 
 44 the fire that never shall be quenched. And if thy foot 
 offend thee, cut it off : it is better for thee to enter halt 
 
 45 into life, than having two feet to be cast into hell. And 
 if thine eye offend thee, pluck it out : it is better for thee 
 to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye, than 
 
 46 having two eyes to be cast into hell fire ; Where their worm 
 
 47 dieth not, and the fire is not quenched. For every one 
 
 48 shall be salted with fire. Salt is good ; but if the salt 
 have lost its saltness, wherewith will ye season it ? Have 
 salt in yourselves, and have peace one with another. 
 
 X. I And he arose from thence, and cometh into the 
 coasts of Judea and beyond Jordan : and the people resort 
 unto him again : and, as he was wont, he proceeded to 
 teach ^ them again. 
 
 2 And Pharisees came to him, and asked him. Is it lawful 
 
 3 for a man to put away his wife ? tempting him. And he 
 answered and said unto them. What did Moses command 
 
 4 you? And they said, Moses suffered to write a bill of 
 
 ^ irepiKCiTai . . . Kai p€'pXT]Tai. Rather striking in the use of the pft. 
 indie, here. It is as if the fulfilment of the man's doom were already 
 anticipated. On the whole, the meaning seems to be — " It is well for 
 him if he has already been rendered incapable of again committing such 
 a sin." 
 
 ^ €8i8a<rK€v. The teaching entered on was quite a course — including, 
 as we gather from S. Luke, the parables of the Unjust Judge, and the 
 Pharisee and the Publican. 
 
X. 19 S. MARK. 141 
 
 5 divorcement, and to put her away. And Jesus answered 
 and said unto them, For the hardness of your heart he 
 
 6 wrote you this precept : But from the beginning of the 
 
 7 creation made He them male and female. For this cause 
 
 8 shall a man leave his father and mother, And they twain 
 shall be one flesh : so then they are no more twain, but 
 
 9 one flesh. What therefore God joined together,^ let not 
 10 man put asunder. And in the house his disciples asked 
 1 [ him again of the same inatter. And he saith unto them, 
 
 Whosoever shall put away his wife, and marry another, 
 
 1 2 committeth adultery against her. And if she herself shall 
 put away her husband, and marry another, she com- 
 mitteth adultery. 
 
 13 And they were bringing- young children to him, that 
 he should touch them : and his disciples rebuked those 
 
 14 that brought them. But when Jesus saw //, he was much 
 displeased, and said unto them. Suffer the little children 
 to come unto me, and think not of forbidding : ^ for of 
 
 15 such is the kingdom of God. Verily I say unto you, 
 Whosoever shall not receive the kingdom of God as a 
 
 16 little child, he shall not enter therein. And he took 
 them up in his arms, put his hands upon them, and went 
 on fervently blessing ^ them. 
 
 I 7 And when he was going forth '' into the way, there ran 
 one and kneeled to him, and asked him, Good Master, 
 
 18 what shall I do that I may inherit eternal life? And 
 Jesus said unto him, Why callest thou me good? there is 
 
 19 none good but one, that is God. Thou knowest the 
 commandments. Do not kill, Do not commit adultery, 
 
 ^ a-vviUv^iv. See Matt. xix. 6, note. 
 
 - 'irpo(r€4>epov. Why is the expressive force of this impft. lost both in 
 A.V. and in R.V. ? 
 
 ^ ]Li\ kmXvctc. See ix. 39, note. 
 
 ^ KaT€v\d"y€i. The intensive force of the Kara is to be preserved. C/. 
 KaracpiXeo} (Matt. xxv. 49). 
 
 ^ cKiropevoixcvov. 
 
142 S. MARK. X. 20 
 
 Do not steal, Do not bear false witness, Defraud not, 
 
 20 Honour thy father and mother. And he answered and 
 said unto him, Master, all these observed I ^ from my 
 
 21 youth. Then Jesus beheld him, and loved him, and said 
 unto him, One thing thou lackest : go thy way, sell what- 
 soever thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt 
 
 22 have treasure in heaven: and come and follow me. And 
 he was sad at that saying, and went away grieved : for he 
 was one having ^ great possessions. 
 
 23 And Jesus looked round about, and saith unto his 
 disciples, How hardly shall they that have riches enter 
 
 24 into the kingdom of God ! And the disciples were 
 amazed at his words. But Jesus answereth again, and 
 saith unto them, Children, how hard is it to enter into 
 
 25 the kingdom of God ! It is easier for a camel to go 
 through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter 
 
 26 into the kingdom of God. And they were astonished out 
 of measure, saying among themselves. Who then can be 
 
 27 saved? And Jesus, looking upon them, saith. With men 
 it is impossible, but not with God : for with God all things 
 are possible. 
 
 28 Peter began to say unto him, Lo, we left^ all, and have 
 
 29 followed thee. And Jesus answered and said, Verily I 
 say unto you. There is no man that hath left house, or 
 brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or children, or 
 
 30 lands for my sake, and the gospel's. But he shall receive 
 an hundredfold now in this time, houses, and brethren, 
 and sisters, and mothers, and children, and lands, with 
 
 3 1 persecutions ; and in the world to come eternal life. But 
 many that are first shall be last ; and the last first. 
 
 32 And they were in the way going up to Jerusalem ; and 
 Jesus was going before ^ them : and they were amazed ; 
 and they that were following ■' were afraid. And he took 
 
 ^ e<|>vXa|d(JiT]v. See Matt. xix. 20, note. ^ ■fjv ^x^^* 
 
 " d4>T|Kaji.€v. See Matt. xix. 27, note. * rjv 7rpodY«v. 
 
 ^ 01 oiKoXovOovivTCS. 
 
X. 44 S. MARK. I43 
 
 again the twelve, and began to tell them the things that 
 
 33 were about to happen ^ unto him, Sayi7ig, Behold, we go 
 up to Jerusalem ; and the Son of man shall be delivered 
 unto the chief priests, and unto the scribes ; and they 
 shall condemn him to death, and shall deliver him to 
 
 34 the Gentiles : And they shall mock him, and shall scourge 
 him, and shall spit upon him, and shall kill him : and 
 the third day he shall rise again. 
 
 35 And James and John, the sons of Zebedee, come unto 
 him, saying, Master, we would that thou shouldst do for 
 
 36 us whatsoever we shall ask. And he said unto them, 
 
 37 What would ye that I should do for you? They said 
 unto him. Grant unto us that we may sit, one on thy 
 right hand, and the other on thy left hand, in thy glory. 
 
 38 But Jesus said unto them, Ye know not what ye are 
 asking [for yourselves] : are ye able to drink of the cup 
 that I am drinking of ^ ? and be baptized with the baptism 
 
 39 that I am being baptized ^ with? And they said unto him, 
 We are able. And Jesus said unto them. Ye shall drink 
 of the cup that I drink of; and with the baptism that I 
 
 40 am baptized withal shall ye be baptized : But to sit on 
 my right hand and on my left hand is not mine to give ; 
 but // shall be given to them for whom it hath been 
 
 41 prepared.^ And when the ten heard it, they began to be 
 
 42 much displeased with James and John. But Jesus called 
 them to him, and saith unto them. Ye know that they 
 which are accounted to rule over the Gentiles exercise 
 lordship over them ; and their great ones exercise 
 
 43 authority upon them. But so shall it not be among you : 
 but whosoever would become great among you, shall be 
 
 44 your minister ; And whosoever of you will be the chiefest, 
 
 ^ xd (ieXXovra. 
 
 - mvti) . . . paTrrCtofiai. Noteworthy are these Present Tenses. "The 
 Lord had already the cup of His suffering at His lips : was already, so to 
 speak, sprinkled with the first drops of spray of His baptism of blood " 
 (Alford in loc). ^ i^Tot|Jia<rTai. 
 
144 S. MARK. X. 45 
 
 45 shall be servant of all. For even the Son of man came 
 not to be ministered unto, but to minister, and to give his 
 life a ransom for many. 
 
 46 And they come to Jericho : and as he was going out ^ 
 of Jericho with his disciples and a great number of people, 
 
 47 the son of Timeus, sat by the highway-side begging. And 
 when he heard that it was Jesus of Nazareth, he began to 
 cry out, and say, Jesus, thou son of David, have mercy 
 
 48 on me. And many went on charging'^ him that he 
 should hold his peace : but he cried the more a great 
 
 49 deal, Thou son of David, have mercy on me. And 
 Jesus stood still, and said, Call ye him. And they call 
 the blind man, saying unto him, Be of good comfort, 
 
 50 rise; he calleth thee. And he cast away his garment, 
 
 51 and leapt up,^ and came to Jesus. And Jesus answered 
 and said unto him, What wilt thou that I should do unto 
 thee? The blind man said unto him, Lord, that I might 
 
 52 receive my sight. And Jesus said unto him, Go thy way ; 
 thy faith hath made thee whole. And immediately he 
 received his sight, and followed in the way. 
 
 XI. I And when they come nigh* to Jerusalem, unto 
 Bethphage and Bethany, at the mount of Olives, he 
 
 2 sendeth forth two of his disciples, And saith unto them, 
 Go your way into the village over against you : and as 
 soon as ye be entered into it, ye shall find a colt tied, 
 
 3 whereon never man sat ; loose him, and bring him. And 
 if any man say unto you, Why do ye this ? say ye that the 
 Lord hath need of him ; and straightway he sendeth him 
 
 4 hither again.^ And they went their way, and found a colt 
 
 ^ cKTrpopevo^Jievov. 2 I-jtctijjkov. 
 
 ^ diroPaXwv . . . dvainiSTjcras. Resolved Aor. participles. 
 
 * lyyttovo-iv. 
 
 ^ ciOvs dTTOo-Tc'XXci. Future or anticipative present. How greatly the 
 use of such a tense adds to the vividness of the narrative ! It is as 
 though the whole scene were being enacted before the eyes of the Divine 
 speaker. 
 
XI. 18 S. MARK. 145 
 
 tied by the door without in a place where two ways met ; 
 
 5 and they loose him. And certain of them that stood 
 there said unto them. What are ye doing ^ loosing the 
 
 6 colt ? And they said unto them even as Jesus had said:^ 
 
 7 and they let them go. And they bring ^ the colt to Jesus, 
 and cast their garments on him ; and he sat upon him. 
 
 8 And many spread their garments in the way ; and others 
 cut down branches from the fields, and strawed them in 
 
 9 the way. And they that were going before, and they that 
 were following, cried, saying, Hosanna ! Blessed is he 
 
 10 that Cometh in the name of the Lord ! Blessed is the 
 kingdom that cometh — that of our father David. Hosanna 
 
 1 1 in the highest ! And he entered into Jerusalem, and into 
 the temple : and when he had looked round about upon 
 all things, and now the eventide was come, he went out 
 unto Bethany with the twelve. 
 
 1 2 And on the morrow, when they were come from Bethany, 
 
 1 3 he was hungry : And seeing a fig tree afar off having 
 leaves, he came, if haply he might find any thing thereon : 
 and when he came to it, he found nothing but leaves ; for 
 
 14 the time of figs was not yet. And Jesus answered and 
 said unto it, may no man eat ^ fruit of thee hereafter for 
 ever. And his disciples heard it. 
 
 15 And they come to Jerusalem : and Jesus went into the 
 temple, and began to cast out them that sold and bought 
 in the temple, and overthrew the tables of the money- 
 
 16 changers, and the seats of them that sold doves ; And 
 would not suffer that any man should carry a?iy vessel 
 
 17 through the temple. And he went on teaching and 
 saying^ unto them. Stands it not written, My house shall 
 be called of all nations the house of prayer ? but ye have 
 
 18 made it a den of thieves. And the scribes and chief 
 
 ^ irot€iT€. 2 gtir€V. 
 
 2 <|>£pov(riv. 
 
 ^ <J)d70t— an undoubted instance of the Optative. 
 
 C/. the formula 
 
 fi7] yevoiTo ; and see p. 27. 
 
 
 ^ l8b8ao-K6v Kal ^Xe-yev. 
 
 
146 S. MARK. XI. 19 
 
 priests heard /V, and sought how they might destroy him : 
 for they feared him, because all the people was astonished 
 
 19 at his doctrine. And whenever even came, He was wont 
 to go out^ of the city. 
 
 20 And in the morning, as they passed by, they saw the 
 
 21 fig tree dried up from the roots. And Peter caUing to 
 remembrance saith unto him, Master, behold, the fig tree 
 
 22 which thou cursedst is dried up. And Jesus answering 
 2^ saith unto them, Have faith in God. For verily I say 
 
 unto you. That whosoever shall say unto this mountain, 
 Be thou removed, and be thou cast into the sea; and shall 
 not doubt in his heart, but shall believe that that which 
 he saith shall come to pass ; he shall have whatsoever 
 
 24 he saith. Therefore I say unto you. What things soever 
 ye desire, when ye pray, believe that ye received - f/iem, 
 
 25 and ye shall have f/ie/n. And when ye stand praying, 
 forgive, if ye have ought against any ; that your Father 
 also which is in heaven may forgive you your trespasses. 
 
 26 And they come again to Jerusalem ; and as he was 
 walking in the temple, there come to him the chief priests, 
 
 27 and the scribes, and the elders. And said unto him. By 
 what authority doest thou these things ? and who gave 
 
 28 thee this authority to do these things? And Jesus 
 answered and said unto them, I will ask of you one 
 question, and answer me, and I will tell you by what 
 
 29 authority I do these things. The baptism of John, was if 
 
 30 from heaven, or of men ? answer me. And they reasoned 
 with themselves, saying. If we shall say, From heaven; 
 
 31 he will say. Why then did ye not believe him? But if 
 we shall say. Of men ; they feared the people : for all men 
 
 ^ Srav 6^1 kyiviro, k^iiropiviro. The suggestion clearly is, that it was 
 this practice during these days to quit the city at night-fall. 
 
 - eXdp6T€. Aor. — " because the reception spoken of is the determination 
 in the Divine counsels coincident with the request — believe that when 
 you asked, you received, and the fulfilment shall come " (Alford in loc). 
 R.V. = 'have received.' 
 
XII. U S. MARK. 147 
 
 32 counted John, that he was a prophet indeed. And they 
 answered and said unto Jesus, We cannot tell. And 
 Jesus answering saith unto them, Neither do I tell you 
 by what authority I do these things. 
 XII. I And he began to speak unto them by parables. A 
 certain man planted a vineyard, and set an hedge about 
 ?V, and digged a place for the wine-fat, and built a tower, 
 and let it out to husbandmen, and went into a far country. 
 
 2 And at the season he sent to the husbandmen a servant, 
 that he might receive from the husbandmen of the fruit of 
 
 3 the vineyard. And they caught him, and beat him, and 
 
 4 sent hi?ii away empty. And again he sent unto them 
 another servant ; and him they wounded in the head,^ 
 
 5 and shamefully handled.^ And again he sent another; 
 and him they killed, and many others \ beating some, and 
 
 6 killing some. Having yet therefore one son, his well-be- 
 loved, he sent him also last unto them, saying, They will 
 
 7 reverence my son. But those husbandmen said among 
 themselves. This is the heir ; come, let us kill him, and 
 
 8 the inheritance shall be ours. And they took him, and 
 
 9 killed /z/;//, and cast him out of the vineyard. What shall 
 the lord of the vineyard do ? He will come and destroy 
 the husbandmen, and will give the vineyard unto others. 
 
 10 Did ye never even read- this scripture; The stone which 
 the builders rejected was made the head of the corner : 
 
 1 1 This was from the Lord, and it is marvellous in our eyes ? 
 
 12 And they sought to lay hold on him, but feared the 
 people; for they knew that he had spoken the parable 
 against them : and they left him, and went their way. 
 
 13 And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and 
 
 14 of the Herodians, that they might catch Him in talk. And 
 when they were come, they say unto him. Master, we 
 know that thou art true, and carest for no man ; for thou 
 
 ^ €K€<j>aXi(oa-av Kal T|T£[j,ao-av. 
 
 ^ Ov8e . . . dv€"YvwT€ ; They were, as matter of fact, referred here to 
 Psalm cxviii. 22, 23. Cf. Matt. xxi. 42. 
 
148 S. MARK. Xn. 15 
 
 regardest not the person of men, but teachest the way of 
 God in truth : Is it lawful to give tribute to Cesar, or not? 
 
 15 Shall we give, or shall we not give ? But he, knowing their 
 hypocrisy, said unto them, Why tempt ye me? bring me a 
 
 16 penny, that I may see //. And they brought //, And he saith 
 unto them, Whose is this image and superscription ? And 
 
 17 they said unto him, Cesar's. And Jesus said unto them. 
 Render to Cesar the things that are Cesar's, and to God 
 the things that are God's. And they marvelled at him. 
 
 18 Then come unto him Sadducees, which say there is no 
 
 19 resurrection ; and they asked him, saying, Master, Moses 
 wrote unto us, If a man's brother die, and leave his wife 
 behind him, and leave no children, that his brother should 
 
 20 take his wife, and raise up seed unto his brother. There 
 were seven brethren : and the first took a wife, and dying 
 
 21 left no seed. And the second took her, and died, neither 
 
 22 left he any seed : and the third likewise. And the seven 
 
 23 left no seed : last of all the woman died also. In the 
 resurrection, whose wife shall she be of them ? for the 
 
 24 seven had her to wife. And Jesus answering said unto 
 them. Do ye not therefore err, because ye know not the 
 
 25 scriptures, neither the power of God? For when they 
 shall rise from the dead, they neither marry, nor are given 
 
 26 in marriage ; but are as the angels in heaven. And as 
 touching the dead, that they are raised ; ^ did ye never 
 read ^ in the book of Moses, how in the bush God spake 
 unto him, saying, I am the God of Abraham, and the 
 
 27 God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob ? He is not the God 
 of the dead, but of the living : ye greatly err. 
 
 28 And one of the scribes came, and heard ^ them reason- 
 ing together, and perceiving that he had answered them 
 well, asked him, Which is the first commandment of all ? 
 
 29 And Jesus answered him, The first is, Hear, O Israel ; The 
 
 ^ l-yeipovrai. 
 
 2 ovK dve"yvft)T6 ; — literally ' did ye not read ? ' 
 
 2 dKovo-as (resolved participle). 
 
XII. 43 S. MARK. 149 
 
 30 Lord our God is one Lord : And thou shalt love the 
 Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, 
 
 31 and with all thy mind, and with all thy strength. The 
 second is this, Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. 
 There is none other commandment greater than these. 
 
 32 And the scribe said unto him, Well, Master, thou hast 
 said the truth : for there is one God ; and there is none 
 
 33 other but he : And to love him with all the heart, and 
 with all the understanding, and with all the strength, and 
 to love his neighbour as himself, is more than all whole 
 
 34 burnt offerings and sacrifices. And when Jesus saw that 
 he answered discreetly, he said unto him, Thou art not 
 far from the kingdom of God. And no man after that 
 durst ask him any question. 
 
 35 And Jesus answered and said, while he was teaching^ 
 in the temple. How say the scribes that the Christ is the 
 
 36 son of David ? David himself said by the Holy Ghost, 
 The Lord said to my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, 
 
 37 till I make thine enemies thy footstool. David himself 
 calleth him Lord; and whence is he then his son? And 
 the common people heard him gladly. 
 
 38 And he went on saying- unto them in his doctrine. 
 Beware of the scribes, which love to go in long clothing, 
 
 39 and love salutations in the market-places. And the chief 
 seats in the synagogues, and uppermost rooms at feasts ; 
 
 40 Which devour widows' houses, and for a pretence make 
 long prayers : these shall receive greater damnation. 
 
 41 And Jesus sat over against the treasury, and kept 
 beholding =^ how the people were casting* money into 
 the treasury : and many that were rich were casting ^ in 
 
 42 much. And there came a certain poor widow, and she 
 
 43 threw in two mites, which make a farthing. And he 
 called unto him his disciples, and said^ unto them, 
 
 ^ 8i8d<rKwv. 2 gXc^cv. ^ I0€«p€i. 
 
 4 pdX\€i. 5 ^paXXov. ^ etirev. 
 
150 S. MARK. XII. 44 
 
 Verily I say unto you, That this poor widow cast ^ more 
 in than all they which are casting '- into the treasury : 
 44 For all they did cast in of their abundance ; but she of 
 her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living. 
 XIII. I And as he was going out ^ of the temple, one of 
 his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of 
 
 2 stones and what buildings are here! And Jesus said 
 unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall 
 certainly not be left here * one stone upon another, that 
 
 3 shall not be thrown down. And as he was sitting ^ upon 
 the mount of Olives, over against the temple, Peter and 
 
 4 James and John and Andrew asked him privately, Tell 
 us, when shall these things be ? and what shall be the 
 sign when all these things shall be about to be ^ fulfilled ? 
 
 5 And Jesus began to say unto them. Take heed lest any 
 
 6 man deceive you : Many shall come in my name, saying, 
 
 7 I am Christ ; and shall deceive many. And when ye 
 shall hear of wars and rumours of wars, be ye not troubled : 
 for such things must needs come to pass ; but the end 
 
 8 shall not be yet. For nation shall rise against nation, 
 and kingdom against kingdom ; and there shall be earth- 
 quakes in divers places, and there shall be famines. 
 These are the beginnings of sorrows. 
 
 9 But take heed to yourselves : for they shall deliver you 
 up to councils ; and in synagogues ye shall be beaten : 
 and ye shall stand '' before rulers and kings for my sake, 
 
 10 for a testimony. And the gospel must first be published 
 
 1 1 among all the nations. But when they lead ^ you^ and 
 deliver you up, be not anxious beforehand what ye are to 
 speak ; ^ but whatsoever shall be given you in that hour, 
 that speak ye : for it is not ye that speak, but the Holy 
 
 12 Ghost. The brother shall betray the brother to death, 
 
 1 ^PaXcv. - PaXXovTtov. ^ CKiropevofJte'vov. 
 
 ^ ov [x-^ d<|)€0fi aiSc. ^ KaBtifJievov. '^ [ji€'\\t|. 
 
 ^ <rTa9TJ<r€(r6€. ** A-yoxriv. 
 
 ^ XaXiqo-T)T€ (Deliberative conjunctive). 
 
XIII. 28 S. MARK. I5I 
 
 and the father the son ; and children shall rise up against 
 their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. 
 
 13 And ye shall continue to be hated ^ of all men for my 
 name's sake : but he that shall endure unto the end, the 
 same shall be saved. 
 
 14 But when ye shall see the abomination of desolation 
 standing where it ought not, (let him that readeth under- 
 stand,) then let them that be in Judea flee to the mountains : 
 
 15 And let him that is on the house-top not go down into 
 the house, neither enter therein., to take any thing out of 
 
 16 his house: And let him that is in the field not turn back 
 
 17 again for to take up his garment. But woe to them that 
 are with child, and to them that give suck, in those days ! 
 
 18, 19 And pray ye that it be not in the winter. For in those 
 days shall be affliction, such as hath not been ^ from the 
 beginning of the creation which God created unto this 
 
 20 time, neither shall be. And except that the Lord had 
 shortened those days, no flesh would have been saved : 
 but for the elect's sake, whom he chose,^ he hath shortened 
 
 21 the days. And then, if any man shall say to you, Lo, 
 
 22 here is Christ; lo, he is there; believe him not: For 
 false Christs and false prophets shall rise, and shall show 
 signs and wonders, to seduce, if // ivere possible, the 
 
 23 elect. But take ye heed : behold, I have foretold you 
 all things. 
 
 24 But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be 
 
 25 darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, And the 
 stars shall be falling,* and the powers that are in heaven 
 
 26 shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of man 
 
 27 coming in the clouds with great power and glory. And 
 then shall he send the angels, and shall gather together his 
 elect from the four winds, from the uttermost part of the 
 
 28 earth to the uttermost part of heaven. Now learn the 
 
 1 4'<r€o-0€ |xio-otip.€voi. Cf. Matt. xxiv. 9 ; and see Matt. x. 22, note. 
 - "ye-yovcv. ^ clcXe^aro (Aor.). 
 
 ^ eVovrai iriirrovTcs. 
 
152 S. MARK. XIII. 29 
 
 parable of the fig tree ; When her branch is now become ^ 
 tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is 
 
 29 near : So ye, in like manner, when ye shall see these 
 things coming to pass,^ know that it is nigh, eve7i at the 
 
 30 doors. Verily I say unto you, that this generation shall 
 
 3 1 not pass, till all these things be done. Heaven and earth 
 shall pass away ; but my words shall not pass away. 
 
 32 But of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not 
 the angels in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father. 
 
 33 Take ye heed, watch, for ye know not when the time is. 
 
 34 For the Son of man is as a man taking a far journey, who 
 left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to 
 every man his work, and commanded the porter to watch. 
 
 35 Watch ye therefore ; for ye know not when the master of 
 the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at the cock- 
 
 36 crowing, or in the morning ; Lest, when he come,^ he find 
 
 37 you sleeping. And what I say unto you I say unto all, 
 Watch. 
 
 XIV. I After two days was the feast of the passover, and 
 of unleavened bread : and the chief priests and the scribes 
 were seeking ^ how they might take him by craft, and put 
 
 2 him to death. For they said. Not on the feast day, lest 
 there shall be^ an uproar of the people. 
 
 3 And being in Bethany, in the house of Simon the leper, 
 as he was sitting ^ at meat, there came a woman having 
 an alabaster box of ointment of spikenard very precious ; 
 
 4 and she brake the box, and poured // on his head. And 
 there were some that had indignation within themselves, 
 and said, Why has this waste of the ointment been 
 
 5 made ? ^ For it might have been sold for more than 
 
 1 tiSt] "ye'vTiTai. ^ 7ivo|i€va. 
 
 2 IXGwv— Aor. participle (resolved). 
 
 ^ ItTJTovv. Impft., implying continued perseverance. While the Saviour 
 was in Bethany's quiet retreat, the rulers of the nation were formally 
 consulting how they could put Him to death. 
 
 ^ eVrai. ^ KaTaK6i|JLCVov. " -yc'-yovcv. 
 
XIV. 16 S. MARK. 153 
 
 three hundred pence, and have been given to the poor. 
 
 6 And they continued to murmur ^ against her. And Jesus 
 said, Let her alone ; why trouble ye her ? she wrought ^ 
 
 7 a good work on me. For ye have the poor with you 
 always, and whensoever ye will ye may do them good : 
 
 8 but me ye have not always. She did ^ what she could : 
 she is come aforehand to anoint my body to the burying. 
 
 9 Verily I say unto you, Wheresoever the gospel shall be 
 preached throughout the whole world, this also that this 
 woman did shall be spoken of for a memorial of her. 
 
 10 And Judas Iscariot, one of the twelve, went unto the 
 
 11 chief priests, to betray him unto them. And when they 
 heard //, they were glad, and promised to give him money. 
 And he began to seek ^ how he might conveniently betray 
 him. 
 
 12 And the first day of unleavened bread, when they were 
 in the habit of killing ^ the passover, his disciples say 
 unto him, Where wilt thou that we go and prepare that 
 
 13 thou mayest eat the passover? And he sendeth forth two 
 of his disciples, and saith unto them, Go ye into the city, 
 and there shall meet you a man bearing a pitcher of water : 
 
 14 follow him. And wheresoever he shall go in, say ye to 
 the goodman of the house. The Master saith. Where is 
 my guest-chamber, where I shall eat the passover with my 
 
 15 disciples? And he will show you a large upper room 
 
 16 furnished and prepared: there make ready for us. And 
 his disciples went forth, and came into the city, and found 
 as he had said unto them ; and they made ready the pass- 
 
 1 ev€Ppi|xa}VTo. S. Matthew's way of putting it is -^yavaKTrjaav. By 
 using the Imperfect, however, S. Mark gives us the true historic picHire 
 — bringing before us, as it were, the rise and progress of the murmuring 
 as it passed round the table. 
 
 - Tip-ydo-ttTO. " ciroiTio-cv, and so in v. 9. 
 
 * €tT|T€t. He had made his choice — he must go on to make good his part 
 of the bargain. 
 
 ^ e6vov. Impft. of custom. 
 
154 S. MARK. XIV. 17 
 
 17 over. And in the evening he cometh with the twelve. 
 
 18 And as they were sitting and eating,^ Jesus said, Verily I 
 say unto you, One of you which eateth with me shall 
 
 19 betray me. And they began to be sorrowful, and to say 
 
 20 unto him one by one. Surely it is not I?^ And he 
 answered and said unto them, // is one of the twelve, that 
 
 21 dippeth with me in the dish. For the Son of man goeth, 
 as it is written of him : but woe to that man by whom the 
 Son of man is betrayed ! good were it for that man if he 
 had never been born. 
 
 22 And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and blessed, 
 and brake //, and gave to them, and said, Take ; this is 
 
 2 7, my body. And he took a cup, and when he had given 
 thanks, he gave it to them : and they all drank of it. 
 
 24 And he said unto them, This is my blood of the testa- 
 
 25 ment, which is shed^ for many. Verily I say unto you, I 
 will in no wise drink * more of the fruit of the vine, until 
 that day that I drink it new in the kingdom of God. 
 
 26 And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into 
 
 27 the mount of Olives. And Jesus saith unto them, All ye 
 shall be offended : for it stands written, I will smite the 
 
 28 Shepherd, and the sheep shall be scattered. But after 
 that I am raised up,^ I will go before you into Galilee. 
 
 29 But Peter said unto him, Although all shall be offended, 
 
 30 yet will not I. And Jesus saith unto him. Verily I say 
 unto thee, That this day, eve?i in this night, before the 
 
 31 cock crow twice, thou shalt deny me thrice. But he went 
 on repeating exceeding vehemently,*^ If I should die with 
 thee, I will not deny thee in any wise. Likewise also said 
 they all. 
 
 32 And they come to a place which was named Geth- 
 semane : and he saith to his disciples, Sit ye here, while 
 
 ^ dvaK€i)i€V(ov . . . Kttl €<r0i6vTa)V. ^ Miqri I7W ; 
 
 3 TO €Kxvvv6fj,€vov. Scc Matt. xxvi. 28, note. 
 
 '^ ov |iTi iriw. 5 jjL€Td TO €76p6fjvai. 6 eKirepio-o-ws cXdXci. 
 
XIV. 45 S. MARK. 1 55 
 
 33 I pray.i And he taketh with him Peter and James and 
 John, and began to be sore amazed, and to be very heavy ; 
 
 34 And saith unto them, My soul is exceedingly sorrowful 
 
 35 unto death : tarry ye here, and watch. And he went 
 forward a little, and fell on the ground, and began to pray ' 
 that, if it were possible, the hour might pass from him. 
 
 36 And he said, Abba, Father, all things are possible unto 
 thee ; take away this cup from me : nevertheless not what 
 
 37 I will, bat what thou wilt. And he cometh, and findeth 
 them sleeping, and saith unto Peter, Simon, sleepeth 
 
 38 thou? hadst thou not strength^ to watch one hour? Watch 
 ye and pray, lest ye enter into temptation. The spirit 
 
 39 truly is ready, but the flesh is weak. And again he went 
 
 40 away, and prayed, and spake the same word. And when 
 he returned, he found them sleeping again, (for their eyes 
 
 41 were heavy,) neither wist they what to answer him. And 
 he cometh the third time, and saith unto them. Sleep on 
 now, and \.2ik(t your rest : it is enough, the hour is come;* 
 behold, the Son of man is being betrayed into the hands 
 
 42 of sinners. Rise up, let us go ; lo, he that betrayeth me is 
 at hand. 
 
 43 And immediately, while he was yet speaking^ cometh 
 Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a multitude with 
 swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes 
 
 44 and the elders. And he that was betraying'^ him had 
 given them a token, saying. Whomsoever I shall kiss, that 
 
 45 same is he ; take him, and lead him away safely. And 
 
 ^ irpoo-cvlwiiai. - irpoo-qvxeTo. 
 
 ^ ovK i'<r)(v<ras. It is a mistake to regard this verb as a synonym of 
 dvvafiaL. Its inherent sense is that of physical power. Cf. ol laxuovres 
 (Matt. ix. 12) and aKatrreLv oiiK iaxvoj — I have not physical strength to 
 dig (Luke xvi. 3). 
 
 * -JiXGev Tj aipa. The verb is Aor., requiring in English, however, a 
 Perfect rendering (see p. 24). Burton's explanation is excellent, "The 
 event is so recent as to make the thought of an interval unnatural " 
 (Burton's Syntax, p. 27). 
 
 •'' \a\ovvTos. ^ 6 ^apaSiSovs. 
 
156 S. MARK. XIV. 46 
 
 as soon as he was come, he goeth straightway to him, and 
 
 46 saith, Master, master; and kissed him. And they laid 
 
 47 their hands on him, and took him. And one of them 
 that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant of the 
 
 48 high priest, and cut off his ear. And Jesus answered and 
 said unto them, Are ye come out, as against a thief, with 
 
 49 swords and with staves to take me? I was daily with 
 you in the temple teaching, and ye took me not : (but 
 this was done) that the scriptures might be fulfilled. ^ 
 
 50, 51 And they all forsook him, and fled. And there was 
 following with^ him a certain young man, having a linen 
 cloth cast about his naked body ; and they laid hold on him : 
 
 52 And he left the linen cloth, and fled naked. 
 
 53 And they led Jesus away to the high priest : and there 
 gather together ^ all the chief priests and the elders and 
 
 54 the scribes. And Peter followed him afar off, even into 
 the palace of the high priest : and he was sitting with 
 
 55 the servants, and warming^ himself at the fire. And the 
 chief priests and all the council persistently sought ^ for 
 witness against Jesus to put him to death ; and found 
 
 56 none : For many were bearing false witness ^ against 
 
 57 him, but their witness agreed not together. And there 
 arose certain, and bare false witness against him, saying, 
 
 58 We heard him say, I will destroy this temple that is 
 made wnth hands, and within three days I will build 
 
 59 another made without hands. But neither so did their 
 
 60 witness agree together. And the high priest stood up 
 in the midst, and asked Jesus, saying, Answerest thou 
 nothing? what is it which these witness against thee? 
 
 61 But he remained silent,^ and answered nothing. Again 
 the high priest asked him, and said unto him. Art thou 
 
 62 the Christ, the Son of the Blessed? And Jesus said, I 
 
 ^ Ivfx, irXiipcoGwo-iv. - (rvvT]KoXov0€i. 
 
 ^ (Tuve'pxovTai. ' •Jjv <rvvKa9T|[i€vos . . . Kal 6€p(JLaivo(Ji.6vos. 
 
 ^ t^TiTouv. The Imperfect marks their determined efforts. 
 
 ^ l\{/6v8o|xapTvpovv. '' €<ri»ira. Impft. of continuance. 
 
XV. 3 S. MARK. 157 
 
 am : and ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the 
 right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven. 
 
 63 Then the high priest rent his clothes, and saith, What 
 
 64 need we any further witnesses? Ye heard ^ the blas- 
 phemy : what think ye ? And they all condemned him 
 
 65 to be guilty of death. And some began to spit on him, 
 and to cover his face, and to buffet him, and to say unto 
 him, Prophesy : and the servants did strike him with the 
 palms of their hands. 
 
 66 And as Peter was beneath in the palace, there cometh 
 
 67 one of the maids of the high priest : And when she saw 
 Peter warming himself, she looked upon him, and saith, 
 
 68 And thou also wast with Jesus of Nazareth. But he 
 denied, saying, I know not, neither understand I what 
 thou sayest. And he went out into the porch ; and the 
 
 69 cock crew. And the maid saw him again, and began to 
 
 70 say to them that stood by. This is one of them. And he 
 persisted in denying 2 it again. And a little after, they 
 that stood by said again to Peter, Surely thou art one of 
 
 71 them: for thou art a Galilean. But he began to curse 
 and to swear, saying, I know not this man of whom 
 
 72 ye speak. And the second time the cock crew. And 
 Peter called to mind the word that Jesus said unto 
 him, Before the cock crow twice, thou shalt deny me 
 thrice. And when he thought thereon, he continued 
 weeping. 2 
 
 XV. I And straightway in the morning the chief priests 
 held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the 
 whole council, and bound Jesus, and carried him away, 
 
 2 and delivered him to Pilate. And Pilate asked him, Art 
 thou the King of the Jews ? And he answered and saith 
 
 3 unto him. Thou sayest //. And the chief priests per- 
 
 ^ ir|Kov<raT€. 
 
 - T|pv€iTo. To all around the fire the denial would be addressed. 
 ^ ^KXai€v — the sense is that of loud wailing — in opposition to daKpveiv, 
 or silent weeping. 
 
158 S. MARK. XV. 4 
 
 sisted in accusing ^ him of many things : but he answered 
 
 4 nothing. And Pilate asked him again, saying, Answerest 
 thou nothing ? behold how many things they accuse thee 
 
 5 of. But Jesus yet answered nothing; so that Pilate 
 marvelled. 
 
 6 Now at that feast he used to release '" unto them one 
 
 7 prisoner, whom they asked of him. And there was one 
 named Barabbas -which lay bound with them that had 
 made insurrection with him, who had committed murder 
 
 8 in the insurrection. And the multitude, going up, began 
 to desire him to do as he was wont to do ^ unto them. 
 
 9 But Pilate answered them, saying. Will ye that I release 
 
 10 untojou the King of the Jews ? For he was aware ^ that 
 
 11 the chief priests had delivered him for envy. But the 
 chief priests moved the people, that he should rather 
 
 12 release Barabbas unto them. And Pilate answered again, 
 and said unto them, What shall I do then unto him whom 
 
 1 3 ye call the King of the Jews ? And they cried out again, 
 
 14 Crucify him. Then Pilate said unto them, Why, what 
 evil hath he done? And they cried out exceedingly, 
 
 15 Crucify him. And so Pilate, willing to content the 
 people, released Barabbas unto them, and delivered 
 Jesus, when he had scourged him^ to be crucified. 
 
 16 And the soldiers led him away into the hall called 
 
 17 Pretorium ; and they call together the whole band. And 
 they clothe ^ him with purple, and they platted a crown of 
 
 18 thorns, .and put it about his head^ And began to salute 
 
 19 him. Hail, King of the Jews ! And they kept smiting^ 
 him on the head with a reed, and spitting upon him, 
 
 20 and bowing their knees went on worshipping. And when 
 they had mocked him, they took off the purple from him, 
 
 ^ KaTTj-ydpovv (Impft.). - direXvcv. See p. 19. '^ eiroici. 
 
 ^ e-yiv«o-K€v = he kfiew all ihe while — i.e., the perception was concurrent 
 with the action going on. 
 ^ lv8i8vcrKov(riv. 
 ^ CTviTTOv . . . IvcTTTVov . . . 'jrpo<r€Kvvovv. All Impfts. of description. 
 
XV. 35 S. MARK. 1 59 
 
 and put his own clothes on him, and lead^ him out to 
 
 21 crucify him. And they compel one Simon, a Cyrenian, 
 who passed by, coming out of the country, the father of 
 Alexander and Rufus, that he might bear ^ his cross. 
 
 22 And they bring him unto the place Golgotha, which is, 
 
 23 being interpreted, The place of a skull. And they 
 offered to give ^ him wine mingled with myrrh : but he 
 
 24 received // not. And they crucify him and part^ his 
 garments, casting lots upon them, what every man should 
 
 25 take. And it was the third hour, and they crucified him. 
 
 26 And the superscription of his accusation was written over, 
 
 27 THE KING OF THE JEWS. And with him they 
 crucify two thieves ; the one on his right hand, and the 
 other on his left. 
 
 28 And they that railed on him, wagging their heads, and 
 saying. Ah ! thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest 
 
 29 // in three days. Save thyself, and come down from the 
 
 30 cross. Likewise also the chief priests mocking said 
 among themselves, with the scribes, He saved others; 
 
 31 himself he cannot save. Let the Christ the King of 
 Israel descend now from the cross, that we may see and 
 believe. And they that were crucified with him reviled 
 him. 
 
 32 And when the sixth hour was come, there arose"' dark- 
 
 33 ness over the whole land until the ninth hour. And at 
 the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eloi ! 
 Eloi ! lama sabachthani ? which is, being interpreted, My 
 
 34 God ! my God ! why didst thou forsake^ me ? And some 
 of them that stood by, when they heard //, said, Behold, he 
 
 35 is calling 7 Elias. And one ran and filled a sponge full 
 of vinegar, and put if on a reed, and offered it to him to 
 drink,8 saying. Let alone; let us see whether Elias is 
 
 1 lla-yovoriv. 2 j^^t ^p^ 
 ^ I8180VV (Impft.). See p. 19. 
 
 * oTttvpovo-iv . . . Kttl 8iap.€pitovTai. 5 |y6'v€T0. 
 
 6 €7KaT€'Xnr€S. 7 <()«v€i. 8 IttotiUv. 
 
l6o S. MARK. XV. 36 
 
 ^6 coming to take him down. And Jesus uttered a loud 
 
 37 voice, and gave up the ghost. And the veil of the 
 temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom. 
 
 38 And when the centurion, which stood over against him, 
 saw that he so gave up the ghost, he said, Truly this man 
 
 39 was the Son of God. There were also women looking 
 on afar off: among whom was Mary Magdalene, and 
 Mary the mother of James the less and of Joses, and 
 
 40 Salome ; (Who also, when he was in Galilee, continued 
 to follow him and to minister 1 unto him ;) and many 
 other women which came up with him unto Jerusalem. 
 
 41 And now when the even was come, because it was the 
 
 42 preparation, that is, the day before the sabbath. Joseph 
 of Arimathea, an honourable counsellor, which also him- 
 self was waiting- for the kingdom of God, came, and 
 went in boldly unto Pilate, and craved the body of Jesus. 
 
 43 And Pilate marvelled if he were already dead : and he 
 called z^rifo hwi the centurion, and asked ^ him whether 
 
 44 he had been any while dead. And when he knew // of 
 
 45 the centurion, he gave the corpse to Joseph. And he 
 bought fine linen, and took him down, and wrapped him 
 in the linen, and laid him in a sepulchre which had been 
 hewn^ out of a rock, and rolled a stone unto the door 
 
 46 of the sepulchre. And Mary Magdalene and Mary the 
 mother of Joses Were [there] beholding ^ where he was 
 laid. 
 
 XVI. I And when the sabbath was past, Mary Magdalene, 
 
 and Mary the mother of James, and Salome, bought*^ 
 
 sweet spices, that they might come and anoint him. 
 
 2 And very early in the morning, the first day of the 
 
 week, they come unto the sepulchre when the sun was 
 
 1 -^KoXovOovv . . . Kttl 8it]k6vvv. Impft. — thus are we pointed back to 
 a long course of loving service during our Lord's Galilean ministry. 
 
 '^ ^v irpoo-Scxoixcvos. ^ irpoorKaXeo-dixevos . . . eir-qptoTiio-ev. 
 
 * fjv X€XaTO|JLT]|l€VOV. "^ lOcwpOVV. 
 
 ^ f|Yopa(rav. 
 
XVI. 14 S. MARK. l6l 
 
 3 risen. 1 And they were saying ^ among themselves, Who 
 
 4 shall roll us away the stone from the door of the sepulchre ? 
 And when they looked, they see that the stone is rolled 
 
 5 away : ^ for it was very great. And entering into the 
 sepulchre, they saw a young man sitting on the right side, 
 
 6 clothed in a white garment; and they were affrighted. 
 And he saith unto them. Be not affrighted : Ye seek Jesus 
 of Nazareth, which hath, been crucified : * he rose ; ^ he is 
 
 7 not here: behold the place where they laid him. But go 
 your way, tell his disciples and Peter that he goeth before 
 you into Galilee : there shall ye see him, as he said unto 
 
 8 you. And they went out, and fled from the sepulchre ; 
 for trembling and amazement were possessing them : ^ 
 neither said they any thing to any ma?t ; for they were 
 afraid. 
 
 9 * [Now when He was risen early the first day of the 
 week, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, out of whom 
 
 10 he had cast seven devils. And she went and told them 
 that had been with him, as they mourned and wept. 
 
 11 And they, when they had heard that he was alive, and 
 had been seen of her, believed not. 
 
 12 After that he was manifested" in another form unto 
 two of them, as they walked, and went into the country. 
 
 13 And they went and told it unto the residue: neither 
 believed they them. 
 
 14 Afterward he appeared unto the eleven as they sat at 
 
 1 dvaT€iX.avTos tov tjXiov. 
 
 2 eXe-yov — oftener thaji once must they have said this — it was a time of 
 protracted anxiety. 
 
 •* 6£(i)pov(riiv 8ti dvaK€Kv\i<rTai. 
 
 ^ l(rTavpa>|j.evov. ^ i^-yepOt). 
 
 ^ €tx€v -yap awrds rpdjios Kal cKorrao-is. '' €<^av6pa>0Ti. 
 
 * V.v. 9-20 are absent from the earliest and purest transmitted text. 
 Probably they were added at a later time — suggested by a sense of incom- 
 pleteness in S. Mark's record. They are absent from "The Old Syriac 
 Gospels of Mount Sinai " — discovered by Mrs Lewis in 1892, and pub- 
 lished by Cambridge University Press, 1894. 
 
 L 
 
1 62 ' S. MARK. XVI. 15 
 
 meat, and upbraided them with their unbeHef and hard- 
 ness of heart, because they beHeved not them which had 
 
 15 seen him after he was risen. And he said unto them. 
 Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every 
 
 16 creature. He that believeth and is baptized shall be 
 
 1 7 saved ; but he that believeth not shall be damned. And 
 these signs shall follow them that believe : In my name 
 shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new 
 
 18 tongues; They shall take up serpents; and if they drink 
 any deadly thing, it shall in no wise hurt^ them; they 
 shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover. 
 
 19 So then, after the Lord had spoken unto them, he was 
 received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of 
 
 20 God. And they went forth, and preached every where, 
 the Lord working with them^ and confirming the word 
 with signs following.] 
 
 S. LUKE. 
 
 I. I Forasmuch as many took in hand^ to set forth in 
 order a declaration of those things which are most surely 
 
 2 believed among us, Even as they dehvered them unto 
 us, which from the beginning were eye-witnesses, and 
 
 3 ministers of the word ; It seemed good to me also, 
 having had perfect understanding of all things from the 
 very first, to write unto thee in order, most excellent 
 
 ^ ov |JL^ . . . pXdxfrrf. 
 
 '^ lircxcCpTio-av. There seems no necessity for regarding this as a past 
 act included in a period reaching to the present time, and, therefore, 
 requiring the pft. rendering in English. The clear inference is that the 
 undertakings in question were not successful ; and the Aorist seems 
 purposely used to show that they had &hea.dy failed. 
 
I. 18 S. LUKE. 163 
 
 4 Theophilus, That thou mightest know the certainty of 
 those things, wherein thou wast instructed. ^ 
 
 5 There was, in the days of Herod, king of Judea, a 
 certain priest named Zacharias, of the course of Abia : 
 and he had a wife of the daughters of Aaron, and her 
 
 6 name 7i>as EHsabeth. And they were both righteous 
 before God, walking in all the commandments and ordin- 
 
 7 ances of the Lord blameless. And they had no child, 
 because that Elisabeth was barren ; and they both were 
 
 8 now well stricken in years. And it came to pass, that, 
 while he executed the priest's office before God in the 
 
 9 order of his course, According to the custom of the 
 priest's office, his lot was to burn incense when he went 
 
 10 into the temple of the Lord. And the whole multitude 
 of the people were praying without at the time of incense. 
 
 11 And there appeared unto him an angel of the Lord 
 
 12 standing on the right side of the altar of incense. And 
 when Zacharias saw Aim, he was troubled, and fear fell 
 
 13 upon him. But the angel said unto him, Fear not, 
 Zacharias : for thy prayer was heard ; 2 and thy wife 
 Elisabeth shall bear thee a son, and thou shalt call his 
 
 14 name John. And thou shalt have joy and gladness; and 
 
 15 many shall rejoice at his birth. For he shall be great in 
 the sight of the Lord, and shall drink neither wine nor 
 strong drink ; and he shall be filled with the Holy Ghost, 
 
 16 even from his mother's womb. And many of the children 
 
 1 7 of Israel shall he turn to the Lord their God. And he 
 shall go before him in the spirit and power of Elias, to 
 turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the 
 disobedient to the wisdom of the just ; to make ready 
 
 18 a people prepared for the Lord. And Zacharias said unto 
 the angel, Whereby shall I know this ? for I am an old 
 
 1 KttTTixinQils. 
 
 2 cIo-tikovo-Gt] t| Sc'-qo-is <rov. Ae-qo-is signifies some special prayer, and, 
 taken in connection with the Aorist here employed, most probably shows 
 that Zacharias had been praying to have a son. 
 
1 64 S. LUKE. I. 19 
 
 19 man, and my wife well stricken in years. And the angel 
 answered and said^ unto him, I am Gabriel, that stand 
 in the presence of God ; and I was sent to speak unto 
 
 20 thee, and to show thee these glad tidings. And, behold, 
 thou shalt be dumb, and not able to speak, until the 
 day that these things shall be performed, because 
 thou believest not my words, which shall be fulfilled in 
 
 21 their season. And the people were waiting ^ for Zacharias, 
 
 22 and marvelled while he was tarrying in the temple. And 
 when he came out, he could not speak unto them : and 
 they perceived that he had seen a vision in the temple ; 
 and he continued beckoning^ unto them, and remained 
 
 23 speechless. And it came to pass, that, as soon as the 
 days of his ministration were accomplished, he departed 
 
 24 to his own house. And after those days his wife Elisabeth 
 conceived, and completely hid herself* five months, saying, 
 
 25 Thus hath the Lord dealt with me in the days wherein he 
 looked on me^ to take away my reproach among men. 
 
 26 And in the sixth month the angel Gabriel was sent 
 
 27 from God unto a city of Galilee, named Nazareth, To 
 a virgin espoused to a man whose name was Joseph, of the 
 
 28 house of David ; and the virgin's name was Mary. And the 
 angel came in unto her, and said. Hail! thou that art highly 
 
 29 favoured, the Lord is with thee. But she was troubled 
 at his saying, and kept casting^ in her mind what manner 
 
 30 of salutation this should be. And the angel said unto 
 her. Fear riot, Mary ; for thou hast found favour with God. 
 
 31 And, behold, thou shalt conceive in thy womb, and bring 
 
 32 forth a son, and shalt call his name JESUS. He shall 
 be great, and shall be called the Son of the Highest : 
 and the Lord God shall give unto him the throne of his 
 
 33 father David : And he shall reign over the house of 
 Jacob for ever ; and of his kingdom there shall be no 
 
 1 diroKpiBcls €lir€v. ^ ^v . . . irpoo-8oK«v. ^ ^v Siavcvwv. 
 
 * ircpicKpvPev lavri^v. — The force of the 7re/)i' — denoting completeness — 
 must not be overlooked. ^ SicXoYft^ro (Impft.). 
 
I. 48 S. LUKE. 165 
 
 34 end. Then said Mary unto the angel, How shall this 
 
 35 be, seeing I know not a man ? And the angel answered 
 and said unto her, The Holy Ghost shall come upon thee, 
 and the power of the Highest shall overshadow thee : 
 therefore also that holy thing which shall be born of thee 
 
 36 shall be called the Son of God. And, behold, thy cousin 
 Elisabeth, she hath also conceived a son in her old age : 
 and this is the sixth month with her, who was called 
 
 37 barren. For no word of God shall be void of power. 
 
 38 And Mary said, Behold the handmaid of the Lord ; be 
 it unto me according to thy word. And the angel 
 departed from her. 
 
 39 And Mary arose in those days, and went into the hill 
 
 40 country with haste, into a city of Juda ; And entered 
 
 41 into the house of Zacharias, and saluted Elisabeth. And 
 it came to pass, that, when EHsabeth heard the salutation 
 of Mary, the babe leaped in her womb : and Elisabeth 
 
 42 was filled with the Holy Ghost : And she spake out with 
 a loud voice, and said, Blessed art thou among women, 
 
 43 and blessed is the fruit of thy womb. And whence is 
 this to me, that the mother of my Lord should come 
 
 44 to me ? For, lo, as soon as the voice of thy salutation 
 came into^ mine ears, the babe leaped in my womb for 
 
 45 joy. And blessed is she that believed: for there shall 
 be a performance of those things which have been told ^ 
 her from the Lord. 
 
 46 And Mary said, My soul doth magnify the Lord; 
 ^7, 48 And my spirit rejoiceth^ in God my Saviour. For 
 
 ^ e^ivvro els. '^ rots XeXaXiificvots. 
 
 ' i^-yoXXCacrev. The Aorist here, as well as the Aorists in vv. 51, 52,' 
 53, 54, are all Aorists iri the General or Gtwrnic sense — expressing not 
 distinct special acts, but a course of action that is wont to be followed, 
 and requiring in English the Present rendering. See p. 25. It is just 
 in a passage of this description where such an Aorist would be likely 
 to be used. " Its use in Greek occurs not only in similitudes, proposi- 
 tions involving comparisons (as 'so often in Homer), and ideal pictures, 
 but also in abstract, maximilike declarations founded in practical 
 
1 66 S. LUKE. I. 49 
 
 he regarded ^ the low estate of his handmaiden : for, 
 behold, from henceforth all generations shall call me 
 
 49 blessed. For he that is mighty did ^ to me great things ; 
 
 50 and holy is his name. And his mercy is on them that 
 
 51 fear him from generation to generation. He showeth^ 
 strength with his arm : he scattereth * the proud in the 
 
 52 imagination of their hearts. He putteth down^ the 
 mighty from their seats, and exalt eth ^ them of low 
 
 53 degree. He filleth^ the hungry with good things; and 
 
 54 the rich he sendeth^ empty away. He helpeth^ his 
 
 55 servant Israel, in remembrance of his mercy, As he spake 
 to our fathers, to Abraham, and to his seed for ever. 
 
 56 And Mary abode with her about three months, and 
 returned to her own house. 
 
 57 Now Elisabeth's full time came that she should be 
 
 58 delivered ; and she brought forth a son. And her neigh- 
 bours and her cousins heard how the Lord had showed 
 
 59 great mercy upon her; and they rejoiced with her. And 
 it came to pass, that on the eighth day they came to cir- 
 cumcise the child; and they were for calling ^^^ him 
 
 60 Zacharias, after the name of his father. And his mother 
 answered and said. Not so ; but he shall be called John. 
 
 61 And they said unto her. There is none of thy kindred that 
 
 62 is called by this name. And they went on making signs ^^ 
 
 observation," (Buttmann, p. 201). It is important to bear in mind 
 what Buttmann elsewhere says — viz., "The Aorists in quotations from 
 the O. T., as Heb. i. 9 ; x. 5, 6, are not to be brought under this head, 
 since in the Sept. translation the foreign idiom has exercised, particularly 
 in the choice of the Greek Tense, too considerable and unmistakable an 
 influence " (p. 203). But, then, although in this Hymn throughout there 
 is a strong Hebraic tinge, in no case does it contain a direct O.T. 
 quotation, 
 
 ^ €ir€pX€\)/ev. ^ eiroCii<r6v. ^ lirouria-ev (Kparos). 
 
 * 8i€<rK($pirur6V. ^ KaOSiXev. ^ vx|/a)o-€v. 
 
 ^ IvcirXiio-ev. ' c^aireorrciXev. 
 
 ^ dvTcXdpcTo (lit. to take by the hand). 
 ^** IkoIXovv. Impft. de conatu., see p. 19. ^^ €V€V€vov. 
 
I. 80 S. LUKE. 167 
 
 63 to his father, how he would have him called. And he 
 asked for a writing table, and wrote, saying, His name is 
 
 64 John. And they marvelled all. And his mouth was 
 opened immediately, and his tongue loosed^ and he began 
 
 65 to speak, 1 and praised God. And fear came on all that 
 dwelt round about them : and all these sayings continued 
 to be noised abroad - throughout all the hill country of 
 
 66 Judea. And all they that heard them laid them up in 
 their hearts, saying. What manner of child shall this be ! 
 For the hand of the Lord was with him. 
 
 67 And his father Zacharias was filled with the Holy Ghost, 
 
 68 and prophesied, saying, Blessed <^^ the Lord God of Israel; 
 
 69 for he hath visited and redeemed his people, And hath 
 raised up an horn of salvation for us in the house of his 
 
 70 servant David ; As he spake by the mouth of his holy 
 prophets, which have been since the world began ; 
 
 7 1 Salvation from our enemies, and from the hand of all that 
 
 72 hate us; To show mercy to our fathers, and to remember 
 
 73 his holy covenant. The oath which he sware to our father 
 
 74 Abraham, To grant ^ unto us, that we, being delivered out 
 of the hand of our enemies, might serve him without fear, 
 
 75 In holiness and righteousness before him, all the days of 
 
 76 our hfe. And thou, child, shalt be called the Prophet of 
 the Highest : for thou shalt go before the face of the Lord 
 
 7 7 to prepare his ways ; To give knowledge of salvation unto 
 
 78 his people, by the remission of their sins, Through the 
 tender mercy of our God, whereby the dayspring from on 
 
 79 high shall visit* us. To give light to them that sit in 
 darkness and in the shadow of death, to guide our feet 
 
 80 into the way of peace. And the child continued to grow 
 and to wax strong^ in spirit, and was in the deserts till 
 the day of his showing unto Israel. 
 
 1 IXdXci. 
 
 2 SieXoXciTo — lit., — continued to be matter of mutual conversation. Such 
 is the force of 5id. ' tov Sovvai. 
 
 * €iri(rK€4'€Tai. ^ r^^o.vi. Kttl iKparatovro. 
 
1 68 S. LUKE. II. 1 
 
 11. I And it came to pass in those days, that there went 
 out a decree from Caesar Augustus, that all the world 
 
 2 should be enrolled. {A^id this enrolling was first made 
 
 3 when Cyrenius was governor of Syria.) And all were 
 in the way of going to enrol themselves, ^ every one 
 
 4 into his own city. And Joseph also went up from 
 Galilee, out of the city of Nazareth, into Judea, unto the 
 city of David, which is called Bethlehem, (because he 
 
 ^ was of the house and lineage of David), To enrol him- 
 self with Mary who had been betrothed to him, being 
 
 6 great with child. And it came to pass ^ that, while they 
 were there, the days were accomplished that she should be 
 
 7 dehvered. And she brought forth her first-born son, and 
 wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a 
 manger; because there was no room for them in the 
 inn. 
 
 8 And there were in the same country shepherds abiding 
 in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night. 
 
 9 And the angel of the Lord stood by them, and the glory 
 of the Lord shone round about them ; and they were sore 
 
 10 afraid. And the angel said unto them. Fear not ; for, 
 behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall 
 
 11 be to all the people. For unto you was born^ this day, 
 i in the city of David, a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. 
 
 12 And this shall be the sign unto you; Ye shall find a babe 
 
 13 wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. And 
 suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the 
 
 14 heavenly host praising God, and saying, Glory to God 
 in the highest, and on earth peace among the men of His 
 
 15 good will. And it came to pass, when the angels went 
 away ^ from them into heaven, the shepherds said one to 
 
 ^ eirop€vovTo . . . diro7pd4>€(r6ai. The Impft. is that of habii : 
 dTroypd<f)€a6aL is middle voice. 
 
 ^ ry^vcTO. 
 ■ ^ €T€x0T] — a form not found in Classical Attic — that, however, is no 
 reason why the Aoristic sense should not be given effect to. 
 
 * «s dirfiXGov. 
 
II. 27 S. LUKE. 169 
 
 another, Let us now go even unto Bethlehem, and see 
 this saying which is come to pass, which the Lord hath 
 
 16 made known unto us. And they came with haste, 
 and found Mary and Joseph, and the babe lying in a 
 
 17 manger. And when they saw //, they made known abroad 
 the saying which was told them concerning this child. 
 
 18 And all they that heard it wondered at those things which 
 
 19 were told them by the shepherds. But Mary continued 
 to keep 1 all these things, and pondered them in her heart. 
 
 20 And the shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God 
 for all the things that they had heard and seen, as it was 
 told unto them. 
 
 2 1 And when eight days were accomphshed for the circum- 
 cising 2 of him, his name was called JESUS, which was so 
 named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb. 
 
 22 And when the days of their purification according to the law 
 of Moses were accomplished, they brought him to Jerusa- 
 
 23 lem, to present him to the Lord; (As it is written in the 
 law of the Lord, Every male that openeth the womb shall 
 
 24 be called holy to the Lord ;) And to offer a sacrifice 
 according to that which is said in the law of the Lord, A 
 
 25 pair of turtle-doves or two young pigeons. And, behold, 
 there was a man in Jerusalem, whose name was Simeon ; 
 and the same man was just and devout, waiting for the 
 consolation of Israel : and the Holy Ghost was upon him. 
 
 26 And it had been revealed ^ unto him by the Holy 
 Ghost, that he should not see death, before he had seen 
 
 27 the Lord's Christ. And he came in the Spirit into the 
 temple ; and when the parents brought in the child Jesus, 
 
 ^ <rvv€Ti^p€i. The change of Tense from Aorist to Impft. must have 
 some purpose. 
 
 * Tov TTcpiTCficiv. No ellipse here (requiring the supply of ^ueKa), and 
 no Hebraism. The construction is quite Classical : e.g. tov Be /xrj 6' 
 ivrevQev 5i.a<p€vy€iv, CKOiroi)t tov yiyvo/j^vov KadiaTTjs. Xen. Cyr. I. 6, 40. 
 (Winer 408). 
 
 2 I^V . . . KCXpTJUttTlO-fJl^VOV. 
 
170 S. LUKE. II. 28 
 
 28 to do for him after the custom of the law, Then took he 
 
 29 him up in his arms, and blessed God, and said, Lord, 
 now art thou letting thy servant depart ^ in peace, 
 
 30 according to thy word : For mine eyes have seen thy 
 
 3 1 salvation. Which thou hast prepared before the face of all 
 
 32 peoples. A light to lighten the Gentiles, and the glory of 
 
 33 thy people Israel. And his father and his mother kept 
 marvelling- at those things which were spoken of him. 
 
 34 And Simeon blessed them, and said unto Mary his mother, 
 Behold, this child is set for the fall and rising again of many 
 
 35 in Israel ; and for a sign which is spoken against ; ^ (Yea, 
 a sword shall pierce through thy own soul also,) that the 
 
 36 thoughts of many hearts may be revealed. And there 
 was one Anna, a prophetess, the daughter of Phanuel, of 
 the tribe of Aser : she was of a great age, and had lived 
 
 37 with an husband seven years from her virginity ; And 
 she was a widow of fourscore and four years, which de- 
 parted not from the temple, but served God with fastings 
 
 38 and prayers night and day. And she coming in that 
 instant began in turn to give thanks unto God, and to 
 speak * of him to all them that looked for redemption in 
 
 39 Jerusalem. And when they had performed all things ac- 
 cording to the law of the Lord, they returned into Galilee, 
 
 40 to their own city Nazareth. And the child continued 
 to grow and to wax strong, being filled with wisdom ; and 
 the grace of God was upon him. 
 
 41 Now his parents were in the way of going up ^ to 
 
 42 Jerusalem every year at the feast of the passover. And 
 
 1 Nvv diroXv€ts. The action as yet is future : but it is so surely deter- 
 mined as to warrant the use of the present in predicating it. 
 
 - ^V . . .0aV(wLtoVT£S. ^ dvTlX€70|i€V0V. 
 
 ^ dv6(i>)MXo'y6iTO . . . Kai cXdXcu The former verb occurs nowhere 
 else in the N.T. Though the o.vri looks as if pointing to an antiphony 
 between Anna and Simeon, yet the compound verb is found in the LXX. 
 with the simple sense. 
 
 5 eirop€vovTO. 
 
III. 3 S. LUKE. 171 
 
 when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem 
 
 43 after the custom of the feast. And when they had fulfilled 
 the days, as they were returning, the child Jesus tarried 
 
 44 behind in Jerusalem ; and his parents knew not of it. But 
 they, supposing him to have been in the company, went a 
 day's journey; and they looked up and down for himi among 
 
 45 their kinsfolk and acquaintance. And when they found 
 him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking 
 
 46 Him. And it came to pass, that after three days they 
 found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the 
 doctors, both hearing them, and asking them questions. 
 
 47 And all that heard him were astonished at his under- 
 
 48 standing and answers. And when they saw him, they 
 were amazed : and his mother said unto him. Son, why 
 didst thou thus deal - with us ? behold, thy father and I 
 
 49 were seeking thee sorrowing. And he said unto them, 
 How is it that ye were seeking me ? wist ye not that I must 
 
 50 be about my Father's business ? And they understood 
 
 51 not the saying which he spake unto them. And he went 
 down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject 
 unto them : but his mother continued to keep all these 
 
 52 sayings in her heart. And Jesus went on increasing ^ in 
 wisdom and stature, and in favour with God and man. 
 
 in. I Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius 
 Cesar, Pontius Pilate being governor of Judea, and Herod 
 being tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip tetrarch of 
 Iturea and of the region of Trachonitis, and Lysanias the 
 
 2 tetrarch of Abilene, Annas and Caiaphas being the high 
 priests, the word of God came unto John the son of 
 
 3 Zacharias in the wilderness. And he came into all the 
 
 1 dvctTjTow. Impft., but that is sufficiently indicated by the force of 
 the prefix being given effect to = ' «/ a7td down.'' 
 
 2 Tw eiro£r]o-as. What purpose does the R.V. serve by retaining the 
 pft. rendering ' hast dealt ' ? 
 
 •' irpocKoirrcv. The underlying idea is, that of pioneers cutting down 
 trees before an advancing army. 
 
172 S. LUKE. III. 4 
 
 country about Jordan, preaching the baptism of repentance 
 
 4 for remission of sins ; As it is written in the book of the 
 words of Esaias the prophet, saying, The voice of one 
 crying in the wilderness. Prepare ye the way of the Lord, 
 
 5 proceed to make ^ his paths straight. Every valley shall 
 • be filled, and every mountain and hill shall be brought 
 
 low; and the crooked shall be made straight, and the 
 
 6 rough ways ska// be made smooth ; And all flesh shall see 
 
 7 the salvation of God. He said therefore to the multitudes 
 that were coming forth to be baptized of him, O genera- 
 tion of vipers, who hath warned you to flee from the wrath 
 
 8 to come ? Bring forth [at once] ^ therefore fruits worthy 
 of repentance, and begin not to say within yourselves. We 
 have Abraham to our father : for I say unto you, That 
 God is able of these stones to raise up children unto 
 
 9 Abraham. And now also the ax is laid unto the root of 
 the trees : every tree therefore which bringeth not forth 
 good fruit is being hewn down, and is being cast ^ into the 
 
 10 fire. And the people asked him, saying, What are we to 
 
 11 do* then ? He answered and said unto them, He that 
 hath two coats, let him impart to him that hath none ; and 
 
 12 he that hath meat, let him do likewise. Then came also 
 publicans to be baptized, and said unto him. Master, what 
 
 13 are we to do ? And he said unto them, Exact no more 
 
 14 than that which is appointed you. And soldiers likewise 
 demanded of him, saying. And what are we to do? 
 And he said unto them ; Do violence to no man, neither 
 
 ■■ accuse any falsely ; and be content with your wages. 
 
 ■ ^ -jrowiTc. See Matt. iii. 3 note. 
 
 * iroiTjo-aTc. Aor. Imper, 
 
 ^ CKKoirrCTai Kal . . . pdXXerai. The actions, in a sense, are siiW/uhtre : 
 but "the evolution of the natural laws of God's dealings" makes it 
 appear as if they were in the course of actual accomplishment. See 
 ii. 29 note ; and r/. Matt. vii. 19. 
 
 .'■* t£ . .. wot-^io-wncv (Deliberative Conjunctive). See p. 27, and' so 
 understand the same words in vv. 12-14. 
 
III. 28 S. LUKE. 173 
 
 15 And as the people were in expectation, and all men 
 mused in their hearts of John, whether he were the Christ, 
 
 16 or not; John answered, saying unto them all, I indeed 
 baptize you with water ; but one mightier than I cometh, 
 the latchet of whose shoes I am not worthy to unloose : 
 he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire : 
 
 1 7 Whose fan is in his hand, to thoroughly purge his floor, and 
 to gather the wheat into his garner ; but the chaff he will 
 
 18 burn with fire unquenchable. And many other things in 
 his exhortation preached he unto the people. 
 
 19 But Herod the tetrarch, being reproved by him for 
 Herodias his brother's wife, and for all the evils which 
 
 20 Herod had done, Added yet this above all, that he shut 
 up John in prison. 
 
 2 1 Now when all the people were baptized, it came to pass^ 
 that Jesus also being baptized, and praying, the heaven 
 
 22 was opened. And the Holy Ghost descended in a bodily 
 shape like a dove upon him, and a voice came from 
 heaven, which said, Thou art my beloved Son ; on thee 
 fell my delight. 1 
 
 23 And Jesus himself when He began (His ministry) was 
 about thirty years of age, being (as was supposed) the son 
 
 24 of Joseph, which was the son of Heli, Which was the son of 
 Matthat, which was the son of Levi, which was the soft 
 of Melchi, which was the son of Janna, which was the son 
 
 25 of Joseph, Which was the son of Mattathias, which was the 
 son of Amos, which was the son of Naum, which was the 
 
 26 son of Esli, which was the son of Nagge, Which was the son 
 of Maath, which was the son of Mattathias, which was the 
 son of Semei, which was the son of Joseph, which was the 
 
 27 son of Juda, Which was the son of Joanna, which was the 
 son of Rhesa, which was the so7t of Zorobabel, which was 
 
 28 the son of Salathiel, which was the son of Neri, Which was 
 
 1 Iv <roi €v8oKT](ra. (See Matt. iii. 17 note; and C/. Matt. xvii.. 5 j, 
 Mark i. 11.) 
 
174 S. LUKE. III. 29 
 
 the son of Melchi, which was the son of Addi, which was 
 the son of Cosam, which was the son of Elmodam, which 
 
 29 was the son of Er, Which was the son of Jose, which was 
 the son of Ehezer, which was the sofi of Jorim, which was 
 
 30 the son of Matthat, which was the son of Levi, Which was 
 the son of Simeon, which was the son of Juda, which was 
 the son of Joseph, which was the son of Jonan, which was 
 
 31 the son of Ehakim, Which was the son of Melea, which 
 was the son of Menan, which was the son of Mattatha, 
 which was the son of Nathan, which was the son of 
 
 32 David, Which was the son of Jesse, which was the 
 son of Obed, which was the son of Booz, which was the 
 
 33 son of Salmon, which was the son of Naasson, Which was 
 the son of Aminadab, which was the son of Aram, which 
 was the son of Esrom, which was the son of Phares, which 
 
 34 was the son of Juda, Which was the son of Jacob, which 
 was the son of Isaac, which was the son of Abraham, which 
 
 35 was the son of Thara, which was the son of Nachor, Which 
 was the son of Saruch, which was the son of Ragau, which 
 was the son of Phalec, which was the son of Heber, which 
 
 36 was the son of Sala, Which was the son of Cainan, which 
 was the son of Arphaxad, which was the son of Sem, which 
 
 37 was the son of Noe, which was the son of Lamech, Which 
 was the son of Mathusala, which was the son of Enoch, 
 which was the son of Jared, which was the son of Maleleel, 
 
 38 which was the son of Cainan, Which was the son of Enos, 
 which was the son of Seth, which was the son of Adam, 
 which was the son of God. 
 
 IV. I And Jesus, being full of the Holy Ghost, returned 
 
 from the Jordan, and continued to be led ^ by the Spirit in 
 
 2 the wilderness, For forty days, being throughout tempted '^ 
 
 1 •i^'yeTO (Impft). During all the forty days the leading lasted. The 
 only continuous element mentioned by S. Mark is that of the ministration 
 of angels to Him {hi-r\Kiivovv). 
 
 2 7reipato|Ji.cvos — pres. particip., signifying that the tempting as well as 
 the leading lasted the full forty days. 
 
IV. 17 S. LUKE. 175 
 
 of the devil. And in those days he did eat nothing : 
 
 3 and when they were ended, he hungered. And the devil 
 said unto him, If thou art ^ the Son of God, command this 
 
 4 stone that it become ^ bread. And Jesus answered him, 
 saying, it stands written,^ That man shall not live by 
 
 5 bread alone. And he led him up and showed unto him 
 
 6 all the kingdoms of the world in a moment of time. And 
 the devil said unto him, All this power will I give thee, 
 and the glory of them : for that hath been delivered unto 
 
 7 me ; and to whomsoever I will I give it. If thou therefore 
 
 8 wilt worship me, all shall be thine. And Jesus answered 
 and said unto him, it stands written, Thou shalt worship 
 
 9 the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve. And 
 he brought him to Jerusalem, and set him on a pinnacle ot 
 the temple, and said unto him, If thou art the Son of God, 
 
 10 cast thyself down from hence : For it stands written. He 
 
 1 1 shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep thee ; And 
 in their hands they shall bear thee up, lest at any time 
 
 1 2 thou dash thy foot against a stone. And Jesus answered 
 and said unto him, It is said. Thou shalt not tempt the 
 
 13 Lord thy God. And when the devil had ended all the 
 temptation, he departed from him for a season. 
 
 14 And Jesus returned in the power of the Spirit into 
 Galilee : and there went out a fame of him through all 
 
 15 the region round about. And he went on teaching* in 
 their synagogues, being glorified of all. 
 
 16 And he came to Nazareth, where he had been brought 
 up : and, as his custom was, he went into the synagogue 
 
 1 7 on the sabbath day, and stood up for to read. And there 
 
 ^ cl vtbs ci — pres. \Xi^\Q..= assuming that thou art — taking thine own 
 word for it. 2 -yc'vTjTai. 
 
 ^ •yc-ypairrai. No one can fail to notice how very often this word 
 occurs in the gospel records. The idea is that of permanence = remaineth 
 as an eternal lesson. 
 
 * ISiSacKcv. 
 
176 S. LUKE. IV. IS 
 
 was further delivered ^ unto him' the book of the prophet 
 Esaias. And he opened the book, and found the place 
 
 18 where it was written, The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, 
 because he anointed ^ me to preach the gospel to the 
 poor ; he hath sent me to preach deUverance to the cap- 
 tives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty 
 
 19 them that are bruised, To preach the acceptable year of 
 
 20 the Lord. And he closed the book, and he gave it again 
 to the minister, and sat down. And the eyes of all them 
 
 21 that were in the synagogue were fastened on him. And 
 he began to say unto them. This day is this scripture ful- 
 
 22 filled^ in your ears. And all bare him witness, and won- 
 dered at the gracious words which proceeded out of his 
 
 23 mouth. And they said. Is not this Joseph's son ? And 
 he said unto them, Ye will surely say unto me this pro- 
 verb, Physician, heal thyself : whatsoever we heard * done 
 
 24 in Capernaum, do also here in thy country. And he said, 
 Verily I say unto you, No prophet is accepted in his own 
 
 25 country. But I tell you of a truth, many widows were 
 in Israel in the days of Elias, when the heaven was shut 
 up three years and six months, when great famine was 
 
 26 throughout all the land ; But unto none of them was 
 Elias sent, save unto Sarepta, a city of Sidon, unto a 
 
 27 woman that was a widow. And many lepers were in 
 Israel in the time of EHseus the prophet; and none of 
 
 28 them was cleansed, saving Naaman the Syrian. And all 
 they in the synagogue, when they heard these things, were 
 
 29 filled with wrath, And rose up, and thrust him out of the 
 city, and led him unto the brow of the hill whereon their 
 city was built, that they might cast him down headlong. 
 
 30 But he passing through the midst of them went his way, 
 
 1 l-rreSoOri — * further' is the force of the prefix. The meaning is that 
 after He (or perhaps another) had read the first Lesson, which was 
 invariably from the Pentateuch, there was handed to Him the roll for 
 the 2nd lesson. 
 
 2 ?x^pi<r€V. ^ ireirXiQpwTai. * T)Kov<ra(X6V. 
 
IV. 41 S. LUKE. 177 
 
 31 And came down to Capernaum, a city of Galilee, and was 
 
 32 in the way of teaching ^ them on the sabbath days. And 
 they were always astonished - at his doctrine : for his 
 word was with power. 
 
 33 And in the synagogue there was a man which had a spirit 
 of an unclean devil, and cried out with a loud voice, Let us 
 
 34 alone, what have we to do with thee, thou Jesus of Nazareth ? 
 didst thou come ^ to destroy us ? I know thee who thou 
 
 35 art ; the Holy One of God. And Jesus rebuked him, 
 saying, Hold thy peace, and come out of him. And when 
 the devil had thrown him in the midst, he came out of 
 
 36 him, and hurt him not. And amazement came upon all, 
 and they began to speak ^ among themselves, saying. What 
 a word is this ! for with authority and power he command- 
 
 37 eth the unclean spirits, and they come out. And the fame 
 of him began to go out ^ into every place of the country 
 round about. 
 
 38 And he arose out of the synagogue, and entered into 
 Simon's house. And Simon's wife's mother was one taken ^ 
 
 39 with a great fever ; and they besought ^ him for her. And 
 he stood over her, and rebuked the fever ; and it left her. 
 And immediately she arose and continued to minister ^ 
 unto them. 
 
 40 Now when the sun was setting, all they that had any 
 sick with divers diseases brought them unto him ; and he 
 laid his hands on every one of them, and healed them. 
 
 41 And devils also came out of many, crying out, and saying, 
 
 ^ -^v 8i8d(rK(i)v (Impft.), implying habitual or continuous work. 
 
 ^ €|€ir\T|<ro-OVTO. 3 ^X0€S. 
 
 * €*y€V€TO 6d|xP0S . . . Kttl (TVVcXdXoVV. ^ cIcTTOpCVCTO. 
 
 ^ ■qv <rvv€xofJi€'vii. Perhaps the translation given above sufficiently 
 indicates what was evidently intended to be brought out — viz., that 
 the fever was chronic. 
 
 "^ T|pwTTi<rav (Aor.). Over and over again, elsewhere, we find the 
 Imperfect — implying repeated attempts on the part of the petitioners to 
 gain their end. Here, however, Christ had only to be asked once. Cp. 
 Mark i. 30. s Sh^kovci. 
 
 M 
 
178 S. LUKE. IV. 42 
 
 Thou art the Son of God. And he, rebuking them^ suffered 
 them not to speak : for they knew that he was the Christ. 
 
 42 And when it was day, he departed and went into a desert 
 place ; and the people were earnestly seeking ^ him, and 
 came unto him, and stayed him, that he should not depart 
 
 43 from them. And he said unto them, I must preach the king- 
 dom of God to other cities also : for therefore was I sent.^ 
 
 44 And he was preaching ^ in the synagogues of Galilee. 
 
 V. I And it came to pass, that, as the people pressed upon 
 him and heard ^ the word of God, he was standing ^ by 
 
 2 the lake of Gennesaret, And saw two ships standing by 
 the lake : but the fishermen were gone out of them, and 
 
 3 were washing their nets. And he entered into one of the 
 ships, which was Simon's, and prayed him that he would 
 thrust out a little from the land. And he sat down, and 
 
 4 continued teaching the people out of the ship. Now 
 when he had left speaking, he said unto Simon, Launch 
 out into the deep, and let down your nets for a draught. 
 
 5 And Simon answering said unto him. Master, we toiled all 
 the night, and took ^ nothing : nevertheless at thy word I 
 
 6 will let down the net. And when they had this done, 
 they enclosed a great multitude of fishes : and their nets 
 
 7 were breaking." And they beckoned unto their partners, 
 which were in the other ship, that they should come and 
 help them. And they came, and filled both the ships, so 
 
 8 that they began to sink. When Simon Peter saw //, he 
 fell down at Jesus' knees, saying. Depart from me ; for I 
 
 9 am a sinful man, O Lord. For astonishment gat hold ^ 
 on him, and on all that were with him, at the draught of the 
 
 10 fishes which they had taken : And so also on James and 
 
 1 lir£tT|Tovv. ^ direo-TaXiiv. ^ '^v KT]pvo-<ra)v. 
 
 4 CV TO) lTriK6io-0ai Kttl (XKOtieiv. ^ ^ co-T«s. 
 
 6 Koirido-avTes ovSev IXdpo|A€v. 
 
 7 8i6pT|o-o-eTO. The process of breaking had begun ; but it does not 
 seem to have gone far, for we are told ovk ^(jyicfB-r] (John xxi. ii). 
 
 s Odp-Pos irepie'o-xev. 
 
V. 19 S. LUKE. 179 
 
 John, the sons of Zebedee, which were partners with 
 Simon. And Jesus said unto Simon, Fear not ; from 
 
 11 henceforth thou shalt catch men. And when they had 
 brought their ships to land, they forsook all, and followed 
 him. 
 
 12 And it came to pass, when he was in a certain city, 
 behold a man full of leprosy ; when he saw ^ Jesus, he fell 
 on his face, and besought him, saying. Lord, if thou wilt, 
 
 13 thou canst make me clean. And he put forth his hand, 
 and touched him, saying, I will : be thou clean. And 
 
 14 immediately the leprosy departed from him. And he 
 charged him to tell no man : but go, and show thyself to 
 the priest, and offer for thy cleansing, according as Moses 
 
 15 commanded, for a testimony unto them. But so much 
 the more went there a fame abroad of him : and great 
 multitudes came together to hear, and to be healed of 
 
 16 their infirmities. But He Himself was retiring in the 
 wilderness, and praying.- 
 
 17 And it came to pass on a certain day, as he was teach- 
 ing, that there were Pharisees and doctors of the law 
 sitting by, which were come out of every town of Galilee, 
 and Judea, and Jerusalem : and the power of the Lord 
 vf2iS present to heal them. 
 
 18 And, behold, men brought in a bed a man which was 
 taken with a palsy : and they (repeatedly) sought ^ means 
 
 19 to bring him in, and to lay him before him. And when 
 they could not find by what way they might bring him in 
 because of the multitude, they went upon the house-top, 
 and let him down through the tiling with his couch into 
 
 1 l8cGv. 
 
 ^ •fjv inrox«p«v . . . Kal 'irpoo-€vxoH''^vos. The former of these re- 
 solved impfts. is thus rendered by two early Translators : — * And he 
 kepte him silfe apart' (Tynd.) : 'And he kepte him silfe out of the 
 way ' (Cranmer). 
 
 3 kl,i\Tovv. Repeated seeking was unavoidable, for, according to S. 
 Mark, the crowd was so great, that they could not even reach the door. 
 
l8o S. LUKE. V. 20 
 
 20 the midst before Jesus. And when he saw their faith, he 
 said unto him, Man, thy sins have been forgiven ^ thee. 
 
 2 1 And the scribes and the Pharisees began to reason, saying, 
 Who is this which speaketh blasphemies? Who can 
 
 22 forgive sins but God alone? But when Jesus perceived 
 their thoughts, he answering said unto them, What reason 
 
 23 ye in your hearts ? Whether is easier, to say. Thy sins 
 have been forgiven ^ thee ; or to say. Rise up and walk ? 
 
 24 But that ye may know that the Son of man hath p©wer 
 upon earth to forgive sins, (he said unto the sick of the 
 palsy,) I say unto thee, Arise, and take up thy couch, and 
 
 25 go unto thine house. And immediately he rose up before 
 them, and took up that whereon he lay, and departed to 
 
 26 his own house, glorifying God. And amazement seized ^ 
 on all, and they glorified God, and were filled with fear, 
 saying, We have seen strange things to-day. 
 
 27 And after these things he went forth, and saw a 
 publican, named Levi, sitting at the receipt of custom : 
 
 28 and he said unto him. Follow me. And he left all, rose 
 
 29 up, and followed him. And Levi made him a great feast 
 in his own house : and there was a great company of 
 
 30 publicans and of others that sat down with them. But 
 their scribes and Pharisees kept up a murmuring ^ against 
 his disciples, saying, Why do ye eat and drink with 
 
 31 publicans and sinners? And Jesus answered and said 
 unto them, They that are whole need not a physician ; 
 
 32 but they that are sick. I am not come to call the 
 righteous, but sinners to repentance. 
 
 33 And they said unto him, The disciples of John fast often, 
 and make prayers, and likewise the disciples of the Phari- 
 
 34 sees ; but thine eat and drink ? And he said unto them, 
 Can ye make the children of the bride-chamber fast while 
 
 1 d<{>€tovTdi o-oi. Probably a Doric form for 3d pi. pft. pass, of 
 6,<t>l'riix\.—\\z. , a<t>eivraL. The same form occurs in Matt. ix. 2 ; Mark 
 ii. 5 ; I John ii. 12. 
 
VI. 7 S. LUKE. 18 1 
 
 35 the bridegroom is with them ? But the days will come, 
 and when the bridegroom shall be taken away from them, 
 then shall they fast in those days. 
 
 36 And he spake also a parable unto them ; No man 
 rendeth a piece from a new garment and putteth ^ it upon 
 an old : else he will rend the new, and the piece that 
 was taken out of the new will not agree - with the old. 
 
 37 And no man putteth new wine into old bottles ; else the 
 new wine will burst the bottles, and be spilled, and the 
 
 38 bottles shall perish. But new wme must be put into 
 
 39 new bottles. No man also having drunk old ivine desireth 
 new ; for he saith, The old is excellent. 
 
 VT. I And it came to pass on a sabbath, that he was going 
 through 3 the corn fields ; and his disciples were plucking 
 the ears of corn, and eating,^ rubbing tJietn in their 
 
 2 hands. And certain of the Pharisees said, Why do ye 
 
 3 that which is not lawful on the sabbath days? And 
 Jesus answered them, and said, Did ye never read ^ even 
 this, what David did, when himself was an hungered, and 
 
 4 they which were with him ; How he went into the house 
 of God, and did take and eat the shewbread, and gave also 
 to them that were with him ; which it is not lawful to eat 
 
 5 but for the priests alone ? And he said unto them, That 
 the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath. 
 
 6 And it came to pass also on another sabbat' that he 
 entered into the synagogue and taught ; and lere was 
 
 7 a man whose right hand was withered. And the scribes 
 and Pharisees were watching ^ him, whether he intends 
 
 1 o-x^o-as eiripdXXci. ^ <rxi<r€i . . . ov <rv|A«j)«v^or€u 
 
 '^ eyevcTO . . . 8tairop€v€(r0ai avrov . . . Kat ?ti\\ov. The construction 
 is quite a Hebraism. It is almost certain that S. Luke used Aramaic 
 documents in compiling his Gospel— hence this kind of idiom is very 
 common with him. In Greek of the best Classic period we would have 
 had eri'xe biairopevofievos. 
 
 * ?Ti\\ov . . . Kat -f^o-Oiov. 
 
 ^ ovB\ Tovro dv€'"YV«T€. Cp. Mark ii. 25 ; Matt. xii. 5 ; xix. 4, notes. 
 irapcrqovvTO. 
 
152 S. LUKE. VI. 8 
 
 to heal 1 on the sabbath day ; that they might find how 
 
 8 to accuse him.^ But he knew their thoughts, and said 
 to the man which had the withered hand, Rise up, and 
 stand forth in the midst. And he arose and stood forth. 
 
 9 Then said Jesus unto them, I further ask^ you; Is it 
 lawful on the sabbath days to do good, or to do evil ? to 
 
 10 save life, or to destroy // ? And he looked round about 
 upon them all, and said unto the man, Stretch forth thy 
 
 1 1 hand. And he did so : and his hand was restored. And 
 they were filled with madness; and began to commune^ 
 one with another what they might possibly ^ do to Jesus. 
 
 12 And it came to pass in these days, that he went out into 
 the mountain to pray, and continued all night in prayer to 
 
 13 God. And when it was day, he called unto him his 
 disciples : and of them he chose twelve ; whom also he 
 
 T4 named Apostles; Simon (whom he also named Peter), 
 and Andrew his brother, James and John, and Philip and 
 
 15 Bartholomew, and Matthew and Thomas, James the son of 
 
 16 Alpheus, and Simon called Zelotes, And Judas Xh^broi/ier 
 
 17 of James, and Judas Iscariot, which became traitor.*' And 
 he came down with them, and stood in a plain, and a 
 great company of his disciples, and a great multitude of 
 people out of all Judea and Jerusalem, and from the sea 
 coast of Tyre and Sidon, which came to hear him, and to 
 
 18 be healed of their diseases; And they that were vexed 
 
 19 with unclean spirits were healed. And the whole multi- 
 tude sought to touch him : for there went virtue out of 
 him, and healed the?n all. 
 
 ^ cl Ocpa7r€V€S — Present of intention or attempt. See page 18, and 
 consult Buttmann, p. 205. 
 
 - I'va ciipctfo-iv KaTT]Yop€iv. 
 
 ^ circpwTw. The force of the prefix is not to be overlooked. 
 
 ^ SicXdXovv. 
 
 ^ Ti &v iroiT]o-ai6v (Opt.). This construction — both with and without &v 
 is found only in S. Luke (see i. 62 ; ix. 46 ; Acts v. 24 ; x. 17 ; xvii. 11 ; 
 xxii. 33). The precise meaning here is that different possibilities existed, 
 all of which they duly weighed. 
 
 ^ OS l-yevcTo irpoSd-nis. R.V. = which was the traitor. 
 
VI. 35 S. LUKE. 183 
 
 20 And he lifted up his eyes on his disciples, and said, 
 Blessed be ye poor : for yours is the kingdom of God. 
 
 21 Blessed are ye that hunger now: for ye shall be filled. 
 
 22 Blessed are ye that weep now : for ye shall laugh. Blessed 
 are ye when men shall hate you, and when they shall 
 separate -^om from their cotnpany, and shall reproach J^'<?^/, 
 and cast out your name as evil, for the Son of man's sake. 
 
 23 Rejoice ye in that day, and leap for joy ; for, behold, your 
 reward is great in heaven : for in the like manner did 
 
 24 their fathers unto the prophets. But woe unto you that 
 are rich ! for ye have received to the full ^ your consolation. 
 
 25 Woe unto you that are full now, for ye shall hunger. Woe 
 unto you that laugh now ! for ye shall mourn and weep. 
 
 26 Woe unto you when all men shall speak well of you ! for 
 so did their fathers to the false prophets. 
 
 27 But I say unto you which hear. Love your enemies, do 
 
 28 good to them which hate you, Bless them that curse you, 
 
 29 and pray for them which despitefully use you. And unto 
 him that smiteth thee on the one cheek offer also the 
 other ; and from him that taketh away thy cloak withhold 
 
 30 not thy coat also. Be giving ^ to every man that asketh 
 of thee ; and of him that taketh away thy goods ask them 
 
 31 not again. And as ye would that men should do to you, 
 
 32 do ye also to them likewise. For if ye love them which 
 love you, what thank have ye ? for sinners also love those 
 
 33 that love them. And if ye do good to them which do 
 good to you, what thank have ye? for sinners also do 
 
 34 even the same. And if ye lend to them of whom ye hope 
 to receive, what thank have ye ? even sinners also lend 
 
 35 to sinners, to receive as much again. But love ye your 
 enemies, and do good, and lend, hoping for nothing again j 
 and your reward shall be great, and ye shall be children 
 
 1 dir€X€T€ — lit. ' ye have to the full ' — a present with force of pft. Cp. 
 Malt, vi. 2, where see note. 
 
 ^ TravTi alrovvTi crc SCSov. It is the habit or the spirit of giving that is 
 inculcated. 
 
184 S. LUKE. VI. 36 
 
 of the Highest : for he is kind unto the unthankful and 
 
 36 to the evil. Be ye merciful, as your Father is merciful. 
 
 37 Judge not, and ye shall not be judged : condemn not, 
 and ye shall not be condemned : forgive, and ye shall 
 
 38 be forgiven : Give, and it shall be given unto you : good 
 measure, pressed down, and shaken together, and running 
 over, shall men give into your bosom. For with the same 
 measure that ye mete withal it shall be measured to you 
 
 39 again. And he spake also a parable unto them : Surely 
 the blind cannot lead the blind? shall they not both 
 
 40 fall into the ditch ? The disciple is not above his master : 
 
 41 but every one that is perfect shall be as his master. And 
 why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother's eye, 
 but perceivest not the beam that is in thine own eye? 
 
 42 Or how canst thou say to thy brother. Brother, let me 
 pull out the mote that is in thine eye, when thou thyself 
 beholdest not the beam that is in thine own eye ? Thou 
 hypocrite, cast out first the beam out of thine own eye, 
 and then shalt thou see clearly to pull out the mote that 
 
 43 is in thy brother's eye. For there is no good tree that 
 bringeth forth ^ corrupt fruit; nor again a corrupt tree 
 
 44 that bringeth forth good fruit. For every tree is known 
 by his own fruit. For of thorns men do not gather figs, 
 
 45 nor of a bramble bush gather they grapes. A good man 
 out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth forth that 
 which is good ; and an evil man out of the evil treasure 
 of his heart bringeth forth that which is evil : for of the 
 abundance of the heart his mouth speaketh. 
 
 46 And why call ye me. Lord, Lord, and do not the things 
 
 47 which I say ? Whosoever cometh to me, and heareth my 
 sayings, and doeth them, I will show you to whom he is 
 
 48 like. He is like a man building an house, who digged 
 and kept deepening,- and laid the foundation on the rock : 
 
 ^ Ov 'ydp ^«mv Sc'vSpov KaXbv iroiovv. 
 
 ^ 6s ^erKai|/€v Kal €pa0w€v. Why should not the picturesque force of the 
 original be preserved ? The two verbs are not a Hebraism for * he dug 
 deep.' See Winer, 588 : Simcox, 205. 
 
VII. 11 
 
 S. LUKE. 1 8s 
 
 and when the flood arose, the stream beat vehemently 
 upon that house, and could not shake it ; for it was well 
 49 built. But he that heareth, and doeth not, is like a man 
 that without a foundation built an house upon the earth ; 
 against which the stream did beat vehemently, and im- 
 mediately it fell in ; and the ruin of that house was great. 
 VII. I Now when he had ended all his sayings in the 
 audience of the people, he entered into Capernaum. 
 
 2 And a certain centurion's servant, who was dear unto him, 
 
 3 was sick, and on the point of death. ^ And when he 
 heard of Jesus, he sent unto him the elders of the Jews, 
 beseeching him that he would come and thoroughly save ^ 
 
 4 his servant. And when they came to Jesus, they con- 
 tinued to beseech him urgently,^ saying, He is worthy 
 
 5 that thou, on thy part, shouldest do this for him : For 
 he loveth our nation, and himself built * us a synagogue. 
 
 6 Then Jesus went with them. And when he was now not far 
 from the house, the centurion sent friends to him, saying 
 unto him. Lord, trouble not thyself; for I am not worthy 
 
 7 that thou shouldest enter under my roof: Wherefore 
 neither thought I myself worthy to come unto thee : but 
 
 8 say in a word, and my servant shall be healed. For I 
 also am a man set under authority, having under me 
 soldiers ; and I say unto one, Go, and he goeth ; and to 
 another, Come, and he cometh ; and to my servant, Do 
 
 9 this, and he doeth it. When Jesus heard these things, 
 he marvelled at him, and turned him about, and said unto 
 the people that followed him, I say unto you, not even in 
 
 10 Israel found I^ so great faith. And they that were sent, 
 returned ^ to the house, and found the servant whole. 
 
 11 And it came to pass the day after, that he went into 
 a city called Nain ; and his disciples went with him, and 
 
 1 -fjlxcXXev TcXevrav. ^ 8iao-w<rxi. 
 
 ^ TrapsKaXovv . . . <nrov8ai«s. * avrbs <iKo86|i.T]<r€V. 
 
 '" eSpov. 
 
 *^ wTroo-Tpe'4'avT€S (resolved participle). 
 
1 86 S. LUKE. VII. 12 
 
 12 much people. Now when he came nigh to the gate 
 of the city, behold, there was a dead man being carried 
 out/ the only son of his mother, and she was a widow : 
 
 13 and 'much people of the city was with her. And when 
 the Lord saw her, he had compassion on her, and said unto 
 
 14 her, Be not weeping. 2 And he came and touched the bier : 
 and they that bare him stood still. And he said, Young 
 
 15 man, I say unto thee, Arise. And he that was dead sat 
 up, and began to speak. And he delivered him to his 
 
 16 mother. And fear took hold^ on all : and they glorified 
 God, saying, That a great prophet is risen up among us ; 
 
 17 and, that God hath visited his people. And this rumour 
 of him went forth throughout all Judea, and thoughout 
 all the region round about. 
 
 i^ And the disciples of John showed him of all these things. 
 
 19 And John called^ unto him two of his disciples, and sent 
 them to the Lord, saying. Art thou he that should come ? 
 
 20 or are we to look ^ for another? When the men were 
 come unto him, they said, John Baptist hath sent us unto 
 thee, saying, Art thou he that should come ? or are we to 
 
 21 look for another ? And in the same hour he cured many 
 of their infirmities and plagues, and of evil spirits ; and 
 
 22 unto many that were blind he gave sight. Then He 
 answering said unto them, Go your way, and tell John 
 what things ye saw and heard ; '^ how that the blind see, 
 the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed, the deaf hear, the 
 
 23 dead are raised, to the poor the gospel is preached. And 
 blessed is he^ whosoever shall not be offended in me. 
 
 24 And when the messengers of John were departed, he 
 began to speak unto the people concerning John, What 
 went ye out into the wilderness for to see? A reed 
 
 ^ €|€KO[Jtt5€TO. 
 
 - ji-fl KXaic. The force of this continuous present with ix-l] is equivalent 
 to ' stop weeping^'' or ' dry up thy tears.' 
 s"EXap€v8^<|)<5Pos. 
 
 ^ •irpoo-KaX€(rd|i.€vos (resolved participle). 
 ^ irpoo-SoKoiiAcv. Cp. Matt. xi. 3, see note. ^ etSere Kal ^KOv<raT€. 
 
VII. 38 
 
 S. LUKE. 187 
 
 25 shaken with the wind ? But what went ye out for to see ? 
 A man clothed in soft raiment ? Behold, they which are 
 gorgeously apparelled, and live delicately, are in kings' 
 
 26 courts. But what went ye out for to see ? A prophet ? 
 Yea, I say unto you, and much more than a prophet. 
 
 27 This is he of whom it is written. Behold, I send my 
 messenger before thy face, which shall prepare thy way 
 
 28 before thee. I say unto you, Among those that are born 
 of women there is not a greater than John : but he that is 
 
 29 least in the kingdom of God is greater than he. And all 
 the people when they heard ^ him, and the publicans, 
 justified God, and were baptized - with the baptism 
 
 30 of John. But the Pharisees and lawyers rejected the 
 counsel of God against themselves, and were not 
 baptized of him. 
 
 31 Whereunto then shall I liken the men of this generation ? 
 
 32 and to what are they like.^ They are Hke unto children 
 sitting in the market-place, and calling one to another, 
 and saying, we piped unto you, and ye danced not ; 
 
 33 we mourned to you, and ye wept not.'= For John the 
 Baptist is come neither eating bread nor drinking wine ; and 
 
 34 ye say, He hath a devil. The Son of man is come eating 
 and drinking ; and ye say. Behold, a gluttonous man, and 
 
 35 a wine-bibber, a friend of publicans and sinners ! But 
 Wisdom was justified * of all her children. 
 
 36 And one of the Pharisees desired him that he would 
 eat with him. And he went into the Pharisee's house, 
 
 37 and sat down to meat. And, behold, a woman which 
 was in the city — a sinner ; and when she knew that 
 Jesus sat at meat in the Pharisee's house, she brought an 
 
 38 alabaster box of ointment, And stood at his feet behind 
 
 1 dKovo-as. " PaPrwrOevTcs (so in v. 30). 
 
 ^ ELvX-^^o-ajJiev — «pxT]o-ao-9€ — e0pT]VT^crap,€v — iKXavo-are (all Aorists). 
 ^ c8iKaiw0T]. See note on Matt. xi. 19. Farrar (Cambridge Greek Test.) 
 regards the Aorist here as Gnomic, and would translate ' is justified.' 
 
1 88 S. LUKE. VII. 3& 
 
 him weeping, and began to wash his feet with tears, 
 and did wipe them with the hairs of her head, and was 
 eagerly kissing his feet, and anointing ^ them with the 
 
 39 ointment. Now when the Pharisee which had bidden 
 him saw //, he spake within himself, saying, This man, 
 if he were a prophet, would have known all along ^ who 
 and what manner of woman this is that is touching^ him; 
 
 40 for she is a sinner. And Jesus answered and said * unto 
 him, Simon, I have somewhat to say unto thee. And 
 
 41 he saith, Master, say on. There was a certain creditor 
 which had two debtors : the one owed five hundred 
 
 42 pence, and the other fifty. And when they had nothing 
 to pay, he frankly forgave them both. Therefore, which 
 
 43 of them will love him most ? Simon answered and said, 
 I suppose that he to whom he forgave most. And he 
 
 44 said unto him, Thou hast rightly judged. And he turned 
 to the woman, and said unto Simon, Seest thou this 
 woman? I entered into thine house, thou gavest me 
 no water for my feet : but she hath washed my feet 
 
 45 with tears, and wiped them with her hair. Thou gavest 
 me no kiss : but this woman since the time I came in 
 
 46 hath not ceased to kiss my feet. My head with oil 
 thou didst not anoint : but this woman hath anointed 
 
 47 my feet with ointment. Wherefore I say unto thee, 
 Her sins, which are many, are forgiven ; for she loved 
 much : but to whom little is forgiven, the same 
 
 48 loveth little. And he said unto her. Thy sins are for- 
 
 49 given. And they that sat at meat with him began to 
 say within themselves. Who is this that forgiveth sins 
 
 ^ KaTe<|>CX6i . . . Kat i^Xei4>€v (both Impft.). 
 
 ^ eyiVftMTKCv dv (literally 'would have been knowing'). The protasis 
 is OStos e^ ^1/ irporprp-Tjs : and the two clauses together furnish us with 
 a good example of a Conditional Sentence of the IV, Class (see p. 33). 
 An Aorist may be in the Apodosis (Matt. xi. 21, 23, &c.) ; or a Plu. 
 perf. (John xiv. 7). 
 
 ^ diTTCTai. ^ 8ii]Kdvovv. 
 
VIII. 13 S. LUKE. 159 
 
 50 also ? And he said to the woman, Thy faith hath saved 
 thee ; go in peace. 
 VIII. I And it came to pass afterward, that he went 
 throughout every city and village, preaching and show- 
 ing the glad tidings of the kingdom of God : and the 
 
 2 twelve were with him. And certain women, which had 
 been healed of evil spirits and infirmities, Mary called 
 
 3 Magdalene, out of whom went seven devils. And Joanna 
 the wife of Chuza Herod's steward, and Susanna, and 
 many others, which were in the way of ministering ^ 
 unto him of their substance. 
 
 4 And when much people were gathering together, and 
 they of every city were coming ^ to him, he spake by a 
 
 5 parable : The sower went out to sow his seed : and as 
 he sowed, some fell by the way-side ; and it was trodden 
 
 6 down, and the fowls of the air devoured it. And some 
 fell upon the rock ; and as soon as it was sprung up, 
 
 7 it withered away, because it lacked moisture. And some 
 fell among the thorns ; and the thorns sprang up with 
 
 8 it, and choked it. And other fell on the good ground, 
 and sprang up, and bare fruit an hundredfold. And 
 when he had said these things, he cried, He that hath 
 ears to hear, let him hear. 
 
 9 And his disciples asked him, What might this parable 
 
 10 be? And he said. Unto you it is given to know the 
 mysteries of the kiijgdorn of God : but to the others in 
 parables; that seeing they might not see, and hearing 
 
 11 they might not understand. Now the parable is this: 
 
 12 The seed is the word of God. Those by the way-side 
 are they that heard ; ^ then cometh the devil, and taketh 
 away the word out of their hearts, lest they should be- 
 
 13 lieve and be saved. They on the rock are they, which, 
 when they have once heard,^ receive the word with- 
 
 ^ 8iT]Kdvovv. '^ SvviovTos . . . eTriiropcvoixe'vwv. 
 
 ^ 01 diKovo'avTcs. "^ Srav dKov<rto<riv. 
 
IQO S. LUKE. VIII. 14 
 
 joy ; and these have not root, which for a while believe, 
 
 14 and in time of temptation fall away. And that which 
 fell among the thorns are they, which, when they have 
 heard, go forth, and are choked with cares and riches 
 and pleasures of this life, and bring no fruit to perfec- 
 
 15 tion. But that on the good ground are they, which in an 
 honest and good heart, heard the word, and keep //, and 
 bring forth fruit with patience. 
 
 16 No man, when he hath lighted a candle, covereth it 
 with a vessel, or putteth it under a bed ; but setteth it on 
 a candlestick, that they which enter in may see the light. 
 
 17 For nothing is secret that shall not be made manifest; 
 neither any thing hid that shall not be known and come 
 
 1 8 abroad. Take heed therefore how ye hear : for whoso- 
 ever hath, to him shall be given; and whosoever hath 
 not, from him shall be taken even that which he thinketh 
 he hath. 
 
 19 Then came to him his mother and his brethren, and 
 
 20 could not come at him for the press. And it was told him 
 by certain, which said, Thy mother and thy brethren stand 
 
 21 without, desiring to see thee. And he answered and said 
 unto them. My mother and my brethren are these which 
 hear the word of God, and do it. 
 
 22 Now it came to pass on one of those days, that he 
 went into a ship with his disciples : and he said unto 
 them, Let us go over unto the other side of the lake. 
 
 23 And they launched forth. But as they were sailing ^ he 
 fell asleep : and there came down a storm of wind on the 
 lake : and they began to be filled with water, and to be 
 
 24 in jeopardy.- And they came to him, and awoke him, 
 saying, Master, master, we are perishing ! ^ Then he 
 
 ^ irXcoVTcav Sc avToiv. 
 
 - (TweirXTipouvTo Kal €Kiv8vv€uov. (See p. 19). 
 
 2 diroXXviicGa. Matt. (viii. 25) has * Lord ! Save! we are perishing': 
 Mark (iv. 38), 'Rabbi, carest thou not that we are perishing'? — The 
 situation was intensely critical. 
 
VIII. 35 S. LUKE. 191 
 
 arose, and rebuked the wind and the raging of the water : 
 
 25 and they ceased, and there came a calm. And he said 
 unto them. Where is your faith? And they were afraid 
 and wondered, saying one to another, What manner of 
 man is this ! for he commandeth even the winds and 
 water, and they obey him. 
 
 26 And they arrived at the country of the Gerasenes, 
 
 27 which is over against Galilee. And when he went forth 
 to land, there met him out of the city a certain man, 
 which had devils, and for long time ware no clothes, 
 
 28 neither abode in any house, but in the tombs. When 
 he saw Jesus, he cried out, and fell down before him, and 
 with a loud voice said. What have I to do with thee, 
 Jesus, thoit Son of God most high? I beseech thee, 
 
 29 torment me not. (For he was commanding ^ the unclean 
 spirit to come out of the man. For oftentimes it had 
 caught him ; and he used to be kept bound with chains and 
 in fetters ; and breaking the bands, he used to be driven - 
 
 30 of the devil into the wilderness.) And Jesus asked him, 
 saying. What is thy name ? And he said, Legion : because 
 
 31 many devils were entered into him. And they besought 
 him that he would not command them to go out into 
 
 32 the deep. And there was there an herd of many swine 
 feeding on the mountain : and they besought him that 
 he would suffer them to enter into them. And he suffered 
 
 33 them. Then went the devils out of the man, and entered 
 into the swine \ and the herd ran violently down the steep 
 
 34 place into the lake, and were choked. When they that 
 fed the7n saw what had been done,^ they fled, and went 
 
 35 and told it in the city and in the country. Then they 
 went out to see what had been done ; and came to Jesus, 
 and found the man out of whom the devils were departed, 
 sitting at the feet of Jesus, clothed, and in his right mind : 
 
 1 irapTJ-y-ycXXev. (Another reading is irapTJyyeiXeu. ) 
 
 ^ cSecTfjieiieTo . . . 8iapT|o-o-ft)v . . . T|\avv€To. Imperfects of kadtt. 
 
 ^ TO "Yc-yovos. (So in v. 35). 
 
192 S. LUKE. VIII. 36 
 
 36 and they were afraid. They also which saw // told them 
 by what means he that was possessed of the devils was 
 healed. 
 
 37 Then the whole multitude of the country of the 
 Gerasenes round about besought him to depart from 
 them ; for they were taken with great fear. And he 
 
 38 went up into a ship, and returned back again. Now the 
 man out of whom the devils were departed besought 
 him that he might be with him : but Jesus sent him away, 
 
 39 saying, Return to thine own house, and show how great 
 things God did ^ unto thee. And he went his way, and 
 published throughout the whole city how great things 
 
 40 Jesus had done unto him. And it came to pass, that, 
 on Jesus returning, the people gladly received him : for 
 they were all waiting for him. 
 
 41 And, behold, there came a man named Jairus, and he 
 was a ruler of the synagogue : and he fell down at Jesus' 
 feet, and besought him that he would come into his 
 
 42 house; For he had one only daughter, about twelve 
 years of age, and she lay a dying. But as he went the 
 people were thronging ^ him. 
 
 43 And a woman, having an issue of blood twelve years, 
 which had spent all her living upon physicians, neither 
 
 44 could be healed of any. Came behind hwi^ and touched 
 the border of his garment : and immediately her issue of 
 
 45 blood stanched. And Jesus said. Who touched me ? 
 When all denied, Peter and they that were with him 
 said. Master, the multitude throng thee and press thee. 
 
 46 And Jesus said. Somebody touched ^ me : for I perceived 
 
 47 that virtue had gone ^ out of me. And when the woman 
 saw that she was not hid, she came trembling, and falling 
 down before him, she declared unto him before all the 
 people for what cause she touched him, and how she was 
 
 1 liroiTjo-cv. ^ <rvv€irvt70V. 
 
 ^ -{jxJ/aTO. ^ ^-yvtov . . . tlcX-qX-uOviav. 
 
IX. 8 S. LUKE. 193 
 
 48 healed immediately. And he said unto her, Daughter, 
 thy faith hath made thee whole ; go in peace. 
 
 49 While he was yet speaking,! there cometh one from 
 the ruler of the synagogue's house^ saying to him. Thy 
 
 50 daughter is dead ; trouble not the Master. But when 
 Jesus heard //, he answered him, saying. Fear not : 
 
 51 believe only, and she shall be made whole. And when 
 he came into the house, he suffered no man to go in, 
 save Peter and James and John, and the father and 
 
 52 the mother of the maiden. And all were weeping, and 
 bewailing- her: but he said, Weep not: for she is not 
 
 53 dead, but sleepeth. And they were laughing him to 
 
 54 scom,'^ knowing that she was dead. And he took her 
 
 55 by the hand, and called, saying. Maid, arise. And her 
 spirit came again, and she arose straightway : and he 
 
 56 commanded to give her meat. And her parents were 
 astonished : but he charged them that they should tell 
 no man what had been done. 
 
 IX. I Then he called the twelve together, and gave them 
 power and authority over all devils, and to cure diseases. 
 
 2 And he sent them to preach the kingdom of God, and 
 
 3 to heal. And he said unto them. Take nothing {ox your 
 journey, neither staff, nor scrip, neither bread, neither 
 
 4 money ; neither have two coats apiece. And whatso- 
 ever house ye enter into, there abide, and thence depart. 
 
 5 And whosoever will not receive you, when you go out 
 of that city, shake off the dust from your feet for a 
 
 6 testimony against them. And they departed, and went 
 through the towns, preaching the gospel, and healing 
 everywhere. 
 
 7 Now Herod the tetrarch heard of all that was being 
 done : ^ and he was perplexed, because that it was said 
 of some, that John had been raised^ from the dead; 
 
 8 And of some, that Elias had appeared ; and of others, 
 
 1 "Eti avTov XaXovvTos. "" e KXaiov . . . Kal Ikoittovto. 
 
 •'• Karry^cov. * to, ^ivop-cva. 5 ^Yep0T]. 
 
194 S. LUKE. IX. 9 
 
 9 that one of the old prophets was risen again. And 
 Herod said, John have I beheaded : but who is this of 
 whom I hear such things ? And he made repeated 
 attempts ^ to see him. 
 
 10 And the apostles, when they were returned, told him 
 all that they had done. And he took them, and went 
 
 11 aside privately into a city called Bethsaida. And the 
 people, when they knew it, followed him : and he re- 
 ceived them, and proceeded to speak ^ unto them of the 
 kingdom of God, and to heal ^ them that had need of 
 healing. 
 
 12 And the day began to wear away, and the twelve 
 came, and said unto him. Send the multitude away, that 
 they may go into the towns and country round about, 
 and lodge, and get victuals : for we are here in a desert 
 
 13 place. But he said unto them. Give ye them to eat. 
 And they said, We have no more but five loaves and 
 two fishes; except perchance^ we should go and buy 
 
 14 meat for all this people. (For they ^were about five 
 thousand men.) And he said to his disciples. Make 
 
 15 them sit down in companies about fifty each. And they 
 
 16 did so, and made them all sit down. Then he took the 
 five loaves and the two fishes, and looking up to heaven, 
 he blessed them, and brake, and went on giving* to 
 
 ^ It-^TCi. The A.V.'s rendering 'he desired ' is very insufficient. And 
 is the R.V.'s (' he sought ') perfectly accurate ? No indication is thereby 
 conveyed to the English reader that what the verb (an Impft.) suggests 
 is that many a time Herod tried to see Him. And this accords with 
 xxiii. 8, * he was desirous to see Him of a long season.'' 
 
 - eXdX€i . . . Kai Idro. 
 
 3 €l fiTiTi Trop€v0€'vT€S Tjiicis d-yopdo-wiicv. One of the two undoubted 
 cases of et being found in the N.T. followed by the conjunctive. The 
 other instance is i Cor. ix. 11, ei depiaojfiev. i Cor. xiv. 5 is doubtful — 
 a good reading being diepfxrjveveL (indie). The conjunctive in the case 
 before us, Buttmann (p. 221) regards as a 'conjunct, dubitativus,' in 
 \vhich case the sense would be ' Unless — are we to go and buy?' 
 
 ^ eSiSov. The ' brake ' is Aor. (KareKXaaev) and the ' gave ' of the A. V, 
 
IX. 28 S. LUKE. 195 
 
 17 the disciples to set before the multitude. And they 
 did eat, and were all filled : and there was taken up of 
 fragments that remained to them twelve baskets. 
 
 18 And it came to pass, as he was alone praying, his 
 disciples were with him : and he asked them, saying, 
 
 19 Whom say the people that I am ? They answered and 
 said, John the Baptist ; but some say, Elias; and others say, 
 
 20 that one of the old prophets is risen again. He said unto 
 them, But whom say ye that I am ? Peter answered and 
 
 21 said, The Christ of God. And he straitly charged them, 
 
 22 and commanded thejfi to tell no man that thing; Saying 
 The Son of man must suffer many things, and be rejected 
 of the elders and chief priests and scribes, and be slain, 
 and be raised the third day. 
 
 23 And he said to them all, If any maji would ^ come after 
 me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and 
 
 24 follow me. For whosoever would save his life shall lose it : 
 but whosoever would lose his life for my sake, the same 
 
 25 shall save it. For what is a man advantaged, if he gain 
 the whole world, and lose himself, or be cast away ? 
 
 26 For whosoever shall be ashamed of me and my words, 
 of him shall the Son of man be ashamed, when he shall 
 come in his own glory, and in his Father's, and of the holy 
 
 27 angels. But I tell you of a truth, there be some standing 
 here, which shall in no wise taste ^ of death, till they see 
 the kingdom of God. 
 
 28 And it came to pass, about an eight days after these 
 
 and R.V. impft. — from which we learn this detail that the miracle " took 
 place between the act of breaking and the continuous distribution " (Farrar 
 in loc). Cp. Mark vi. 41. 
 
 ^ Oe'Xci — and so twice in v. 24. 
 
 2 ov [JLT| -ycvo-wvTai. What is known as "The Canon of Dawes" 
 (according to which, after ov jxt], in the Active and Middle, only the 
 Subjunct. of 2nd Aorist can stand) is not always followed, even in 
 ordinary Greek usage. It is not surprising, therefore, that it breaks 
 down in the N.T., where, frequently, we have the Fut. and the 
 1st Aor. Subj. 
 
196 S. LUKE. IX. 29 
 
 sayings, he took Peter and John and James, and went up 
 
 29 into the mountain to pray. And as he was praying, ^ the 
 fashion of his countenance was altered, and his raiment 
 
 30 became white and glistering. And, behold, there were 
 talking'^ with him two men, which were Moses and Elias ; 
 
 31 Who appeared in glory, and spake of his decease which 
 
 32 he should accomplish at Jerusalem. But Peter and they 
 that were with him had been heavy with sleep, but when 
 they once fully awaked,^ they saw his glory, and the 
 
 33 two men that stood with him. And it came to pass, as they 
 were parting^ from him, Peter said unto Jesus, Master, 
 it is good for us to be here : and let us make three taber- 
 nacles; one for thee, and one for Moses, and one for 
 
 34 Elias : not knowing what he said. While he was thus 
 speaking, there came a cloud and overshadowed them : 
 
 35 and they feared as they entered into the cloud. And 
 there came a voice out of the cloud, saying. This is my 
 
 36 beloved Son. And when the voice came,^ Jesus was 
 found alone. And they kept it close, and told no man in 
 those days any of those things which they had seen. 
 
 37 And it came to pass, that on the next day, when they 
 were come down from the hill, much people met him. 
 
 38 And, behold, a man of the company cried out, saying, 
 Master, I beseech thee, look upon my son ; for he is 
 
 39 mine only child : And, lo, a spirit taketh him and he 
 suddenly crieth out ; and it teareth him that he foameth 
 again, and, bruising him, hardly departeth from him. 
 
 40 And I besought thy disciples to cast him out; and they 
 
 41 could not. And Jesus answered and said, O faithless and 
 perverse generation ! how long shall I be with you, and 
 
 42 suffer you ? Bring thy son hither. And as he was yet a 
 coming, the devil threw him down, and tare him. And 
 
 ^ €V T« Trpo<r€vx€<r6ai. - (rvveXdXovv. 
 
 ^ -fjo-av pcpapi^p.e'voi virvw* 8iaYpT]Yopiq<ravT6S Se. 
 
 4 \v Tw 8tax«ptt€(r0ai. ^ €v tw y^^^'^^''*'''* 
 
IX. 51 S. LUKE. 197 
 
 Jesus rebuked the unclean spirit, and healed the child, 
 and delivered him again to his father. 
 
 43 And they were all amazed at the mighty power of God. 
 But, while they wondered every one at all things which 
 
 44 Jesus did, he said unto his disciples. Let these sayings 
 sink down into your ears : for the Son of man is about to 
 
 45 be delivered ^ into the hands of men. But they remained 
 ignorant '^ of this saying, and it was hid from them, that 
 they should not perceive it :^ and they feared to ask him of 
 that saying. 
 
 46 Then there arose a reasoning among them, which of 
 
 47 them should be greatest. And Jesus, when he perceived * 
 the thought of their heart, took a child, and set him by 
 
 48 him, And said unto them, Whosoever shall receive this 
 child in my name receiveth me ; and whosoever shall re- 
 ceive me receiveth him that sent me : for he that is least 
 
 49 among you all, the same is great. And John answered 
 and said. Master, we saw one casting out devils in thy 
 name; and we were for forbidding^ him, because he 
 
 50 followeth not with us. And Jesus said unto him, seek 
 not to forbid him:*^ for he that is not against us is for us. 
 
 51 And it came to pass, when the days were coming to 
 the full ' that he should be received up, he stedfastly set 
 
 ^ (ieXXci 7rapa8i8o(r6ai. 
 
 2 -q-yvdovv — their ignorance and incapacity seemed permanent. Cp. 
 Mark ix. 32, note. 
 
 3 tva |x^ ato-ewvTat. The A.V. = 'that they perceived it not' is 
 clearly wrong. The translation we have adopted is that of the R.V., 
 and of Farrar, who says, **The tVa represents the divine purposed But 
 possibly Buttmann is right who gives this as an example of constructions 
 with tj/a where purpose "recedes into the back ground," the Iva clause 
 being equivalent to the Infinitive (with or without uxrre). Accordingly 
 Buttmann 's rendering is — "so that they could not understand it." 
 Among his other examples are John xv. 13 ; i Thess. v. 4 ; John ix. 2 ; 
 John v. 20. 
 
 ■^ I8«v seems the better reading. 
 
 •^ IkwXvohcv — Impft. of attempted action. Cp. I^Iark ix. 38. 
 
 Cp. Mark ix. 39. '' Iv tw <rv(jtir\T]poOor6ai. 
 
198 S. LUKE. IX. 52 
 
 52 his face to go to Jerusalem, And sent messengers before 
 his face : and they went, and entered into a village of the 
 
 53 Samaritans, to make ready for him. And they did not 
 receive him, because his face was as though he would go 
 
 54 to Jerusalem. And when his disciples James and John 
 saw this, they said. Lord, wilt thou that we command fire 
 
 55 to come down from heaven and consume them ? But he 
 
 56 turned, and rebuked them. And they went to another 
 village. 
 
 57 And it came to pass, that, as they went in the way, a 
 certain 7nan said unto him, I will follow thee whithersoever 
 
 58 thou goest. And Jesus said unto him, The foxes have 
 holes, and the birds of the air have nests ; but the Son of 
 
 59 man hath not where to lay his head. And he said unto 
 another. Follow me. But he said, Lord, suffer me first to go 
 
 60 and bury my father. Jesus said unto him, Let the dead bury 
 their dead : but go thou and preach the kingdom of God. 
 
 61 And another also said. Lord, I will follow thee ; but let 
 me first go bid them farewell which are at home at my 
 
 62 house. And Jesus said unto him. No man, having once 
 put 1 his hand to the plough, and looking back, is fit for 
 the kingdom of God. 
 
 X. I After these things the Lord appointed other seventy 
 also, and sent them two and two before his face into every 
 city and place, whither he himself was about to^ come. 
 
 2 And he said unto them. The harvest truly is great, but the 
 labourers are few : pray ye therefore the Lord of the 
 harvest, that he would send forth labourers into his 
 
 3 harvest. Go your ways : behold, I send you forth as 
 
 4 lambs among wolves. Carry neither purse, nor scrip, nor 
 shoes : and do not once salute a man ^ by the way. 
 
 1 liri^Xwv — 2nd Aor. Participle. In translating, an attempt ought surely 
 to be made to distinguish its force from that of the succeeding /r^i". part 
 
 3 |XT]8eva do-irdcn^o-Se (Aor. conj.) — to be distinguished from the pre- 
 ceding fXT] /Saorafere = do not habitually carry. 
 
X. 19 S. LUKE. 199 
 
 5 And into whatsoever house ye shall enter/ first say, Peace 
 
 6 be to this house. And if a son of peace be there, your 
 peace shall rest upon it : if not, it shall turn to you again. 
 
 7 And in the same house remain, eating and drinking such 
 things as they give : for the labourer is worthy of his hire. 
 
 8 Go not from house to house. And into whatsoever city ye 
 enter, and they receive you, eat such things as are set 
 
 9 before you : And heal the sick that are therein ; and say 
 unto them, The kingdom of God is come nigh unto you. 
 
 10 But into whatsoever city ye shall enter, and they receive 
 you not, go your ways out into the streets of the same, and 
 
 1 1 say. Even the very dust of your city, which cleaveth to our 
 feet, we do wipe off against you : notwithstanding, be ye 
 
 12 sure of this, that the kingdom of God is come nigh. I 
 say unto you. That it shall be more tolerable in that day 
 
 13 for Sodom, than for that city. Woe unto thee, Chorazin ! 
 woe unto thee, Bethsaida ! for if the mighty works had 
 been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done ^ in you, 
 they had a great while ago repented, sitting in sackcloth 
 
 14 and ashes. But it shall be more tolerable for Tyre and 
 
 15 Sidon at the judgment, than for you. And thou, Caper- 
 naum, shalt thou be exalted to heaven ? Thou shalt be 
 
 16 thrust down to hell. He that heareth you heareth me; 
 and he that despiseth you despiseth me : and he that 
 despiseth me despiseth him that sent me. 
 
 17 And the seventy returned again with joy, saying, Lord, 
 even the devils subject themselves ^ unto us through thy 
 
 18 name. And he said unto them, I was beholding Satan as 
 
 19 lightning fall^ from heaven. Behold, I have given ^ unto 
 
 ^ els i^v 8' 6.V elo-eXGiiTc (so in v. 10). 
 
 ^ at •yevofx.evai. ^ vTroTd<r<r6Tat (Middle). 
 
 "^ 'EOewpovv Tov Saravav . . . Tr€<rovTa. What these words really 
 mean is — 'Satan fell like lightning: I was there beholding.' "The 
 mixture of the imperfect (eOewpovv) with the Aorist iTreaovTo) seems to 
 imply the two thoughts that^ Christ vidiichedi— followed with His gaze 
 Satan's fall from the Zenith, and saw him lying where he had fp.llen '* 
 (Farrar, Camb. Gr. Test, in loc). ^ Se'SwKa. 
 
200 S. LUKE. X. 20 
 
 you power to tread on serpents and scorpions, and over 
 all the power of the enemy : and nothing shall by any 
 
 20 means hurt you. Notwithstanding in this rejoice not, 
 that the spirits subject themselves unto you ; but rejoice, 
 because your names are written in heaven. 
 
 21 In that same hour He rejoiced in the holy spirit, and 
 said, I thank thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, that 
 thou didst hide ^ these things from the wise and prudent, 
 and didst reveal ^ them unto babes : even so, Father ; for 
 
 22 so it seemed good in thy sight. All things were delivered^ 
 to me of my Father : and no man knoweth who the Son 
 is, but the Father ; and who the Father is, but the Son, 
 and /le to whom the Son willeth * to reveal /nm. 
 
 23 And he turned him unto /it's disciples, and said privately, 
 Blessed are the eyes which see the things that ye see : 
 
 24 For I tell you, that many prophets and kings desired ^ to 
 see those things which ye see, and did not see^ ^/lem ; 
 and to hear those things which ye hear, and did not hear ^ 
 them. 
 
 25 And, behold, a certain lawyer stood up, and tempted 
 him, saying. Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal 
 
 2(} life? He said unto him. What is written in the law? 
 
 27 how readest thou? And he answered and said. Thou 
 shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and 
 with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with 
 
 28 all thy mind; and thy neighbour as thyself. And he said 
 unto him, Thou hast answered right : this do, and thou 
 
 29 shalt live. But he, willing to justify himself, said unto 
 
 30 Jesus, And who is my neighbour? And Jesus took him 
 up/^ and said, A certain man was going down from 
 Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which 
 stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him^ and 
 
 31 departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there 
 
 ^ dir^Kpv\{ras ... " dir€KdXv\|/as. ^ irapcSodT]. 
 
 '* PovXi]Tai. ^ i]6€XT]o-av . . . clSav . . . ■fJKovcrav. 
 
 ^ viroXaPwv. The answer contained more than the question suggested. 
 
XI. 2 S. LUKE. 20I 
 
 was going down ^ a certain priest that way : and when 
 32 he saw him, he passed by on the other side. And like- 
 wise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked 
 ^$ on him^ and passed by on the other side. But a certain 
 Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was : and 
 
 34 when he saw him, he had compassion on him, And went 
 to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and 
 wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him 
 
 35 to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow 
 he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and 
 said unto him, Take care of him : and whatsoever thou 
 spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee. 
 
 36 Which now of these three, thinkest thou, is become'-^ 
 
 37 neighbour unto him that fell among the thieves? And 
 he said, He that showed mercy on him. Then said 
 Jesus unto him. Go, and do thou likewise. , 
 
 38 Now, as they went, he entered into a certain village : 
 and a certain woman named Martha received him into 
 
 39 her house. And she had a sister called Mary, which 
 also sat at the .Lord's feet, and was hearing ^ his word. 
 
 40 But Martha was cumbered about much serving, and came 
 to him, and said, Lord, dost thou not care that my sister 
 was thinking of leaving ^ me to serve alone ? bid her 
 
 41 therefore that she help me. And the Lord answered and 
 said unto her, Martha, Martha, thou art careful and 
 
 42 troubled about many things ; But one thing is needful : 
 and Mary hath chosen that good part, which shall not 
 be taken away from her. 
 
 XL 1 And it came to pass, that, as he was praying in a 
 
 certain place, when he ceased, one of his disciples said 
 
 unto him. Lord, teach us to pray, as John also taught his 
 
 2 disciples. And he said unto them. When ye pray, say, 
 
 Father, Hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come. 
 
 ^ KarcPaivev (so in v. 31). - "y€"yov€vai = //«i'/;'<?tW himself. 
 
 ^ ■iJKoiicv. "Was listening to His discourse" (Farrar). 
 ^ KarcXciircv (Impft.). 
 
202 S. LUKE. XI. 3 
 
 3, 4 Give us day by day our daily bread. And forgive us 
 our sins : for we also forgive every one that is indebted to 
 
 5 us. And lead us not into temptation. And he said unto 
 them, Which of you shall have a friend, and shall go unto 
 him at midnight, and say unto him, Friend, lend me 
 
 6 three loaves; For a friend of mine [just] came to me^ 
 from his journey, and I have nothing to set before him ? 
 
 7 And he from within shall answer and say. Trouble me 
 not : the door has been already shut,- and my children 
 
 8 are with me in bed ; I cannot rise and give thee. I say 
 unto you. Though he will not rise and give him, because 
 he is his friend, yet because, of his importunity he will 
 
 9 rise and give him as many as he needeth. And I say 
 unto you. Ask, and it shall be given you ; seek, and ye 
 
 10 shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. For 
 every one that asketh receiveth ; and he that seeketh 
 findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened. 
 
 11 If a son shall ask bread of any of you that is a father, 
 will he give him a stone ? or if he ask a fish, will he for 
 
 1 2 a fish give him a serpent ? Or if he shall ask an egg, will 
 
 13 he offer him a scorpion? If ye then, being evil, know 
 how to give good gifts unto your children : how much 
 more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to 
 them that ask him ? 
 
 14 And he was casting out'^ a devil, and it was dumb. 
 And it came to pass, when the devil was gone out, the 
 
 15 dumb spake; and the people [at once] wondered.* But 
 some of them said. He casteth out devils through 
 
 ^ irap€'Y6V€T0. 
 
 " -{jSt) . . . KCKXeio-Tai. It is implied that — the door being shut for the 
 night— there is no mind to open it. 
 
 '' TJv CKpdXXcov. Does Farrar make too much of the force of this 
 Analytic continuous Impft., when he says that it " perhaps implies that 
 this was like some of those later miracles of Christ in which the result 
 was not iitstantly accomplished? " 
 
 "* €Oav|xao-av. The Aorist indicates that the wonder was an instan- 
 taiteous result. When any other sense is intended, it is always edaiixa^ov. 
 
XI. 29 S. LUKE. 203 
 
 16 Beelzebub the chief of the devils. And others, tempt- 
 
 ii7 ing him, sought of him a sign from heaven. But he, 
 
 knowing their thoughts, said unto them, Every kingdom 
 
 divided against itself is brought to desolation ; and a 
 
 18 house divided against a house falleth. If Satan also 
 is once divided 1 against himself, how shall his kingdom 
 stand? because ye say that I cast out devils through 
 
 19 Beelzebub. And if I by Beelzebub cast out devils, by 
 whom do your sons cast them out? therefore shall they 
 
 20 be your judges. But if I with the finger of God cast out 
 devils, no doubt the kingdom of God is come upon you. 
 
 21 When the strong man armed keepeth his palace, his 
 
 22 goods are in peace: But when a stronger than he shall 
 come upon him, and overcome ]him, he taketh from him 
 all his armour wherein he trusteth, and divideth his 
 
 23 spoils. He that is not with me is against me ; and he 
 
 24 that gathereth not with me scattereth. When the un- 
 clean spirit is gone out of the man, he walketh through 
 dry places, seeking rest; and finding none, he saith, I 
 
 25 will return unto my house whence I came out. And 
 when he is come,^ he findeth it swept and garnished. 
 
 26 Then goeth he, and taketh to him seven other spirits 
 more wicked than himself; and they enter in, and dwell 
 there : and the last state of that man becometh " worse 
 than the first. 
 
 27 And it came to pass, as he was speaking* these things, 
 a certain woman of the company lifted up her voice, and 
 said unto him. Blessed is the womb that bare thee, and 
 
 28 the paps which thou didst suck.^ But he said, Yea 
 rather, blessed are they that hear the word of God, and 
 keep it. 
 
 29 And when the people were gathering*^ thick together, he 
 
 ^ 8i€|i€pi<r0T], See Mark iii. 26, note. "^ eXOdv. 
 
 ^ viverai. ^ €V to) X€Y€iv avrdv. 
 
 •"' l0i^X.ao-as. '^ €ira9poito}i€'va>v. 
 
204 S. LUKE. XI. 30 
 
 began to say, This is an evil generation ; they seek a sign; 
 and there shall no sign be given it, but the sign of Jonas. 
 
 30 For as Jonas was a sign unto the Ninevites, so shall also 
 
 31 the Son of man be to this generation. The queen of the 
 south shall rise up in the judgment with the men of this 
 generation, and condemn them : for she came from the 
 utmost parts of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon ; 
 
 32 and, behold, a greater than Solomon is here. The men 
 of Nineve shall rise up in the judgment with this genera- 
 tion, and shall condemn it : for they repented at the 
 preaching of Jonas ; and, behold, a greater than Jonas is 
 
 33 here. No man, when he hath lighted a candle, putteth it 
 in a secret place, neither under the bushel, but on the 
 candlestick, that they which come in may see the light. 
 
 34 The light of the body is the eye : therefore when thine eye 
 is single, thy whole body also is full of light ; but when 
 
 35 thine eye is evil, thy body also is full of darkness. Look, 
 therefore, whether the light which is in thee is not 
 
 36 darkness. 1 If thy whole body therefore be full of light, 
 having no part dark, the whole shall be full of light, as 
 when a candle with its bright shining doth give thee 
 light. 
 
 37 And as he spake, a certain Pharisee besought him to 
 dine with him : and he went in, and sat down to meat. 
 
 38 And when the Pharisee saw ?V, he marvelled that he had 
 
 39 not first washed before dinner. And the Lord said unto 
 him. Now do ye Pharisees make clean the outside of the 
 cup and the platter; but your inward part is full of 
 
 40 ravening and wickedness. Ye fools, did not he that made 
 that which is without make that which is within also ? 
 
 41 But rather give alms of such things as are within; 2 and, 
 
 ^ (TKoirei o^v (JL-fj . . . lo-Tiv — rendered as above on the authority of 
 Buttmann, who (p. 243) says, "since cko-kuv is never used in the sense of 
 <pv\(i(j(TeadaL like the above tv/o verbs {^X^ireiu and 6pq.u), but uniformly in 
 its proper signification * to /00k at,' 'regard,' the dependent clause is to 
 be taken as an indirect question in the Indicative." ^ to, cvovra. 
 
XI. 54 S. LUKE. 205 
 
 42 behold, all things are clean unto you. But woe unto you, 
 Pharisees ! for ye tithe mint and rue, and all manner of 
 herbs, and pass over judgment and the love of God : 
 these ought ye ta have done, and not to leave the other 
 
 43 undone. Woe unto you, Pharisees ! for ye love the 
 uppermost seats of the synagogues, and greetings in the 
 
 44 markets. Woe unto you ! for ye are as graves which 
 appear not, and the men that walk over thefii are not 
 
 45 aware of them. Then answered one of the lawyers, and 
 said unto him, Master, thus saying thou reproachest us 
 
 46 also. And he said. Woe unto you also, ye lawyers ! for 
 ye lade men with burdens grievous to be borne, and ye 
 yourselves touch not the burdens with one of your fingers. 
 
 47 Woe unto you ! for ye build the sepulchres of the prophets, 
 
 48 and your fathers killed them. Truly ye bear witness that 
 ye allow the deeds of your fathers : for they indeed killed 
 
 49 them, and ye build. Therefore also said the wisdom of 
 God, I will send them prophets and apostles, and some of 
 
 50 them they shall slay and persecute : That the blood of all 
 the prophets, which has been shed ^ from the foundation 
 
 51 of the world, may be required of this generation ; From 
 the blood of Abel, unto the blood of Zacharias, which 
 perished between the altar and the temple : verily I say 
 
 52 unto you, It shall be required of this generation. Woe 
 unto you, lawyers ! for ye took away- the key of knowledge : 
 ye entered not in yourselves, and them that were trying to 
 
 53 enter in ^ ye hindered. And when he was come out * unto 
 them, the scribes and Pharisees began to urge him vehe- 
 mently, and to provoke him to speak of many things ; 
 
 54 Laying wait for him to catch something out of his 
 mouth. 
 
 ^ Tovs e'wrepxoiJtevovs. Case of de conatu. The Aorist iKOjiXva-are — ye 
 hindered,' implies that the resistance was at the very threshold. 
 
 ^ €|€X0dvTOS. 
 
206 S. LUKE. XII. 1 
 
 XII. I In the mean time, when there were gathered together 
 an innumerable multitude of people, insomuch that they 
 trode one upon another, he began to say unto his disciples 
 first of all, Beware ye of the leaven of the Pharisees, 
 
 2 which is, hypocrisy. But there is nothing covered, that 
 shall not be revealed; neither hid, that shall not be 
 
 3 known. Therefore whatsoever ye have spoken in dark- 
 ness shall be heard in the light ; and that which ye have 
 spoken in the ear in closets shall be proclaimed upon the 
 
 4 house-tops. And I say unto you, my friends. Be not 
 afraid of them that kill the body, and after that have no 
 
 5 more than they can do. But I will forewarn you whom 
 ye are to fear : ^ Fear him, which after he liath once 
 killed 2 hath power to cast into hell ; yea, I say unto you, 
 
 6 Fear him. Are not five sparrows sold for two farthings ? 
 
 7 and not one of them is forgotten before God : But even 
 the very hairs of your head are all numbered. Fear not : 
 
 8 ye are of more value than many sparrows. Also I say 
 unto you. Whosoever shall confess me before men, him 
 shall the Son of man also confess before the angels of 
 
 9 God : But he that denieth me before men, shall be denied 
 
 10 before the angels of God. And whosoever shall speak a 
 word against the Son of man, it shall be forgiven him : 
 but unto him that blasphemeth against the Holy Ghost 
 
 1 1 it shall not be forgiven. And when they bring you unto 
 the synagogues, and unto magistrates, and powers, take 
 ye no thought how or what thing ye are to answer, or 
 
 12 what ye are to say.^ For the Holy Ghost shall teach 
 you in the same hour what ye ought to say. 
 
 13 And one of the company said unto him, Master, speak 
 
 1 Tiva <J)oPti6tit€. Conjunct, dubitativus or deliberativus (see p. 27). 
 It is a mistake to suppose that this construction is used in direct questions ; 
 we find it in indirect questions also — e.g. Matt. vi. 25 ; xv. 32 ; viii. 20 ; 
 Mark xiii. n ; John xii. 49. It is also found in vv. 11, 22, 29 of this 
 chapter. See Buttmann, p. 255. 
 
 2 ji,€Td TO dTroKT6ivat (Aor.). ^ d'jro\o'yifjo-T]o-0e . . . ^ttt^i. 
 
XII. 28 S. LUKE. 207 
 
 to my brother, that he divide the inheritance with me. 
 
 14 And he said unto him, Man, who made me a judge or a 
 
 T^ divider over you ? And he said unto them, Take heed, 
 
 and beware of all covetousness : for a man's life consisteth 
 
 not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth. 
 
 16 And he spake a parable unto them, saying. The ground 
 
 17 of a certain rich man brought forth plentifully : And he 
 went on thinking ^ within himself, saying. What shall I 
 do, because I have no room where to bestow my fruits ? 
 
 18 And he said, This will I do : I will pull down my barns, 
 and build greater ; and there will I bestow all my corn 
 
 19 and my goods. And I will say to my soul, Soul, thou 
 hast much goods laid up for many years ; take thine ease, 
 
 20 eat, drink, a7id be merry. But God said unto him, Thou 
 fool, this night they are requiring- thy soul of thee ; then 
 whose shall those things be which thou didst provide." 
 
 21 So is he that layeth up treasure for himself, and is not 
 rich toward God. 
 
 22 And he said unto his disciples, Therefore I say unto 
 you, Be not anxious for your life, what ye are to eat ; 
 
 23 neither for the body, what ye are to put on.* The life 
 is more than the meat, and the body is more than the 
 
 24 raiment. Consider the ravens : for they neither sow nor 
 reap ; which neither have storehouse nor barn ; and God 
 feedeth them : how much more are ye better than the 
 
 25 fowls? And which of you with taking thought can add 
 
 26 to his stature one cubit ? If ye then are not able ^ to do 
 even that thing which is least, why take ye thought for 
 
 27 the rest? Consider the lilies how they grow: they toil 
 not, they spin not ; and yet I say unto you, that Solomon 
 
 28 in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. If then 
 God so clothe the grass, which is to-day in the field, and 
 to-morrow is cast into the oven ; how much more will he 
 
 ^ SicXo-yi^cTo. - Tf|v ^^X"*!^ ^^"^ aiTovtriv. 
 
 2 i^Toi|xa(ras. ^ t£ <j)a"yTiTe . . . tC €v8vi<rt]<r0€. 
 
 ^ 8vva(r6€ (Indie). 
 
2o8 S. LUKE. XII. 29 
 
 29 clothe you, O ye of little faith? And seek not ye what ye 
 are to eat, and what ye are to drink,^ neither be ye of 
 
 30 doubtful mind. For all these things do the nations of 
 the world seek after : and your Father knoweth that ye 
 
 31 have need of these things. But rather seek ye His 
 kingdom ; and these things shall be added unto you. 
 
 32 Fear not, little flock : for it is your Father's good pleasure^ 
 
 33 to give you the kingdom. Sell that ye have, and give 
 alms ; provide yourselves bags which wax not old, a 
 treasure in the heavens that faileth not, where no thief 
 
 34 approacheth, neither moth corrupteth. For where your 
 
 35 treasure is, there will your heart be also. Let your loins 
 
 36 be girded about, and j^w/r lights burning; And ye your- 
 selves like unto men that wait for the^r lord, when he will 
 return from the wedding ; that, when he once cometh and 
 
 37 knocketh,^ they may open unto him immediately. Blessed 
 are those servants, whom the lord when he cometh shall 
 find watching : verily I say unto you, that he shall gird 
 himself, and make them to sit down to meat, and shall 
 
 38 come near"* and serve them. And if he shall come in the 
 second watch, or come in the third watch, and find thefn 
 
 39 so, blessed are those servants. But ye know this,^ that 
 if the goodman of the house had known what hour the 
 thief was coming, he would have watched, and not have 
 
 40 suffered his house to be broken through. Be ye therefore 
 ready also : for the Son of man cometh at an hour when 
 ye think not. 
 
 41 Then Peter said unto him, Lord, speakest thou this 
 
 1 Tl <})d*yTlT€ . . . Tl ir^tiTC. 
 
 - 8x1 cvSoKTio-cv 6 TraT^jp v(jlwv 8ovvai — lit. ' because your father 
 
 became well pleased to give. 
 
 =5 eXGovTos Kttl KpoWavTOS. R.V. 'When he cometh and knocketh.* 
 But why not try to show that the Participles are Aorists ? 
 
 ^ irapeXOwv. R.V.- 'shall come '—disregarding the force of the 
 prefix. 
 
 5 TOVTo 8c -yivwa-KCTC. R.V. ' But know this.' It seems more natural 
 to hold (with Farrav) that the Mood is Indicative. 
 
XII. 52 S. LUKE. 209 
 
 42 parable unto us, or even to all? And the Lord said, 
 Who then is that faithful and wise steward, whom his lord 
 shall make ruler over his household, to give them their 
 
 43 portion of meat in due season ? Blessed is that servant, 
 
 44 whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. Of a 
 truth I say unto you, that he will make him ruler over all 
 
 45 that he hath. But and if that servant shall say in his 
 heart. My lord delayeth his coming ; and shall begin to 
 beat the men-servants and maidens, and to eat and drink, 
 
 46 and to be drunken ; The lord of that servant will come in 
 a day when he looketh not for him^ and at an hour when 
 he is not aware, and will cut him in sunder, and will 
 
 47 appoint him his portion with the unbelievers. And that 
 servant, which knew his lord's will, and neither did accord- 
 
 48 ing to his will, shall be beaten with many stripes. But he 
 that knew not, and did commit things worthy of stripes, 
 shall be beaten with few stripes. And unto whomsoever 
 much is given, of him shall be much required ; and to 
 whom men have committed much, of him they will ask 
 the more. 
 
 49 I came to send fire on the earth ; and what will I, if it 
 
 50 is already kindled ? ^ But I have a baptism to be baptized 
 with ; and how am I straitened till it be accom.plished ! 
 
 5 1 Suppose ye that I came hither '^ to give peace on earth ? 
 
 52 I tell you, Nay; but rather division : For from henceforth 
 five in one house shall remain divided,'^ three against two, 
 
 ^ el -fiSr] dvrj<{>6T]. Another reading is rt ^eXw et ■r)by] dvrjipdr) : — How I 
 would that it had been already kindled ! Another punctuation gives the 
 reading Kal tL deXio ; et ijdri dv7]<p6T} — And what will I ? Would that it 
 were already kindled ! According to this construction the et would cor- 
 respond to eWe or et yap of Classical Greek, which with Indie, are used to 
 express a wish, the realisation of which the speaker knows to be impossible. 
 
 - 'irap€'yev6|Ji"»]v. R.V. 'I am come.' But why give Aoristic force to 
 7)\dov, ' came ' (v. 49), and not here? And why ignore the prefix ? 
 
 ■^ ^(TovTat . . . 8ia[JL€|xepi(r|j.evoi. R.V. These shall be . . . divided. But 
 there is here more than a periphrasis for the Future. See Matt. xvi. 19, 
 note. 
 
2IO S. LUKE. XII. 5a 
 
 53 and two against three. The father shall be divided against 
 the son, and the son against the father; the mother against 
 the daughter, and the daughter against the mother ; the 
 mother-in-law against her daughter-in-law, and the daughter- 
 in-law against her mother-in-law. 
 
 54 And he said also to the people, When ye see a cloud 
 rising out of the west, straightway ye say, There cometh 
 
 55a shower ; and so it is. And when ye see a south wind 
 blow, ye say, There will be heat ; and it cometh to pass. 
 
 56 Ye hypocrites, ye know how to discern the face of the sky 
 and of the earth ; but how is it that ye do not discern this 
 
 57 time? Yea, and why even of yourselves judge ye not 
 what is right ? 
 
 58 When thou goest with thine adversary to the magistrate, 
 as thou art in the way, give diligence that thou mayest be 
 delivered from him ; lest he hale thee to the judge, and 
 the judge deliver thee to the officer, and the officer cast 
 
 59 thee into prison. I tell thee, thou shalt by no means 
 depart thence, till thou hast paid the very last mite. 
 
 XIII. I There arrived ^ at that season some that told him 
 of the Galileans, whose blood Pilate had mingled with their 
 
 2 sacrifices. And Jesus answering said unto them, Suppose 
 ye that these GaHleans proved to be^ sinners above all 
 the Galileans, because they have suffered ^ such things ? 
 
 3 I tell you, Nay : but, except ye be repenting,^ ye shall all 
 
 4 likewise perish. Or those eighteen, upon whom the tower 
 in Siloam fell, and slew them, think ye that they proved 
 to be sinners above all men that dwelt in Jerusalem? 
 
 5 I tell you. Nay : but, except ye at once repent,^ ye shall 
 all likewise perish. 
 
 ^ irapfjo-av. 
 
 ' Iy^vovto (R.V. =: * were '). As in so many other instances so here, and 
 in V. 4 (o^eiXerat e^hovTo)^ the literal meaning is ' became,'' or ''stamped 
 themselves. ' 
 
 ' ir€7r6v0a<riv. ^ fi€Tavof)T€ (Pres. Subj.). 
 
 ^ |i€Tavo^<rT]T€ (Aor. Subj.). The R.V. like the A.V. has 'Except ye 
 repent ' in both cases — altogether ignoring an obvious distinction. ''The 
 
Xlir. 18 S. LUKE. 2 I 1 
 
 6 He spake also this parable ; A certain man had a fig 
 tree planted in his vineyard ; and he came and sought 
 
 7 fruit thereon, and found none. Then said he unto the 
 dresser of his vineyard, Behold, these three years I hav© 
 come seeking fruit on this fig tree, and found none : cut 
 
 8 it down; why cumbereth it the ground?. And he 
 answered and saith unto him, Lord, let it alone this year 
 
 9 also, till I shall dig about it, and dung //.• And if it bear fruit,. 
 well ; and if not, then after that thou shalt cut it down. 
 
 10 And he was teaching in one of the synagogues on the 
 
 1 1 sabbath. And, behold, there was a woman which had a 
 spirit of infirmity eighteen years, and was bowed together, 
 
 12 and could in no wise lift up herself. And when Jesus 
 saw her, he called her to him, and said unto her. Woman, 
 
 13 thou art loosed from thine infirmity. And he laid his 
 hands on her : and immediately she was made straight, 
 
 14 and glorified God. And the ruler of the synagogue 
 answered with indignation, because that Jesus had healed 
 on the sabbath day, and said unto the people. There are 
 six days in which men ought to work : in them therefore 
 
 15 come and be healed, and not on the sabbath day. The 
 Lord then answered him, and said, Ye hypocrites, doth 
 not each one of you on the sabbath loose his ox or 
 his ass from the stall, and lead him away to watering? 
 
 16 And ought not this woman, being a daughter of Abraham, 
 whom Satan had bound,i lo, these eighteen years, be 
 
 17 loosed from this bond on the sabbath day? And when 
 he was saying '^ these things, all his adversaries were 
 shamed : and all the people rejoiced for all the glorious, 
 things that were being done ^ by him. 
 
 18 He said, therefore, Unto what is the kingdom of God 
 
 pres. subj. points to the necessity for a state of repentance. The Aor. 
 . . . points to its immediate urgency " (Farrar's " Luke," Camb. Series,. 
 p. 284). 
 
 1 ^8T]<r€V — Aor., but requiwng Plpft. force after ^v. 
 
 ^ Tois -ytvoji^vois. The sense is that of frequency or continuousness. 
 
212 S. LUKE. XIII. 19 
 
 -19 like? and whereunto shall I resemble it? It is like a 
 grain of mustard seed, which a man took, and cast into 
 his garden ; and it grew, and became a tree ; and the fowls 
 of the air lodged in the branches of it. 
 
 20 And again he said, Whereunto shall I liken the king- 
 
 2 1 dom of God ? It is like leaven, which a woman took and 
 hid in three measures of meal, till the whole was leavened. 
 
 22 And he went through the cities and villages, teaching and 
 journeying towards Jerusalem. 
 
 23 Then said one unto him. Lord, are there few that are 
 
 24 being saved ? ^ And he said unto them, Strive to enter in 
 at the strait door : for many, I say unto you, will seek to 
 
 25 enter in, and shall not be able. When once the Master 
 of the house is risen up^ and hath shut to the door, and 
 ye begin to stand without, and to knock at the door, 
 saying, Lord, open unto us ; and he shall answer and say 
 
 26 unto you, I know you not whence ye are : Then shall ye 
 begin to say. We have eaten and drunk in thy presence, 
 
 27 and thou hast taught in our streets. But he shall say, I 
 tell you, I know you not whence ye are : depart from me, 
 
 28 all ye workers of iniquity. There shall be the weeping 
 and gnashing of teeth, when ye shall see Abraham, and 
 Isaac, and Jacob, and all the prophets, in the kingdom of 
 
 1 01 <r«t6|X€voi (A.V. and R.V. 'that be saved')- The meaning is — 
 those who are in the way of salvation — in opposition to diroWv/xevoi, 
 ' those that are perishing' (i Cor. i. 18). Burton's opinion is that here 
 "the participle is undoubtedly a General Present, the enquiry being 
 neither, on the one hand, as to the number of those that are already saved 
 (Perfect of existing state), or that have been saved (Perfect of completed 
 Action) ; nor, on the other, with reference to those that are being saved 
 (Progressive Present . . . ), but with reference to those that are [i.e. 
 become'] saved.'" This view has very much to support it. But the same 
 Participles in Acts ii. 47; i Cor. i. 18 ; 2 Cor. ii. 15, can hardly be 
 regarded as other than Progressive Presents of simultaneous action. In 
 all these three texts the R.V. has 'being saved.' On the whole, most 
 can be said for the rendering in the text. Even if we do adopt Burton's 
 translation, "those that are \i.e. become] saved," it by no means excludes 
 the idea oi progressive action towards this becoming. 
 
XIV. 5 S. LUKE. 213 
 
 29 God, and ^ow yourselves thrust out. And they shall come 
 from the east, 2ind from the west, and from the north, and 
 from the south, and shall sit down in the kingdom of 
 
 30 God. And, behold, there are last which shall be first, 
 and there are first which shall be last. 
 
 31 In that very hour there came certain of the Pharisees, 
 saying unto him. Get thee out, and depart hence : for 
 
 32 Herod willeth to ^ kill thee. And he said unto them, Go 
 ye, and tell that fox. Behold, I cast out devils, and I do 
 cures to-day and to-morrow, and the third day I shall be 
 
 ^2t perfected. Nevertheless I must go on my way to-day^ 
 and to-morrow, and the day following : for it cannot be 
 
 34 that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem. O Jerusalem, 
 Jerusalem, which killest the prophets, and stonest them 
 that are sent unto thee ; how often willed I to gather thy 
 children together, as a hen doth gather her brood under 
 
 35 her wings, and ye willed it not ! Behold, your house is left 
 unto you desolate : and verily I say unto you. Ye shall not 
 see me, until ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in 
 the name of the Lord. 
 
 XIV. I And it came to pass, as he went into the house 
 of one of the chief Pharisees to eat bread on the sabbath 
 
 2 day, that they were carefully watching ^ him. And, 
 behold, there was a certain man before him which had 
 
 3 the dropsy. And Jesus answered and spake unto the 
 lawyers and Pharisees, saying. Is it lawful to heal on 
 
 4 the sabbath day, or not? And they held their peace. 
 And he took htm, and healed him, and let him go ; 
 
 5 And answered them, saying, Which of you shall have 
 a son or an ox fallen into a pit, and will not straightway 
 
 ^ 04X61. No serious fault can be found with R. V.'s ' would fain '—except 
 that, not being repeated in v. 34, it is a little confusing. 
 
 - IjO-av irapaT^povjicvoi (R.V. = 'were watching' simply). But the 
 compound verb denotes more — suggesting systematic and determined 
 plotting, or, as Farrar has it, "part of that elaborate espionage, and 
 malignant heresy-hunting which is the mark of a decadent religion. " 
 
2 14 S- LUKE. XIV. 6 
 
 6 pull him out on the sabbath day ? And they could 
 not answer him again to these things. 
 
 7 And he put forth a parable to those which were bidden, 
 when he marked how they were choosing out for them- 
 
 S selves ^ the chief rooms ; saying unto them, When thou 
 art bidden of any man to a wedding, sit not down in 
 the highest room ; lest haply a more honourable man 
 9 than thou be bidden of him ; And he that bade thee 
 and him come and say to thee, Give this man place ; 
 and thou begin with shame to take the lowest room. 
 ID But when thou art bidden, go and sit down in the 
 lowest room ; that when he that hath bidden '^ thee 
 cometh, he may say unto thee, Friend, go up higher : 
 then shalt thou have worship in the presence of all 
 
 1 1 them that sit at meat with thee. For whosoever exalteth 
 himself shall be humbled : ^ and he that humbleth him- 
 self shall be exalted. 
 
 12 Then said he also to him that had bidden^ him, When 
 thou makest a dinner or a supper, call not thy friends, 
 nor thy brethren, neither thy kinsmen, nor ^/ly rich 
 neighbours ; lest they also bid thee again, and a recom- 
 
 13 pence be made thee. But when thou makest a feast, 
 
 14 call the poor, the maimed, the lame, the blind : And 
 thou shalt be blessed ; for they have nothing to jecom- 
 pense thee with; for thou shalt be recompensed at the 
 resurrection of the just. 
 
 15 And when one of them that sat at meat with him 
 heard these things, he said unto him, Blessed is he that 
 
 16 shall eat bread in the kingdom of God. Then said he 
 unto him, A certain man was making-^ a great supper, 
 
 ^ ^iXiyovTo. The R.V.'s ' they chose ' is hardly sufficient. 
 
 ^ 6 kckXt]kws. 
 
 3 TaircivwOTjo-cTai. The verb is the same as that in 'he that humbleth' 
 immediately following — to introduce another rendering ' abased ' is 
 confusing and enfeebling. ■* tw k€kX-i]koti. 
 
 * €7roi€i (R.V. = ' made.') The Imperfect, however, seems not used 
 without reason — denoting that the feast was being arranged with time 
 and care. 
 
XIV. 29 S. LUKE. 215 
 
 1 7 and he bade many : And sent his servant at supper 
 time to say to them that were bidden, Come ; for all 
 
 t8 things are now ready. And they all with one consent 
 began to make excuse. The first said unto him, I 
 bought^ a piece of ground, and I must needs go and see 
 it : I pray thee hold me as having been excused. And 
 
 19 another said, I bought five yoke of oxen, and I am going ^ 
 
 20 to prove them : I pray thee have me excused. And an- 
 
 21 other said, I married a wife, and therefore I cannot come. 
 So that servant came,, and showed his lord these things. 
 Then the master of the house, being angry, said to his 
 servant, Go out quickly into the streets and lanes of the 
 city, and bring in hither the poor, and the maimed, and 
 
 22 the halt, and the blind. And the servant said, Lord, 
 it is done as thou didst command,'^ and yet there is 
 
 23 room. And the lord said unto the servant, Go out 
 into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come 
 
 24 in, that my house may be filled. For I say unto you, 
 That none of those men which were bidden shall taste 
 of my supper. 
 
 25 And there were journeying great multitudes with him : 
 
 26 and he turned, and said unto them. If any man cometh 
 to me, and hateth not his father, and mother, and wife, 
 and children, and brethren, and sisters, yea, and his 
 
 27 own life also, he cannot be my disciple. And whosoever 
 doth not bear his own cross, and come after me, cannot 
 
 28 be my disciple. For which of you, intending to l^uild 
 a tower, sitteth not down first, and counteth the cost, 
 
 29 whether he have sufficient to finish it^ Lest haply, after 
 
 ^ Tj-yopao-a. Here, and in v. 19 (where the same verb occurs), as also 
 in V. 20, in the case of €yr]fj.a, we have reproduced in English the strictly 
 Aoristic force — on the authority of Farrar, who holds that "these Aorists 
 simply regard the facts asserted as sino^/e acts" ; as also of Winer, whose 
 vifew (p. 345) is that "in all these instances the action is merely repre- 
 sented as having occurred, as filling a point of past time ... in antithesis 
 to a present act." The R.V. retains the */iave' rendering. 
 
 ^ iropcvop.ai (R.V. ' I go '). ^ €ir€Ta|as. 
 
2l6 S. LUKE. XIV. 3d 
 
 he hath once laid ^ the foundation, and is not able to 
 
 30 finish zV, all that behold it begin to mock him, .Saying, 
 This man began to build, and was not able to finish. 
 
 31 Or what king, going to make war against another king, 
 will not sit down first, and consult ^ whether he be 
 able with ten thousand to meet him that cometh against 
 
 32 him with twenty thousand ? Or else, while the other 
 is yet a great way off, he sendeth an ambassage, and 
 
 33 desireth conditions of peace. So likewise, whosoever he 
 be of you that forsaketh not all that he hath, he cannot 
 be my disciple. 
 
 34 Salt, therefore, is good : but if the salt have lost his 
 
 35 savour, wherewith shall it be seasoned? It is neither 
 fit for the land, nor yet for the dunghill : but men cast 
 it out. He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. 
 
 XV. I Then were drawing near ^ unto him all the pubhcans 
 2 and sinners for to hear him. And the Pharisees and 
 
 scribes were loudly murmuring,* saying, This man re- 
 
 ceiveth sinners, and eateth with them. 
 3, 4 And he spake this parable unto them, saying, What 
 
 man of you, having an hundred sheep, if he lose one of 
 
 them, doth not leave the ninety and nine in the wilderness, 
 
 5 and go after that which is lost, until he find it? And 
 when he had found //, he layeth it on his shoulders, re- 
 
 6 joicing. And when he cometh home, he calleth together 
 his friends and neighbours, saying unto them. Rejoice with 
 
 7 me; for I have found my sheep which was lost. I say unto 
 you. That likewise joy shall be in heaven over one sinner 
 that repenteth, more than over ninety and nine just persons 
 which need no repentance. 
 
 8 Either what woman, having ten pieces of silver, if she 
 lose one piece, doth not light a candle, and sweep the 
 
 ^ 0€VTos. - KaO^o-as . . . PovXevo-erai. 
 
 '* 'H<rav . . . €YY^^°^^^S. It takes this periphrastic Imperfect to bring 
 out the fact that group after group of these classes approached Him. 
 ^ SicYo-yyu^ov (R. V. = ' murmured '). 
 
XV. 21 S. LUKE. 217 
 
 9 house, and seek diligently till she find /// And when 
 she hatli once found it/ she calleth her friends and her 
 neighbours together, saying. Rejoice with me ; for I have 
 
 10 found the piece which I had lost. Likewise, I say unto 
 you, There is joy in the presence of the angels of God 
 over one sinner that repenteth. 
 
 II, 12 And he said, A certain man had two sons : And the 
 younger of them said to his father. Father, give me the 
 portion of goods that falleth to me. And he divided unto 
 
 13 them his living. And not many days after, the younger 
 son gathered all together, and took his journey into a 
 far country, and there wasted his substance with riotous 
 
 14 living. And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty 
 
 15 famine in that land ; and he began to be in want. And 
 he went and joined himself to a citizen of that country ; 
 
 16 and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. And he 
 was longing to be filled- with the husks that the swine 
 were eating : ^ and no man thought of giving ^ unto him. 
 
 17 And when he came to himself, he said. How many 
 hired servants of my father's have bread enough, and 
 
 18 to spare, and I perish here with hunger! I will arise 
 and go to my father, and will say unto him, Father, 
 
 19 I have sinned against Heaven, and before thee, And 
 am no more worthy to be called thy son : make me 
 
 20 as one of thy hired servants. And he arose, and came 
 to his father. But when he was yet a great way off, 
 his father saw him, and had compassion, and ran, and 
 
 21 fell on his neck, and fondly kissed'^ him. And the 
 
 ^' 4ir€0xi|jLet xopTO-o-Ofjvai (R. V. = ' would fain have been filled'). 
 "Would fain" is also the rendering which the R.V. gives to ^Aet-in 
 'lip(i)8Tjs deXei ere airoKTeivai (xiii. 31) — but is the English language not 
 resourceful enough to afford a variety of translation in each case ? 
 
 '■* <]o-6tov. 
 
 * ^i8ov. Imperfect of desire, z'«/^«/?6'«, contemplation. (Seep. 19). 
 
 ^ KaT€<})CXl]0-£V. 
 
2l8 S. LUKE. XV. 22 
 
 son said unto him, Father, I have sinned against Heaven, 
 
 and in thy sight, and am no more worthy to be called 
 2 2 thy son. But the father said to his servants. Bring 
 
 forth quickly the best robe, and put it on him ; and 
 2Tj put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet : And 
 
 bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it ; and let us eat, 
 
 24 and be merry : For this my son was dead, and is alive 
 again ; he was lost, and is found. And they began to 
 
 25 be merry. Now his elder son was in the field : and 
 as he came and drew nigh to the house, he heard 
 
 26 music and dancing. And he called to him one of the 
 
 27 servants, and asked what these things meant. And he 
 said unto him. Thy brother is come ; and thy father 
 killed the fatted calf, because he had received him safe 
 
 28 and sound. And he was angry, and would not go in : 
 
 29 and his father came out, and entreated him. And he 
 answered and said to his father, Lo, these many years 
 have I served^ thee, neither transgressed I at any time 
 thy commandment; and yet thou never gavest me a 
 
 30 kid, that I might make merry with my friends : But as 
 soon as this thy son was come, which devoured thy 
 
 - living with harlots, thou didst kill for him the fatted 
 
 31 calf. And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with 
 
 32 me, and all that I have is thine. But it was meet that 
 we should make merry and be glad : for this thy brother 
 was dead, and is alive ; and was lost, and is found. 
 
 i XVI. I And he said also unto his disciples, There was a 
 
 certain rich' man which had a steward ; and the same was 
 
 2 accused unto him that lie was wasting ^ his goods. And 
 
 ^ To<rai)Ta ^tt] SovXcvcd (toi. In this construction (which exactly 
 corresponds to that of xaXat with Pres., see p. 18) English idiom 
 requires the use of the Perfect. Cp. rpia ^tt] . . . ^pxojuaL (xiii. 7) = I 
 Aave come. Burton (p. 10) remarks, "This Present is almost always 
 incorrectly rendered in R.V." 
 
 ^ a>S Siao-KopirC^tov — the squandering was ^//// going on. A.V. = 'had 
 wasted' — the translators being probably misled by the Vulgate's quasi 
 dissipasset. 
 
XVI. 14 S. LUKE. 219 
 
 he called him, and said unto him, What is this that I 
 hear of thee ? give an account of thy stewardship ; for 
 
 3 thou mayest be no longer steward. Then the steward 
 said within himself, What shall I do ? for my lord taketh 
 away from me the stewardship : to dig I am not strong 
 
 4 enough;^ to beg I am ashamed. I know^ what to do, 
 that, when I am put out of the stewardship, they may 
 
 5 receive me into their houses. So he called every one of 
 his lord's debtors un^o /it'm, and said unto the first. How 
 
 6 much owest thou unto my lord ? And he said, An hundred 
 measures of oil. And he said unto him, Take thy bill, 
 
 7 and sit down quickly, and write fifty. Then said he to 
 another, And how much owest thou ? And he said. An 
 hundred quarters of wheat. And he said unto him. Take 
 
 S thy bill, and write fourscore. And the lord commended 
 the unjust steward, because he had done wisely : for the 
 children of this world are in their generation wiser than 
 
 9 the children of the light. And I say unto you, Make to 
 yourselves friends of the mammon of unrighteousness; 
 that, when it shall fail,^ they may receive you into ever- 
 
 10 lasting habitations. He that is faithful in that which is 
 least is fiuthful also in much ; and he that is unjust in the 
 
 11 least is unjust also in much. If therefore ye have not 
 been unfaithful in the unrighteous mammon, who will 
 
 1 2 commit to your trust the true ric/ics ? And if ye have not 
 been faithful in that which is another man's, who shall 
 
 13 give you that which is your own? No servant can serve 
 two masters : for either he will hate the one, and love the 
 other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the 
 other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon. 
 
 14 And the Pharisees also, who were covetous, were 
 listening to ^ all these things : and they kept scoffing at 
 
 ^ a-Katmiv ovk lo-xwt*. 
 
 '^ ^-yvcDV. The force of the Aorist here is very graphic — indicating that 
 the idea suddenly flashed across his mind = ' I have it ' : ' I have got it 
 «ow.' (See p. 25). 2 |KXiTq[i. ^ "Hkovov. 
 
220 S. LUKE. XVI. 15 
 
 15 him.^ And he said unto them, Ye are they which justify 
 yourselves before men ; but God knoweth your hearts : 
 for that which is highly esteemed among men is abomina- 
 
 16 tion in the sight of God. The Law and the Prophets 
 zvere until John : since that time the kingdom of God is 
 
 17 preached, and every man presseth into it. But it is easier 
 for heaven and earth to pass, than one tittle of the Law 
 
 18 to fail. Every one that putteth away his wife, and marrieth 
 another, committeth adultery : and he that marrieth her 
 that is put away from her husband committeth adultery. 
 
 19 There was a certain rich man, which was clothed in 
 purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day : 
 
 20 And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which 
 
 21 had been laid- at his gate, full of sores, And desiring t© 
 be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man's 
 table : moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. 
 
 22 And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was 
 carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom : the rich 
 
 23 man also died, and was buried ; And in hell he lifted 
 up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar 
 
 24 off, and Lazarus in his bosom. And he cried and said, 
 Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, 
 that he may dip the tip of his finger in water, and cool 
 my tongue; for I am being tormented^ in this flame. 
 
 25 But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy hfe- 
 time receivedst to the full* thy good things, and likewise 
 Lazarus evil things : but now here he is comforted, and 
 
 26 thou art tormented. And besides all this, between us 
 and you there is a great gulf fixed : so that they which 
 
 1 e^cfJivKr/jpitov (R.V. = 'scoffed ' simply). 
 
 2 ^pX7]To (A.V. and R.V. = ' was laid '). But the Plpft. (verse in the 
 N.T. ) must be used for some special purpose. Farrar's note ib to the 
 point — viz., that there is here indicated "by one graphic touch the 
 careless roughness and neglect with which he was treated." The meaning 
 is — He had been cast down there to take his chance— with no more 
 about it. ^ 68vvw|iai. 
 
 ^ dircXaPcs. Cf. airex^re ttjv TrapaKXricrii' (vi. 24). 
 
XVII. 7 S. LUKE. 22 1 
 
 would pass from hence to you may not be able : and that 
 
 27 none may cross over from thence to us. Then he said, 
 I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him 
 
 28 to my father's house: For I have five brethren; that he 
 may effectually testify ^ unto them, lest they also come 
 
 29 into this place of torment. Abraham saith unto him, 
 They have Moses and the Prophets ; let them hear them. 
 
 30 And he said, Nay, father Abraham : but if one went unto 
 
 31 them from the dead, they will repent. And he said unto 
 him, If they hear not Moses and the Prophets, neither 
 will they be persuaded though one rise from the dead. 
 
 XVII. I And he said unto the disciples, It is impossible 
 but that offences should come : but woe unto him through 
 
 2 whom they come ! It advantageth him if a millstone is 
 hanging about his neck, and he has been cast ^ into the 
 sea, rather than that he should offend one of these little 
 ones. 
 
 3 Take heed to yourselves : If thy brother trespass, 
 
 4 rebuke him ; and if he repent, forgive him. And if he 
 should trespass against thee seven times in a day, and 
 seven times turn again to thee, saying, I repent ; thou 
 shalt forgive him. 
 
 5 And the apostles said unto the Lord, Increase our 
 
 6 faith. And the Lord said. If ye have ^ faith as a grain 
 of mustard seed, ye would say unto this sycamine tree, 
 Be thou plucked up by the root, and be thou planted in 
 
 7 the sea ; and it would have obeyed ^ you. But which of 
 
 ^ 8ia}iapTvipT]Tai. A.V. and R. V. = ' testify ' simply — not doing justice 
 to the prefix. 
 
 * Xvo-iTcXcC . . . €l ircpiKcirai, . . . Kal Ippiirrat. Particularly forcible 
 are the Tenses here — denoting nothing short of this : " It were better for 
 him if, with the stone round his neck, he has been cast into the sea, and 
 is now lying there. " 
 
 * eXe-y^TC &v . . . virT|Kov<r€V &v. The precise meaning varies accord- 
 ing to the Tense — the latter denoting: " It would {even while you were 
 speaking) have obeyed." 
 
2 22 S. LUKE. XVII. S 
 
 you, having a servant plowing or keeping sheep, will say 
 unto him, when he is come from the field, Come forward 
 
 8 at once, and sit down to meat? And will not rather say 
 unto him, Make ready wherewith I may sup, and gird 
 thyself, and serve me, till I have eaten and drunken ; 
 
 9 and afterward thou shalt eat and drink? He does not 
 thank that servant, does he ? because he did the things 
 
 10 that were commanded. So likewise ye, when ye shall 
 have done all those things which are commanded you, 
 say. We are unprofitable servants : we have done that 
 which was our duty to do. 
 
 11 And it came to pass, as he went to Jerusalem, that he 
 was passing through the midst of Samaria and Galilee. 
 
 12 And as he was entering into a certain village, there met 
 
 1 3 him ten men that were lepers, which stood afar off : And 
 they lifted up their voices, and said, Jesus, Master, have 
 
 14 mercy on us. And when he saw thetn^ he said unto them, 
 Go show yourselves unto the priests. And it came to 
 
 15 pass, that, as they were going, they were cleansed. And 
 one of them, when he saw that he was healed, turned 
 
 16 back, and with a loud voice glorified God, And fell down 
 on his face at his feet, giving him thanks : and he was a 
 
 17 Samaritan. And Jesus answered and said, Were there 
 
 18 not ten cleansed? but where are the nine? Were there 
 not found ^ that returned to give glory to God, save this 
 
 19 stranger. And he said unto him, Arise, go thy way : thy 
 faith hath made thee w^hole. 
 
 20 And when he was further questioned "^ of the Pharisees,, 
 when the kingdom of God was coming,^ he answered 
 them and said. The kingdom of God cometh not with 
 
 21 observation: Neither shall they say, Lo here! or, there ! 
 for, behold, the kingdom of God is within you. 
 
 22 And he said unto the disciples, The days will come> 
 
 ^ ovx €t)p^8T]<rav followed by point of interrogation. 
 
 2 'Eircpwriie^is. The R.V.'s ' being asked ' is barely sufficient. 
 
XVII. 36 S. LUKE. 323 
 
 when ye shall desire to see one of the days of the Son of 
 
 23 man, and ye shall not see //. And they shall say to you, 
 See there ! or, see here ! go not after tliem^ nor follow 
 
 24 thefu. For as the lightning, that lighteneth out of the 
 onQ part under heaven, shineth unto the other /ar/ under 
 
 25 heaven ; so shall also the Son of man be in his day. But 
 first must he suffer many things, and be rejected of this 
 
 26 generation. And as it happened in the days of Noe, so 
 
 27 shall it be also in the days of the Son of man. They 
 were eating — they were drinking, they were marrying 
 wires, they were being given in marriage,i until the day 
 that Noe entered into the ark, and the flood came, and 
 
 28 destroyed them all. Likewise also as it was in the days 
 of Lot ; they were eating, they were drinking, they were 
 buying, they were selling, they were planting, they were 
 
 29 building.^ But the same day that Lot went out of Sodom 
 it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed 
 
 30 them all. Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son 
 
 31 of man is revealed. In that day, he which shall be upon 
 the house-top, and his stuff in the house, let him not come 
 down to take it away : and he that is in the field, let 
 
 32 him likewise not return back. Remember Lot's wife. 
 ^2, Whosoever shall have sought^ to save his life shall lose 
 
 it ; and whosoever shall lose his life shall preserve it. 
 
 34 I tell you, in that night there shall be two jnen in one 
 bed ; the one shall be taken, and the other shall be left. 
 
 35 There shall be two women grinding together ; the one 
 
 36 shall be taken, and the other left. Two vien shall be in 
 the field ; the one shall be taken, and the other l^ft. 
 
 ^ <^<r0iov, cirivov, fydjiow, cyajxitivro. Even the R.V. has failed to 
 retain the vivid force of these Imperfects — rendering them ' they ate, 
 they drank,' &c. 
 
 ^ ^^<^0lov, cTTivov, ■fi'ydpatov, circiXovv, ^vt€vov, (pKo86p.ovv. The R.V. 
 
 is negligent here again. See former note. 
 
 '^ 8s lav tTi^oTl' An Aorist conjoined with a Future requires a 
 rendering as above. 
 
2 24 ^- LUKE. XVII. 37 
 
 37 And they answered and say unto him, Where, Lord? 
 And he said unto them, Wheresoever the body is, thither 
 will the eagles be gathered together. 
 XVJII. I And he spake a parable unto them to this end, 
 
 2 that men ought always to pray, and not to faint ; Saying, 
 There was in a city a judge, which feared not God, 
 
 3 neither regarded man : And there was a widow in that city ; 
 and she repeatedly came ^ unto him, saying, Avenge me 
 
 4 of mine adversary. And he would not for a while : but 
 afterward he said within himself. Though I fear not God, 
 
 5 nor regard man ; Yet because this widow troubleth me, I 
 will avenge her, lest by her continual coming she weary 
 
 6 me. And the Lord said, Hear what the unjust judge 
 
 7 saith. And shall not God avenge his own elect, which 
 cry day and night unto him, and is he longsuffering with 
 
 8 them ? 1 tell you that he will avenge them speedily. 
 Nevertheless when the Son of man cometh, shall he find 
 faith on the earth ? 
 
 9 And he spake this parable unto certain which trusted in 
 themselves that they were righteous, and despised others : 
 
 10 Two men went up into the temple to pray ; the one a 
 
 1 1 Pharisee, and the other a publican. The Pharisee posed 
 himself,^ and prayed thus, God, I thank thee, that I 
 am not as other men are, extortioners, unjust, adulterers, 
 
 12 or even as this publican. I fast twice in the week, I give 
 
 13 tithes of all that I acquire.^ And the publican, standing 
 afar off, would not lift up so much as his eyes unto heaven, 
 but smote upon his breast, saying, God be merciful to me 
 
 1 ■i^pX€TO = ventitabat. 
 
 - o-raGcis (literally 'once put in position'). To stand at prayer was 
 the customary Jewish attitude. Accordingly, the word here used may 
 reasonably be taken as suggesting moj-e than mere standing — as indicating 
 a posing in some conspicuous manner. A different word is used of the 
 publican in v. 13 — viz., eo-rois^ ' standing,' i.e. coming in merely and 
 remaining, in no studied place (see Farrar, and Alford in loc). 
 
 •^ KTiop-ai. The possideo of the Vulgate is not the equivalent of this at 
 all, but of K€KTT]iJ.ai { — I have acquired, i.e. I possess). 
 
XVIII. 24 S. LUKE. 225 
 
 14 a sinner. I tell you, this man went down to his house 
 justified rather than the other : for every one that exalteth 
 himself shall be humbled ; and he that humbleth himself 
 shall be exalted. 
 
 15 And they brought unto him also infants, that he would 
 touch them : but when his disciples saw //, they began to 
 
 16 rebuke ^ them. But Jesus called them unto him, and said, 
 Suffer little children to come unto me, and think not of 
 forbidding them : ^ for of such is the kingdom of God. 
 
 17 Verily I say unto you, Whosoever shall not receive the 
 kingdom of God as a little child shall in no wise enter 
 therein. 
 
 18 And a certain ruler asked him, saying. Good Master, 
 
 19 what shall I do to inherit eternal Ufe? And Jesus said 
 unto him, Why callest thou me good ? none is good, save 
 
 20 one, that is, God. Thou knowest the commandments. 
 Do not commit adultery, Do not kill, Do not steal. Do not 
 bear false witness. Honour thy father and thy mother. 
 
 21 And he said. All these kept I ^ from my youth up. Now 
 
 22 when Jesus heard these things, he said unto him, Yet 
 lackest thou one thing : sell all that thou hast, and distri- 
 bute unto the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in 
 
 23 heaven : and come, follow me. And when he heard this 
 
 24 he became very sorrowful : for he was very rich. And 
 when Jesus saw that he was very sorrowful, he said, How 
 hardly do they that have riches enter ^ into the kingdom 
 
 ^ lircTiiJLcov (so in v, 39). 
 
 ^ ji,i?| K(oXv€T€. Cp. Matt. xix. 14, and Maik x. 14, and see note on 
 Mark ix. 39, 
 
 3 e(f>vXa^a. Cj). Matt. xix. 20, where see note in favour of the strict 
 Aoristic rendering ' kept,' not * have kept,' (as in A.V. and R.V.). The 
 view there taken is corroborated by Farrar, who, on the verse before us, 
 remarks — " There seems to have been an accent of extreme surprise in 
 his reply : * You bid me not be a thief, adulterer, murderer ! For 
 whom do you take me ? I am no criminal. These I kept since I was 
 a child.' " 
 
 ■* elo-TTopevovTat. 
 
 P 
 
2 26 S. LUKE. XVIII. 25 
 
 25 of God ! For it is easier for a camel to go through a 
 needle's eye, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom 
 
 26 of God. And they that heard it said, Who then can be 
 
 27 saved? And he said, The things which are impossible 
 with men are possible with God. 
 
 28 Then Peter said, Lo, we left ^ our own, and followed thee. 
 
 29 And he said unto them, Verily I say unto you. There is 
 no man that left house, or parents, or brethren, or wife, 
 
 30 or children, for the kingdom of God's sake. Who shall not 
 receive manifold more in this present time, and in the 
 world to come life everlasting. 
 
 31 Then he took unto hhn the twelve, and said unto them, 
 Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and all things that are 
 written by the prophets concerning the Son of man shall 
 
 32 be accomphshed. For he shall be delivered unto the 
 Gentiles, and shall be mocked, and spitefully entreated, 
 
 33 and spitted on : And they shall scourge htm, and put him 
 
 34 to death : and the third day he shall rise again. And 
 they understood none of these things : and this saying was 
 hid from them, neither knew they the things which were 
 spoken. 
 
 35 And it came to pass, that, as he was coming nigh- unto 
 Jericho, a certain blind man sat by the wayside begging : 
 
 36 And when he heard a multitude passing by, he kept 
 
 37 enquiring*^ what it meant. And they told him, that Jesus 
 
 38 of Nazareth passeth by. And he cried, saying, Jesus, thou 
 
 39 son of David, have mercy on me ! And they which went 
 before began to rebuke him, that he should hold his 
 peace : but he cried so much the more. Thou son of 
 
 40 David, have mercy on me ! And Jesus stood, and com- 
 manded him to be brought unto him : and when he was 
 
 41 come near, he asked him. Saying, What wilt thou that I 
 should do unto thee ? And he said. Lord, that I may 
 
 ^ d({>€VT€S Ttt I8ia. The A.V. has ' have left.' See note on a<priKaix€it 
 in the corresponding passage of Matt. (xix. 27), 
 
 ^ Iv Tw cy-yiteiv. ^ €irvv0dv€TO. 
 
XIX. 13 S. LUKE. 227 
 
 42 receive my sight. And Jesus said unto him, Receive thy 
 
 43 sight : thy faith hath saved thee. And immediately he 
 received his sight, and followed him, glorifying God : and 
 all the people, when they saw it, gave praise unto God. 
 
 XIX. I And he entered and was passing through ^ 
 
 2 Jericho. And, behold, there was a man named Zaccheus, 
 which was the chief among the publicans, and he was 
 
 3 rich. And he was seeking ^ to see Jesus who he was ; and 
 was not finding it possible ^ for the press, because he was 
 
 4 little of stature. And he ran before, and climbed up into 
 a sycamore tree to see him : for he was to pass that way. 
 
 5 And when Jesus came to the place, he looked up, and said 
 unto him, Zaccheus, make haste, and come down ; for to- 
 
 6 day I must abide at thy house. And he made haste, and 
 
 7 came down, and received him joyfully. And when they 
 saw ?V, they all began to murmur,^ saying. That he was 
 
 8 gone to be guest with a man that is a sinner. And 
 Zaccheus stood, and said unto the Lord ; Behold, Lord, 
 the half of my goods I mean to give ^ to the poor ; and if 
 I have taken any thing from any man by false accusation, 
 
 9 I mean to restore him fourfold. And Jesus said unto him, 
 This day salvation accrued ^ to this house, forsomuch as 
 
 10 he also is a son of Abraham. For the Son of man came 
 to seek and to save that which was lost. 
 
 11 And as they heard these things, he added and spake 
 a parable, because he was nigh to Jerusalem, and because 
 they thought that the kingdom of God was about to^ 
 
 1 2 appear. He said therefore, A certain nobleman went into 
 a far country to receive for himself a kingdom, and to 
 
 1 3 return. And he called his ten servants, and delivered them 
 ten pounds, and said unto them, Occupy till I come. 
 
 1 8lT|pX€T0. ^ et-^TCi. 
 
 ^ ovK f|8x)vaT0. ^ 8i€-ydyyvtov. 
 
 5 Si86>)JLi. The force of the Present here is that of intention or purpose, 
 not of past habit. So with the verb that follows— dTroSiSwyni (restore). 
 See p. II. ^ e-ycvero. ^ (tcWci. 
 
228 S. LUKE. XIX. U 
 
 14 But his citizens had a settled hatred ^ of him, and sent 
 a message after him, saying, We will not have this ?nan to 
 
 15 reign over us. And it came to pass, that, when he was 
 returned, having received the kingdom, then he com- 
 manded these servants to be called unto him, to whom he 
 had given the money, that he might know how much every 
 
 16 man had gained by trading. Then came the first, saying. 
 Lord, thy pound hath gained in addition ^ ten pounds. 
 
 J 7 And he said unto him, Well, thou good servant : because 
 thou didst prove ^ faithful in a very little, have thou 
 
 18 authority over ten cities. And the second came, saying, 
 
 19 Lord, thy pound hath made five pounds. And he said 
 
 20 likewise to him, Be thou also over five cities. And another 
 came, saying. Lord, behold, /lere is thy pound, which I 
 
 2 1 was keeping ■* laid up in a napkin : For I was [always] 
 fearing ^ thee, because thou art an austere man : thou 
 takest up that thou layedst not down, and reapest that thou 
 
 22 didst not sow : And he saith unto him, Out of thine own 
 mouth will I judge thee, thou wicked servant. Thou 
 knewest that I was an austere man, taking up that I laid 
 
 2 7, not down, and reaping that I did not sow : Wherefore then 
 gavest not thou my money into a bank, and at my coming 
 
 24 I should have required mine own with usury? And he 
 said unto them that stood by, Take from him the pound, 
 
 25 and give // to him that hath ten pounds. (And they said 
 
 26 unto him, Lord, he hath ten pounds.) For I say unto 
 you, That unto every one which hath shall be given ; and 
 from him that hath not, even that he hath shall be taken 
 
 27 away from him. But those mine enemies, which would 
 not that I should reign over them, bring hither, and slay 
 
 1 e(Li(ro-uv (Impft). 
 
 '^ •7rpoorT]p'yd<raTo. The Tense is Aorist, but, as with CKepdrjaa in the 
 ■corresponding passage of Matt. (xxv. 20), the ' have ' rendering seems 
 necessary — the thought of the result being thrown forward into the 
 present. 
 
 2 e-ycvov (A. V. = ' wast found '). ^ clxov. ^ e(f>opov)Jii]v. 
 
XIX. 43 S. LUKE. 229 
 
 28 them before me. And when he had thus spoken, he began 
 to go before/ ascending up to Jerusalem. 
 
 29 And it came to pass, when he was come nigh to 
 Bethphage and Bethany, at the mount called the mount 
 
 30 of Olives, he sent two of his disciples. Saying, Go ye into 
 the village over against you ; in the which at your entering 
 ye shall find a colt tied, whereon yet never man sat : loose 
 
 3 1 him, and bring hvn hither. And if any man ask you. Why 
 do ye loose him ? thus shall ye say unto him. Because the 
 
 32 Lord hath need of him. And they that were sent went 
 their way, and found even as he had said unto thenu 
 
 33 And as they were loosing the colt, the owners thereof said 
 
 34 unto them, Why loose ye the colt? And they said, The 
 
 35 Lord hath need of him. And they brought him to Jesus l 
 and they cast their garments upon the colt, and they set 
 
 36 Jesus thereon. And as he went, they kept spreading ^ their 
 
 37 clothes in the way. And when he was coming nigh, "^ even 
 now at the descent of the mount of Olives, the whole 
 multitude of the disciples began to rejoice and praise God 
 with a loud voice for all the mighty works that they had 
 
 38 seen, Saying, Blessed l?e the King that cometh in the name 
 of the Lord : peace in heaven, and glory in the highest. 
 
 39 And some of the Pharisees from among the multitude said 
 
 40 unto him. Master, rebuke thy disciples. And he answered 
 and said unto them, I tell you that, if these shall hold 
 their peace, the stones will immediately cry out. 
 
 41 And when he was come near, he beheld the city, and 
 
 42 wept over it, Saying, If thou hadst known, even thou, in 
 this day, the things which belong unto peace ! but, as now 
 
 43 appears, they were hid * from thine eyes. For the days 
 
 1 €Trop€l)€TO €fJLTrpocr06v. 
 
 - {nr€o-Tpwvvvov. ^ eyYitovros avrov. 
 
 ■* vvv 8€ cKptipri (A.V. and R.V. = ' but now they are hid'). Much to 
 the point, however, is Farrar's note— "They were hid, i.e. the present 
 state of things proves the divine decree by which they were destined to 
 be hidden from thee." 
 
230 S. LUKE. XIX. 44 
 
 shall come upon thee, that thine enemies shall cast a 
 trench about thee, and compass thee round, and keep 
 
 44 thee in on every side, And shall lay thee even with the 
 ground, and thy children within thee ; and they shall not 
 leave in thee one stone upon another ; because thou 
 
 45 knewest not the time of thy visitation. And he went into 
 the temple, and began to cast out them that were selling 
 
 46 therein. Saying unto them. It stands written. My house 
 is the house of prayer, but ye have made it a den of 
 
 47 thieves. And he was teaching daily in the temple. 
 But the chief priests and the scribes and the chief of the 
 
 48 people sought to destroy him. And could not find what 
 they might do : for all the people were hanging ^ upon him, 
 listening. 
 
 XX. I And it came to pass, that on one of those days, as 
 he was teaching the people in the temple, and was 
 preaching the gospel, the chief priests and the scribes 
 
 2 came upon him with the elders, And spake unto him, 
 saying, Tell us, by what authority doest thou these things ? 
 
 3 or who is he that gave thee this authority? And he 
 answered and said unto them, I will also ask you a 
 
 4 question ; and answer me : The baptism of John, was it 
 
 5 from heaven, or of men ? And they reasoned with them- 
 selves, saying. If we shall say. From heaven ; he will say, 
 
 6 Why then believed ye him not? But and if we say, 
 Of men ; all the people will stone us to death : ^ for they 
 
 7 be firmly persuaded ^ that John was a prophet. And they 
 
 ^ l|€Kp4p,aTo avTov. Impft. of "EKKpifiafiai — mid. form, intrans. of 
 iKKpefidvvviu — to hang from. With the use of the word in the text — viz., 
 to hang on one speaking — cp. "pendetque iterum narrantis ab ore" 
 (Virg. yEn. IV. 79). 
 
 - KaTaXi.6d<r€i. R.V. =:'will stone.' But the strength of the com- 
 pound verb must not be overlooked. 
 
 -^ ircTTcwTfUvos «mv. R.V. = 'theybe persuaded' simply. But there 
 is more in the Tense than that. It may be that in many compound 
 Participial phrases (particularly those with Perf. Pass. Participles) we 
 have nothing more than a mere periphrasis for a Mood or Tense of rare 
 
XX. 20 S. LUKE. 231 
 
 answered, That they did not know whence it was. And 
 
 8 Jesus said unto them, Neither tell I you by what authority 
 
 9 I do these things. Then began he to speak to the people 
 this parable : A certain man planted a vineyard, and let 
 it forth to husbandmen, and went into a far country for 
 
 10 a long time. And at the season he sent a servant to the 
 husbandmen, that they should give him of the fruit of the 
 vineyard : but the husbandmen beat him, and sent him 
 
 1 1 away empty. And again he sent another servant : and 
 they beat him also, and entreated him shamefully, and 
 
 1 2 sent him away empty. And again he sent a third : and 
 
 13 they wounded him also, and cast him out. Then said the 
 lord of the vineyard, What shall I do ? I will send my 
 
 14 beloved son: it may be they will reverence him. But 
 when the husbandmen saw him, they began to reason 
 among themselves, saying, This is the heir : let us kill him, 
 
 15 that the inheritance may be ours. So they cast him out 
 of the vineyard, and killed him. What therefore shall the 
 
 16 lord of the vineyard do unto them? He shall come and 
 destroy these husbandmen, and shall give the vineyard to 
 others. And when they heard //, they said, God forbid. 
 
 17 And he beheld them, and said. What is this then that is 
 written. The stone which the builders rejected, the same 
 
 18 was made the head of the corner? Whosoever shall fall 
 upon that stone shall be broken ; but on whomsoever it 
 
 19 shall fall, it will grind him to powder. And the scribes 
 and the chief priests the same hour sought to lay hands on 
 him ; and they feared the people : for they perceived that 
 he had spoken this parable against them. 
 
 20 And they watched him, and sent forth spies, which 
 feigned ^ themselves just men, that they might take hold of 
 his words, that so they might deliver him unto the power 
 
 occurrence ; but, as a rule, there is a sense of permanence or fixedness 
 conveyed by the use of them. Cp. Matt. x. 30 ; Gal. iv. 3. The force 
 here is that of an unalterable conclusion. 
 
232 S. LUKE. XX. 21 
 
 21 and authority of the governor, And they asked him, 
 saying, Master, we know that thou sayest and teachest 
 rightly, neither acceptest thou the person of any, but 
 
 22 teachest the way of God truly: Is it lawful for us to give 
 
 23 tribute unto Cesar, or no ? But he perceived their crafti- 
 
 24 ness, and said unto them, Show me a penny. Whose 
 image and superscription hath it? They said, Cesar's. 
 
 25 And he said unto them, Render therefore unto Cesar the 
 things which be Cesar's, and unto God the things which 
 
 26 be God's. And they could not take hold of his words 
 before the people : and they marvelled at his answer, and 
 held their peace. 
 
 27 Then came to hi7n certain of the Sadducees, which deny 
 
 28 that there is any resurrection ; and they asked him. Saying, 
 Master, Moses wrote unto us, If any man's brother die, 
 having a wife, and he die without children, that his 
 brother should take his wife, and raise up seed unto his 
 
 29 brother. There were therefore seven brethren : and the 
 
 30 first took a wife, and died without children. And the 
 
 31 second and the third took her; and in like manner the 
 
 32 seven left no children, and died. And afterwards the 
 
 33 woman died also. Therefore in the resurrection whose 
 wife of them does she become ? ^ for the seven had her 
 
 34 to wife. And Jesus answering said unto them, The 
 children of this world marry, and are given in marriage : 
 
 35 But they which are once accounted ^ worthy to obtain 
 that world, and the resurrection from the dead, neither 
 
 36 marry, nor are given in marriage : Neither can they die 
 any more : for they are equal unto the angels ; and are 
 the children of God, being the children of the resur- 
 
 37 rection. Now, that the dead are raised, even Moses 
 showed at the bush, when he calleth the Lord the God 
 of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, 
 
 38 For he is not a God of the dead, but of the living : for 
 
 ^ 7iv€Tat ; (R. V. = ' shall she be ? ') - KaTa|Lco0€'vT€S. 
 
XXI. 9 S. LUKE. 233 
 
 39 all live unto him. Then certain of the scribes answering 
 
 40 said, Master, thou hast well said. For after that they 
 durst not ask him any question at all. 
 
 41 And he said unto them, How say they that the Christ 
 
 42 is David's son ? And David himself saith in the book of 
 Psalms, the Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my 
 
 43 right hand. Till I make thine enemies the footstool of 
 
 44 thy feet. David therefore calleth him Lord, how is he 
 then his son ? 
 
 45 Then, in the audience of all the people, he said unto 
 
 46 his disciples. Beware of the scribes, which desire to walk 
 in long robes, and love greetings in the markets, and the 
 highest seats in the synagogues, and the chief rooms at 
 
 47 feasts ; Which devour widows' houses, and for a show 
 make long prayers : the same shall receive greater dam- 
 nation. 
 
 XXI. I And he looked up, and saw the rich men casting 
 
 2 their gifts into the treasury. And he saw a certain poor 
 
 3 widow casting in thither two mites. And he said. Of a 
 truth I say unto you, that this poor widow cast ^ in more 
 
 4 than they all : For all these of their abundance cast in 
 unto the offerings : but she of her penury cast in all the 
 living that she had. 
 
 5 And as some were speaking "^ of the temple, how it 
 
 6 was adorned with goodly stones and gifts, he said, As for 
 these things which ye behold,- the days will come, in the 
 which there shall not be left here one stone upon another, 
 
 7 that shall not be thrown down. And they asked him, 
 saying. Master, but when shall these things be? and 
 what sign will there be when these things are about to 
 
 8 come to pass ?-^ And he said, Take heed that ye be not 
 deceived : for many shall come in my name, saying, I 
 am Christ; and the time hath approached: go ye not 
 
 9 after them. But when ye shall hear of wars and commo 
 
 ^ c'PaXev (and so in v. 4). - tivcdv Xcyovtcdv. 
 
 ^ (leXXrj -yivco-Gai. 
 
234 S. LUKE. XXI. 10 
 
 tions, be not terrified : for these things must first come 
 
 TO to pass ; but the end is not by and by. Then said he 
 
 unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom 
 
 1 1 against kingdom : And there shall be great earthquakes, 
 and in divers places famines, and pestilences ; and fearful 
 
 12 sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. But 
 before all these, they shall lay their hands on you, and 
 persecute you, delivering you up to the synagogues, and 
 into prisons, being brought before kings and rulers for my 
 
 13 name's sake. And it shall turn to you for a testimony. 
 
 14 Settle it therefore in your hearts, not to meditate before 
 
 15 what ye shall answer: For I will give you a mouth and 
 wisdom, which all your adversaries shall not be able to 
 
 16 resist nor gainsay. And ye shall be betrayed both by 
 parents, and brethren, and kinsfolks, and friends ; and 
 
 17 some of you they shall put to death.^ And ye shall 
 continue to be hated ^ of all men for my name's sake. 
 
 18, 19 But there shall not an hair of your head perish. In 
 
 20 your patience ye shall gain ^ your souls. And when ye 
 shall see Jerusalem in course of being compassed* with 
 armies, then know that the desolation thereof is nigh. 
 
 21 Then let them which are in Judea flee to the mountains ; 
 and let them which are in the midst of it depart out ; 
 and let not them that are in the countries enter thereinto. 
 
 22 For these be the days of vengeance, that all things which 
 
 23 are written may be fulfilled. But woe unto them that 
 are with child, and to them that give suck, in those days ! 
 for there shall be great distress in the land, and wrath 
 
 24 upon this people. And they shall fall by the edge of the 
 sword, and shall be led away captive into all the nations : 
 
 ^ BavaTwcro'uariv. 
 
 ^ 'iwitr^f. |i,io-ov|Jicvoi. — the periphrasis is intended to express dtiration. 
 See Matt. x. 22, note. 
 
 ^ KTqo-€<r0c — KTwjjiai never means to 'possess.' See xviii. 12, note. 
 
 ■* KVK\0V(ieV1]V. 
 
XXI. 38 S. LUKE. 235 
 
 and Jerusalem shall remain trodden down ^ of the Gentiles, 
 until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. 
 
 25 And there shall be signs in sun, and in moon, and in 
 stars ; and upon the earth distress of nations, in perplexity 
 
 26 at the roaring of sea and waves. Men's hearts failing 
 them for fear, and for looking after those things which 
 are coming on the earth : for the powers of the heavens 
 
 27 shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of 
 man coming in a cloud, with power and great glory. 
 
 28 And when these things begin to come to pass, then look 
 up, and lift up your heads ; for your redemption draweth 
 
 29 nigh. And he spake to them a parable ; Behold the fig 
 
 30 tree, and all the trees ; When they now shoot forth, ye 
 see and know of your own selves that summer is now nigh 
 
 31 at hand. So likewise ye, when ye see these things coming 
 to pass,^ know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at 
 
 32 hand. Verily I say unto you. This generation shall in 
 ^;^ no wise pass away ^ till all be fulfilled. Heaven and 
 
 earth shall pass away ; but my words shall in no wise 
 pass away. 
 
 34 And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your 
 hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, 
 and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you 
 
 35 unawares as a snare. For so shall it come on all them 
 
 36 that dwell on the face of the whole earth. Watch ye 
 therefore, and pray always, that ye may prevail^ to 
 escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to 
 
 37 stand before the Son of man. And every day he was 
 teaching in the temple ; and every night going out he 
 used to abide ^ in the mount that is called tke mount of 
 
 38 Olives. And all the people were in the habit of coming 
 early in the morning ^ to him in the temple, for to hear 
 him. 
 
 ^ co-Tat iraTovjjievT]. A periphrasis with the same force as that in v. 17, 
 ^ 'yi,v6)JL€va. ^ ov jji-fi TrapeX0T|. 
 
 ^ T]wXlt€TO. ^ <«Jp0pii€V. 
 
236 S. LUKE. XXII. 1 
 
 XXII, 1 Now the feast of unleavened bread was drawing 
 
 2 nigh/ which is called the Passover. And the chief 
 priests and scribes were seeking ^ how they might kill 
 him ; for they feared the people. 
 
 3 Then entered Satan into Judas surnamed Iscariot, 
 
 4 being of the number of the twelve. And he went his 
 way, and communed with the chief priests and captains, 
 
 5 how he might betray him unto them. And they were 
 
 6 glad, and covenanted to give him money. And he 
 promised, and began to seek^ opportunity to betray 
 him unto them in the absence of the m.ultitude. 
 
 7 Then came the day of unleavened bread, when the 
 
 8 passover must be killed. And he sent Peter and John, 
 saying, Go and prepare us the passover, that we may 
 
 9 eat. And they said unto him, Where wilt thou that 
 
 10 we prepare.? And he said unto them. Behold, when 
 ye are entered into the city, there shall a man meet you, 
 bearing a pitcher of water ; follow him into the house 
 
 11 where he entereth in. And ye shall say unto the good- 
 man of the house, The Master saith unto thee. Where 
 is the guest-chamber, where I shall eat the passover 
 
 12 with my disciples? And he shall show you a large 
 
 13 upper room furnished : there make ready. And they 
 went, and found as he had said unto them : and they 
 
 14 made ready the passover. And when the hour was 
 
 15 come, he sat down, and the apostles with him. And 
 he said unto them. With desire I have desired to eat 
 
 16 this passover with you before I suffer: For I say unto 
 you. From henceforth I will in no wise eat * thereof, 
 
 17 until it be fulfilled in the kingdom of God. And he 
 took a cup, and gave thanks, and said, Take this, and 
 
 - e^iQTovv — denoting a continuous effort. 
 
 ^ ktfifei. The complete seclusion in which Jesus kept himself would 
 cause it to be a considerable time before he found such opportunity. 
 ^ ov |x^ (Ixx^d) — and so in v. 18, with tti'w (drink). 
 
XXII. 32 S. LUKE. 237 
 
 18 divide it among yourselves: For I say unto you, I will 
 in no wise drink henceforth of the fruit of the vine, 
 until the kingdom of God shall once have come.^ 
 
 19 And he took bread, and gave thanks, and brake //, 
 and gave unto them, saying. This is my body, which 
 is given for you : this do in remembrance of me. 
 
 20 Likewise also the cup after supper, saying, This cup 
 is the new testament in my blood, which is shed for 
 you. 
 
 21 But, behold, the hand of him that betrayeth me is 
 
 22 with me on the table. For the Son of man goeth, 
 as it hath been determined : ^ but woe unto that man 
 
 23 by whom he is betrayed ! And they began to enquire 
 among themselves, which of them it was that was abont 
 to ^ do this thing. 
 
 24 And there arose ^ also a strife among them, which 
 
 25 of them was accounted'^ the greatest. And he said 
 unto them, The kings of the Gentiles exercise lordship 
 over them ; and they that exercise authority upon them 
 
 26 are called benefactors. But ye shall not be so : but 
 he that is greatest among you, let him become as the 
 younger ; and he that is chief, as he that doth serve. 
 
 27 For whether is greater, he that sitteth at meat, or he 
 that serveth ? is not he that sitteth at meat ? but I 
 
 28 am among you as he that serveth. Ye are they which 
 
 29 have continued with me in my temptations. And I 
 appoint unto you a kingdom, as my Father appointed *' 
 
 30 unto me ; That ye may eat and drink at my table in 
 my kingdom, and sit on thrones judging the twelve 
 tribes of Israel. 
 
 31 Simon, Simon, behold, Satan desired" to have you, 
 
 32 that he may sift you as wheat : But I prayed for thee, 
 
 ^ ^tos o5 . . . ?\0"r). - Kara to a>pi(r|X€Vov. 
 
 ■* |jl!e\\(ov. The R.V.'s * should' is inadequate. 
 
 ^ e-yevcTO. ° 8ok€i. 
 
 *' 8i€0€To. '' l^r,Tii]<raTO. 
 
238 S. LUKE. XXII. 33 
 
 that thy faith should not fail : ^ and when thou hast 
 
 33 once turned, strengthen thy brethren. And he said 
 unto him, Lord, I am ready to go with thee, both into 
 
 34 prison, and to death. And he said, I tell thee, Peter, 
 the cock shall not crow this day, before that thou shalt 
 thrice deny that thou knowest me. 
 
 35 And he said unto them, When I sent you without 
 purse, and scrip, and shoes, lacked ye any thing? And 
 
 36 they said, Nothing. Then said he unto them, But now, 
 he that hath a purse, let him take it, and likewise his 
 scrip : and he that hath none, let him sell his garment, 
 
 37 and buy one. For I say unto you, that this that stands 
 written must yet be accomplished in me, And he was 
 reckoned among transgressors : for the things concerning 
 
 38 me have an end. And they said, Lord, behold, here 
 are two swords. And he said unto them. It is enough. 
 
 39 And he came out, and went, as he was wont, to the 
 mount of Olives; and his disciples also followed him. 
 
 40 And when he was at the place, he said unto them, Pray 
 
 41 that ye enter not into temptation. And he w^as with- 
 drawn from them about a stone's cast, and kneeled down, 
 
 42 and prayed. Saying, Father, if thou be willing, remove 
 this cup from me : nevertheless not my will, but thine, 
 
 43 be done. And there appeared an angel unto him from 
 
 44 heaven, strengthening him. And becoming ^ in an agony 
 he prayed more earnestly : and his sweat became ^ as it 
 were great drops of blood falling down to the ground. 
 
 45 And when he rose up from prayer, and was come to his 
 
 46 disciples, he found them sleeping for sorrow, And said 
 unto them, Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter 
 into temptation. 
 
 47 And while he was yet speaking, behold a multitude, 
 
 1 l8€T|ei]v . . . jiT) cKXiirT). The R.V. is hardly correct in rendering 
 eK'Xixr? by 'fail ' simply. It is this special crisis that the Aorist refers to ; 
 and, perhaps, that is made more plain in English by the use of " should." 
 
 - 7€VOHL€VOS. ^ €76V€TO. 
 
XXII. 64 S. LUKE. 239 
 
 and he that was called Judas, one of the twelve, went 
 
 48 before them, and drew near unto Jesus to kiss him. But 
 Jesus said unto him, Judas, betrayest thou the Son of 
 
 49 man with a kiss? When they which were about him 
 saw what would follow, they said unto him, Lord, shall 
 we smite with the sword? 
 
 50 And one of them smote a servant of the high priest, 
 
 5 1 and cut off his right ear. And Jesus answered and said, 
 Suffer ye thus far. And he touched his ear, and healed 
 
 52 him. Then Jesus said unto the chief priests, and 
 captains of the temple, and the elders, which were come 
 to him. Be ye come out, as against a thief, with swords 
 
 53 and staves? When I was daily with you in the temple, 
 ye stretched forth no hands against me : but this is your 
 hour, and the power of darkness. 
 
 54 Then took they him, and led hivi, and brought him 
 into the high priest's house. And Peter was following ^ 
 
 55 afar off. And when they had kindled a fire in the midst 
 of the hall, and were set down together, Peter sat down 
 
 56 among them. But a certain maid beheld him as he sat 
 by the fire, and earnestly looked upon him, and said, This 
 
 57 man was also with him. And he denied, saying. Woman, 
 
 58 I know him not. And, after a httle while, another saw 
 him, and said, Thou art also of them. And Peter said, 
 
 59 Man, I am not. And about the space of one hour after, 
 another confidently went on affirming, ^ saying. Of a truth 
 
 60 this fellow also was with him ; for he is a Galilean. And 
 Peter said, Man, I know not what thou say est. And im- 
 
 61 mediately, while he yet spake, a cock crew. And the 
 Lord turned, and looked upon Peter. And Peter remem- 
 bered the word of the Lord, how he said unto him, Before 
 
 62 the cock crow, thou shalt deny me thrice. And he went 
 out, and wept bitterly. 
 
 (iT, And the men that held Jesus began to mock^ him, 
 64 and smote him. And when they had blindfolded him, 
 ^ T)KoXovdei. - 8iio-x.vpiteTo. 3 IveVai^ov. 
 
240 S. LUKE. XXII. 65 
 
 they asked him, saying, Prophesy, who is it that smote 
 
 65 thee? And many other things spake they against him, 
 blaspheming.^ 
 
 66 And as soon as it was day, the elders of the people, 
 and the chief priests, and the scribes, came together, and 
 
 67 led him into their council. Saying, Art thou the Christ? 
 tell us. And he said unto him, If I tell you, ye will not 
 
 68 believe : And if I also ask you^ ye will not answer. 
 
 69 Hereafter shall the Son of man continue to sit ^ on the 
 
 70 right hand of the power of God. Then said they all. 
 Art thou the Son of God ? And he said unto them, Ye 
 
 71 say that I am. And they said, What need we any 
 further witness? for we ourselves heaxd of his own 
 mouth. 
 
 XXIII. I And the whole multitude of them arose, and 
 
 2 led him unto Pilate. And they began to accuse him, 
 saying. We found this fellow perverting our nation, and 
 forbidding to give tribute to Cesar, and saying that he 
 
 3 himself is Christ a King. And Pilate asked him, saying, 
 Art thou the King of the Jews ? And he answered him 
 
 4 and said. Thou sayest it. Then said Pilate to the chief 
 priests and to the people, I find no fault in this man. 
 
 5 But they kept insisting,^ saying, He stirreth up the 
 people, teaching throughout all Jewry, beginning from 
 
 6 Galilee to this place. When Pilate heard of it, he asked 
 
 7 whether the man were a Galilean. And as soon as he 
 knew that he belonged unto Herod's jurisdiction, he sent 
 him to Herod, who himself also was at Jerusalem at that 
 time. 
 
 8 And when Herod saw Jesus, he was exceeding glad : 
 for he was desirous to see him of a long season, because 
 
 ^ pXa(r<|>'r]|xo{)VT€S. A Participle of identical action with fKeyov. The 
 relation expressed is what Burton calls one " of outward form to inner 
 significance or quality " (Burton's " Syntax," p. 55). 
 
 2 2o-Tai . . . Ka0'^H€vos. 
 
 ^ lirCo-xvov (Vulg. invalescebant). 
 
XXIII. 24 S. LUKE. 24 1 
 
 he had heard of him; and he was hoping ^ to have seen 
 
 9 some miracle done by him. Then he began to question ^ 
 
 with him in many words ; but he answered him nothing. 
 
 10 And the chief priests and scribes stood vehemently 
 
 11 accusing'^ him. And Herod with his men of war set 
 him at nought, and mocked him, and arrayed him in 
 a gorgeous robe, and sent him again to Pilate. 
 
 12 And the same day Pilate and Herod became friends 
 together : for before they were at enmity between them- 
 selves. 
 
 13 And Pilate, when he had called together the chief 
 
 14 priests and the rulers and the people, Said unto them. 
 Ye brought* this man unto me, as one that perverteth 
 the people : and, behold, I, having examined him before 
 you, found ^ no fault in this man touching those things 
 
 1 5 whereof ye accuse him : No, nor yet Herod : for he sent 
 him to us ; and, lo, nothing worthy of death hath been 
 
 16 done^ by him. I will therefore chastise him, and release 
 
 1 7 him. And they cried out all at once, saying. Away with 
 
 18 this ma7i, and release unto us Barabbas : (Who for a 
 certain sedition made in the city, and for murder, was 
 
 19 cast into prison.) And Pilate, willing to release Jesus, 
 
 20 spake again to them. But they kept crying vehemently," 
 2 I saying, Crucify him, crucify him. And he said unto them 
 
 the third time, Why, what evil did this man ?^ I found ^ no 
 cause of death in him : I will therefore chastise him, and 
 
 22 let him go. And they were instant with loud voices, re- 
 quiring that he might be crucified : and the voices of 
 
 23 them prevailed. And Pilate gave sentence that it should 
 
 24 be as they required. And he released unto them him 
 
 2 KaTt]"yopOVVT€S. ^ IIpO(rT]V£'7KaT6. 
 
 ^ cSpov. ^ loTiv Trcirpa-Yp-cvov. 
 
 ^ eire4>a)vovv — Impft., and a compound verb. Both continuance and 
 vehemence are indicated = irepiaaQ}^ ^Kpa^ov of Matt, xxvii. 23. 
 ^ Itro^o-cv. 
 "^ eSpov as in v. 14 ; and yet the R.V. reads 'have found.' 
 
 Q 
 
242 S. LUKE. XXIII. 25 
 
 that for sedition and murder was cast into prison, whom 
 they were desiring j^ but he delivered Jesus to their 
 will. 
 
 25 And as they led him away, they laid hold upon one 
 Simon, a Cyrenian, coming out of the country, and on 
 him they laid the cross, that he might bear it after Jesus. 
 
 26 And there followed him a great company of the people, 
 and of women, which also were bewailing and lamenting ^ 
 
 27 him. But Jesus, turning unto them, said, Daughters of 
 Jerusalem, weep not for me, but weep for yourselves, and 
 
 28 for your children. For, behold, the days are coming, 
 in the which they shall say, Blessed are the barren, and 
 the wombs that never bare, and the paps which never 
 
 29 gave suck. Then shall they begin to say to the moun- 
 
 30 tains. Fall on us ; and to the hills, Cover us. For if they 
 do these things in the green tree, what is to happen ^ in 
 the dry ? 
 
 3 1 And there were also two others, malefactors, led with him 
 
 32 to be put to death. And when they came to the place 
 which is called Calvary, there they crucified him, and the 
 malefactors, one on the right hand, and the other on the 
 
 33 left. Then said Jesus, Father, forgive them ; for they 
 know not what they do. And they parted his raiment, 
 
 34 and cast lots. And the people stood beholding. And 
 the rulers also went on deriding'^ him, saying, He saved 
 others ; let him save him.self, if this is the Christ of God, 
 
 35 the chosen. And the soldiers also mocked him, coming 
 
 36 to him, and offering him vinegar. And saying. If thou 
 
 37 art^ the King of the Jews, save thyself. And a super- 
 scription also was over him, THIS IS THE KING OF 
 THE JEWS. 
 
 38 And one of the malefactors which were hanged per- 
 
 1 -nrovvTo. " Ikotttovto Kal l9p-^vovv* 
 
 3 Ti "ycvTiTai (Deliberative Subjunctive). 
 
 ■* 6|€|lVKT^pit0V. ^ €^. 
 
XXIIl. 53 S. LUKE. 243 
 
 sistently railed ^ on him, saying, Art not thou the 
 
 39 Christ? save thyself and us. But the other answering 
 rebuked him, saying, Dost not thou fear God, seeing 
 
 40 thou art in the same condemnation ? And we indeed 
 justly ; for we receive the due reward of our deeds : but 
 
 41 this man hath done nothing amiss. And he said, Jesus, 
 
 42 remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom. And 
 Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee, To-day 
 shalt thou be with me in paradise. 
 
 43 And it was about the sixth hour, and there came ^ a 
 
 44 darkness over all the earth until the ninth hour. And 
 the sun was darkened, and the veil of the temple was 
 
 45 rent in the midst. And when Jesus had cried with a 
 loud voice, he said, Father, into thy hands I commend 
 my spirit : and having said thus, he gave up the ghost. 
 
 46 Now when the centurion saw what was done, he began 
 to glorify 2 God, saying. Certainly this was a righteous 
 
 47 man. And all the people that came together to that 
 sight, beholding the things which were done, began to 
 
 48 return smiting^ their breasts. And all his acquaintance, 
 and the women that followed him from Galilee, stood 
 afar off, beholding these things. 
 
 49 And, behold, there ivas a man named Joseph, a 
 
 50 counsellor ; and he zvas a good man, and a just : (The 
 same had not consented to the counsel and deed of 
 them :) he was of Arimathea, a city of the Jews : who 
 
 51 was waiting^ for the kingdom of God. This ;;/«/? went 
 
 52 unto Pilate, and begged the body of Jesus. And he 
 took it down, and wrapped it in linen, and laid him 
 in a sepulchre that was hewn in stone, wherein never 
 
 53 man before had lain.^ And that day was the prepara- 
 tion, and the sabbath was drawing on.^ 
 
 1 ip\a<r<j>T||i€i (Impft.). ^ kyiveTo. 
 
 "' eSo^atev. * tvittovtcs . . . {)'ir4<rTp€<|)0V. 
 
 ^ irpooreSe'xcTo. ' ^ ^v . . . Ketpicvos. 
 
 ^ €'ire<j)w<rK€v — literally, began to dawn. 
 
244 S. LUKE. XXIII. 54 
 
 54 And the women also, which had come^ with him from 
 Galilee, followed after, and beheld the sepulchre, and 
 
 55 how his body was laid. And they returned, and pre- 
 pared spices and ointments ; and rested the sabbath 
 day, according to the commandment. 
 
 XXIV. I Now upon the first day of the week, very early 
 in the morning, they came unto the sepulchre, bringing 
 
 2 the spices which they had prepared. And they found the 
 
 3 stone rolled away from the sepulchre. And they entered 
 
 4 in, and found not the body of the Lord Jesus. And 
 it came to pass, as they were much perplexed thereabout, 
 behold, two men stood by them in shining garments : 
 
 5 And as they were afraid, and bowed down their faces 
 to the earth, they said unto them, Why seek ye the 
 
 6 living among the dead ? He is not here, but he rose : ^ 
 remember how he spake unto you when he was yet in 
 
 7 Galilee, Saying, The Son of man must be delivered 
 into the hands of sinful men, and be crucified, and the 
 
 8 third day rise again. And they remembered his words, 
 
 9 And returned from the sepulchre, and told all these 
 
 10 things unto the eleven, and to all the rest. It was 
 Mary Magdalene, and Joanna, and Mary the mother of 
 James, and other women that were with them, which 
 
 11 told these things unto the apostles. And these words 
 seemed to them as idle tales, and they continued to 
 
 « 2 believe ^ them not. Then arose Peter, and ran unto 
 the sepulchre; and stooping down, he beholds* the 
 linen clothes laid by themselves, and departed to his 
 home, wondering at that which was come to pass. 
 
 13 And, behold, two of them were going ^ that same day 
 to a village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem 
 
 14 about threescore furlongs. And they were talking^ of 
 
 ^ fjo-av (rvv€XT]Xv0viai. 
 
 2 T|7ep0Ti. See Matt, xxvii. 64, note. 
 
 ^ TjirCcTTovv — persistent incredulity. ^ pXcTCL. 
 
 ^ ^o-av irop€v<5fi6voi. ^ wfjiCXow. 
 
XXIV. 29 S. LUKE. 245 
 
 15 all these things which had happened. And it came 
 to pass, that, while they communed together and reasoned, 
 Jesus himself drew near, and proceeded to journey ^ with 
 
 16 them. But their eyes were kept holden - that they 
 
 17 should not know him. And he said unto them. What 
 manner of communications are these that ye have one 
 to another, as ye walk? And they stood still looking 
 
 18 sad. And the one of them, whose name was Cleopas, 
 answering said unto him. Dost thou alone sojourn in 
 Jerusalem, and not know the things which are come to 
 
 19 pass there in these days? And he said unto them, 
 What things? And they said unto him, Concerning 
 Jesus of Nazareth, which proved himself'^ a prophet 
 mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: 
 
 20 And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered him 
 
 21 to be condemned to death, and have crucified him. But 
 we were hoping'* that it had been he which should have 
 redeemed Israel : and besides all this, to-day is the third 
 
 22 day since these things came to pass. Yea, and certain 
 women also of our company made us astonished, which 
 
 23 were early at the sepulchre; And when they found not 
 his body, they came; saying, that they had also seen a 
 
 24 vision of angels, which said that he was alive. And 
 certain of them which were with us went to the sepulchre, 
 and found it even so as the women had said : but him 
 
 25 they saw not. Then he said unto them, O fools, and 
 slow of heart to believe all that the prophets spoke ! ^ 
 
 26 Ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to 
 
 27 enter into his glory? And beginning at Moses and 
 all the Prophets, he expounded unto them in all the 
 
 28 scriptures the things concerning himself. And they drew 
 nigh unto the village whither they went : and he made 
 
 29 as though he would have gone farther. But they con- 
 
 1 (TweiropetieTO. ^ cKparovvTo. 
 
 ^ e-ye'vcTo. The R.V.'s 'was' is inaccurate. ^ ^-KlXoy.iv. 
 
 ^ eXdXT]<rav. 
 
246 S. LUKE. XXIV. 30 
 
 strained him, saying, Abide with us ; for it is toward 
 evening, and the day is far spent. And he went in to 
 
 30 tarry with them. And it came to pass, as he sat at 
 meat with them, he took bread, and blessed //, and 
 
 31 brake, and distributed to them. And their eyes were 
 opened, and they knew him ; and he vanished out of 
 
 32 their sight. And they said one to another, Was not 
 our heart burning within us, while he was talking with 
 us by the way, and while he was opening ^ to us the 
 
 33 scriptures? And they rose up the same hour, and re- 
 turned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered 
 
 34 together, and them that were with them. Saying, The 
 
 35 Lord rose indeed, and appeared ^ to Simon. And they 
 told what things were done in the way, and how he was 
 known of them in breaking of bread. 
 
 36 And as they thus spake, he himself stood in the 
 midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto 
 
 37 you. But they were terrified and affrighted, and sup- 
 2,^ posed that they were seeing ^ a spirit. And he said 
 
 unto them. Why are ye troubled? and why do thoughts 
 
 39 arise in your hearts ? Behold my hands and my feet, 
 that it is I myself: handle me, and see; for a spirit 
 
 40 hath not flesh and bones, as ye see me having.* And 
 when he had thus spoken, he showed them his hands and 
 
 41 his feet. And while they yet believed not for joy, and 
 wondered, he said unto them. Have ye here any meat? 
 
 42, 43 And they gave him a piece of a broiled fish. And he 
 
 44 took it, and did eat before them. And he said unto 
 them, These are my words which I spake unto you, 
 while I was yet with you, that all things must be fulfilled 
 which stand written in the Law of Moses, and in the 
 
 45 Prophets, and in the Psalms, concerning me. Then opened 
 he their understanding, that they might understand the 
 
 ^ KaiO|j.evT] ^v . . . IXdXei . . . Sit^voiycv. 
 
 - ^yip^ , . . bi<j>9-r]. '^ dewpciv. * ^XO^*^*' 
 
I. 6 S. JOHN. 247 
 
 46 scriptures, And said unto them, Thus it stands written 
 that Christ should suffer, and should rise from the dead 
 
 47 the third day : And that repentance and remission of 
 sins should be preached in his name among all the 
 
 48 nations, beginning at Jerusalem. Ye are witnesses of 
 these things. 
 
 49 And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon 
 you : but tarry ye in the city until ye shall have put 
 on ^ power from on high. 
 
 50 And he led them out as far as to Bethany ; and he 
 
 51 lifted up his hands, and blessed them. And it came 
 to pass, while he blessed them, he was parted from 
 
 52 them, and carried up into heaven. And they wor- 
 shipped him, and returned to Jerusalem with great joy : 
 
 53 And were continually in the temple, praising and bless- 
 ing God. 
 
 S. JOHN. 
 
 I. I In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was 
 
 2 with God, and the Word was God. The same was in 
 
 3 the beginning with God. All things were made by him j 
 and without him was not anything made that hath been 
 
 4 made.2 In him was life ; and the life was the light of 
 
 5 men. And the light shineth in the darkness; and the 
 darkness apprehended it not. 
 
 6 There arose ^ a man sent from God, whose name zuas 
 
 ^ €v8v(rT]{r0€. 
 
 2 8 "y€'7ov€v (adopting Westcott & Hort's marginal punctuation). The 
 A.V.'s 'was made' leaves the preceding Aorist iyivero ('was made') 
 and this Perf. undistinguished. The distinction, however, is quite clear. 
 iyivero has reference to the fac^ of creation : yeyoyev to the 7'esitU of that 
 fact z.% permanently remaining. ^ e-yevcro. 
 
248 S. JOHN. I. 7 
 
 7 John. The same came for witness, to bear witness of 
 
 8 the Light, that all vieri through him might believe. He 
 was not the Light, but ivas sent to bear witness of the 
 
 9 Light. There was the true Light, which lighteth every 
 
 10 man by coming into the world. He was in the world, 
 and the world was made by him, and the world knew 
 
 11 him not. He came unto his own, and his own received 
 
 12 him not. But as many as received him, to them gave 
 he power to become sons of God, even to them that 
 
 13 believe on his name : Which were born, not of blood, 
 nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but 
 
 14 of God. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt 
 among us, (and we beheld his glory, the glory as of 
 the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth. 
 
 15 John beareth witness ^ of him, and crieth,- saying, 
 This was he of whom I spake. He that cometh after me 
 
 16 is become 2 before me : for he was before me. For of his 
 
 17 fulness did we all take,'* and grace for grace. For the 
 Law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by 
 
 18 Jesus Christ. No man hath seen God at any time; the 
 only begotten God, which is in the bosom of the Father, 
 he declared ^ him, 
 
 19 And this is the record of John, when the Jews sent 
 priests and Levites from Jerusalem to ask him. Who art 
 
 20 thou? And he confessed, and denied not; but con- 
 
 21 fessed, I am not the Christ. And they asked him, 
 What then.? Art thou Eiias? And he saith, I am not. 
 
 22 Art thou the prophet? And he answered, No. They 
 said therefore unto him. Who art thou? that we may 
 give an answer to them that sent us. What sayest thou 
 
 23 of thyself? He said, I am the voice of one crying in 
 the wilderness. Make straight the way of the Lord, as 
 
 2 KCKpayev — Pft. with Pres. force. Similarly used are eyvuKa, olda. 
 ' -ye-Yovev. 
 
I. 38 S. JOHN. 249 
 
 24 said the prophet Esaias. And they had been sent^ from 
 
 25 the Pharisees. And they asked him, and said unto him, 
 Why baptizest thou then, if thou art not the Christ, nor 
 
 26 EHas, neither that prophet? John answered them, 
 saying, I baptize with water : there standeth one among 
 
 27 you, whom ye know not; He that cometh after me, 
 
 28 whose shoe's latchet I am not worthy to unloose. These 
 things were done in Bethany beyond Jordan, where John 
 was baptizing. 
 
 29 The next day he seeth Jesus coming unto him, and 
 saith, Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the 
 
 30 sin of the world ! This is he of whom I said. After me 
 cometh a man which is become ^ before me : for he was 
 
 31 before me. And I knew him not: but that he should 
 be made manifest to Israel, therefore came ^ I baptizing 
 
 32 with water. And John bare record, saying, I have 
 beheld^ the Spirit descending from heaven like a dove, 
 
 ^^ and it abode upon him. And I knew him not : but he 
 that sent me to baptize with water, the same said unto 
 me, Upon whom thou shalt see the Spirit descending, 
 and abiding on him, the same is he which baptizeth with 
 
 34 the Holy Ghost. And I have seen, and have borne 
 record '" that this is the Son of God. 
 
 35 Again, the next day after, John stood, and two of his dis- 
 
 36 ciples ; And he gazed ^ upon Jesus as he walked, and saith, 
 3 7 Behold the Lamb of God ! And the two disciples heard 
 38 him speak, and they followed Jesus. Then Jesus turned, 
 
 and saw them following, and saith unto them. What are 
 ye seeking? They said unto him, Rabbi, (which is to 
 say, being interpreted. Master,) where dwellest thou? 
 
 1 dirco-raXiJLCvot ^<rav. ^ 'y€YOV€V. ^ fj\0ov. 
 
 ^ T€9e'a|iai (Pft.). T\\q testimojiy of the vision remains. The verb is 
 much stronger than bpav — implying pleasure in looking upon. 
 
 5 IwpaKa Kal |j.£)j.apTvpi]Ka — the results of the seeing and the record- 
 bearing are still in evidence. 
 
 ^ e|ip\e\J/as— penetration or fixedness of look is indicated. 
 
250 S. JOHN. I. 39 
 
 39 He saith unto them, Come, and ye shall see.^ They 
 came and saw where he dwelt, and abode with him that 
 
 40 day : it was about the tenth hour. One of the two which 
 heard John speak^ and followed him was Andrew, Simon 
 
 41 Peter's brother. He first findeth his own brother Simon, 
 and saith unto him, We have found the Messias, which 
 
 42 is, being interpreted, Christ. He brought him to Jesus. 
 And when Jesus beheld him, he said. Thou art Simon 
 the son of Jona : thou shalt be called Cephas, which is, 
 by interpretation, A stone. 
 
 43 The day following he was minded - to go forth into 
 Galilee, and findeth Philip, and saith unto him, Follow 
 
 44 me. Now Philip was of Bethsaida, the city of Andrew 
 
 45 and Peter. PhiHp findeth Nathanael, and saith unto 
 him, We have found him of whom Moses in the Law, 
 and the Prophets, did write, Jesus of Nazareth the son 
 
 46 Joseph. And Nathanael said unto him. Can there any 
 good thing come out of Nazareth? Philip saith unto 
 
 47 him, Come and see. Jesus saw Nathanael coming to 
 him, and saith of him. Behold an Israelite indeed, in 
 
 48 whom is no guile ! Nathanael saith unto him. Whence 
 knowest thou me? Jesus answered and said unto him, 
 Before that Philip called thee, when thou wast under 
 
 49 the fig tree, I saw thee. Nathanael answered and saith 
 unto him, Rabbi, thou art the Son of God ; thou art the 
 
 50 King of Israel. Jesus answered and said unto him, 
 Because I said unto thee, I saw thee under the fig tree, 
 believest thou ? thou shalt see greater things than these. 
 
 51 And he saith unto him, Verily, verily, I say unto you, 
 
 1 6\|/€(r0€. 
 
 - -qOcXiio-ev. Dr Malan (Notes on S. John, p. 36) defends the A.V.'s 
 rendering ' would go forth ' — stating, correctly enough, that 'E^eXw is 
 ' simple volition ' ; povXofiai implying a ' plan and choice.' Still, even in 
 ' simple volition ' there is something fuofe than bare futurity. " Would " 
 seems too weak a rendering here — implying a measure of doubt that does 
 not exist in the Greek. {Cp. vi. 67 ; viii. 44.) 
 
II. 12 S. JOHN. 251 
 
 ye shall see the heaven opened/ and the angels of God 
 ascending and decending upon the Son of man. 
 II. I And the third day there occurred ^ a marriage in Cana 
 
 2 of Galilee ; and the mother of Jesus was ^ there : And 
 both Jesus was called, and his disciples, to the marriage. 
 
 3 And when the wine failed,* the mother of Jesus saith 
 
 4 unto him, They have no wine. Jesus saith unto her, 
 Woman, what have I to do with thee? mine hour is 
 
 5 not yet come. His mother saith unto the servants, 
 
 6 Whatsoever he saith unto you, do //. And there were 
 set there six water-pots of stone, after the manner of 
 the purifying of the Jews, containing two or three firkins 
 
 7 apiece. Jesus saith unto them. Fill the water-pots with 
 
 8 water. And they filled them up to the brim. And he 
 saith unto them. Draw out now, and bear unto the 
 
 9 governor of the feast. And they bear //. When the 
 ruler of the feast had tasted the water that had become ^ 
 wine, and knew not whence it was, (but the servants 
 which had drawn ^ the water knew,) the governor of 
 
 10 the feast called the bridegroom, And saith unto him, 
 Every man at the beginning doth set forth good wine ; 
 and when men have well drunk, then that which is 
 worse : du^ thou hast kept the good wine until now. 
 
 11 This beginning of miracles did Jesus in Cana of Galilee, 
 and manifested forth his glory; and his disciples be- 
 lieved on him. 
 
 12 After this he went down to Capernaum, he, and his 
 mother, and his brethren, and his disciples : and they 
 continued there not many days. 
 
 ^ dvew-ydra. Pft. = opened, and so remaining. 
 
 - 6'y€V£T0. The R.V. has simply 'was.' 
 
 3 ^v. The force of this Impft,, in contrast to that of the Aor. €k\i^67] 
 (was called), in v. 2, is not to be overlooked. The meaning is that the 
 mother of Jesus was staying there as one of the household — while He was 
 simply invited to the feast. ^ v(rT€pT|(ravTos o^Ivov. 
 
 5 TO . . . ^c-ycvTiiievov. ^ 01 t]vtXt]k6t£S. 
 
252 S. JOHN. II. 13 
 
 1;^ And the Jews' passover was at hand; and Jesus went 
 
 14 up to Jerusalem, And found in the temple those that 
 sold oxen and sheep and doves, and the changers of 
 
 1 5 money sitting : And when he had made a scourge of 
 small cords, he drove them all out of the temple, and 
 the sheep, and the oxen ; and poured out the changers' 
 
 16 money, and overthrew the tables; And said unto them 
 that sold doves, Take these things hence once for all ; 
 continue not to make^ my Father's house an house of 
 
 17 merchandise. And his disciples remembered that it 
 stood written. The zeal of thine house shall eat ^ me 
 up. 
 
 18 The Jews therefore answered and said unto him. What 
 sign showest thou unto us, seeing that thou doest these 
 
 19 things? Jesus answered and said unto them. Destroy 
 
 20 this temple, and in three days I will raise it up. Then 
 said the Jews, In forty and six years was this temple 
 
 21 built,^ and wilt thou rear it up in three days ? But he 
 
 22 was speaking 4 of the temple of his body. When there- 
 fore he was raised ^ from the dead, his disciples re- 
 membered that he had said this ; and they beheved 
 the scripture, and the word which Jesus had said. 
 
 23 Now when he was in Jerusalem at the passover, in 
 the feast {fay, many believed in his name when they 
 
 24 saw the miracles which he did. But Jesus did not com- 
 
 25 mit himself unto them, because he knew all men, And 
 needed not that any should testify of man : for he knew 
 all along ^ what was in man. 
 
 III. I There was a man of the Pharisees, named 
 2 Nicodemus, a ruler of the Jews : The same came to 
 
 ^"ApaT€ ... (ATI Troi€iT€. It is quite a regular and classic use of /xi^ with 
 the Pres. Imper. to convey the sense. Do not go on doing so and so (as 
 you are doing now). 
 
 - KaTa<J>dY€Tai. A future— found in Sept. 
 
 '' olKo8op.i^0T]— literally ' was built ' (as we now see it). 
 
III. 16 S. JOHN. 253 
 
 him by night, and said unto him, Rabbi, we know that 
 thou art a teacher come from God : for no man can do 
 these miracles that thou doest, except God be with him. 
 
 3 Jesus answered and said unto him, Verily, verily, I say 
 unto thee. Except a man be born again, he cannot see 
 
 4 the kingdom of God. Nicodemus saith unto him. How 
 can a man be born when he is old? can he enter the 
 second time into his mother's womb, and be born? 
 
 5 Jesus answered, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except 
 a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he cannot 
 
 6 enter into the kingdom of God. That which is born of 
 the flesh is flesh ; and that which is born of the Spirit 
 
 7 is spirit. Marvel not that I said unto thee. Ye must be 
 
 8 bom again. The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou 
 hearest the sound thereof, but knowest not ^ whence it 
 cometh, and whither it goeth : so is every one that hath 
 
 9 been born - of the Spirit. Nicodemus answered and said 
 10 unto him. How can these things come to pass?^ Jesus 
 
 answered and said unto him, Art thou the teacher of 
 
 T I Israel, and knowest not these things ? Verily, verily, 
 
 I say unto thee, We speak that we do know, and testify 
 
 12 that we have seen; and ye receive not our witness. If 
 I have told you earthly things, and ye believe not, how 
 
 13 shall ye believe, if I tell you ^heavenly things? And 
 no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came 
 
 14 down from heaven, even the Son of man. And as Moses 
 lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the 
 
 15 Son of man be hfted up; That whosoever believeth in 
 
 16 him should not perish, but have eternal life. For God 
 so loved the world, that he gave the only begotten Son, 
 
 ^ ovK otSas. 
 
 2 6 ■Y€"y€vvii|Jt€'vos. R.V. =* that is born.' But is it not worth while to 
 give the strict force of the Perf. Pass, here? The meaning is, ** It is all 
 over, this spiritual birth, 'he knoweth not how.' He feels that the 
 heavenly influence has done its work" (Plummer's "John," Cambridge 
 Series, p. 103). ^ .ycveVeai. 
 
254 S. JOHN. III. 17 
 
 that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but 
 
 1 7 have everlasting life. For God sent not the Son into the 
 world to condemn the world ; but that the world through 
 
 1 8 him might be saved. He that believeth on him is not 
 condemned : but he that believeth not hath been con- 
 demned^ already, because he hath not believed in the 
 
 19 name of the only begotten Son of God. And this is the 
 condemnation, that the light is come into the world, and 
 men loved the darkness rather than the light, because 
 
 20 their deeds were evil. For every one that doeth evil 
 hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his 
 
 21 deeds should be reproved. But he that doeth truth 
 cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, 
 that they have been wrought - in God. 
 
 22 After these things came Jesus and his disciples into 
 the land of Judea ; and there he tarried with them, and 
 
 23 baptized. And John also was baptizing in .^non near 
 to Salim, because there was much water there : and they 
 
 24 came, and were baptized. For John was not yet cast 
 into prison. 
 
 25 There arose therefore a question between some of John's 
 
 26 disciples and a Jew about purifying. And they came unto 
 John, and said unto him, Rabbi, he that was with thee 
 beyond Jordan, to whom thou hast borne witness,^ be- 
 hold, the same baptizeth, and all men come to him. 
 
 27 John answered and said, A man can receive nothing, 
 
 28 except it have been given * him from heaven. Ye your- 
 selves bear me witness, that I said, I am not the Christ, 
 
 29 but that I am sent before him. He that hath the bride 
 is the bridegroom : but the friend of the bridegroom, 
 which standeth and heareth him, rejoiceth greatly because 
 of the bridegroom's voice. This my joy therefore is 
 
 30, 31 fulfilled. He must increase, but I mus^ decrease. He 
 that cometh from above is above all : he that is of the 
 
 1 KCKptrat. - €<rTlv €lpYao-|Ji€va. 
 
 • |i6|j.apTtipi]Kas. ^ "Q StSop-e'vov. 
 
IV. 10 S. JOHN. 255 
 
 earth is earthly, and speaketh of the earth : he that 
 
 32 Cometh from heaven is above all. And what he hath 
 seen and heard, that he testifieth ; and no man receiveth 
 
 33 his testimony. He that hath received his testimony hath 
 
 34 set to his seal that God is true. For he whom God hath 
 sent speaketh the words of God : for he giveth not the 
 
 35 Spirit by measure unto him. The Father loveth the Son, 
 
 36 and hath given all things into his hand. He that believeth 
 on the Son hath everlasting life : and he that believeth 
 not the Son shall not see life; but the wrath of God 
 abideth on him. 
 
 IV. I When therefore the Lord knew how the Pharisees 
 had heard that Jesus was making and baptizing ^ more 
 
 2 disciples than John, (Though Jesus himself was not in 
 
 3 the way of baptizing,^ but his disciples,) He left Judea, 
 
 4 and departed again into Galilee. And he must needs 
 
 5 go through Samaria. So he cometh to a city of Samaria, 
 which is called Sychar, near to the parcel of ground that 
 
 6 Jacob gave to his son Joseph. Now Jacob's well was 
 there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with his journey, 
 was sitting 3 thus on the well : and it was about the sixth 
 
 7 hour. There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw 
 
 8 water : Jesus saith unto her. Give me to drink. (For 
 his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.) 
 
 9 Then saith the woman of Samaria unto him, How is it 
 that thou, being a Jew, askest drink of me, which am a 
 woman of Samaria ? for Jews have no dealings with the 
 
 10 Samaritans. Jesus answered and said unto her, If thou 
 hadst known ^ the gift of God, and who it is that saith 
 
 i-iroici Kai PairrCtet— the exact words of the report that had reached the 
 Pharisees, and no part of S. John's statement. It is important to keep 
 that in view — otherwise the Evangehst, in v. 2, would actually be correct- 
 ing himself. 
 
 - ipdlTTltcV. ^ £Ka6€t€T0. 
 
 ^ €l fjScis. The R.V. continues the error of the A.V. in making the 
 rendering here ' If thou knewest.' The Aorists that follow, however, 
 show that the translation must be as above. In ot§a the Aor. is wanting 
 
256 S. JOHN. IV. 11 
 
 to thee, Give me to drink ; thou wouldest have asked 
 
 1 1 of him, and he would have given thee living water. The 
 woman saith unto him. Sir, thou hast nothing to draw 
 with, and the well is deep : from whence then hast thou 
 
 12 that living water? Art thou greater than our father 
 Jacob, which gave us the well, and drank thereof himself, 
 
 13 and his children, and his cattle? Jesus answered and 
 said unto her. Every one that drinketh of this water shall 
 
 14 thirst again : But whosoever drinketh of the water that I 
 shall give him shall certainly never thirst ; ^ but the 
 water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water 
 
 15 springing up into everlasting life. The woman saith unto 
 him, Sir, give me this water, that I thirst not, neither 
 
 16 come hither to draw. Jesus saith unto her. Go, call thy 
 
 17 husband, and come hither. The woman answered and 
 said, I have no husband. Jesus said unto her, Thou 
 
 18 saidst wellj^ I have no husband: For thou hadst^five 
 husbands ; and he whom thou now hast is not thy 
 
 19 husband: that thou hast spoken* truly. The woman 
 saith unto him. Sir, I perceive that thou art a prophet. 
 
 20 Our fathers worshipped in this mountain ; and ye say, 
 that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to 
 
 21 worship. Jesus saith unto her, Woman believe me, the 
 hour Cometh, when ye shall neither in this mountain, nor 
 
 22 yet at Jerusalem, worship the Father. Ye worship ye 
 know not what : we know what we worship : for salvation 
 
 23 is of the Jews. But the hour cometh, and now is, when 
 the true worshippers shall worship the Father in spirit 
 and in truth : for the Father seeketh such to worship him. 
 
 24 God IS a Spirit : and they that worship him must worship 
 
 25 /itm in spirit and in truth. The woman saith unto him, 
 1 know that Messias cometh, which is called Christ : 
 
 ^ ov \L^ Si^TJorci. ^ KaXws ctires. 
 
 ^ 2<rx€S. Surely there is no need for the R.V.'s *hast had.' 
 ^ €i:pilKas. 
 
IV. 40 S. JOHN. 257 
 
 26 when he is come, he will tell us all things. Jesus saith 
 unto her, I that am talking 1 unto thee am he. 
 
 27 And upon this came his disciples, and marvelled that 
 he was talking ^ with a woman : yet no man said, What 
 
 28 seekest thou? or, Why talkest thou with her? So the 
 woman left her water-pot, and went her way into the 
 
 29 city, and saith to the men. Come, see a man which 
 told me all things that ever I did : is not this the Christ ? 
 
 30 Then they went out of the city, and were coming^ unto 
 him. 
 
 31 In the mean while his disciples were beseeching^ him, 
 
 32 saying, Master, eat. But he said unto them, I have 
 H meat to eat that ye know not of. Therefore said the 
 
 disciples one to another, Did any man bring ^ him ought 
 
 34 to eat? Jesus saith unto them. My meat is to do the 
 
 35 will of him that sent me, and to finish his work. Say not 
 ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest ? 
 behold, I say unto you. Lift up your eyes, and look on the 
 
 36 fields, that they are white to harvest. Already He that 
 reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life 
 eternal ; that both he that soweth and he that reapeth 
 
 37 may rejoice together. For herein is that saying true, 
 2,^ One soweth, and another reapeth. I sent you to reap 
 
 that whereon ye have not laboured : ^ other men have 
 laboured,^ and ye are entered into their labours. 
 
 39 And many of the Samaritans of that city believed on 
 him for the saying of the woman, which testified. He 
 
 40 told me all that ever I did. So when the Samaritans 
 
 1 6 \a\«v. 2 ix^Xji. 
 
 ^ ■iipX^VTO. The graphic force of this Imperfect is not to be lost sight 
 of — we are to see them crossing the fields while the conversation that 
 follows is going on. 
 
 ** i^pcoTcov — their efforts to get Him to eat were, most probably, repeated 
 and earnest — so exhausted did He appear. 
 
 ° ^jvc-yKcv — Aor., and emphatic: "Surely no one brought Him any 
 food ! " Among Samaritans this was by no means likely, 
 
 ® KCKOTTidKare . . . KCKoiriaKao-iv. 
 
 R 
 
258 S. JOHN. IV. 41 
 
 were come unto him, they continued beseeching ^ him 
 that he would tarry with them : and he abode there 
 
 41 two days. And many more believed because of his own 
 
 42 word ; And said unto the woman, Now we beUeve, not 
 because of thy talking; for we have heard him our- 
 selves, and know that this is indeed the Saviour of the 
 world. 
 
 43 Now after two days he departed thence into Galilee. 
 
 44 For Jesus himself testified, that a prophet hath no 
 
 45 honour in his own country. So when he came into 
 Galilee, the Galileans received him, having seen all the 
 things that he did at Jerusalem at the feast : for they 
 
 46 also went unto the feast. So he came again into 
 Cana of Galilee, where he made the water wine. And 
 there was a certain nobleman, whose son was sick at 
 
 47 Capernaum. When he heard that Jesus was come out 
 of Judea into Galilee, he went unto him, and continued 
 to beseech - him that he would come down, and heal 
 
 48 his son : for he was at the point of death. Jesus there- 
 fore said unto him, Except ye see signs and wonders, 
 
 49 ye will in no wise believe.^ The nobleman saith unto 
 
 50 him. Sir, come down ere my child die. Jesus saith 
 unto him. Go thy way ; thy son liveth. And the man 
 believed the word that Jesus had spoken unto him, and 
 
 51 he went his way. And as he was now going down, his 
 
 52 servants met him, saying, that his son lived. '^ So he 
 enquired of them the hour when he began to amend. 
 And they said unto him, Yesterday at the seventh hour 
 
 53 the fever left him. So the father knew that it was at 
 the same hour in which Jesus said unto him. Thy son 
 
 54 liveth ; and himself believed, and his whole house. This 
 is again the second miracle that Jesus did, when he was 
 come out of Judea into Galilee. 
 
 V. I After this there was a feast of the Jews ; and Jesus 
 2 went up to Jerusalem. Now there is at Jerusalem, by 
 
 1 -qpwTwv. " 1]p«Ttt. ^ OV |Jl^ iri<rT€ii<rT]T€. * SiQ. 
 
V. 15 S. JOHN. 259 
 
 the sheep inarket^ a pool, which is called in the Hebrew 
 
 3 tongue Bethsaida, having five porches. In these lay a 
 multitude of those that were sick — blind, halt, withered. 
 
 4 And a certain man was there, which had an infirmity 
 
 5 thirty and eight years. When Jesus saw him lying,i and 
 knew that he had been now a long time in that case^ 
 he saith unto him. Dost thou wish - to be made whole ? 
 
 6 The man answered him, Sir, I have no man, when the 
 water is troubled, to put me into the pool : but while 
 
 7 I am coming, another steppeth down before me. Jesus 
 
 8 saith unto him, Rise, take up thy bed, and walk. And 
 immediately the man was made whole, and took up 
 his bed, and proceeded to walk : ^ and on the same 
 day was the sabbath. 
 
 9 The Jews therefore said unto him that had been 
 cured,'* It is the sabbath day : it is not lawful for thee 
 
 10 to carry thy bed. He answered them. He that made 
 me whole, the same said unto me. Take up thy bed, and 
 
 11 walk. Then asked they him. What man is that which 
 
 12 said unto thee. Take up thy bed, and walk? And he 
 that was healed wist not who it was ; for Jesus had with- 
 
 1 3 drawn,^ a multitude being in that place. Afterward Jesus 
 findeth him in the temple, and said unto him, Behold, 
 thou art made whole : continue no longer sinning,*^ lest 
 
 14 a worse thing come unto thee. The man departed, and 
 told the Jews that it was Jesus which had made him 
 
 15 whole. And therefore did the Jews continue to per- 
 secute, because he was in the way of doing ^ these 
 things on the sabbath day. 
 
 2 GeXeis. The * wilt thou ' of the A.V. and the ' wouldst thou ' of the 
 R.V. seem too feeble and ambiguous. 
 
 ^ irepicirdTci. ^ t« T69€pa'Trevo|iEv<>). 
 
 ^ €^€'v£V(r€v (from vevul)^ lit. stooped aside to get out of the way. 
 
 •5 (iT^KCTi a|xdpTave. 
 
 ^ ISiwKov . . . ctrotet — two Imperfects — denoting that the opposition was 
 
26o S. JOHN. V. 16 
 
 1 6 But Jesus answered them, My Father worketh hitherto, 
 
 17 and I work. Therefore the Jews persisted in seeking^ 
 the more to kill him, because he was not only breaking 
 the sabbath, but saying ^ also that God was his Father, 
 making himself equal with God. 
 
 18 Then answered Jesus and said unto them, Verily, verily, 
 I say unto you. The Son can do nothing of himself, but 
 what he seeth the Father do ; for what things soever he 
 
 19 doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise. For the Father 
 loveth the Son, and showeth him all things that himself 
 doeth : and he will show him greater works than these, 
 
 20 that ye may marvel. For as the Father raiseth up the 
 dead, and quickeneth them ; even so the Son quickeneth 
 
 21 whom he will. For the Father judgeth no man, but 
 
 22 hath committed all judgment unto the Son ; That all 
 7)ien should honour the Son, even as they honour the 
 Father. He that honoureth not the Son honoureth not 
 
 23 the Father which sent ^ him. Verily, verily, I say unto 
 you. He that heareth my word, and believeth on him 
 that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come 
 into condemnation ; but hath passed * from death unto 
 
 24 life. Verily, verily, I say unto you, the hour is coming, 
 and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the 
 
 25 Son of God: and they that once hear ^ shall live. For 
 as the Father hath life in himself, so he gave ^ to the 
 
 26 Son to have life in himself; And he gave^ him authority 
 to execute judgment also, because he is the Son of man. 
 
 27 Marvel not at this : for the hour is coming, in the which 
 
 28 all that are in the graves shall hear his voice. And shall 
 come forth ; they that did good, unto the resurrection 
 
 chronic, and that Jesus ran counter to the Law on this matter, not in an 
 isolated act merely, but on settled principle. 
 
 2 '^X-uc . . . 'A.€7€ — implying, as before, a general principle as regards 
 Sabbath observance, as also the habittial assertioJi of His Divine claims. 
 ^ Tov irejJLxJ/avTa. ^ (lerapep-qKcv. 
 
 5 01 OLKOVO-aVTCS. ^ ^8«K6V. 
 
V. 41 S. JOHN. 261 
 
 of life ; and they that practised ^ evil, unto the resurrec- 
 
 29 tion of damnation. I can of mine own self do nothing : 
 as I hear, I judge : and my judgment is just ; because I 
 seek not mine own will, but the will of him which sent 
 
 30 me. If I bear witness of myself, my witness is not true. 
 
 31 There is another that beareth witness of me ; and I know 
 
 32 that the witness which he witnesseth of me is true. Ye 
 have sent unto John, and he hath borne ^ witness unto 
 
 :^^ the truth. But I receive not testimony from man ; but 
 
 34 these things I say, that ye might be saved. He was the 
 lamp that burneth and shineth : and ye were willing for 
 
 35 a season to rejoice in his light. But I have greater 
 witness than tAaf of John : for the works which the 
 Father hath given me to finish, the same works that I 
 do, bear witness of me, that the Father hath sent me. 
 
 36 And the Father himself, which sent me, hath borne 
 witness of me. Ye have neither heard his voice at any 
 
 37 time, nor seen his shape. And ye have not his word 
 abiding in you : for whom he hath sent, him ye believe 
 
 38 not. Ye search ^ the scriptures ; for in them ye think 
 ye have eternal life ; and they are they which testify of 
 
 39 me. And ye are not willing * to come to me, that ye 
 
 40 might have life. I receive not honour from men. 
 
 41 But I know you, that ye have not the love of God in 
 
 ^ iroi-qa-avns . . . Trpd^avTcs. The R.V. puts 'practised' in the 
 margin only. Ought it not to have a recognised place in the text ? For 
 there is a clear distinction between irpdo-a-eiv and Troielv — the former 
 denoting activity apart from the idea oi permanent effect. 
 
 2 dir€<rTd\KaT€ . . . p.€|jiapTvpT]K€. 
 
 ^ €pavvdT€— either Imperative or Indicative, which will ever be un- 
 decided. The Indie, is to be preferred, because it best suits the context. 
 The surrounding verbs are Indie. — among which particularly to be noticed 
 is ov deXere. The tenor of the passage is well explained by Scholefield : 
 " You are in the habit of searching the scriptures ; and why ? because you 
 believe that you have eternal life in them : and these scriptures which you 
 go carefully search are they which testify of Me as the Saviour that is to 
 give you that life ; and yet you are not willing to come to Me that you 
 may obtain it " (Hints, p. 32). ^ ov 0€'XeT€. 
 
262 S. JOHN. V. 42 
 
 42 you. I am come in my Father's name, and ye receive 
 me not : if another shall come in his own name, him 
 
 43 ye will receive. How can ye believe, which receive 
 honour one of another, and seek not the honour that 
 
 44 Cometh from the only One ? Do not think that I will 
 accuse you to the Father : there is one that accuseth 
 
 45 you, even Moses, in whom ye have trusted.^ For if ye 
 believed Moses, ye would believe ^ me : for he wrote 
 
 46 of me. But if ye believe not his writings, how shall ye 
 believe my words ? 
 
 VI. I After these things Jesus went over the sea of 
 
 2 Galilee, which is the sea of Tiberias. And a great multi- 
 tude kept following him, because they were [always] 
 seeing his miracles which he was doing ^ on them that 
 
 3 were diseased. And Jesus went up into the mountain, and 
 
 4 there he sat with his disciples. And the passover, the feast 
 
 5 of the Jews, was nigh. When Jesus then lifted up his eyes, 
 and saw that a great company was coming'^ unto him, he 
 saith unto Philip, Whence are we to buy bread, that these 
 
 6 may eat? (And this he said proving^ him : for he him- 
 
 7 self knew what he was about to*^ do.) Philip answered 
 him, Two hundred pennyworth of bread is not sufficient 
 
 8 for them, that every one of them may take a little. One 
 of his disciples, Andrew, Simon Peter's brother, saith unto 
 
 9 him. There is a lad here, which hath five barley loaves, 
 and two fishes : but what are they among so many ? 
 
 10 And Jesus said, Make the men sit down. Now there 
 was much grass in the place. So the men sat down, in 
 
 ^ TiXiriKaTc. 
 
 - €l . . . €Tri<rT€v£T€ . . . iTrioTcvcTC Av. A regular example of a conditional 
 sentence — Class IV. (see p. 33). But the 'had' and the 'would have' 
 of the A. V. are wrong. Such renderings would require Aorists. 
 
 ^ 'f|KoXov6€i . . . €0€wpovv . . . IttoCes— all Impfts. hanging on one 
 another, and denoting continuous action. There was quite a course of 
 miracle-working, the effect of which was invariably to draw crowds. 
 The R.V. like the A.V. makes no attempt to bring out this. 
 
 ^ ?pX€Tai. ^ ircipdtwv. ^ ^(leXXev. 
 
VI. 23 .S. JOHN. 263 
 
 IT number about five thousand. Jesus therefore took the 
 loaves ; and vi^hen he had given thanks, he distributed 
 to them that were set down ; and likewise of the fishes 
 
 12 as much as they would. When they were filled, he saith 
 unto his disciples. Gather up the fragments that remain, 
 
 13 that nothing be lost. Therefore they gathered thein to- 
 gether, and filled twelve baskets with the fragments of 
 the five barley loaves, which remained over and above 
 unto them that had eaten. 
 
 14 Then those men, when they had seen the miracle that 
 Jesus did, said, This is of a truth the Prophet that should 
 
 15 come into the world. When Jesus therefore perceived 
 that they were a"bout to come and take him by force, 
 to make him a king, he departed again into a mountain 
 himself alone. 
 
 16 And when even came, his disciples went down unto 
 
 1 7 the sea, And entered into a ship, and were going over ^ 
 the sea toward Capernaum. And darkness had now set 
 
 18 in,2 and Jesus had not yet come - to them. And the sea 
 
 19 was rising,-^ by reason of a great wind that blew. So 
 when they had rowed about five and twenty or thirty 
 furlongs, they see Jesus walking on the sea, and drawing 
 
 20 nigh unto the ship : and they were afraid. But he saith 
 
 21 unto them. It is I; be not afraid. Then they were 
 willing^ to receive him into the ship; and immediately 
 the ship was at the land whither they were going.^ 
 
 22 The day following, the people which stood on the other 
 side of the sea saw that there was none other boat there, 
 save one, and that Jesus went not with his disciples into 
 the boat, but that his disciples went away ^ alone : 
 
 23 Howbeit there came boats from Tiberias, nigh unto the 
 place where they did eat bread, after that the Lord had 
 
 1 ijpXOVTo. Continued efforts must have been needed to reach 
 Capernaum. 
 
 '^ (TKOTia ijST] c-y^'yovei Kal ovirw €Xt)Xv6€i. 
 
 3 8i€"y€£p€To. ^ijOcXov. 
 
 5 {nrtj-yov. ^ diriiXOov. 
 
264 S. JOHN. VL 24 
 
 24 given thanks. When the people therefore saw that Jesus 
 was not there, neither his disciples, they took shipping, 
 
 25 and came to Capernaum, seeking for Jesus. And when 
 they had found him on the other side of the sea, they 
 
 26 said unto him, Rabbi, when camest thou hither? Jesus 
 answered them and said. Verily, verily, I say unto you, 
 Ye seek me, not because ye saw miracles, but because 
 
 27 ye did eat of the loaves, and were filled. Work^ not 
 for the meat which perisheth, but for that meat which 
 endureth unto everlasting life, which the Son of man 
 shall give unto you : for him did God the Father seal.^ 
 
 28 They said, therefore, unto him. What are we to do,' 
 
 29 that we may work the works of God? Jesus answered 
 and said unto them. This is the work of God, that ye 
 
 30 believe on him whom he sent.* They said therefore 
 unto him. What sign showest thou then, that we may 
 
 31 see, and believe thee? what dost thou work? Our 
 fathers did eat the manna in the desert ; as it is written, 
 
 32 He gave them bread from heaven to eat. Jesus, there- 
 fore, said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Moses 
 gave you not that bread from heaven ; but my Father 
 
 ^$ giveth you the true bread from heaven. For the bread 
 of God is he which cometh down from heaven, and giveth 
 
 34 hfe unto the world. Then said they unto him, J.ord, 
 
 35 evermore give us this bread. And Jesus said unto them, 
 I am the bread of life : he that cometh to me shall in no 
 wise hunger;^ and he that believeth on me shall in no 
 
 36 wise thirst.5 But I said unto you. That ye also have 
 
 37 seen me, and believe not. All that the Father giveth 
 
 ^ ep7at€<r0€ — 'labour' of the A.V. is confusing— especially in view of 
 epyov (work) and the verb epyd^rj that follow in vv. 28-30. 
 
 - c(r(|>pd'Yi(r€v. 
 
 ^ Ti Troi<a\L€v. Conjunctive deliberative (see p. 27). 
 
 "* airitrreiKiv. 
 
 ^ ov (A^ TTcivdoT] . . . ov (JL^ 8i\|/Tj<r€i. The A.V. takes no notice of this 
 strong double negative. 
 
VI. 52 S. JOHN. -265 
 
 me shall come to me : and him that cometh to me I 
 
 SS will in no wise cast out. For I am come down^ from 
 
 heaven, not to do mine own will, but the will of him 
 
 39 that sent me. And this is the will of him which sent - me, 
 that of all which he hath given me I should lose nothing, 
 
 40 but should raise it up again at the last day. For this 
 is the will of my Father, that every one which seeth 
 the Son, and believeth on him, may have everlasting 
 
 41 life : and I will raise him up at the last day. The Jews 
 therefore began to murmur at him, because he said, I 
 
 42 am the bread which came down from heaven. And 
 they said. Is not this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose 
 father and mother we know? how is it then that he 
 
 43 saith, I am come down from heaven ? Jesus therefore 
 answered and said unto them, Murmur not among your- 
 
 44 selves. No man can come to me, except the Father 
 which sent me draw him : and I will raise him up at 
 
 45 the last day. It is written in the Prophets, And they 
 shall be all taught of God. Every man therefore that 
 hath [once] heard, and [once] learned ^ of the Father, 
 
 46 cometh unto me. Not that any man hath seen the 
 Father, save he which is of God, he hath seen the 
 
 47 Father. Verily, verily, I say unto you. He that be- 
 
 48 lieveth hath everlasting life. I am the bread of life. 
 
 49 Your fathers did eat the manna in the wilderness, and 
 
 50 died.* This is the bread which cometh down from 
 
 51 heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die. I 
 am the living bread which came down from heaven. If 
 any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever : and 
 the bread that I will give is my flesh, for the life 
 
 52 of the world. The Jews therefore strove among them- 
 
 ^ KaTa|3epT]Ka (so in v. 42). ^ ireiitl/avTos (so in v. 44). 
 
 ^ 6 aKovo'as . . . Kal p.ad(6v. 
 
 ^ dir€0avov. The ' are dead ' of the A.V. gives an altogether wrong 
 meaning. The point is — not they are dead now, but that i^ejy died 
 then — the manna-eating not saving them. (See v. 58.) 
 
266 S. JOHN. VI. 53 
 
 selves, saying, How can this man give us his flesh to 
 
 53 eat ? Jesus therefore said unto them. Verily, verily, I 
 say unto you. Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of 
 man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you. 
 
 54 Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath 
 eternal life ; and I will raise him up at the last day. 
 
 55 For my flesh is meat indeed, and my blocd is drink 
 
 56 indeed. He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my 
 
 57 blood, dwelleth in me, and I in him. As the living 
 Father sent ^ me, and I live by the Father ; so he that 
 
 58 eateth me, even he shall live by me. This is that bread 
 which came down from heaven : not as the fathers did 
 eat, and died : he that eateth of this bread shall live 
 
 59 for ever. These things said he in the synagogue, as he 
 
 60 taught in Capernaum. Many therefore of his disciples, 
 when they had heard this, said. This is an hard saying ; 
 
 61 who can hear it? When Jesus knew in himself that his 
 disciples were murmuring at it, he said unto them. Doth 
 
 62 this offend you ? What and if ye shall see the Son of 
 
 63 man ascend up where he was before? It is the Spirit 
 that quickeneth : the flesh profiteth nothing : the words 
 that I have spoken - unto you, they are spirit, and they 
 
 64 are life. But there are some of you that believe not. 
 For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that 
 
 65 believed not, and who should betray him. And he said. 
 Therefore have I said ^ unto you, that no man can 
 come unto me, except it were given unto him of the 
 Father. 
 
 66 From that ti7ne many of his disciples went back, and 
 
 67 walked no more with him. Then said Jesus unto the 
 
 68 twelve, Surely ye also do not wish to go away ? * Then 
 
 ^ aTTCo-TciXcv. " XcXdXTjKa. 
 
 3 etp-qKa. According to Burton this is a Pft. with Aoristic force. 
 (See p. 22.) 
 
 * Mi?| Kttl t)}i€is 0€X€T€. R.V. = ' Would ye also go away?' There is 
 less reason to criticise the ' would ' rendering than to take exception to 
 
VII. 12 S. JOHN. 267 
 
 Simon Peter answered him, Lord, to whom shall we go? 
 
 69 thou hast the words, of eternal life. And we have be- 
 lieved ^ and are sure that thou art the Holy One of 
 
 70 God. Jesus answered them, Did not I choose- you 
 
 7 1 twelve, and one of you is a devil ? He was speaking ^ 
 of Judas Iscariot the son of Simon : for he it was that 
 was about to ^ betray him, being one of the twelve. 
 
 VH. I After these things Jesus continued to walk in 
 Galilee : for he would not walk in Judaea, because the 
 Jews were seeking ^ to kill him. 
 2, 3 Now the Jews' feast of tabernacles was at hand. His 
 brethren therefore said unto him. Depart hence, and go 
 into Judea, that thy disciples also may see the works 
 
 4 that thou doest. For there is no man that doeth any 
 thing in secret, and he himself seeketh to be known 
 openly. If thou doest ^ these things, show thyself to the 
 
 5 world. For neither did his brethren believe in him. 
 
 6 Jesus, therefore, said unto them. My time is not yet come: 
 
 7 but your time is always ready. The world cannot hate 
 you : but me it hateth, because I testify of it, that the 
 
 8 works thereof are evil. Go ye up unto the feast : I go 
 not up yet unto this feast : for my time is not yet ful- 
 
 9 filled. When he had said these words unto them, he 
 abode still in Galilee. 
 
 10 But when his brethren were gone up, then went he 
 also up unto the feast, not openly, but as it were in 
 
 11 secret. The Jews, therefore, made continual search^ 
 
 12 for him at the feast, and said. Where is he? And there 
 was much murmuring among the people concerning 
 
 the fact that the force of the ix.y\ is not brought out. It is used inter- 
 rogatively — presupposing a negative answer. Cp. fir] dpxi-TeKTwv ^ovXcl 
 yeveadai ; surely you don't want to become an architect ? (See Matt, 
 vii. 16; Mark iv. 21 ; Luke vi. 39.) 
 
 1 irciriorTevKapev. - k^e\i^a\Li\v. 
 
 ^ ircpie-TrdTCi . . . it,'^TOvv — Impfts. oi contiiiued actio7i. 
 
 ^ irowis. " ct'ilTovv. 
 
268 
 
 S. JOHN. VII. 13 
 
 him : some said, He is a good man : others said, Nay ; 
 
 13 but he leadeth astray the people. Howbeit no man was 
 in the way of talking ^ openly of him for fear of the 
 Jews. 
 
 14 Now about the midst of the feast, Jesus went up into 
 
 15 the temple, and proceeded to teach.^ And the Jews 
 marvelled, saying, How knoweth this man letters, having 
 
 16 never learned? Jesus therefore answered them, and 
 
 1 7 said, My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me. If 
 any man be willing ^ to do his will, he shall know of the 
 doctrine, whether it be of God, or whether I speak of 
 
 18 myself. He that speaketh of himself seeketh his own 
 glory : but he that seeketh his glory that sent him, the 
 
 19 same is true, and no unrighteousness is in him. Did 
 not Moses give you the lav/, and yet none of you keepeth 
 
 20 the law ? Why are ye seeking"^ to kill me? The people 
 answered and said, Thou hast a devil ; who is seeking 
 
 21 to kill thee? Jesus answered and said unto them, I 
 
 22 did one work, and ye all marvel. Moses therefore hath 
 given ^ unto you circumcision; (not because it is of Moses, 
 but of the fathers ;) and ye on a sabbath day circumcise 
 
 23 a man. If a man on a sabbath day receive circumcision, 
 that the law of Moses may not be broken ; are ye angry 
 at me, because I made a man every whit whole on the 
 
 24 sabbath day? Judge not according to appearance, but 
 
 25 judge righteous judgment. Then said some of them 
 of Jerusalem, Is not this he whom they are seeking to 
 
 26 kill? But, lo, he speaketh boldly, and they say nothing 
 unto him. Surely it cannot be that the rulers indeed 
 
 27 have come to know^ that this is the Christ? How- 
 
 1 IXdXet. 2 |8C8a(rK€v. 
 
 3 OeXi] (Subjunctive). The R.V.'s * willeth ' is scarcely accurate. (See 
 P- 33)- 
 
 ^ tlT€tT€ (and so in vv. 20 and 25). ^ 8c'8(ok€v. 
 
 6 y.i\ TTOTc dXriGdis ^-yvoxrav. For the force of ix.-r) in questions of this 
 kind, see note on vi. 67. 'i'^vuxxav^ ascertained, i.e. *have come to 
 know.' 
 
VII. 40 S. JOHN. 269 
 
 27 beit we know this man whence he is: but when the 
 
 28 Christ Cometh, no man knoweth whence he is. Jesus 
 therefore cried in the temple, as he taught, saying, Ye 
 both know me, and ye know whence I am : and I am 
 come not of myself, but he that sent me is true, whom ye 
 
 29 know not. I know him : for I am from him, and he sent 
 
 30 me. They made continual search, therefore, to take him : 
 but no man laid hands on him, because his hour was 
 
 31 not yet come. And many of the people believed on 
 him, and said, When the Christ cometh, will he do more 
 miracles than these which this 7nan hath done ? 
 
 32 The Pharisees heard the people murmuring such things 
 concerning him ; and the chief priests and the Pharisees 
 
 33 sent officers to take him. Jesus, therefore, said unto 
 them, Yet a little while am I with you, and then I go 
 
 34 unto him that sent me. Ye shall seek me, and shall not 
 
 35 find me : and where I am, thither ye cannot come. The 
 Jews, therefore, said among themselves. Whither is this 
 man about to go,^ that we shall not find him ? Surely 
 he is not about to go 2 unto the dispersed among the 
 
 36 Gentiles, and teach the Gentiles ? What manner of 
 saying is this that he said. Ye shall seek me, and shall 
 not find me : and where I am, thither ye cannot come ? 
 
 37 In the last day, the great day of the feast, Jesus stood 
 and cried, saying. If any man thirst, let him come unto 
 
 38 me, and drink. He that believeth on me, as the scrip- 
 ture said,^ out of his belly shall flow rivers of living 
 
 39 water. (But this spake he of the Spirit, which they that 
 believe on him were about to ^ receive : for the Holy 
 Ghost was not yet ; because that Jesus was not yet 
 
 40 glorified.) Many of the people therefore, when they 
 
 1 licXXci irop6ii€o-0ai. The 'will go' of the A.V. and R.V. seeirs 
 much too feeble and vague. 
 
 ^ |JL'f| fJlcWci. 
 
 ^ €iir€v. In allusion, probably, to some passage recently read. 
 ^ ^ucXXov. 
 
270 S. JOHN. VII. 41 
 
 heard this saying, said, Of a truth this is the Prophet. 
 
 41 Others said, This is the Christ. But some said. Surely 
 
 42 the Christ comes not out of GaUlee? Did not the 
 scripture say That Christ cometh of the seed of David, 
 and out of the town of Bethlehem, where David was ? 
 
 43 So there axose a division among the people because of 
 
 44 him. And some of them would have taken him ; but 
 no man laid hands on him. 
 
 45 The officers, therefore, came to the chief priests and 
 Pharisees ; and they said unto them. Why did ye not 
 
 46 bring him ? ^ The officers answered, Never man spake 
 
 47 like this man. Then answered them the Pharisees, 
 
 48 Surely ye also have not been led astray ? ^ Surely none 
 of the rulers or of the Pharisees have believed on him ? 
 
 49 But this people who knoweth not the law are cursed. 
 
 50 Nicodemus saith unto them (he that came to him before, 
 
 51 being one of them,) Doth our law judge any man before 
 
 52 it hear him, and know what he doeth ? They answered 
 and said unto him, Surely thou art not also of Galilee ? 
 Search, and look : for out of Galilee ariseth no prophet. 
 
 53 [And every man went unto his own house. 
 
 VIII. I, 2 Jesus went unto the mount of Olives. And 
 early in the morning he came again into the temple, and 
 all the people were coming ^ unto him ; and he sat down, 
 
 3 and proceeded to teach them. And the scribes and 
 Pharisees brought unto him a woman taken in adultery ; 
 
 4 and when they had set her in the midst, They say unto 
 him, Master, this woman has been taken* in adultery, 
 
 5 in the very act. Now Moses in the law commanded us 
 
 6 to stone such : but what sayest thou ? This they said, 
 tempting him, that they might have to accuse him. 
 But Jesus stooped down, and with his finger began to 
 
 7 write ^ on the ground, as though he heard them not. So 
 
 ^ Tj-yd-yeTc. 2 ^^ ^^^^ i)|i€is ircirXavrio-Oc ; 
 
 ^ ^9yS^^ ' ' • €8C8a<rK6v. ^ KaTciXTiTrrai. 
 
 •^ KaT€7pa<j>6v. An alternative translation might be, ' made as though 
 He would write.' C/>. the force of iKuXovv in Luke i. 59. 
 
VIII. 20 S. JOHN. 271 
 
 when they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, 
 and said unto them, He that is without sin among you, 
 
 8 let him first cast a stone at her. And again he stooped 
 
 9 down, and kept writing ^ on the ground. And they 
 which heard it, being convicted by their own conscience, 
 went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto 
 the last : and Jesus was left alone, and the woman 
 
 10 standing in the midst. Jesus lifted up himself, and 
 said unto her, Woman, where are those thine accusers.'^ 
 
 1 1 did no man condemn ^ thee ? She said. No man, Lord. 
 And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee : 
 go, and from henceforth continue no longer sinning.^] * 
 
 12 Then spake Jesus again unto them, saying, I am the 
 light of the world : he that followeth me shall not walk 
 
 13 in the darkness, but shall have the light of life. The 
 Pharisees therefore said unto him. Thou bearest record 
 
 14 of thyself; thy record is not true. Jesus answered and 
 said unto them, Though I bear record of myself, yet 
 my record is true : for 1 know whence I came, and 
 whither I go ; but ) e know not whence I come, and 
 
 15 whither I go. Ye judge after the flesh; I judge no 
 
 16 man. And yet if I judge, my judgment is true; for 
 I am not alone, but I and the Father that sent me. 
 
 1 7 It also stands written in your law, that the testimony of 
 
 18 two men is true. I am one that bear witness of myself, 
 and the Father that sent me beareth witness of me. 
 
 19 Then said they unto him, Where is thy Father? Jesus 
 answered. Ye neither know me, nor my Father : if ye 
 
 20 knew me, ye would know* my Father also. These 
 
 1 ^Ypa(|>£v. ^ KareKptvcv. 
 
 3 lii^Keri a|idpTav€. Present of habit or cojttimwusness, as in v. 14. 
 
 * €l . . . iq86it€ . . . dv fjSeiTC. 
 
 * vii. 53 — viii. II. Westcott and Hort place, separately, at the close 
 of S. John's Gospel — driven by the force of both external and internal 
 evidence to the conclusion that the passage was not written by S, John, 
 (See Westcott and Hort, Appendix, 83-88). 
 
272 S. JOHN. VIII. 21 
 
 words spake Jesus in the treasury, as he taught in the 
 temple : and no man laid hands on him ; for his hour was 
 
 21 not yet come. He said, therefore, again unto them, I go 
 my way, and ye shall seek me, and shall die in your sins : 
 
 22 whither I go, ye cannot come. Therefore said the Jews, 
 Surely he will not kill himself? ^ because he saith, whither 
 
 23 I gOj ye cannot come. And he said unto them. Ye are 
 from beneath ; I am from above : ye are of this world ; 
 
 24 I am not of this world. I said therefore unto you, that ye 
 shall die in your sins : for if ye believe not that I am 
 
 25 he, ye shall die in your sins. They said, therefore, unto 
 him. Who art thou ? And Jesus saith unto them, How 
 
 26 is it that I even speak ^ to you at all ? I have many 
 things to say and to judge of you : but he that sent me 
 is true ; and 1 speak to the world those things which 
 
 27 I heard ^ of him. They perceived not that he spake to 
 
 28 them of the Father. Jesus, therefore, said unto them, 
 When ye have lifted up the Son of man, then shall ye 
 perceive that I am he, and that I do nothing of myself; 
 but as my Father taught •* me, I speak these things. 
 
 29 And he that sent me is with me : the Father left ^ me 
 not alone; for I do always those things that please 
 
 30 him. As he spake these words many believed on him. 
 
 31 Jesus therefore said to those Jews which believed on 
 him. If ye continue in my word, then are ye my disciples 
 
 32 indeed; And ye shall know the truth, and the truth 
 
 33 shall make you free. They answered him. We are 
 Abraham's seed, and have never been in bondage ^ to 
 
 ^ MVJTl dirOKT6V6l. 
 
 " \aXc5. The full text in Westcott and Hort is TV dpx^" on koX XaXtD 
 hylv ; asking a question. A very strongly supported reading, however, 
 is Trjj' o.px<]v oTi KoX \aXQ vfiiv, which Alford renders "essentially, that 
 which I also discourse unto you." M'Clellan's rendering is " Originally, 
 what I also speak unto you." 
 
 3 TJKovo-a. 4 c8i8a|ev. 
 
 ^ d({>i]K£v (Aor.), referring to the original appointment in virtue of 
 which He appeared in the work to do the work of the Father. 
 
 ^ 8e8ovXevKa|jL€v. 
 
VIII. 48 S. JOHN. 273 
 
 any man : how sayest thou, Ye shall be made free ? 
 
 34 Jesus answered them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, 
 Every one that continueth to commit ^ sin is the servant 
 
 35 of sin. And the servant abideth not in the house for 
 
 36 ever : but the Son abideth ever. If the Son therefore 
 
 37 shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed. I know 
 that ye are Abraham's seed; but ye seek to kill me, 
 
 38 because my word hath no place in you. I speak that 
 which I have seen with my Father; and ye do that 
 
 39 which ye have heard from your father. They answered 
 and said unto him, Abraham is our father. Jesus saith 
 unto them, If ye are^ Abraham's children, ye do'^ the 
 
 40 works of Abraham. But now ye seek to kill me, a man 
 that hath told you the truth, which I heard "^ of God : 
 
 41 this did not Abraham. Ye are doing the works of your 
 father. Then said they to him, We were not born of 
 
 42 fornication ; we have one Father, even God. Jesus said 
 unto them. If God were your Father, ye would love 
 me : for I proceeded forth and am come from God ; 
 
 43 neither have I come* of myself, but he sent me. Why 
 do ye not understand my speech ? even because ye can- 
 
 44 not hear my word. Ye are of your father the devil, and 
 the lusts of your father ye will to ^ do. He was a murderer 
 from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because 
 there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he 
 speaketh of his own : for he is a liar, and the father 
 
 45 of it. And because I tell you the truth, ye believe 
 
 46 me not. Which of you convinceth me of sin? If I 
 
 47 say truth, why do ye not believe me ? He that is of 
 God heareth God's words : ye therefore hear them not, 
 
 48 because ye are not of God. Then answered the Jews, 
 
 ^ irds 6 irotwv. It is carefully to be noticed that the Participle is not 
 TToiTjo-as (a single act). Not one single act, but a whole life of sin, makes a 
 man the Devil's slave. 
 
 - «rT€ . . . irouiTC. ^ T|Kovo-a. 
 
2 74 S- JOHN. VIII. 49 
 
 and said unto him, Say we not well that thou art a 
 
 49 Samaritan, and hast a devil? Jesus answered, 1 have 
 not a devil : but I honour my Father, and ye do dis- 
 
 50 honour me. And I seek not mine own glory : there 
 
 51 is one that seeketh and judgeth. Verily, verily, I say 
 unto you, If a man keep my saying, he shall in no wise 
 
 52 ever see ^ death. Therefore said the Jews unto him. 
 Now we know that thou hast a devil. Abraham is 
 dead,2 and the prophets; and thou sayest. If a man 
 
 53 keep my saying, he shall never taste of death. Art 
 thou greater than our father Abraham, which is dead? 
 and the prophets are dead : whom makest thou thyself? 
 
 54 Jesus answered. If I glorify myself, my glory is nothing : 
 it is my Father that glorifieth me ; of whom ye say, 
 
 55 that he is your God : Yet ye have not learned to know^ 
 him, but I know him : and if I should say, I know him 
 not, I shall be a liar Hke unto you : but I know him, 
 
 56 and keep his saying. Your father Abraham rejoiced 
 
 57 to see my day; and he saw //, and was glad. Then 
 said the Jews unto him. Thou art not yet fifty years 
 
 58 old and hast thou seen Abraham ? Jesus said unto 
 them. Verily, verily, I say unto you, Before Abraham 
 
 59 was born,* I am. Therefore took they up stones to 
 cast at him : but Jesus was hidden,^ and went out of 
 the temple. 
 
 IX. I And as Jesus passed by, he saw a man which was 
 
 2 blind from his birth. And his disciples asked him, saying. 
 Master, who did sin, this man, or his parents, that he 
 
 3 should be born^' blind? Jesus answered, Neither did 
 this man sin,^ nor his parents : but that the works of God 
 
 ^ OV |1T| 6€(tfpT|(rT). 
 
 2 dire'eavcv ( Aor. ) : but see p. 24. 
 
 2 ovK cYvwKaTC. A.V. and R.V. = 'have not known' — making no dis- 
 tinction between this verb and the olha (' I know ') following. 
 •* "y€V€'o-0ai. Probably ' appeared ' would be a good rendering. 
 ° iKpvpT]. ^ I'va -ycvvTie^. '' fj|J.apT€v. 
 
IX. 18 S. JOHN. 275 
 
 4 should be made manifest in him. We must work the 
 works of him that sent me, while it is day : the night 
 
 5 Cometh, when no man can work. As long as I am in 
 
 6 the world, I am the light of the world. When he had 
 thus spoken, he spat on the ground, and made clay of 
 the spittle, and he anointed the eyes of the blind man 
 
 7 with the clay, And said unto him, Go, wash in the pool 
 of Siloam, (which is, by interpretation, Sent.) He went 
 his way therefore, and washed, and came seeing. 
 
 8 The neighbours therefore, and they which before 
 observed ^ him that he was a beggar, said, Is not this 
 
 9 he that sat and begged? Some said, This is he; others 
 said, No, but he is like him : but he said, I am he. 
 
 10 Therefore said they unto him. How were thine eyes 
 
 1 1 opened ? He answered and said. The man that is called 
 Jesus made clay, and anointed mine eyes, and said unto 
 me, Go to Siloam, and wash : and I went and washed, 
 
 12 and I received sight. Then said they unto him. Where 
 is he ? He said, 1 know not. 
 
 13 They brought to the Pharisees him that aforetime was 
 
 14 blind. And it was the sabbath day when Jesus made 
 
 1 5 the clay, and opened his eyes. Then again the Pharisees 
 also kept asking^ him how he had received his sight. 
 He said unto them. He put clay upon mine eyes, and 
 
 16 I washed, and do see. Therefore said some of the 
 Pharisees, This man is not of God, because he keepeth 
 not the sabbath day. Others said. How can a man that 
 is a sinner do such miracles } And there was a division 
 
 1 7 among them. They say unto the blind man again. What 
 sayest thou of him, that he opened^ thine eyes? He 
 
 18 said. He is a prophet. But the Jews did not believe 
 concerning him, that he had been blind, and received 
 
 ^ GecopoOvTcs. 
 
 - TiptoTtov (Impft.). The Pharisees, in view of the faihires of others to 
 extract information, nxzAt. persistent efforts to get it. 
 
 ■' T|V€'C0^€V. 
 
276 S. JOHN. IX. 19 
 
 his sight, until they called the parents of him that had 
 
 19 received his sight. And they asked them, saying. Is this 
 your son, who ye say was born blind ? how then doth 
 
 20 he now see ? His parents answered them, and said, 
 We know that this is our son, and that he was born 
 
 2 1 blind : But by what means he now seeth, we know not ; 
 or who opened his eyes, we know not : he is of age ; ask 
 
 22 him: he shall speak for himself. These words spake 
 his parents, because they feared the Jews : for the Jews 
 had agreed already, that if any man did confess that he 
 was Christ, he should be put out of the synagogue. 
 
 23 Therefore said his parents. He is of age; ask him. 
 
 24 So again called they the man that was blind, and said 
 unto him, Give God the praise : we know that this man 
 
 25 is a sinner. He answered and said, Whether he be a 
 sinner or no^ I know not : one thing I know, that, where- 
 
 26 as I was blind, now I see. Then said they to him again, 
 
 27 What did he to thee? how opened he thine eyes? He 
 answered them, I told ^ you already, and ye did not hear : 
 wherefore would ye hear it again ? surely ye also do not 
 
 28 wish to become 2 his disciples? Then they reviled him, 
 and said. Thou art his disciple ; but we are Moses' 
 
 29 disciples. We know that God hath spoken ^ unto Moses : 
 
 30 as for this /e//ow, we know not from whence he is. The 
 man answered and said unto them. Why herein is the 
 marvellous thing, that ye know not from whence he is, 
 
 31 and yet he opened mine eyes. Now we know that God 
 heareth not sinners : but if any man be a worshipper of 
 
 32 God, and do his will, him he heareth. Since the world 
 began was it not heard that any man opened the eyes 
 
 1 ciirov. 
 
 '^ ix-^ Kal v^cis 0€X€T€. . . -ymirOat ; 'Would ye also become' (R.V.) 
 seems weak. The strict force of /u?;, too, should not be overlooked. 
 {Cp. vi. 67 ; vii. 26, 47, 52 ; viii. 22.) 
 
 2 XcXdXiiKcv (Pft.), denoting God's revelation to Moses sls /ina/ in their 
 opinion. 
 
X. 8 S. JOHN. 277 
 
 33 of one that was born blind. If this man were not of 
 
 34 God, he could do nothing. They answered and said 
 unto him, Thou wast altogether born in sins, and dost 
 thou teach us ? And they cast him out. 
 
 35 Jesus heard that they had cast him out ; and when he 
 had found him, he said unto him. Dost thou believe on 
 
 36 the Son of man? He answered and said, Who is he, 
 
 37 Lord, that I might beHeve on him? And Jesus said unto 
 him, Thou hast both seen him, and it is he that talketh 
 
 :^8 with thee. And he said. Lord, I believe. And he 
 worshipped him. 
 
 39 And Jesus said, For judgment I came ^ into this world, 
 that they which see not might see, and that they which 
 
 40 see might be made blind. And some of the Pharisees 
 which were with him heard these words, and said unto 
 
 41 him, Surely we are not blind also?^ Jesus said unto 
 them, If ye were blind, ye would have ^ no sin : but 
 now ye say, We see ; therefore your sin remaineth . 
 
 X. I Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that entereth not 
 by the door into the sheep-fold, but climbeth up some 
 
 2 other way, the same is a thief and a robber. But he 
 that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep. 
 
 3 To him the porter openeth; and the sheep hear his 
 voice : and he calleth his own sheep by name, and 
 
 4 leadeth them out. And when he hath once put forth * 
 all his own, he goeth before them and the sheep follow 
 
 5 him : for they know his voice. And a stranger will they 
 not follow, but will flee from him : for they know not 
 
 6 the voice of strangers. This parable spake Jesus unto 
 them : but they understood not what things they were 
 
 7 which he spake unto them. Therefore said Jesus unto 
 them again, Verily, verily, I say unto you, I am the 
 
 8 door of the sheep. All that ever came before me are 
 
 1 riXGov. ^ Mf| Kal . . . ka-\iiv ) (See on v. 27). 
 
278 S. JOHN. X. 9 
 
 9 thieves and robbers : but the sheep did not hear them. 
 I am the door : by me if any man enter in, he shall be 
 
 10 saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture. The 
 thief Cometh not, but that he may steal, and kill, 
 and destroy : ^ I came that they might have life, and that 
 
 1 1 they might have it more abundantly. I am the good 
 shepherd : the good shepherd giveth his life for the 
 
 12 sheep. But he that is an hireling, and not a shepherd, 
 whose own the sheep are not, seeth the wolf coming, 
 and leaveth the sheep, and fleeth : and the wolf catcheth 
 
 £3 them, and scattereth them. The hireling fleeth, because 
 
 14 he is an hireling, and careth not for the sheep. I am 
 the good shepherd, and know mine own, and mine own 
 
 15 know me. As the Father knovveth me, even so know 
 I the Father : and I lay down my life for the sheep. 
 
 16 And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold: 
 them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice ; 
 and they shall become ^ one fold, aitd one shepherd. 
 
 17 Therefore doth my Father love me, because I lay down 
 
 18 my life, that I may take^ it again. No man taketh it 
 from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have power to 
 lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This 
 commandment received "^ I of my Father. 
 
 19 There arose a division therefore again among the Jews 
 
 20 for these sayings. And many of them said, He hath a 
 
 2 1 devil, and is mad ; why hear ye him ? Others said. 
 These are not the words of him that hath a devil. Can 
 a devil open the eyes of the blind ? 
 
 22 There then took place ^ at Jerusalem the feast of the 
 
 23 dedication, and it was winter. And Jesus walked in the 
 
 24 temple, in Solomon's porch. Then came the Jews round 
 about him, and said unto him, How long dost thou excite 
 
 25 our mind? If thou be the Christ, tell us plainly. Jesus 
 
 1 tv^ KXetjnj Kttl 0V6-TJ Kal diroXeo-rj. 
 
 - "YcvTJo-ovTai. ^ XaPw. ^ ^XaPov. 
 
 ^ 6"y€'v€To. The R.V.'s 'And it was' is inaccurate. 
 
X. 40 S. JOHN. 279 
 
 answered them, I told you, and ye believe ^ not : the 
 works that I do in my Father's name, they bear witness 
 
 26 of me. But ye believe not, because ye are not of my 
 
 27 sheep. My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, 
 
 28 and they follow me : And I give unto them eternal 
 life ; and they shall in no wise ever perisli,^ neither 
 
 29 shall any pluck them out of my hand. My Father, 
 which gave them me, is greater than all ; and none is 
 
 30 able to pluck them out of my Father's hand. I and the 
 Father are one. 
 
 31 Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him. 
 
 32 Jesus answered them, Many good works have I showed 
 you from my Father ; for which of those works do ye 
 
 T^T, mean to stone ^ me ? The Jews answered him, saying. 
 For a good work we mean not to stone thee ; but for 
 blasphemy ; and because that thou, being a man, art 
 
 34 making* thyself God. Jesus answered them, Is it not 
 
 35 written in your law, I said. Ye are gods? If he called 
 them gods unto whom the word of God came, and 
 
 36 the scripture cannot be broken ; Say ye of him, whom 
 the Father sanctified,^^ and sent into the world, Thou 
 blasphemest ; because I said, I am the Son of God? 
 
 37 If I do not the works of my Father, believe me not. 
 
 38 But if I do, though ye believe not me, believe the 
 works ; that ye may know and continue knowing ^ that 
 the Father is in me, and I in the Father. 
 
 39 Therefore they sought again to take him : but he 
 
 40 escaped out of their hand, And went away again beyond 
 
 ^ '7r«rT€V€T6. '■^ ov p.'^i dirdXaivrai els tov alwva. 
 
 •' XiOdtcTC. R. V. ='do ye stone me?' But the Present is deafly 
 one '' de conatu." So in v. ^iZf ^^ regards Xt-dd^ofiev. 
 
 ■* iroi€ts. ^ Tj-yCacrev. 
 
 '• iva ■yvoiTe Kal yivu><rKi]Ti. To approach this neat Tense construction 
 in English is not easy. This seems clear — that there is intended to be 
 brought out both an iiitToductory act and an abiding state. Alford = 
 "that ye may perceive and know." M'Clellan = " that ye may be 
 resolved and know." 
 
2 8o S. JOHN. X. 41. 
 
 Jordan, into the place where John at first was baptiz- 
 
 41 ing;^ and there he abode. And many resorted unto 
 him, and said, John did no miracle : but all things that 
 
 42 John spake of this man were true. And many believed 
 on him there. 
 
 XI. I Now a certain man was sick, najued Lazarus, of 
 
 2 Bethany, the town of Mary and her sister Martha. (It 
 was that Mary which anointed the Lord with ointment, 
 and wiped his feet with her hair, whose brother Lazarus 
 
 3 was sick.) Therefore his sisters sent unto him, saying, 
 
 4 Lord, behold, he whom thou lovest is sick. When Jesus 
 heard that, he said, This sickness is not unto death, but 
 for the glory of God, that the Son of God may be 
 
 5 glorified 2 thereby. Now Jesus loved Martha, and her 
 
 6 sister, and Lazarus. When he had heard therefore that he 
 was sick, he abode two days still in the same place where 
 
 7 he was. Then after that saith he to his disciples, Let 
 
 8 us go into Judea again. His disciples say unto him, 
 Master, the Jews were now seeking'^ to stone thee; and 
 
 9 goest thou thither again? Jesus answered, Are there 
 not twelve hours in the day? If any man walk in the 
 day he stumbleth not, because he seeth the light of this 
 
 10 world. But if a man walk in the night, he stumbleth, 
 
 1 1 because there is no light in him. These things said he : 
 and after tha^ he saith unto them. Our friend Lazarus is 
 fallen asleep ; "^ but I go, that I may awake him out of 
 
 12 sleep. Then said his disciples, Lord, if he is fallen 
 
 13 asleep, he shall be saved.^ Howbeit Jesns spake of 
 his death : but they thought that he had spoken of taking 
 
 14 of rest in sleep. Then said Jesus unto them plainly, 
 
 15 Lazarus is dead.^ And I am glad for your sakes that 
 
 ^ -rjv PairTitwv. 
 
 - iva, So^acBr]. ^ vvv kXfyrovv. 
 
 ** K€KoifiT]Tai. 5 (ra)0^<r6Tat. 
 
 ^ direOavev. It is difficult to render this Aorist otherwise than in the 
 text. Still, the distinction between it and KCKoifirjraL must not be over- 
 
XI. 32 S. JOHN. 281 
 
 1 was not there, to the intent ye may believe ; neverthe- 
 
 16 less let us go unto him. Therefore said Thomas, which 
 is called Didymus, unto his fellow-disciples, Let us also 
 
 1 7 go, that we may die with him. So when Jesus came, he 
 found that he had lain in the grave four days already. 
 
 18 Now Bethany was nigh unto Jerusalem, about fifteen 
 
 19 furlongs off. And many of the Jews had come ^ to 
 Martha and Mary, to comfort them concerning their 
 
 20 brother. Then Martha, as soon as she heard that Jesus 
 was coming, went and met him : but Mary sat still in 
 
 21 the house. Then said Martha unto Jesus, Lord, if thou 
 
 22 hadst been here, my brother had not died. But I know, 
 that even now whatsoever thou wilt ask for thyself of 
 
 23 God, God will give it thee. Jesus saith unto her. Thy 
 
 24 brother shall rise again. Martha saith unto him, I know 
 that he shall rise again in the resurrection at the last day. 
 
 25 Jesus said unto her, I am the resurrection, and the life : 
 he that believeth in me, though he were dead, yet shall 
 
 26 he live : And whosoever liveth and believeth in me shall 
 
 27 in no wise ever die.- Believest thou this? She saith 
 unto him, Yea, Lord : I have believed "^ that thou art 
 the Christ, the Son of God, he that cometh into the 
 
 28 world. And when she had so said, she went her way, 
 and called Mary her sister secretly, saying, The Master 
 
 29 is come, and calleth for thee. As soon as she heard that^ 
 
 30 she arose quickly, and came unto him. Now Jesus was 
 not yet come into the town, but was in that place where 
 
 31 Martha met him. The Jews then which were with her 
 in the house, and were comforting"^ her, when they saw 
 Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed 
 her, supposing that she was going unto the grave to 
 
 32 weep there. Therefore when Mary came where Jesus was, 
 
 looked— the Aorist denoting the moment of passing from life to death — 
 the perfect indicating the state of rest now begun and continuing. 
 
 1 IXT]\v0€i<rav. - ov fjtif| diroOdvTi els tov al«va. 
 
 3 iremo-TCVKa. ^ irapajivBovjtevot. 
 
282 S. JOHN. XL 33 
 
 and saw him, she fell down at his feet, saying unto him, 
 
 Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. 
 ^T, When Jesus therefore saw her weeping, and the Jews 
 
 also weeping which came with her, he groaned in the 
 34 spirit, and troubled himself,^ And said, Where have 
 
 ye laid him ? They said unto him, Lord, come and 
 35, 36 see. Jesus wept. The Jews, therefore, said, Behold 
 
 37 how he loved him ! And some of them said. Could 
 not this man, which opened the eyes of the blind, have 
 
 38 caused that even this man should not have died? Jesus 
 therefore, again groaning in himself, cometh to the grave. 
 
 39 It was a cave, and a stone lay upon it. Jesus said. 
 Take ye away the stone. Martha, the sister of him that 
 was dead, saith unto him. Lord, by this time he stinketh : 
 
 40 for he hath been dead four days. Jesus saith unto her, 
 Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest believe, thou 
 
 41 shouldest see the glory of God? Then they took away 
 the stone. And Jesus lifted up /it's eyes, and said, 
 
 42 Father, I thank thee that thou didst hear"^ me. And 
 I knew that thou hearest me always : but because of 
 the people which stand by I said //, that they may 
 
 43 believe that thou didst send ^ me. And when he thus 
 had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come 
 
 44 forth. And he that was dead came forth, bound hand 
 and foot with grave-clothes ; and his face was bound 
 about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them. Loose 
 
 45 him, and let him go. Then many of the Jews which 
 came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus 
 
 46 did, believed on him. But some of them went their 
 ways to the Pharisees, and told them what things Jesus 
 had done. 
 
 47 Then gathered the chief priests and the Pharisees a 
 council, and said. What are we doing?** for this man 
 
 ^ €Tdpa|€v lavTov. 
 
 -■ TJKovcras. There is manifestly referred to some special unrecorded' 
 prayer that Christ offered up to the Father. 
 
 • diTe'<rT€iXas. ^ ti iroiovfiev ; 
 
XII. 3 S. JOHN. 283 
 
 48 doeth many miracles. If we let him thus alone, all mot 
 will believe on him : and the Romans shall come and 
 
 49 take away both our place and nation. And one of them, 
 named Caiaphas, being the high priest, that same year, 
 
 50 said unto them, Ye know nothing at all, Nor consider 
 that it is expedient for us, that one man should die for 
 
 51 the people, and that the whole nation perish not. And 
 this spake he not of himself: but being high priest that 
 year, he prophesied that Jesus was about to ^ die for that 
 
 52 nation ; And not for that nation only, but that also he 
 should gather together in one the children of God that 
 
 53 were scattered abroad. Then from that day forth they 
 
 54 took counsel together for to put him to death. Jesus 
 therefore walked no more openly among the Jews ; but 
 went thence unto the country near to the wilderness, 
 into a city called Ephraim, and there continued with 
 his disciples. 
 
 55 And the Jews' passover was nigh at hand : and many 
 went out of the country up to Jerusalem before the pass- 
 
 56 over, to purify themselves. Then continued they to 
 seek for Jesus, and to speak - among themselves, as 
 they stood in the temple, What think ye, that he will 
 
 57 in no wise come ^ to the feast? Now both the chief 
 priests and the Pharisees had given commandment, that, 
 if any man knew where he were, he should show //, that 
 they might take him. 
 
 XII. I Jesus, therefore, six days before the passover, came 
 to Bethany, where Lazarus was, whom Jesus raised from 
 
 2 the dead. There they made him a supper ; and Martha 
 served : but Lazarus was one of them that sat at the table 
 
 3 with him. Mary therefore took a pound of ointment of 
 spikenard, very costly, and anointed the feet of Jesus, 
 
 - €tT|Touv . . . Kttl ?\€Yov— both Impfts. , making the picture of those 
 country people meeting together, and talking in the temple, all the more 
 life-like. ^ ov ^i\ a0T|. 
 
284 S. JOHN. XII. 4 
 
 and wiped his feet with her hair : and the house was 
 
 4 filled with the odour of the ointment. Then saith one 
 of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, which was about to^ 
 
 5 betray him, Why was not this ointment sold for three 
 
 6 hundred pence, and given to the poor? This he said, 
 not that he cared for the poor ; but because he was a 
 thief, and having the bag, used to carry away - what was 
 
 7 put therein. Then said Jesus, Let her alone : that she 
 
 8 may keep^ this against the day of my burial. For the 
 poor always ye have with you ; but me ye have not always. 
 
 9 Much people of the Jews therefore knew that he was 
 there : and they came not for Jesus' sake only, but that 
 they might see Lazarus also, whom he had raised from 
 
 10 the dead. But the chief priests consulted that they might 
 
 1 1 put Lazarus also to death ; Because that by reason of him 
 many of the Jews were going away, and believing* on 
 J esus. 
 
 12 On the next day much people that were come to the 
 feast, when they heard that Jesus was coming to Jeru- 
 
 13 salem, Took the branches of palm trees, and went forth 
 to meet him, and kept crying, Hosanna : Blessed is the 
 King of Israel that cometh in the name of the Lord. 
 
 14 And Jesus, when he had found a young ass, sat thereon; 
 
 15 as it is written. Fear not, daughter of Zion : behold, thy 
 
 16 King cometh, sitting on an ass's colt. These things 
 understood not his disciples at the first : but when Jesus 
 was glorified, then remembered they that these things 
 
 ^ 6 [JLcXXtOV. 
 
 " TO "YXftxro-oKOfiov 4'x«v to, PaXXdp,€va k^a.<rroXfiv . These words 
 explain the way in which Judas proved himself to be a thief. To give 
 the rendering 'carried,' or 'used to carry,' would be to convey NO 
 information. For if he carried the bag, then, as a matter of course, he 
 would carry also the gifts that were put into it. Everything points to 
 the rendering given in the text being the correct one. Vulgate = portabat. 
 Compare the English ' lift ' = steal, as in * shop-lifting.' 
 
 3 T^]p1^o-T,. 
 
XII. 31 S. JOHN. 285 
 
 were written of him, and that they had done these things 
 
 1 7 unto him. The people therefore that was with him when 
 he called Lazarus out of his grave, and raised him from 
 
 18 the dead, bare record. For this cause the people also 
 met him, for that they heard that he had done this 
 
 19 miracle. The Pharisees therefore said among themselves, 
 Ye behold ^ how ye prevail nothing ? behold, the world 
 is gone after him. 
 
 20 And there were certain Greeks among them that were 
 
 2 1 wont to go up 2 to worship at the feast : The same came 
 therefore to Philip, which was of Bethsaida of Galilee, 
 
 22 and desired him, saying. Sir, we would see Jesus. Philip 
 Cometh and telleth Andrew : Andrew cometh and Philip, 
 and they tell Jesus. 
 
 23 And Jesus answered them, saying, The hour is come that 
 
 24 the Son of man should be glorified. Verily, verily, I say 
 unto you, Except a corn of wheat fall into the ground 
 and die, it abideth alone : but if it die, it bringeth forth 
 
 25 much fruit. He that loveth his life shall lose it ; and 
 he that hateth his life in this world shall keep it unto 
 
 26 life eternal. If any man serve me, let him follow me ; 
 and where I am, there shall also my servant be : if any 
 
 27 man serve me, him will my Father honour. Now is 
 my soul troubled ; and what shall I say ? Father, save 
 me from this hour : but for this cause came I unto this 
 
 28 hour. Father, glorify thy name. Then came there a 
 voice from heaven, saying, I have both glorified it, and 
 
 29 will glorify // again. The people therefore that stood 
 by, and heard it, said that it thundered : others said, 
 
 30 An angel hath spoken^ to him. Jesus answered and 
 said, This voice came not because of me, but for your 
 
 31 sakes. Now is the judgment of this world : now shall 
 
 ^ The A.V. has the Imperative : but the Indicative rendering agrees 
 better with the context. R.V. has * ye behold ' only in the margin. 
 - Twv dvaPaivovTwv. R.V. = * those that went up.' 
 ^ XeXdXi^Kcv. 
 
286 S. JOHN. XII. 32 
 
 32 the prince of this world be cast out. And I, if I be 
 lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me. 
 
 33 (This he said, signifying what death he was about to ^ 
 
 34 die.) The people answered him, We have heard out 
 of the law that the Christ abideth for ever : and how 
 sayest thou, The Son of man must be lifted up ? who 
 
 35 is this Son of man ? Jesus, therefore, said unto them. 
 Yet a little while is the light with you. Walk while ye 
 have the light, lest darkness come upon you : for he 
 that walketh in darkness knoweth not whither he goeth. 
 
 36 While ye have the light, believe in the light, that ye 
 may become^ the children of light. These things 
 spake Jesus, and departed, and was hidden ^ from them. 
 
 37 But though he had done so many miracles before them, 
 
 38 yet they continued not to believe ^ on him : That the 
 saying of Esaias the prophet might be fulfilled, which 
 he spake. Lord, who hath believed our report? and to 
 
 39 whom hath the arm of the Lord been revealed ? There- 
 fore they could not believe, because that Esaias said 
 
 40 again, He hath blinded their eyes, and hardened their 
 heart; lest they should see with their eyes, and under- 
 stand with their heart, and should turn, and I should 
 
 41 heal them. These things said Esaias, because he saw 
 his glory, and spake of him. 
 
 42 Nevertheless among the chief rulers also many be- 
 lieved on him ; but because of the Pharisees they were 
 not in the way of confessing ^ him, lest they should be . 
 
 43 put out of the synagogue : For they loved the glory 0^ 
 men more than the glory of God. 
 
 44 Jesus cried and said, He that believeth on me, be- 
 
 45 lieveth not on me, but on him that sent me. And 
 
 46 he that seeth me seeth him that sent me. I am come 
 a light into the world, that whosoever beHeveth on me 
 
 1 TJlicXXcv. It is futurity that is meant, rather than predestination or 
 intention. ^ 7€VTia-9€. ^ iKpvPt]. 
 
 ^ ovK eiricTTCvov. ^ ovx. wp.oXd*yovv. 
 
XIII. 9 S. JOHN. 287 
 
 47 should not abide in darkness. And if any man hear 
 my words, and keep them not, I judge him not : for 
 I came not to judge the world, but to save the world. 
 
 48 He that rejecteth me, and receiveth not my words, hath 
 one that judgeth him : the word that I spake,^ the same 
 
 49 shall judge him in the last day. For I spake not of myself ; 
 but the Father which sent me, he gave me a command- 
 
 50 ment, what I should say, and what I should speak. And 
 I know that his commandment is life everlasting : what- 
 soever I speak therefore, even as the Father hath said - 
 unto me, so I speak. 
 
 XIII. I Now before the feast of the passover, Jesus 
 knowing that his hour was come that he should depart 
 out of this world unto the Father, having loved his own 
 which were in the world, he loved them unto the end. 
 
 2 And while supper was going on,'^ (the devil having now 
 put into the heart of Judas Iscariot, Simon's son^ to 
 
 3 betray him,) Jesus knowing that the Father had given 
 all things into his hands, and that he came from God, 
 
 4 and was going ^ to God ; He riseth from supper, and 
 laid aside his garments; and took a towel, and girded 
 
 5 himself. After that he poureth water into a bason, and 
 began to wash the disciples' feet, and to wipe them with 
 
 6 the towel wherewith he was girded. Then cometh he 
 to Simon Peter : and he saith unto him, Lord, dost thou 
 
 7 wash my feet? Jesus answered and said unto him. What 
 I do thou knowest not now; but thou shalt perceive 
 
 8 hereafter. Peter saith unto him. Thou shalt certainly 
 never wash^ my feet. Jesus answered him, If I wash 
 
 9 thee not, thou hast no part with me. Simon Peter saith 
 unto him, Lord, not my feet only, but also 7?iy hands and 
 
 1 eXdXricra (so in v. 49). - eipi^KCv. 
 
 ^ Seiirvov "yivop,€vov. The A.V.'s rendering 'supper being ended' is 
 manifestly wrong. In v. 4 we find Jesus rising /r£»/// supper. R.V. = 
 ' during supper.' 
 
 4 €|f|Xe€v Kai . . . {iird'yeu ° ov jit) v£\|n[)S. 
 
288 S. JOHN. XIII. 10 
 
 10 my head. Jesus saith to him^ He that is bathed^ needeth 
 not save to wash his feet, but is clean every whit : and 
 
 11 ye are clean, but not all. For he knew who was "be- 
 traying ^ him; therefore said he, Ye are not all clean. 
 
 12 So after he had washed their feet, and had taken his 
 garments, and had sat down again, he said unto them, 
 
 1 3 Know ye what I have done to you ? Ye call me Master 
 
 14 and Lord : and ye say well ; for so I am. If I then, 
 you7' Lord and Master, have washed your feet, ye also 
 
 15 ought to wash one another's feet. For I have given 
 you an example, that ye should do as I have done to 
 
 16 you. Verily, verily, I say unto you. The servant is not 
 greater than his lord ; neither he that is sent greater than 
 
 17 he that sent him. If ye know these things, happy are 
 ye if ye do them. 
 
 18 I speak not of you all: I know whom I chose : ^ but, 
 that the scripture may be fulfilled. He that eateth my 
 
 19 bread lifteth up his heel against me. From henceforth 
 I tell you before it come, that, when it is come to pass, 
 
 20 ye may believe that I am he. Verily, verily, I say unto 
 you, He that receiveth whomsoever I send receiveth me ; 
 and he that receiveth me receiveth him that sent me. 
 
 2 1 When Jesus had thus said, he was troubled in spirit, and 
 testified, and said. Verily, verily, I say unto you, That 
 
 22 one of you shall betray me. Then the disciples began 
 to look* one on another, doubting of whom he spake. 
 
 23 Now there was leaning on Jesus' bosom one of his 
 
 ^ 6 XeXovfievos. The distinction between vi-kt^iv and Xoi^ecr^ai must be 
 observed, the former meaning to wash/ar/ of the body, the latter to wash 
 the whole person. 
 
 - Tov irapaSiS^VTa. It is rather surprising that the R.V. should have 
 reproduced the A.V.'s error of giving the rendering ' that j/^^w/i;/ betray. * 
 For such rendering, according to the R.V., /neWovra would be required. 
 Apart from that, the Participle clearly shows the work as already going on. 
 
 ^ e'pXcirov €is dXXT|Xovs. Cp. "began to enquire among themselves '* 
 (Luke xxii. 23). 
 
XIV. 1 S. JOHN. 289 
 
 24 disciples, whom Jesus loved. Simon Peter therefore 
 beckoneth to him, and saith to him. Say who it is of 
 
 25 whom he speaks. He, leaning back on Jesus' breast as 
 
 26 he was, saith unto him, Lord, who is it? Jesus answered. 
 He it is for whom I shall dip the sop and give it him. 
 And when he had dipped the sop, he gave // to Judas 
 
 27 Iscariot, the son of Simon. And after the sop Satan 
 entered into him. Therefore said Jesus unto him. That 
 
 28 thou doest, do quickly. Now no man at the table knew 
 
 29 for what intent he spake this unto him. For some of 
 them thought, because Judas had the bag, that Jesus had 
 said unto him. Buy those things that we have need of 
 against the feast; or, that he should give something 
 
 30 to the poor. He then having received the sop went 
 immediately out : and it was night. 
 
 31 Therefore, when he was gone out, Jesus said. Now was 
 glorified! the Son of man, and God was glorified 1 in 
 
 32 him. If God be glorified in him, God shall also glorify 
 T^T^ him in himself, and shall straightway glorify him. Little 
 
 children, yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek 
 me : and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go, ye can- 
 
 34 not come ; so now I say to you. A new commandment 
 I give unto you, That ye love one another ; as I loved ^ 
 
 35 you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men 
 know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to 
 another. 
 
 36 Simon Peter saith unto him. Lord, whither goest thou ? 
 Jesus answered him. Whither I go, thou canst not follow 
 
 37 me now; but thou shalt follow me afterwards. Peter 
 said unto him. Lord, why cannot I follow thee now ? I 
 
 38 will lay down my life for thy sake. Jesus answered him, 
 Wilt thou lay down thy life for my sake ? Verily, verily, 
 I say unto thee. The cock shall certainly not crow,^ till 
 thou hast denied me thrice. 
 
 XIV. I Let not your heart be troubled : ye believe in 
 
 1 €8o|d<r0i]. 2 ^YdirT]o-a. 3 ^^ ^;^ 4>wvTi<rTi. 
 
 T 
 
290 S. JOHN. XIV. 2 
 
 2 God, believe also in me. In my Father's house are 
 many mansions : if it were not so, I would have told you. 
 
 3 For I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and 
 prepare a place for you, I am coming^ again, and will 
 receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ^^ may 
 
 4 be also. And whither I go, ye know the way. 
 
 5 Thomas saith unto him, Lord, we know not whither 
 
 6 thou goest; how know we ^ the way? Jesus saith unto 
 him, I am the way, and the truth, and the life : no man 
 
 7 cometh unto the Father, but by me. If ye had known 
 me, ye should have known my Father also : and from 
 henceforth ye know him, and have seen him. 
 
 8 Philip saith unto him. Lord, show us the Father, and 
 
 9 it sufficeth us. Jesus saith unto him. Have I been so 
 long time with you, and yet dost thou not know^ me, 
 Philip? he that hath seen me hath seen the Father; 
 
 10 how sayest thou then, Show us the Father? Believest 
 thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father in 
 me? the words that I say unto you I speak not of my- 
 self: but the Father, that dwelleth in me, he doeth the 
 
 1 1 works. Believe me that I am in the Father, and the 
 Father in me : or else believe me for the very works' 
 
 12 sake. Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth 
 on me, the works that I do shall he do also ; and greater 
 works than these shall he do ; because I go unto the 
 
 1 3 Father. And whatsoever ye shall ask in my name, that 
 will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. 
 
 14 If ye shall ask me any thing in my name, I will 
 do //. 
 
 15 If ye love me, ye will keep* my commandments. 
 
 16 And I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another 
 
 1 7 Comforter, that he may abide with you for ever ; Even 
 the Spirit of truth ; whom the world cannot receive, 
 because it seeth him not, neither knoweth him : but ye 
 
 1 €pXO|Jiai. ^ o'llSajJLCV. 
 
 3 ovK e-yvwKas. Perfect with force of Present. ^ TTjp'^<r€T€. 
 
XIV. 31 S. JOHN. 291 
 
 know him ; for he dwelleth with you, and shall be in 
 
 18 you. I will not leave you comfortless : I will come to 
 
 19 you. Yet a little while, and the world seeth me no 
 more ; but ye see me : because I live, ye shall live also. 
 
 20 At that day ye shall know that I am in my Father, and 
 2\ ye in me, and. I in you. He that hath my command- 
 ments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth me : and 
 he that loveth me shall be loved of my Father, and 1 
 
 22 will love him, and will manifest myself to him. Judas 
 saith unto him, (not Iscariot,) Lord, what is come to 
 pass 1 that thou wilt manifest thyself unto us, and not 
 
 23 unto the world? Jesus answered and said unto him. 
 If a man love me, he will keep my word : and my 
 Father will love him, and we will come unto him, and 
 
 24 make our abode with him. He that loveth me not 
 keepeth not my sayings : and the word which ye hear 
 
 25 is not mine, but the Father's which sent me. These 
 things have I spoken unto you, while yet remaining 
 
 26 with you. But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, 
 whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach 
 you all things, and bring to your remembrance all that 
 
 27 I said 2 unto you. Peace I leave with you, my peace 
 1 give unto you : not as the world giveth, give I unto 
 you. Let not your, heart be troubled, neither let it be 
 
 28 afraid. Ye heard ^ how I said unto you, I go away, and 
 come agaiti unto you. If ye loved me, ye would have 
 rejoiced,* because I go unto the Father : for my Father 
 
 29 is greater than I. And now I have told you before it 
 come to pass, that, when it is come to pass, ye might 
 
 30 believe. Hereafter I will not talk much with you : for 
 the prince of the world is coming,-'' and hath nothing in 
 
 31 me. But that the world may know that I love the 
 Father ; and as the Father gave me commandment, 
 even so T do. Arise, let us go hence. 
 
 ^ Tt 7^Yov€v. ^ etirov. ^ TjKovo-aTe. 
 
 ^ €xapT]T€ &v. ^ epx^Tai. 
 
292 S. JOHN. XV. 1 
 
 XV. I I am the true vine, and my Father is the husband- 
 
 2 man. Every branch in me that beareth not fruit he taketh 
 away ; and every braiich that beareth fruit he purgeth it, 
 
 3 that it may bring forth more fruit. Now ye are clean 
 
 4 through the word which I have spoken unto you. Abide 
 in me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of 
 itself, except it abide in the vine ; no more can ye, except 
 
 5 ye abide in me. I am the vine, ye are the branches : 
 He that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth 
 
 6 forth much fruit : for without me ye can do nothing. If 
 a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a branch, and 
 is withered ; ^ and they gather them, and cast them into 
 
 7 the fire, and they are burned. If ye abide in me, and my 
 words abide in you, ask ^ what ye will, and it shall be 
 
 8 done unto you. Herein is my Father glorified, that ye 
 
 9 bear much fruit; so shall ye be my disciples. As the 
 Father hath loved me, so have I loved you : continue 
 
 10 ye in my love. If ye keep my commandments, ye shall 
 abide in my love ; even as I have kept my Father's 
 
 11 commandments, and abide in his love. These things 
 have I spoken unto you, that my joy may be in you, 
 
 12 and that your joy may be fulfilled.^ This is my com- 
 mandment. That ye love one another, as I have loved 
 
 13 you. Greater love hath no man than this, that a man 
 
 14 lay down his life for his friends. Ye are my friends, if 
 
 15 ye do whatsoever I command you. Henceforth I call 
 you not servants ; for the servant knoweth not what his 
 lord doeth : but I have called you friends ; for all things 
 that I have heard of my Father I have made known unto 
 
 16 you. Ye did not choose* me, but I chose* you, and 
 appointed* you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, 
 and that your fruit should remain ; that whatsoever ye 
 shall ask of the Father in my name, he may give it you. 
 
 ^ €PXt|6i] . . . Kal €|iipdv8T] (Gnomic Aorist), see p. 25. 
 
 - alTTJo-ao-ec. ^ irXT]p«0f • 
 
 ^ €|6X€'|a(r06 . . . l^€X€|d|j.Tjv . . . eOtiKa. 
 
XVI. 3 S. JOHN. 293 
 
 17 These things I command you, that ye love one 
 another. 
 
 18 If the world hate you, know ^ that it hath hated 2 me 
 
 19 before it hated you. If ye were of the world, the world 
 would love his own : but because ye are not of the world, 
 but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the 
 
 20 world hateth you. Remember the word that I said unto 
 you, A servant is not greater than his lord. If they 
 persecuted ^ me, they will also persecute you ; if they 
 
 21 kept^ my saying, they will keep yours also. But all 
 these things will they do unto you for my name's sake, 
 
 22 because they know not him that sent me. If I had 
 not come and spoken unto them, they had not had 
 
 23 sin : but now they have no cloak for their sin. He 
 
 24 that hateth me hateth my Father also. If I had not 
 done among them the works which none other man 
 did, they had not had sin : but now have they both 
 
 25 seen and hated both me and my Father. But this 
 Cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that 
 is written in their law. They hated me without a cause. 
 
 26 But when the Comforter is come, whom I will send 
 unto you from the Father, even the Spirit of truth, 
 which proceedeth from the Father, he shall testify of 
 
 2 7 me : And ye also bear witness,^ because ye have been 
 with me from the beginning. 
 XVI. I These things have I spoken unto you, that ye 
 
 2 should not be offended. They shall put you out of 
 the synagogues : yea, the hour is coming, that whoso- 
 ever killeth you will think that he doeth God service. 
 
 3 And these things will they do unto you, because they 
 
 ^ 'ytvt&a-KeTC. The Imperative suits the context better than the 
 Indicative. 
 
 2 |jL£|i,£(r-r]K€v. Such has been, and still is, the case. 
 
 3 eSfcd^av . . . lTTJpT]<rav. 
 
 ^ |iapTup€iT€. M'Clellan regards the verb as Imperative — ' Do ye 
 also bear witness.' 
 
294 S. JOHN. XVI. 4 
 
 4 did not recognise ^ the Father, nor me. But these 
 things have I told you, that, when their hour is once 
 come,^ ye may remember that I told you of them. And 
 these things I said not unto you at the beginning, because 
 
 5 I was with you. But now I go my way to him that 
 sent me ; and none of you asketh me. Whither goest 
 
 6 thou? But because I have said these things unto you, 
 
 7 sorrow hath filled your heart. Nevertheless I tell you 
 the truth ; It is expedient for you that I go away : for 
 if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto 
 
 8 you ; but if I depart, I will send him unto you. And 
 when he is come, he will convict the world concerning 
 
 9 sin, and righteousness, and judgment : Concerning sin, 
 
 10 because they believe not on me ; Concerning righteous- 
 ness, because I go to the Father, and ye see me no more ; 
 
 11 Concerning judgment, because the prince of this world 
 
 12 hath been judged.^ I have yet many things to say unto 
 
 13 you, but ye cannot bear them now. Howbeit when he, 
 the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all 
 the truth : for he shall not speak of himself; but what- 
 soever he shall hear, that shall he speak : and he will 
 
 14 show you things to come. He shall glorify me; for he 
 
 15 shall take* of mine, and shall declare it unto you. All 
 things that the Father hath are mine : therefore said I, 
 that he taketh ^ of mine, and shall declare // unto you. 
 
 16 A httle while, and ye behold*^ me no more: and again, 
 
 17 a little while, and ye shall see me. Then said some of 
 his disciples among themselves, What is this that he 
 saith unto us, A little while, and ye behold me not : and 
 again, a little while, and ye shall see me : and, Because 
 
 ^ ovK 4'*Yva)<rav. The meaning is that they had an opportunity of 
 knowing, and missed it. A.V. and R.V. = ''have not known.' 
 
 " {Jrav cXQt). '^ KCKpirai. 
 
 ^ X'^(i\J/£Tai. A.V.'s 'shall receive'' does not bring out the meaning 
 that the recipient is not altogether /a^j/z/^. 
 
 ^ Xa}i.pdv€i. ^ OeupeiTf (so in vv. 17 and 19.) 
 
XVI. 28 S. JOHN. 295 
 
 18 I go to the Father? They said therefore, What is this 
 that he saith, A Httle while ? we know not what he saith. 
 
 19 Now Jesus perceived 1 that they were desirous to ask 
 him, and said unto them, Do ye enquire among your- 
 selves of that I said, A little while, and ye behold me 
 not : and again, a little while, and ye shall see me ? 
 
 20 Verily, verily, I say unto you, That ye shall weep and 
 lament, but the world shall rejoice : and ye shall be 
 
 21 sorrowful, but your sorrow shall be turned into joy. A 
 woman when she is in travail hath sorrow, because her 
 hour is come : but as soon as she is delivered of the 
 child, she remembereth no more the anguish, for joy 
 
 22 that a man was born^ into the world. And ye now 
 therefore have sorrow : but I will see you again, and 
 your heart shall rejoice, and your joy no man taketh 
 
 23 from you. And in that day ye shall ask me nothing. 
 Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall ask 
 
 24 the Father, he will give it you in my name. Hitherto 
 ye have asked -^ nothing in my name : persist in asking,*^ 
 and ye shall receive, that your joy may remain fulfilled.-^ 
 
 25 These things have I spoken unto you in proverbs: but 
 the time cometh, when I shall no more speak unto you 
 in proverbs, but I shall tell you plainly of the Father. 
 
 26 At that day ye shall ask in my name : and I say not 
 
 27 unto you, that I will pray the Father for you; For the 
 Father himself loveth you, because ye have loved me, 
 
 28 and have believed that I came out from God. I came 
 forth from the Father, and am come into the world : 
 again, I leave the world, and go to the Father. 
 
 ^ e'-yvft). It is necessary to distinguish yLvdocyKeiv from eldevai. The 
 former means to learn by means of naticral powers ; while et'Sej/ai does 
 not exclude the idea of knowledge stipernatural. 
 
 ^ cYevv-qST]. 
 
 ^ -grTJo-aTC (Aor.): but the Perfect rendering is necessary, because, 
 as Burton (p. 26) points out, the event may be said to "continue up to 
 the time of speaking, so that there is actually no interval." 
 
 4 alT£iT€ (Progressive Present). ^ ig 'ir€'rrXT]p«fievT]. 
 
296 S. JOHN. XVI. 29 
 
 29 His disciples said unto him, Lo, now speakest thou 
 
 30 plainly, and speakest no proverb. Now know we that 
 thou knowest all things, and needest not that any man 
 should ask thee : by this we believe that thou earnest 
 
 31 forth from God. Jesus answered them, Do ye now 
 
 32 believe? Behold, the hour cometh, yea, is now come, 
 that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, and 
 shall leave me alone : and yet I am not alone, because 
 
 ^;^ the Father is with me. These things I have spoken 
 unto you, that in me ye may have^ peace. In the 
 world ye shall have tribulation : but be of good cheer ; 
 I have overcome the world. 
 XVII. I These words spake Jesus, and lifted up his eyes 
 to heaven, and said. Father, the hour is come ; glorify 
 
 2 the Son, that the Son may glorify thee : As thou gavest ^ 
 him power over all flesh, that he should give eternal Hfe 
 
 3 to as many as thou hast given him. And this is life 
 eternal, that they should know thee the only true God, 
 
 4 and Jesus Christ, whom thou didst send.^ I glorified* 
 thee on the earth : having finished the work which thou 
 
 5 hast given me to do. And now, O Father, glorify thou 
 me with thine own self with the glory which I continued 
 
 6 to have ^ with thee before the world was. I have mani- 
 fested thy name unto the men which thou gavest me 
 out of the world : thine they were, and thou gavest them 
 
 7 me ; and they have kept thy word. Now they know that 
 
 8 all things whatsoever thou gavest me are of thee. For 
 I have given unto them the words which thou gavest 
 me ; and they took them,^ and recognised ^ surely that 
 
 1 €xriT6. 
 
 - eScoKas. The power was given, once for all, when God sent Him 
 into the world. (See v. 27.) 
 ^ dTTco-TciXas. 
 
 * ISo^aca. Christ, in anticipation, speaks of all redemption as one 
 finished <7^/— causing joy. 
 
 ^ ctxov (Impft. ). The possession was uninterrupted zxiA undisturbed. 
 
 * 4'XaPov. (See xvi. 14, note.) 
 
XVII. 22 S. JOHN. 297 
 
 I came out from thee, and they believed ^ that thou 
 
 9 didst send me. I pray for them : I pray not for the 
 
 world, but for them which thou hast given me ; for they 
 
 10 are thine. And all mine are thine, and thine are mine ; 
 
 1 1 and I remain glorified 2 in them. And now I am no 
 more in the world, but these are in the world, and I 
 come to thee. Holy Father, keep them in thine own 
 name which thou hast given me, that they may be one, 
 
 12 as we are. While I was with them, I continued to 
 keep 3 them in thy name which thou hast given me ; 
 and I guarded them, and none of them perished,* but 
 the son of perdition ; that the scripture might be fulfilled. 
 
 13 And now I am coming to thee; and these things I speak 
 in the world, that they might have my joy fulfilled in 
 
 14 themselves. I have given them thy word; and the 
 world hated ^ them, because they are not of the world, 
 
 15 even as I am not of the world. I pray not that thou 
 shouldest take them out of the world, but that thou 
 
 16 shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of 
 
 17 the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify 
 
 18 them through thy truth : thy word is truth. As thou 
 didst send me into the world, even so sent I them 
 
 19 into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify myself, 
 that they also might be sanctified through the truth. 
 
 20 Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which 
 
 2 1 believe ^ • on me through their word ; That they all may 
 be one ; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that 
 they also may be in us : that the world may believe that 
 
 22 thou didst send me. And the glory which thou hast 
 given me I have given them ; that they may be one, 
 
 1 lirio-TCVo-av. 
 
 2 8686|aor|xai. The exact force of the tense is — ' have been^ and still am.^ 
 2 €T'<]povv (Impft.), denoting that the watching was cojitimcal. 
 
 * dir«X€To. ^ e}i£<rT]<r€v. 
 
 ® irio-TevovTwv. Not, as A.V., 'shall believe.' By anticipation the 
 whole body of believers already exists. 
 
298 S. JOHN. XVII. 23 
 
 23 even as we are one : I in them, and thou in me, that 
 they may be made perfect in one; that the world may 
 know that thou didst send me, and didst love them, 
 
 24 as thou didst love me. Father, I will that they also 
 whom thou hast given me be with me where I am ; that 
 they may behold my glory, which thou hast given me : 
 for thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world. 
 
 25 O righteous Father, the world knew thee not : but I 
 knew thee, and these knew that thou didst send me. 
 
 26 And I made known unto them thy name, and will 
 make it known ; that the love wherewith thou lovedst 
 me may be in them, and I in them. 
 
 XVI II. I When Jesus had spoken these words, he went 
 forth with his disciples over the brook Cedron, where was 
 a garden, into the which he entered himself, and his 
 
 2 disciples. And Judas also, which was betraying ^ him, 
 knew the place ; for Jesus ofttimes resorted thither with 
 
 3 his disciples. Judas then, having received the band of 
 pien and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, 
 cometh thither with lanterns and torches and weapons. 
 
 4 Jesus therefore, knowing all things that were coming - upon 
 him, went forth and said unto them. Whom seek ye? 
 
 5 They answered him, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus saith unto 
 them, I am Ae. And Judas also, which was betray- 
 
 6 ing him, was standing ^ with them. As soon then as he 
 had said unto them, I am /le, they went backward, 
 
 7 and fell to the ground. Therefore asked he them again, 
 
 8 Whom seek ye ? And they said, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus 
 answered, I told * you that I am /le. If therefore ye seek 
 
 9 me, let these go their way : That the saying might be ful- 
 filled which he spake. Of them which thou hast given 
 
 10 me have I lost ^ none. Therefore Simon Peter having a 
 
 ^ 6 irapaSiSovs. The work was already begzin, 
 
 ^ irdvTa Ttt epxoiACva. ^ i<rTTJK€i (so in vv. 15, 16, 18). 
 
 ^ ctirov. ^ dirwXco-a. 
 
XVIII. 23 S. JOHN. 299 
 
 sword drew it, and smote the high priest's servant, and 
 cut off his right ear. The servant's name was Malchus, 
 
 11 Therefore said Jesus unto Peter, Put up the sword into 
 the sheath : the cup which my Father hath given me, shall 
 
 12 I not drink it? So the band and the captain and officers 
 
 13 of the Jews took Jesus, and bound him. And led him away 
 to Annas first : for he was father-in-law to Caiaphas, which 
 
 14 was the high priest that same year. Now Caiaphas was he 
 which gave counsel to the Jews, that it was expedient that 
 one man should die for the people. 
 
 15 And Simon Peter was following ^ Jesus, and so was 
 another disciple. That disciple was known unto the high 
 priest, and went in with Jesus into the palace of the high 
 
 16 priest. But Peter was standing at the door without. 
 Then went out that other disciple, which was known 
 unto the high priest, and spake unto her that kept the 
 
 17 door, and brought in Peter. Therefore saith the damsel 
 that kept the door unto Peter, Art not thou also one 
 
 18 of this man's disciples? He saith, I am not. And the 
 servants and officers were standing there, having made a 
 fire of coals ; for it was cold : and they were warming ^ 
 themselves : and Peter was standing with them, and 
 warming himself. 
 
 19 The high priest then asked Jesus of his disciples, and of 
 2c his doctrine. Jesus answered him, I have spoken openly 
 
 to the world ; I ever taught in the synagogue, and in the 
 temple, whither all the Jews resort ; and in secret I said 
 
 2 1 nothing. Why askest thou me ? ask them which have 
 heard me, what I said unto them : behold, they know 
 
 22 what I said. And when he had thus spoken, one of the 
 officers which was standing by struck Jesus with the palm 
 of his hand, saying, Answerest thou the high priest so ? 
 
 23 Jesus answered him, If I spake evil, bear witness of the 
 
 1 T|KoXov6€i. The Imperfect oi description. (See p. 23.) 
 ^ eOepfJiaCvovTo. 
 
300 S. JOHN. XVIII. 24 
 
 24 evil ; but if well, why smitest thou me ? Therefore Annas 
 sent^ him bound unto Caiaphas the high priest. 
 
 25 And Simon Peter was standing and warming himself. 
 They said therefore unto him, Art not thou also one of his 
 
 26 disciples? He denied //, and said, I am not. One of the 
 servants of the high priest, being his kinsman whose ear 
 
 27 Peter cut off, saith, Did not I see thee in the garden 
 with him ? Peter then denied again : and immediately a 
 cock crew. 
 
 28 Therefore lead they Jesus from Caiaphas unto the hall 
 of judgment : and it was early ; and they themselves went 
 not into the judgment hall, lest they should be defiled, 
 
 29 but that they might eat the passover. Pilate then went 
 out unto them, and said, What accusation bring ye against 
 
 30 this man ? They answered and said unto him, If he were 
 not a malefactor, we would not have delivered him up 
 
 31 unto thee. Therefore said Pilate unto them, Take ye 
 him, and judge him according to your law. The Jews 
 therefore said unto him, It is not lawful for us to put any 
 
 32 man to death : That the saying of Jesus might be fulfilled, 
 which he spake, signifying what death, he was about to^ 
 
 33 die. Then Pilate entered into the judgment hall again, 
 and called Jesus, and said unto him. Art thou the King 
 
 34 of the Jews? Jesus answered him, Sayest thou this 
 
 35 thing of thyself, or did others tell it thee of me? Pilate 
 answered, Am I a Jew ? Thine own nation and the chief 
 priests have delivered thee unto me : what didst thou ? ^ 
 
 36 Jesus answered, My kingdom is not of this world. If my 
 kingdom were of this world, then would my servants have 
 
 1 ' A'ir€'<rT€tX€v. It has been much disputed whether the Plpft. rendering 
 {had sent) of the A.V. is defensible. As Burton (p. 23) points out, the 
 valid objection is "not in any inappropriateness of the Aorist tense to 
 express an event antecedent to one already mentioned, but in the presence 
 of olv, which is, in John especially, so constantly continuative, and in the 
 absence of any intimation in the context that the events are related out of 
 their chronological order." 
 
 2 TJ)tcXX£v. ^ t£ ciroC-qo-as ; = what precisely is the charge? 
 
XIX. 9 S. JOHN. 301 
 
 been fighting now,^ that I should not be delivered to the 
 
 37 Jews : but now is my kingdom not from hence. Pilate 
 therefore said unto him, Art thou a king then ? Jesus 
 answered, Thou sayest that I am a king. To this end 
 have I been born, and for this, cause am I come - mto 
 the world, that I should bear witness unto the truth. 
 
 38 Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice. Pilate 
 saith unto him. What is truth? And when he had said 
 this, he went out again unto the Jews, and saith unto 
 
 39 them, I find in him no fault at all. But ye have a 
 custom, that I should release unto you one at the pass- 
 over : will ye therefore that I release unto you the King 
 
 40 of the Jews? Therefore cried they again, saying. Not 
 this man, but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a robber. 
 
 XIX. I Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged 
 
 2 him. And the soldiers platted a crown of thorns, and 
 put // on his head, and they cast around him a purple 
 
 3 robe. And they came to him [one by one] ^ and said, 
 Hail, King of the Jews ! and they smote him with their 
 
 4 hands. And Pilate went forth again, and saith unto 
 them, Behold, I bring him forth to you that ye may know 
 
 5 that I find no fault in him. Therefore came Jesus forth, 
 wearing the crown of thorns, and the purple robe. And 
 
 6 Pilate saith unto them. Behold the man ! When the 
 chief priests therefore and officers saw him, they cried 
 out, saying. Crucify him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto 
 them. Take ye him, and crucify him; for I find no fault 
 
 7 in him. The Jews answered him. We have a law, and by 
 the law he ought to die, because he made himself the 
 Son of God. 
 
 8 When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he was the 
 
 9 more afraid ; And went again into the judgment hall, 
 
 1 i^vcovCtovTO &v. ' ^€7€VVTi|xai . . . JXiqXvea, 
 
 3 TipvovTo irpos a^<Jv. Exceedingly graphic in this touch. It makes 
 
 us see the soldiers coming up in turn (Impft.), and paying their mock 
 
 homage. 
 
302 S. JOHN. XTX. 10 
 
 and saith unto Jesus, Whence art thou ? But Jesus gave 
 
 10 him no answer. Therefore saith Pilate unto him, Speak- 
 est thou not unto me ? knowest thou not that I have 
 power to crucify thee, and have power to release thee ? 
 
 1 1 Jesus answered. Thou wouldest have ^ no power at all 
 against me, except it were given thee from above : there- 
 fore he that delivered me unto thee hath the greater sin. 
 
 T 2 And from thenceforth Pilate made continued effort ^ to 
 release him : but the Jews cried out, saying, If thou 
 release this man, thou art not Caesar's friend : whosoever 
 maketh himself a king speaketh against Caesar. 
 
 13 When Pilate therefore heard these sayings, he brought 
 Jesus forth, and sat down in the judgment seat in a place 
 that is called the Pavement, but in the Hebrew, Gabbatha. 
 
 14 And it was the preparation of the passover, and about 
 the sixth hour : and he saith unto the Jews, Behold 
 
 15 your King ! They therefore cried out, Away with him, 
 away with him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, 
 Shall I crucify your King ? The chief priests answered, 
 
 16 We have no king but Caesar. Then delivered he him 
 therefore unto them to be crucified. They took Jesus 
 
 17 therefore. And he bearing his cross for himself went 
 forth into a place called the place of a skull, which is 
 
 18 called in the Hebrew, Golgotha : Where they crucified 
 him, and two other with him, on either side one, and 
 Jesus in the midst. 
 
 1 9 And Pilate wrote a title, and put it on the cross. And 
 there was written 3 JESUS OF NAZARETH THE 
 
 20 KING OF THE JEWS. This title therefore read many 
 of the Jews ; for the place where Jesus was crucified was 
 
 1 OvK etx^S. The omission of 6.v is noticeable. For other examples 
 see XV. 22, 24; Matt. xxvi. 24; Gal. iv. 15; Rom. vii. 7. This usage 
 (which is for rhetorical purposes) is quite Classical. Compare " Aequius 
 huic TyyiXiwxcifuerat se opponere morti,"— it had been more just, &c. (fziisset 
 being the regular form), i^neid xi. 115. 
 
 2 l^-^JTCi. ^ ^v ■yeypafJLfie'vov. 
 
XIX. 32 S. JOHN. 303 
 
 nigh to the city : and it was written in Hebrew, and 
 
 21 Latin, and Greek. The chief priests of the Jews therefore 
 said to Pilate, Write not, The King of the Jews ; but that 
 
 22 he said, I am King of the Jews. Pilate answered, What 
 I have written I have written. 
 
 23 The soldiers therefore, when they had crucified Jesus, 
 took his garments, and made four parts, to every soldier 
 a part ; and also his coat : now the coat was without seam, 
 
 24 woven from the top throughout. They said therefore 
 among themselves. Let us not rend it, but cast lots for it, 
 whose it shall be : that the scripture might be fulfilled, 
 which saith. They parted my garments among them, 
 and for my vesture they did cast lots. These things 
 therefore the soldiers did. 
 
 25 Now there were standing ^ by the cross of Jesus his 
 mother, and his mother's sister, Mary the wije of Cleophas, 
 
 26 and Mary Magdalene. When Jesus therefore saw his 
 mother, and the disciple standing by whom he loved, he 
 
 27 saith. Woman, behold thy son ! Then saith he to the 
 disciple, Behold thy mother ! And from that hour that 
 disciple took her unto his own home. 
 
 28 After this, Jesus knowing that all things are now 
 finished,- that the scripture might be accomplished, saith, 
 
 29 I thirst. Now there was set a vessel full of vinegar : and 
 they filled a sponge with vinegar, and put // upon hyssop, 
 
 30 and put // to his mouth. When Jesus therefore had re- 
 ceived the vinegar, he said, It is finished : and he bowed 
 his head, and gave up the ghost. 
 
 31 The Jews therefore, because it was the preparation, 
 that the bodies should not remain upon the cross on 
 the sabbath day (for that sabbath day was an high day), 
 besought Pilate that their legs might be broken, and that 
 
 32 they might be taken away. Therefore came the soldiers, 
 and brake the legs of the first, and of the other which 
 
 1 toTTJKeKrav. - TereXeo-Tai. 
 
304 S. JOHN. XIX. 33 
 
 33 was crucified with him. But when they came to Jesus 
 and saw that he was dead already, they brake not his legs : 
 
 34 But one of the soldiers with a spear pierced his side, and 
 
 35 forthwith came there out blood and water. And he that 
 hath seen // hath borne record,^ and his record is true : 
 and he knoweth that he saith true, that ye also may 
 
 36 believe. For these things came to pass,^ that the scrip- 
 ture might be fulfilled,^ A bone of him shall not be 
 
 37 broken. And again another scripture saith, They shall 
 look on him whom they pierced. 
 
 38 And after this, Joseph of Arimathea, being a disciple of 
 Jesus, but secretly for fear of the Jews, besought Pilate 
 that he might take away the body of Jesus : and Pilate 
 gave hUn leave. He came therefore, and took the body 
 
 39 of Jesus. And there came also Nicodemus, (which at the 
 first came to Jesus by night,) and brought a mixture of 
 
 40 myrrh and aloes, about an hundred pound iveig/it. So 
 they took the body of Jesus, and wound it in linen clothes 
 
 41 with the spices, as the manner of the Jews is to bury. 
 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a 
 garden ; and in the garden a new sepulchre, wherein was 
 
 42 never man yet laid. There laid they Jesus therefore, 
 because of the Jews' preparation day ; for the sepulchre 
 was nigh at hand. 
 
 XX. I The first day of the week cometh Mary Magdalene 
 early, when it was yet dark, unto the sepulchre, and seeth 
 2 the stone taken away from the sepulchre. She runneth 
 therefore, and cometh to Simon Peter, and to the other 
 disciple whom Jesus loved, and saith unto them. They 
 have taken away the Lord out of the sepulchre, and we 
 
 ^ 6 IwpaKws [JLCixapTvpiiKcv. The A.V.'s 'he that saw it bare record' 
 gives altogether a wrong impression. The Pfts. are used to show that 
 he who is now writing is the person who saw — otherwise we should 
 certainly have had AoRiSTS. 
 
 - kyivero , . . irXi^ptoG'g. S. Matthew said yeyovev [Vide Matt. i. 22, 
 note) : but to John writing far on in the century the same events in our 
 Lord's life would appear in the light of a historic past. 
 
XX. 16 S. JOHN. 305 
 
 3 know not where they have laid him. Peter therefore 
 went forth, and that other disciple, and they proceeded 
 
 4 towards 1 the sepulchre. So they began to run 2 both 
 together: and the other disciple did outrun Peter, and 
 
 5 came first to the sepulchre. And he stooping down, 
 and looking in, seeth^ the linen clothes lying; yet went 
 
 6 he not in. Then cometh Simon Peter following him, 
 and went into the sepulchre, and beholdeth'^ the linen 
 
 7 clothes lying.^ And the napkin, that was about his head, 
 not lying with the linen clothes, but wrapped together 
 
 8 in a place by itself. Then went in also that other disciple 
 which came first to the sepulchre, and he saw, and 
 
 9 believed. For as yet they knew not the scripture, that 
 
 10 he must rise again from the dead. The disciples there- 
 fore went away again unto their own home. 
 
 11 But Mary continued to stand '^ without at the sepulchre 
 weeping : and as she wept, she stooped down, and 
 
 12 looked into the sepulchre, And beholdeth two angels in 
 white sitting, the one at the head, and the other at the 
 
 13 feet, where the body of Jesus had lain. And they say 
 unto her. Woman, why weepest thou? She saith unto 
 them. Because they have taken away my Lord, and I 
 
 14 know not where they have laid him. And when she 
 had thus said, she turned herself back, and saw Jesus 
 
 15 standing, and knew not that it was Jesus. Jesus saith 
 unto her. Woman, why weepest thou? whom seekest 
 thou? She, supposing him to be the gardener, saith 
 unto him. Sir, if thou didst bear him hence, tell me 
 where thou didst lay^ him, and I will take him away. 
 
 16 Jesus saith unto her, Mary! She turned herself, and 
 
 ^ <ipXOVTO. It is necessary to distinguish, as in the text, that which 
 occupied some time from a single act — i^TjXdeu (' went forth ). 
 - erpexov. 
 
 ^ p\€irei = seeth at a cursory glance. 
 ^ 6€(op6t = taketh an exhaustive gaze of. 
 ^ K€£(i.€va. ' io-Ti^K€i. ^ €pd<rTtt<ras . . . €9T]Kas. 
 
 U 
 
o 
 
 06 S. JOHN. XX. 17 
 
 saith unto him in Hebrew, Rabboni ! which is to say, 
 
 1 7 Master ! Jesus saith unto her, Think not of touching 
 me ; '^ for I am not yet ascended to my Father : but go 
 to my brethren, and say unto them, I ascend unto my 
 Father, and your Father ; and fo my God, and your God. 
 
 18 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she 
 had seen the Lord, and ^hat he had spoken these things 
 unto her. 
 
 19 Then the same day at evening, being the first day of 
 the ^eek, when the doors were shut where the disciples 
 were, for fear of the Jews, came Jesus and stood in the 
 
 20 midst, and saith unto them, Peace de unto you. And 
 when he had so said, he showed unto them /lis hands 
 and his side. Therefore were the disciples glad when 
 
 2 1 they saw the Lord. Therefore said Jesus to them again. 
 Peace l^e unto you : as 7;iv Father hath sent me, even so 
 
 22 send I you. And when he had said this, he breathed 
 on ^Aem, and saith unto them, Take^ ye the Holy Ghost : 
 
 2^ Whose soever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them ; 
 a?id whose soever sins ye retain, they are retained. 
 
 24 But Thomas, one of the twelve, called Didymus, was 
 
 25 not with them when Jesus came. The other disciples 
 therefore said unto him, We have seen the Lord. But 
 he said unto them, Except I shall see in his hands the 
 print of the nails, and put my fingers into the print of the 
 
 1 Mt| dtiTTOv. The rendering in the text is not M'Clellan's; but his 
 note (p. 743) suggests and justifies it. The Tense is the Present used de 
 conatu. Vulgate = ' noli me tangere.' For this de conatu usage (see x. 32). 
 The rendering adopted by Donaldson, Farrar, and Plummer is "do not be 
 dinging io me " or " do not continue holding me " ; to which rendering, 
 however, there are two objections that seem fatal :— (i) To adopt it would 
 imply that Mary was already touching Christ. But how can that be 
 made out ? (2) Only through " forcing " (Alford) can airrov be made to 
 mean ' cling to ' or ' hold ' one. For that we should require ix-q fie Kparei. 
 
 '^ \dp€T€. A.V. and R,V. = ' receive ye.' But there is more in the 
 verb than that. The recipient is not altogether passive ; he may accept or 
 reject the gift. (See xvi. 14, note.) 
 
,XXI. 5 S. JOHN. 307 
 
 nails, and thrust my hand into his side, I will certainly 
 not belie ve.i 
 
 26 And after eight days, again his disciples were within, 
 and Thomas with them. Then came Jesus, the doors 
 being shut, and stood in the midst, and said, Peace be 
 
 27 unto you. Then saith he to Thomas, Reach hither thy 
 finger, and behold my hands ; and reach hither thy hand, 
 and thrust // into my side : and prove not - faithless, but 
 
 28 believing. And Thomas answered and said unto him, 
 
 29 My Lord and my God. Jesus saith unto him, because 
 thou hast seen me, thou hast believed : blessed are they 
 that did not see,^ and yet believed. 
 
 30 And many other signs truly did Jesus in the presence 
 
 31 of his disciples, which are not written in this book : But 
 these stand written, that ye may believe that Jesus is the 
 Christ, the Son of God ; and that believing ye may have 
 life through his name. 
 
 XXI. I After these things Jesus manifested ^ himself again 
 to the disciples at the sea of Tiberias ; and on this wise 
 
 2 manifested ^ he himself. There were together Simon Peter, 
 and Thomas called Didymus, and Nathanael of Cana in 
 Galilee, and the sons of Zebedee, and two other of his 
 
 3 disciples. Simon Peter saith unto them, I go a fishing. 
 They say unto him, We also come ^ with thee. They 
 went forth, and entered into the ship; and that night 
 
 4 they caught nothing. But when day was now breaking,^' 
 Jesus stood on the shore : but the disciples knew not 
 
 5 that it was Jesus. Therefore Jesus saith unto them, 
 Children, have ye any meat? They answered him, No. 
 
 1 ov (j.-^ TTLo-TciJCT-t))— a vcry strong negative. The A.V.'s and R.V.'s 
 ' will not believe ' does not sufficiently emphasize Thomas's obstinacy. 
 
 2 [x^^t'yvov. A.V. and R.V. 'be not.' The R.V. is, usually, more 
 accurate. 
 
 3 01 (I'fi i86vT€S Kai irio-Tcvo-avTes. The meaning is this— that already 
 there were those who had believed without seeing. 
 
 M<|)av€p«<r€v. ^ 'Epxcjiceoi. e IlpwCas tiSti -yivofievTis. ' 
 
3 
 
 08 S. JOHN. XXI. 6 
 
 6 And he said unto them, Cast the net on the right side 
 of the ship, and ye shall find. They cast therefore ; 
 and now they were not able to draw it for the multitude 
 
 7 of fishes. Therefore that disciple whom Jesus loved saith 
 unto Peter, It is the Lord. So when Simon Peter heard 
 that it was the Lord, he girt /it's fisher's coat 7mfo him, 
 (for he was naked,) and did cast himself into the sea. 
 
 8 And the other disciples came in a little ship ; (for they 
 were not far from land, but as it were two hundred 
 
 9 cubits,) dragging the net with fishes. As soon then as 
 they were come to land, they see a fire of coals there, 
 
 ID and fish laid thereon, and bread. Jesus saith unto them, 
 
 11 Bring of the fish which ye caught just now.^ Simon 
 Peter therefore went up, and drew the net to land full of 
 great fishes, an hundred and fifty and three : and for all 
 
 12 there were so many, yet was not the net broken. Jesus 
 saith unto them. Come and have breakfast. And none 
 of the disciples durst ask him. Who art thou? knowing 
 
 13 that it was the Lord. Jesus then cometh, and taketh 
 
 14 bread, and giveth them, and fish likewise. This is now 
 the third time that Jesus was manifested ^ to his disciples 
 after that he was risen from the dead. 
 
 15 So when they had breakfasted, Jesus saith to Simon 
 Peter, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more than 
 these? He saith unto him. Yea, Lord ; thou knowest that 
 I affectionately love thee.^ He saith unto him, Feed my 
 
 ^ cirid<raT€ vvv. ^ €<j)av€p«0Tj. 
 
 ' (j)iXc0. In asking the question in this verse, and in the next, Jesus 
 uses wya.irq.'i. The third time (v. 17) Jesus uses ^iXets — Peter all the 
 three times using ^tXw. We have made an attempt to bring out the 
 distinction in translation. "S. Peter's preference for 0tXc3 is doubly 
 intelligible: (i) it is the less exalted word ; he is sure of the natural 
 affection which it expresses ; he will say nothing of the higher love 
 implied in d.^o.ir(a ; (2) it is the warmer word ; there is a calm dis- 
 crimination implied in d7aira;, which to him seems cold. In the third 
 question Christ . . . adopts S. Peter's own word, and thus presses the 
 question more home " (Plummer). 
 
XXI. 25 S. JOHN. 309 
 
 16 lambs. He saith to him again the second time, Simon, son 
 of Jonas, lovest thou me ? He saith unto him. Yea, Lord ; 
 thou knowest that I affectionately love thee. He saith 
 
 17 unto him, Feed my sheep. He saith unto him the 
 third time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me affec- 
 tionately ? Peter was grieved because he said unto him 
 the third time, Lovest thou me affectionately? And 
 he said unto him. Lord, thou knowest all things; thou 
 knowest that I love thee affectionately. Jesus saith 
 
 18 unto him. Feed my sheep. Verily, verily, I say unto 
 thee, When thou wast young, thou wast wont to gird 
 thyself, and walk ^ whither thou wouldest : but when 
 thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, 
 and another shall gird thee, and carry thee whither thou 
 
 19 wouldest not. This spake he, signifying by what death 
 he should glorify God. And when he had spoken this, 
 
 20 he saith unto him. Follow me.. Then Peter, turning 
 about, seeth the disciple whom Jesus loved following ; 
 which also leaned on his breast at supper, and said, 
 
 21 Lord, which is he that betrayeth thee? Peter seeing 
 him saith to Jesus, Lord, and what shall this man del 
 
 22 Jesus saith unto him, If I will that he tarry till I come, 
 
 23 what is that to thee ? Follow thou me. Then went 
 this saying abroad among the brethren, that that disciple 
 should not die : yet Jesus said not unto him, He shall 
 not die ; but, If I will that he tarry till I come, what 
 
 24 is that to thee ? This is the disciple which testifieth 
 of these things, and wrote these things : and we know 
 
 25 that his testimony is true. And there are also many 
 other things which Jesus did, the which, if they should 
 be written every one, I suppose that even the world 
 itself would not contain the books that should be written, 
 
 ^ lt<i^vvv€S . . . irepieirdTcis. Impfts. oi habit. 
 
INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 
 
 [ The numbers refer to pages. ] 
 
 Aorist : characteristic force of, 22 ; 
 the tense of narration, 23 ; 
 distinction between Aorist and 
 
 [mpft. 
 
 the Aorist and 
 
 Pft., 23, 24 ; when used for 
 English Pft., 24, 43, 100, 155, 
 228, 295 ; special cases of 
 Aorist for Perfect, 24, 67; used 
 for English Pluperfect, 24, 70, 
 119,- 131, 300; Gno7)iic Aorist 
 — -expressing a general truth, 
 and rendered by English present, 
 25, 63, 67. 80, 165, 292; 
 Dramatic Aorist, 25, 219 ; 
 referring vividly to the future, 
 25 ; force of, in Imperative and 
 Infinitive, 29, 30 ; Aorist Par- 
 ticiple of antecedent action, 31 ; 
 of contemporary or identical 
 action, 31, 108, 240 ; of snb- 
 sequent action, 31, 32 ; Aorist 
 Participle with XavOdvw, 32 ; 
 Aorist Participle often best 
 resolved into relative clause or 
 final verb with conjunction, 
 32 ; Aorist Participle with ?X" 
 forming a Periphrastic Perfect, 
 21 ; Inceptive Aorist, 40. 
 
 Apodosis in conditional sentences, 
 33 ; comm.onest forms of, 34 ; 
 apodosis with &v and the Opta- 
 tive not found in N.T., 34. 
 
 Aramaic documents and S. Luke's 
 Gospel, 181. 
 
 Attic dialect, ^form of the, consti- 
 tutes ^aj/V of N.T. Greek, 12. 
 
 Colloquial Greek, 13. 
 
 Commands: expressed by 2nd 
 person Fut. Indie, 26; by 
 Imperative, 29, 30; negatived 
 by ov, or by |iT|, 43 ; strongly 
 negatived by ov ht|, 77. 
 
 Contemplative and Conative force 
 of the Tenses: Pres. Indie, 18, 
 79, 182, 205, 227, 279, 306 ; 
 Imperf. Indie, 19, 20, 37, 40* 
 no, 139, I59» 166, 197, 217, 
 270; Present Participle, 31, 183. 
 
 Customary, continued, or repeated 
 action : expressed by Present 
 Indicative, 18, 38, 79; by Pre- 
 sent Imperative, 29, 39, 48, 295 ; 
 by Imperfect Indicative, 19, 37, 
 41, 51. 53.54, 70, 72, 74, 75, 81, 
 123, 130, 140, 152, 153, i57» 
 158, 160, 161, 177, 179, 184, 
 191, 244. 246, 271, 297, 309- 
 
 Conditional Sentences : where con- 
 dition one of bare assumption, 33, 
 41, 80, 123 ; where condition 
 one of objective possibility, 33 ; 
 where condition is a supposition 
 of subjective possibility. 33 ; 
 where condition is one the non- 
 fulfilment of which is clearly 
 "implied, 33, 34, 95 ; importance 
 of great strictness in rendering 
 into English 34 ; follow, in the 
 main. Classical rules, 34 ; points 
 of difference, 34. 
 
 D^vves — the canon of, not observed 
 in N.T., 195- 
 
 Deliberative Subjunctive, 27, 48, 
 172, 2c6, 207, 208, 242, 266. 
 
312 
 
 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 
 
 Dramatic Aorist, 25, 219. 
 
 Epistolary Aorist, 24. 
 Exhortative Subjunctive, 27. 
 
 Final Clauses (pure), 28 ; wherein 
 N.T. usage differs from Classical, 
 28. 
 
 Future : normal force of, 26 ; often 
 expresses the force of an Imper- 
 ative, 26 ; Periphrastic Fut. 
 defined, 26 ; wherein differs 
 from simple Future, 26 ; different 
 forms of Periphrastic Future, 26, 
 58, 76, 77, 78, 79, 209, 234, 235, 
 240 ; Future Indicative preceded 
 by el used, by Hebraism, without 
 apodosis, to express an emphatic 
 negative assertion, 134 ; Future 
 Perfect Indie, not found in N.T., 
 27. 
 
 Geddes, Principal Sir W. D., 
 
 quoted, 13, 29. 
 Gnomic Aorist, 25, 63, 67, 80, 165, 
 
 292. 
 
 Hebraisms : 11, 13 ; clause, or In- 
 finitive, as subject of Kal 
 l-yevcTo and eye'vcTO 8c, 181 ; 
 Fut. Indie, (with ov) forming a 
 quasi Imperative, 43 ; dative of 
 Abstract verbal noun attached to 
 finite part of kindred verb, for 
 emphasis, 72, 73. 
 
 Hellenistic Greek, 13. 
 
 Imperative : force of Tenses in, 29, 
 30 ; precise force of Perfect Im- 
 perative, 30 ; Imperative formed 
 by d4>€S, 49- 
 
 Imperfect Indicative : indicating 
 continued, repeated, or customary 
 action, 19, 37, 41, 5*5 53- 54, 7o, 
 72, 74, 75, 81, 123, 130, 140, 
 152, 153. 157, 158, 160, 161, 
 i77» i79» ^84. 191, 244, 246, 
 271, 297, 309 ; representing an 
 action as attempted or contem- 
 plated, 19, 20, 37, 40. lie, 139, 
 159, 166, 197, 217, 270; with 
 
 merely potential force (with or 
 without &v), 20 ; periphrastic 
 Imperfect, 51, 84, 115, 118, 142, 
 202, 216; Imperfect in contra- 
 distinction to Aorist, 23, 70, 88, 
 99, 251, 299. 
 
 Inceptive Aorist, 40, 
 
 Indicative : use of the Tenses in, 
 17-27 ; Indicative in conditional 
 clauses, 33, 34. 
 
 Infinitive : force of the Tenses in, 
 29, 30 ; with €v and Article, 
 expressing time and circumstance, 
 65 ; with Tov expressing purpose^ 
 167, 169. 
 
 Latinisms, 13, 21. 
 
 Middle Voice, 126, 132, 136, 170, 
 
 199, 214. 
 Modern Greek, 12, 21, 26. 
 Moods : irregularities as to their 
 
 use in N.T. Greek, 14, 15. 
 
 Negatives double : force of, 73, 77, 
 79, 96, 98, &c. 
 
 Object clauses : after verbs of ex- 
 horting, advising, &c., 29. 
 
 Optative : not often found in N.T., 
 14 ; distinguished from Subjunc- 
 tive, 27, 182 ; in Independent 
 sentences expressing a wish, 27, 
 28 ; contrary to Classical usage, 
 not found in clauses after second- 
 ary Tenses with purpose par- 
 ticles, 28, 29 ; in conditional 
 clauses after supposition of sub- 
 jective possibility, 33 ; with dv 
 occurs in N.T. only in S. Luke's 
 writings, 29 ; no clear instance 
 of Opt. with &v in Apodosis, 
 after protasis with el and Opta- 
 tive, 34. 
 
 Participles : how used in N.T., 30, 
 31, 50; force of Present Par- 
 ticiple, 31, 273; threefold force 
 
 of Aorist Participle, 
 
 32 
 
 Aorist Participle often best re- 
 solved, in English, into final 
 
INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 
 
 313 
 
 verb with conjunction, 32 ; force 
 of Perfect Participle, 32 ; Future 
 Participle rare, 31 ; forming 
 periphrastic verbs in various 
 tenses, 76, 96, 118. 
 
 Perfect : normal force of, 20 ; 
 perfects with Present force, 21, 
 248, 290, &c. ; sometimes refers 
 to the future, 21 ; perfects and 
 Aorists in same sentence, with 
 their distinctive sense, 21, 22 ; 
 Perfect with Aoristic force, 21, 
 22 ; limited extent of this usage, 
 22 ; periphrastic forms, 230 ; 
 Perfect with ^x" ^"^^ -^o'^- I"" 
 finitive in Modern Greek, 21. 
 
 Pluperfect : force of, 20 ; Plu- 
 perfects of verbs whose Perfects 
 have Present force carry the force 
 of the Imperfect, 21. 
 
 Present : Indicative, force of, in, 
 18 ; expressing customary action, 
 or a general truth, 18, 38, 79, 
 &c. ; expressing attempted or 
 intended action, 18, 79> ^^2, 
 205, 227, 279, 306 ; with force 
 of Present and Pft. combined, 
 18, 19, 211, 218; with a dash 
 of the Future, 19, 48 ; in vivid 
 narrative describes a past event, 
 19 ; force of, in Imperative and 
 in Infinitive, 29, 30 ; force of 
 Present Participle, 31 ; use of 
 in conditional sentences, 33, 
 
 34- 
 
 Primary and Secondary Tenses, 17. 
 
 Progressive form and Progressive 
 idea, 19, 42. 
 
 Protasis : commonest forms of, 33, 
 34 ; the various forms to be 
 accurately distinguished in En- 
 glish, 34. 
 
 Purpose particles in the Moods, 
 28, 29 ; purpose expressed by 
 iJva, 28. 
 
 Ramsay, Prof. W. M., quoted. 32. 
 
 Septuagint, influence of, on N.T. 
 
 Greek, 13, 14. 
 Should and Would in conditional 
 
 sentences, 34. 
 South Galatian Theory (Prof. 
 
 W. M. Ramsay), as depending 
 
 on the force of a single Participle, 
 
 31. 32. 
 
 Subjunctive : distinguished from 
 Optative, 27 ; expressing exhorta- 
 tion or resolution, 27 ; expressing 
 deliberation or doubt, 27, 87, 
 &c. ; in pure final clauses follows 
 a Present tense, 28 ; in pure final 
 clauses takes place of Classical 
 Optative after secondary tenses, 
 28, ' 29 ; in clauses after verbs 
 of advising, commanding, &c. , 
 used with Xva, &c., in place of 
 Infinitive and other Classical 
 usages, 29 ; use of, in con- 
 ditional sentences, 33, 34 ; after 
 &<^€S, 49 ; after OcXerc, 87. 
 
 Syriac Gospels (Sinaitic), 161. 
 
 Tenses : in the main, used as in 
 Classical Greek writers, 14, 15 ; 
 enumeration of, 17 ; denote time 
 relative to that of speaking, 18 ; 
 force of each tense in detail {see 
 Present, Imperfect, Aorist, &c.). 
 
 Wishes : expressed by Optative, 
 27 ; unattainable wishes in N.T., 
 and in Classical Greek compared, 
 209. 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 [ The nuvibej'S refer to pages. ] 
 
 dKovo), force of, 46. 
 
 &v, 20, 33, 34, 78, 302 ; for lav, 33. 
 
 dirc'Oavov, denoting a present state, 
 
 24, 55, 274 ; aire'Oavev contrasted 
 
 with K€Koi[JLT]Tai, 280. 
 d-ire'xa), a Present with Pft. force, 46, 
 
 183. 
 d<})6S, with Subjunctive, 49. 
 
 PovXei, with Deliberative Subjunc- 
 tive, 49, 87. 
 
 Yc'-yova, 22, 36, 83, 87, 99, 106, 151, 
 
 247, 248, 249, 291. 
 •ycYpaiTTai, rendering of, 40, 41,175. 
 
 Idv, 14, 25, 33, 34. 
 
 6"y€V€To, 304. 
 
 IY€V£to Sc, Hebraistic construction 
 with, 181. 
 
 €"YTfY€pTai, force of, ill, 112, 128. 
 
 ?Yva>Ka, 248, 290. 
 
 '^-yvcDV, 25, 219. 
 
 eSeXft) compared with PovXoftai, 250. 
 
 el, 14, 33, 34 ; followed by Sub- 
 junctive, 194. 
 
 e\:Xi]<|)a, with Aoristic force, 22. 
 
 €vpT]Ka, sometimes has Aoristic 
 force, 22. 
 
 'A.€"Y€v, 70. 
 
 IXXT^viteiv, 13. 
 
 6V with Tip and Infinitive, 65. 
 
 c^ccTTTiv, force of, 24. 
 
 Iirci, eireiSTJ, as affecting the render- 
 ing of the Aorist, 24. 
 
 ^O-TTJKa, 21. 
 
 ?<rxTiKa, Perfect with Aoristic force, 
 22. 
 
 €v86KTi<ra, 40, 63, 77, 114. 
 ?X«) in Modern Greek Pft., 21. 
 IcopaKa, with Aoristic force, 22. 
 ^0)5 o5, 71, 78, 237. 
 
 ir|7€'p0T], III, 128, 244, 252. 
 •fJKO), Present with Pft. force, 46. 
 
 OeXcis, with Deliberative Subjunc- 
 tive, 49, 87. 
 
 OeXo), forming Periphrastic Future, 
 26 ; contributing to form Modern 
 Greek Future, 26. 
 
 I'va, 14, 28, 29, 197 ; the precursor 
 of vd in Modern Greek. 
 
 KCKpa-ycv, 248. 
 
 Koivifj, 13. 
 
 KTdo-0aiand K6KTfj(r0ai, 21, 57, 224, 
 
 234- 
 
 XavBdvo), 32. 
 
 |i€'XXa>, 26, 77, 78, 79, 86, 150, 197, 
 198, 237. 
 
 [XT], 43, 252, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 
 
 276, 277. 
 |XT|Tl, 104, 122, 154. 
 
 ot8a, 21, 248, 253. 
 
 oi^xop'Q'i', 46. 
 
 6 irapaSiSovs, o irapaSovs, 56, 104, 
 108, 288, 298. 
 
 Sirws, 28, 29. 
 
 Srav, 14, 119, 294. 
 
 ov (iT|, as strong negative, 96, 98, 
 104, 136, 236, 256, 258, 264, 274, 
 279, 281, 283, 287, 289, 307. 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 15 
 
 irdXai, or equivalent time-phrase, 
 with Present tense, 18, 19, 
 218. 
 
 o-Koirctv, as distinguished from 
 
 pXeirciv and opav, 204. 
 o-Ta0€£s,as distinguished from Io-tws, 
 
 in narrative of Pharisee and 
 Publican, 224. 
 (rci)to|icvoi, rendering of, 212. 
 
 4>iX(a and d-Yairw, 308. 
 
 «s, 47- 
 
INDEX OF TEXTS REFERRED TO. 
 
 I. From the New Testament. 
 
 [Texts in the Gospels commented on in the Notes will be found 
 ordinary sequence of Chapter and Verse. ] 
 
 Matt. iii. 14 
 Matt. V. 48 
 Matt. vi. 2 
 Matt. xi. 3 
 Matt. xiii. 34 
 Matt. xiv. 22 
 Matt. xvii. 25 
 Matt. xix. 17 
 Matt. XXV. 20 
 Matt. xxvi. 24 
 Matt. xxvi. 40 
 Matt, xxviii. 14 
 
 Mark i. 10 
 Mark i. 31 
 Mark iii. 21 
 Mark iv. 39 
 Mark v. 35 
 Mark vii. 26 
 Mark vii. 30 
 Mark x. 52 
 Mark xii. 14 
 
 Luke i. 59 
 Luke iv. 6 
 Luke iv. 18 
 Luke viii. 23 
 Luke viii. 49 
 Luke ix. 13 
 Luke xvi. 4 
 Lxike xix. 40 
 
 John vi. 67 
 John vii. 17 
 John vii. 52 
 
 -.16 
 
 PAGE 
 20 
 26 
 28 
 19 
 19 
 30 
 32 
 
 33 
 24 
 20 
 i9 
 33 
 
 31 
 31 
 24 
 
 30 
 24 
 29 
 32 
 23 
 27 
 
 20 
 20 
 22 
 
 23 
 24 
 
 34 
 25 
 27 
 
 26 
 
 30 
 iS 
 
 John x. 32 . . 
 
 . 18 
 
 John xii. 13 
 
 • 23 
 
 John xiv. 31 
 
 • 27 
 
 John XV. 5 . . 
 
 • 25 
 
 John XV. 27 
 
 • 19 
 
 Acts ii. 47 
 
 . 212 
 
 Acts V. 24 . . 
 
 . 182 
 
 Acts viii. 20 
 
 . 28 
 
 Acts X. 17 . . 
 
 . 182 
 
 Acts xi. 28 
 
 . 26 
 
 Acts xii. 8 
 
 • 30 
 
 Acts xiii. 51 
 
 . 128 
 
 Acts xvi. 6 
 
 31 
 
 Acts xvii. II 
 
 182 
 
 Acts xviii. 6 
 
 ". 128 
 
 Acts xxii. 33 
 
 . 182 
 
 Acts XXV. 13 
 
 31 
 
 Acts xxviii. 23 
 
 . 94 
 
 Romans vii. 7 
 
 • 302 
 
 Romans xiv. 23 . 
 
 21 
 
 I Cor. i. 18 
 
 . 212 
 
 I Cor. iv. 19 
 
 . 54 
 
 I Cor. ix. II 
 
 . 194 
 
 I Cor. X. 4 
 
 . 19 
 
 I Cor. xiv. 5 
 
 . 194 
 
 I Cor. XV. 4 
 
 22 
 
 I Cor. XV. 32 
 
 . 48 
 
 I Cor. xvi. 12 
 
 . 54 
 
 2 Cor. ii. 15 
 
 . 212 
 
 2 Cor. V. 13 
 
 . 24 
 
 2 Cor. xi. 13 
 
 22 
 
INDEX OF TEXTS REFERRED TO. 
 
 O V 
 
 2 Cor. xi. 25 
 
 Galatians iv. 3 
 Galatians iv. 15 
 
 Ephesians i. 4 
 
 Philippians xi. 7 
 
 1 Thess. V. 4 
 
 2 Thess. ii. 2 
 
 Hebrews i. 9 
 Hebrews iv. 8 
 
 Exodus XX. 15 
 Exodus xxi. 15 
 
 Numbers xxviii. 
 
 1 Samuel xxi. 
 
 2 Samuel xxiii. 5 
 
 II 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 22 
 
 231 
 
 302 
 
 40 
 
 31 
 197 
 
 21 
 166 
 
 34 
 
 Hebrews viii. i 
 Hebrews x. 5, 6 , 
 Hebrews xi. 17 
 Hebrews xiii. 2 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 • 93 
 . 166 
 
 22 
 
 • 32 
 
 James i. 1 1 
 James i. 24 
 
 • 25 
 
 22 
 
 I Peter iii. 14 
 
 • 33 
 
 Revelation v. 7 . 
 Revelation vii. 14 . 
 Revelation viii. 5 . 
 Revelation x. 7 
 
 22 
 
 22 
 
 22 
 
 • 25 
 
 From the Septuagint. 
 
 Psalms cxviii. 22, 23 
 
 Isaiah vi. 9 
 Isaiah xi. 34 
 
 Hosea xi. i 
 
 Daniel vii. 14 
 
 147 
 
 66 
 39 
 
 38 
 
 113 
 
INDEX OF QUOTATIONS FROM GREEK 
 WRITERS. 
 
 ^schines. 
 
 In Timarch, § 99 . 
 Aristophanes. 
 
 Nub., 1352 . 
 
 Nub., 749 • 
 
 Demosthenes. 
 
 De Falsa Legatione, 396, 
 30 ... . 
 In Aristocratem, 683, 22 
 Olynth., I. 12, 22 . 
 Philipp., III. 114, 20 . 
 
 Euripides. 
 
 Ale, 386 .. . 
 Elect., 686 . 
 Here. Fur., 538 . 
 Iph. Taur., 1306 . 
 
 Homer. 
 
 Iliad, II. 236 
 Iliad, III. 67 
 Iliad, XV. 223 
 Od.,XII. 17 
 
 Isaeus. 
 
 Cleon, § 26 . 
 
 Plato. 
 
 Phaedo, 60 C. 
 Phaedr., 228 E. 
 
 Plato. 
 
 Phaedr. 257 C. 
 Rep., II. 370 B. 
 Rep., III. 412 A. 
 Symp., 212 E. 
 
 Sophocles. 
 Aj., 536 
 Aj., 550 
 Elect., 8, 15 . 
 Elect., 81 
 
 Theognis, 153 
 
 Thucydides, I. ii . 
 Thucydides, 1. 24 
 Thucydides, II. 15 
 Thucydides, III. 22 
 Thucydides, IV. 28 
 Thucydides, VI. 77 
 
 Xenophon. 
 
 Anab., I. i, i 
 Anab., II. 2, 13 
 Anab., III. 2, 27 
 Anab., VII. 3, ii 
 Anab., VII. 6, 21 
 Cyr., I. 6, 40 
 Cyr., I. 2, 2 
 Cyr., IV, 2, 7 
 Mem., IV. 3, 3 
 
 21 
 26 
 26 
 27 
 
 25 
 27 
 
 73 
 87 
 
 i8 
 
 31 
 30 
 19 
 28 
 20 
 19 
 
 19 
 51 
 28 
 
 33 
 
 20 
 
 169 
 
 25 
 30 
 20 
 
 3i3 
 
ERRATA. 
 
 Page 27, line 4, for KCKpd^ovToi read KCKpa^ovrai. 
 Page 47, note i, for d(|>-r)Ka|i€vs read d(|>r|Ka(i€v. 
 Page 74, line 6, for sent read was not sent. 
 Page 120, note 5, for IkPciXXcvv read CKpdXXtiv. 
 Page 146, note I, line 2, for this read His. 
 

 
 
 ' i. 
 
 I 
 
 BS195 5 T4 
 
 The Greek tenses in the New Testament 
 
 Princeton Theological Semmary-Speer Library 
 
 ■mil »'.'■:)■■> ' 
 
 1 1012 00052 3532 
 
 
 
 'i'f i, 
 
 -vV' 
 
 •*•'< .\Vl'*^''